5p eins iva: wae Rese ps à a ne oT MONE OR ERNEST €

SOS LA AO DTA OT EPP er > à

Print Sa hots m6 af 8 aed Len À

Be Ge Gale a ne ae I à Be Ee

ALL AN ee. ELEY ONT a Sy ath Pee ann

aS Seated HEB SO wT

A Fay Wed

Frat AE re mene th BEG setae phe Lane Gen CE cm ok pete tte Mi

RE ne

CORAN

AP isa nt ed ate

WF 5. Ga ST aie ae 0 ENTE ER Er ret em nth Oh euh ME MANES Boe EID ELEM DE LD Ove de ght AEH te À

rien) AC reat nes

pith ech ee ven thy Oy

nee

Bra OY zu Sure:

Me 27 Zee ren

See net Oa eh rer CEE POUPEE

We inte Her

eB mtn Se Zur 2

nah ren

EA Tee

2 Mint elena EEE CR

COTE

Dia Oe Saxe Win date En La of a BN PS. eed Mn ad

Te Ten

Malen ann ner

NEN me ae

mere dame Waitemata

We acta teint à Bae in erh a ra Se

DAT el Sat wtih SE ree ety

nn”.

TRES

Taser aime er

arith nifaaive tact

nme en

niet ins

oT Ee eS

Hae Grd atlas

En ana 7e

Beer

à Anainnte nt

CPR

SpA en ee Eu en MESA ave

æ CT"

Seen dy oi mele den ee Pedi ana bre En Me die tae à

me mt a à

CORSA DEC

nenne en anugsend

ROLE

ER EMS Ke GT

BP OS OR Mata EST ET

Re ot ann

towns

ete Dates

DOUTE

rt D nat à € at

One

A nS à 40 A DD. rine

COPAIN

Luna ts de

CCR CET Fer BR Fer u

Din

Hosen

Re 2 EZ Ze Re BZ ZZ Se Ze

LE ar

Cry

OWS Sefer An Ou be

ÉCART CONTE DETTE 2

CELA Pt,

fen viene ite

ern Fun Va 120 2

Wes da Ve fe

EAN AEN de

chen OL Per Pewee

Arte Such esrees e228

ne Era ON Fe a

RMP adelante dn

Fes,

BR che € AB ees née

AFM ON Pa Bee GE du BS Bh

ENT

den

LACET

RAS

traite

ten ehe

are?

ME re es

cites

op a Bon © en ne

CEE RS

ee mah

2 NE ne rn

EEE

Lee nes

trie

“ét WORT Rie ban an at

as ir

we wen

en tote “à 45 i ir

dau i bahn a large bate. Gh

Ot N En TE Te

CREDIT PTE

“ai

COR Me remem,

Pitot 0

Bete OG

CSD ae at

une ae

Bann

ann

foe kann

fe tint (eee x COPA

Mn lin

D se an tee

eo Pe tape #5

Merde «

COLE EU

mi Le Ge N

LCR AAC esr

SR ne Noté D ge

Bent AES mold Gace

u. DIS euer ES

PN Wat

van

nee,

CRC

in ON ON Be tee,

matt Bi ait, Hh

sel nf st

OP De a EN OF hu

CYAN)

Potier € Ds a OM out pie ALN BP

PDF EEE Te

Sede ab Zu

Me sen ge pe 82"

1 di rep Aa à à

mie

Morea ar

Core An ED da cup D

Da de O05 Eat

+ Var

CAT

Cee eee 6

Dee és thet

he th OS ha

Oe Hote

she Ai tom

Huts

PAT

LED LA NN AE

oF mé

Fete tit)

His AE

VUE er gy u

CADET TEE

LUE NA

CRE

fe Othe

Nee te MM

POS TES

von

EHER

vo ur

EA Free

Ber

er Aline

tomes

ee Bonny

pen ee due

NE) TDAP

TA Gears

ES RER EU

Dein Petty te nie En

CRE PEON EEE ai

End,

DR RENTE CCE

FACE

N fe mn

Meth LUE

CAE

RER PTS

CENT STE

Neches see

+ bn Ge al

tre ee

PR Auen. Cas

BESTEN abe Arnd tte

DD WEN NE A

A acer ey:

cat Me 9

POTD AOD SRE

EN kite INOS BE a Oy or De

MN py ih

NOR OR ET TES

int

am. LL A

udn

are

dr ann,

CIRE BE Wo

ee HN

te REN und.

Peete Ge IN

PAG una

owes Gh hie ot aha

eva fun

PERF Were)

men tone Ri

GR Nate st Gis À

ET ER

ENT NA,

ss ah hey

seen oF

Dé Nyaa

hii Payee! ne ALA,

puise

LE)

DRE Te

sa en oo)

bre &

Re a hut a ni A da

te eu

CAN ht ee

. Co re

DER

SRM WAIN howe

wads

use

ae a

Sue Fe

ON ag

EN ES POON AT ta Da eo

sabia ot

Cr oi Wer

Ney fy TRE

CR ook ie Panty

sO ee et

gun eur BA A BM AE NES es on Et RWS AS AAA ZU NN el es

. Bu LEE NIE MEA MED ALM Be, he Pe Die TE ee a

Be AeA A Se 442 À outa 3 2 an neat ann re ee ner

TERN Ne DA Pune RAMS Red RUN AA SN, ED a ah < 9 084 a. ABD Mes DMs à a fhe a

MM SOT GG IDET can hon D Werte SN Feine Am DRT eg PT CAN EEE TT TE fon RD Thea ES RE

us Sabot cine (Sh iB RAN a du “nee,

£ De PA DS A nr MATA Ns Pes Bd Mr

ER #3 Le VAR s ED SEP EG pe 2 a PB se Bd By ana

3 CMAN ELA ESTER TIERE WEN ay ROA Ay MBA ALM ed sue BEN VEN:

Mr de 3 ee? ER ERBE TR Ban A Ara Sar Realm Eau Tre nes

ERNEST ND ua hratn Tee na se eh TAS ON DEE EFT a te ide Ba DA RE Ta Brute Bot

FAN 2 LE a D PA Dm We MyDD ess eV a DA A A he singen nenn

vay a ET SR Be ADIL TEE PTE Vda AGOGO AU Hit SAM les Ve eye few

# Pt RP eV ot ae mr Le Bis fy à ag dr la Dont Vos ana NE La Te

RAN ELD de Lcd eA elon de Ga DL ESP TETE ae Hee ner

Baa EE À Zoe Dom in

x i . Sn CU ee

AL TE Bead ARP HD AEG

oy CTY ee Rafa tide, b CU EL nT

star, BV

DUT EURE RES NE TIRE Rt 5

DOW er RS heey

[DEE Er Pr ant

Sas (it AA AE Mrs

re Da à 2

NS IS DMN he bag

ob PAs Hey

STE TA TW ng

ye 1

DENT

LISE TN TR RER

ED 9737 en tare oe ag

LEE TETE SE PER Loe th ps Bok gain ar

SMA ay DEE TA ache cleo ity oy

Het

HOY RER AN

PtP ins STE ER

PET

Le] DEUX Diag Fr ate tiger ire,

reer Er a AN a ia a

SED che

en ah

SET nee a

DAT

DE Aves À da 3 à a Sle Fy

DATE a oS ae Du D AS au a Eee a NTR ag fa

NOUS A athe oe SIN a elle ta Fu CLR et ee

RITA Pt ET EEE TEE SERRE

TEEN N ea Va Le a rar ed Va TED can RE

Rene De a as sers nur aan tete tan hen PER

eure et Ramen aan:

Fos Ms 6

y ED nn Dee a Li eu

LA Nhe ES nn Dia da dad

ESTER pe Yates nr ne da QU te

RS retin ies ke wn Shae

ya, à

BERND AT mn 10200 a ee da Si a À,

OR Pee

WIRE om Te A Paget Poe Ad

on Don hn ea

ete Tig aS oe

a teat

EDER TR RATAN nn Ste Don Bech RE eA erent raies

Vena ner usa

Eee SE Er

PURER EZ PERTE 3

aie Pathe:

En As a D à ay 2

eal

3 a Pee

Poser er aa

nt an on nn mh Fam me

ann 3 so

Ree) ta Ps

na era an

dete EN M Bon mt y NT

LEE PER nk DD er a TE

AAA ea ean srt 286 Pan En 4 a 2,

en 2008

oy. Pa

RE ga tne tiga

CORNE 2 CPE PET RE RICE

RON nen

COUPER Wanda Dell

anna

an dent sa Hk LD à a ru fa

Pan ntm eus a AS ae

ae si

a an u En in rn nit |

sn,

DIRECT

DEA

DER ETES ENTER ei

+ Arte en Bae ar PRET a

CICTEP ERP ES

ea warst:

Ein nr Dante

au.

ry RAD athe AAMT ER ee Bie

SF OR Aad ae

Ar yee AREA

DRE PTE

MEET in a Tone

NMA an ED aa eau a Cut ae >

= Seat as PTE

Lem ame RTE NE

a ath den rt y vaut à noise

Ne TIRE

ns Sn a ON onde Ga,

hy A Pa Pre tine See Bat

PORT

por Sr

wanes

wary Wve Beate iy %s D START ES

nina FREE sree Ko :

on PER Re ee Denen

hc (Bele DO MT LE are

NYINOSHLIWS

NOILAL

LIBRAI

LIBRAF

à Ÿ

= ad ET D ET a

m3 = E a = a

5 = B - 5 =

= D z D ie D

ALILSNI S3J1YVYSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION

= ao = we (22) z un

< = ” „a Ks = <

< SA ey ig ies NS = =

LA I SR D 7 N O LI

7 = < GC E N = =

7/4 = > a = "Er =

un Æ ” * az a 4

RARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI s3lavaaız

# = a z “ 2

= | : sd a = u:

<x * ‘th = <x Eu < a

= “iy = = = = =

2 Ä © ° = IE

a i = ar = Sa ze

NLILSNI _NVINOSHLINS _S31UVY917 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIINL

co = wo - wm Ä =

= = 7 = sce =

> = > > > =

> = ii m thas =

= n rev nm“ a un

tARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31#VYg17

cp Zen (22) Zz (22) =

= < = 4; x = =

— Fa x = GY Fa — =

N K ty. oO

2:9: 81222723

NP WW FAO 5,2 Eu 5,78 à

NLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S318V#411 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLI

NOILNLILSNI

LIBRARIES

NOILNLILSNI

ARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI

z i z

< a ö

= 3 =

3 ce

5 = 2

Z D Z

NLILSNI SAIYVYEIT LIBRARIES

= a = IE

<< = et \ N

y Wade = — Fee AUS \

ey, oO En oO NN Ÿ°

Up > 8 : rt WA

Yip = EN,

Vp > > =

; n FZ Tp) a

ARIES SMITEISONIAN INSTITUTION NOLLNLLISNN

[dp]

tJ p z Lu

X. - x

x 4 <

saa = ac

js a O im

ws Fa ii

ALILSNI _NVINOSHLINS S314VUg171 LIBRARIES

fie = F

œ = wm

2 Pe)

> = >

ss = =

7 =

Oo = a

ARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI

IWS

JAN

STIT(/

PUTIN

INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI

LIBRARIES

NOILNLILSNI

LIBRARIES

NVINOSHLINS S31U3V4AI1 LIBRAR

iR zZ =

ise] = œ

pol pe)

> * 2 >

= r =

‚m

> ..£ 107)

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIINLI

u = Ne. a

= < =

= Z -

O = a

zZ = Z

> :

2 > ue

S3!IYVYGIT LIBRAR

ae Zz

= on

: =

x =

on —

‘ _ oO

fy pa | =

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIINLI.

DE = |

WA w =

DD: 20)

Ly > >

“ Y $e = =

D z

„NVINOSHLIWNS SaluvudiT_LIBRAR

Ce er = D ae eh

JINOSHLINS S314V#4IT LIBRARIES

S11È VA

INSTITU]

INSTITUT

S3Z1YYNM

INSTITUT

INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVIN

SMITHSONIAN

AITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI

NVINOSHLINS S31UVA&

NVINOSHLIWS

SMITHSONIAN

NVINOSHLIWS

NVINOSHLINS S314VY417 LIBRARIES SMITI

an a 28 a i.

ae si 2 wu = u

Gear — Bir = Bu er PER

_ œ a œ = mw

a < a < = =)

c = = =: 2,

5 oo — ss) == m 7,

a = O a oO DE g

= =) z a 2 = zy

INOSHANS=S31#VEa1T LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI _NVIN

N ze N

2 = © G m Q m à

> 20 5 >. = N

= > iss = = en

= 2 m, fe = ze

m n* m a m \

= un = on = un

NVINOSHLINS S31u4vyg11 LIBRARIES SMIT!

z un = un AE n

< = < = = a =

z = we = zZ 4

O ao AC) ae ® SE

(dB) OR) il ep) (Cp) un an

T re, due O 7 O

ne =, + Zz aa! Z

= >" = >" = N >

(79) Fra (95) 2 ep) Ph z=

LIBRARIES INSTITUTION NOILNILILSNI NVIN

Li = 2 2 ip an

TE in uJ an ul (N

. =| <x Bak <x oa \

= Cc N

= = pe = a = UE

RR O nue O u O

— zZ 23 = al =

INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLIWS salavyall LIBRARIES SMIT

PCT.

NOILNLILSNI NVIN

S3IYVUgIT

INSTITUTION

S3IUVUgIT

INSTITUTION

NVINOSHLINS S314VY411

NYVINOSHLINS

SMITHSONIAN

NVINOSHLIWS

SMITHSONIAN

MITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS S31IUVYAIT LIBRARIES SMIT

Pres

Me i A ue

6 us 2 “ z à

= E = = = ay

= ac = oc = a UY

= m — ca — om LH

O — oO eal O =

2 Ru z ja 2) = =

S31UYV4911 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI _NVIN

5 : Sy 3 a

Ei o — 13 w — Dis

2 & 5 Gy, = = aor

- - IE = a

m A f= Yi" tei; ie = 2 }

= m m m oh m |

INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S314VyYg17 LIBRARIES SMIT

ET = x un = eh 5 = * =

AIT ae : = Dr pe nn a = ER a Sr = ee

iat lonterologica

Vol. 13 No.1 1990 ISSN 0342-7536

NOTA LEPIDOPTEROLOGICA

Quarterly journal published by the Societas Europaea Lepidopterologica

Manuscripts should be sent to the editor : Emmanuel de Bros, lic. jur., «La Fleurie»,

Rebgasse 28, CH-4102 Binningen/BL, Switzerland.

Instructions to authors

This journal is reserved for short communications devoted to Palaearctic lepidop-

terology. Manuscripts should not exceed 15 typed pages (including tables).

All manuscripts should be typed with double spacing and wide margins, and

submitted together with at least one copy. All pages should be numbered and show

the author’s name at the top right-hand corner. Do not hyphenate words at the

right-hand margin. Current issues of the journal should be checked for style and

format.

Legends for figures and plates should be typed on a separate sheet and placed after

the list of references. Line drawings should be about twice their final size. Black

waterproof ink should be used. Photographs should be glossy positive prints. Colour

slides can only be accepted for colour plates and these can only be published at the

author’s expense. .

Publication languages are English, French and German. The editors reserve the right

to make minor textual corrections that do not alter the author’s meaning. Every

effort should be made to carry out major linguistic corrections before submitting the

manuscript, otherwise considerable delays can be expected.

All manuscripts exceeding three typed pages must include a summary of no more

than 100 words. It is strongly recommended to add a translation of the summary in

at least one of the other publication languages.

The first mention of any organism should include the full scientific name with the

author and year of description. New descriptions must conform with the current

edition of the International Code of Zoological Nomenclature. We strongly urge

deposition of types in major museums, and all type depositions must be cited.

All papers wiil be read by the editors and submitted for review to two referees.

Manuscripts not conforming with these instructions may be returned.

25 reprints of each article will be supplied free of charge to the first author.

Additional copies may be ordered at extra cost.

Copies de ces instructions en français sont disponibles auprès de l’editeur.

Kopien dieser Hinweise in deutscher Sprache sind beim Redaktor erhaltlich.

Printed by Imprimerie Universa Sprl, 24 Hoenderstraat, B-9200 Wetteren, Belgium

electronic or mechanical including photocopying, recording or any other information storage and retrieval

system, without permission in writing from the Publisher. Authors are responsible for the contents of their

articles. à

Nota lepidopterologica

Vol. 13 No. 1 Basel, 31.111.1990 ISSN 0342-7536

Editor : Emmanuel Bros de Puechredon, alias de Bros, lic. iur., Rebgasse 28,

CH-4102 Binningen BL, Schweiz.

Assistant Editors : Dr. Hansjürg Geiger (Bern, CH), Steven Whitebread (Magden,

CH).

Contents — Inhalt — Sommaire

BOZANO, G. C. : A contribution to the knowledge of the butterfly fauna of East

Kosttanc@Bapilionidae:; Hespertidae)) etiaty. aut ed ns ue oot

CASALE, A. & CECCHIN, S. A.: Further data on Parnassius apollo LINNE,

iscsi: the Peloponnesus (Papilionidae) #2... in. ovens

HERRMANN, R. & WEIDLICH, M. : Psychidenbeobachtungen in Westrumanien

= LEST TL PSY C IAE) a I à se kenne

KYRKI, J. : Tentative reclassification of holarctic Yponomeutoidea .......

MENTZER, E. VON : Glossotrophia annae sp. n. from Spain (Geometridae) .

MOLINA, J. M. : Some ecological preferences of Rhopalocera in Southern

STENT ons SRS RSW: occ PPT RE

PupLEsIs, R. : The genus Acalyptris MEYRICK in the USSR : Distribution and

PAVLOV RENE DUCUI@AG) gs Ve cy ct cs sue une see te à gum hk we hee à

Nota lepid. 13 (1) : 2-7 ; 31.11.1990 ISSN 0342-7536

A contribution to the knowledge

of the butterfly fauna of East Jordan

G. C. BOZANO

Viale Romagna 76, I-20133 Milan, Italy.

Inspired by the superb work by T. B. LARSEN and I. NAKAMURA (1983), The

Butterflies of East Jordan, I twice visited that country in 1989 — from March

20th-24th and again from April 24th-29th. I used this work to plan the

itinerary, and the present note will make continuous reference to it, both for

distribution data and nomenclature.

The timing was very appropriate : in March I found most of the spring

species, while in April many summer species were already on the wing. Of

the 82 species known from the area, I recorded 52. Some of the species were

previously known only from single specimens e.g. /olana alfierii WILTSHIRE

and Precis orithya here LANG, or were just suspected to occur (Anthocharis

cardamines L.). Others such as Papilio alexanor ESPER had not been seen for

many years.

Most significant records

Papilio alexanor maccabaeus STAUDINGER : One worn female collected at

Wadi Kufrinja in March seems to be the first Jordanian record for more than

30 years. One week later D. BAroccHi found many worn specimens in Israel

(pers. comm.). The flight period in the area is likely to be the beginning of

March.

Euchloe aegyptiaca VERITY : Unexpectedly common west of Petra along the

road that descends to Wadi Araba. In the Azraq National Park, Eastern

Desert, I found a much larger form, but still with well defined stripes on the

hindwing underside.

Zegris eupheme ESPER : Subspecies uarda HEMMING is very common in the

north. In the Southern Desert I collected ssp. /arseni PıTTawAy with the

undersides of the forewing apex and hindwing almost completely yellow. The

specimens I found around Petra appear to be closer to the Southern Desert

form than to uarda.

Anthocharis cardamines phoenissa VON KALCHBERG : One female collected at

Wadi Kufrinja in March is the first available record from Jordan.

JORDAN

SAUDI ARABIA

Fig. 1. List of the localities.

From North to South :

A) Wadi Kufrinja 100/300 m (Ajlun) M) Rabba 900 m (Karak)

B) Sakib 800 m (Ajlun) N) Wadi el Karak 700 m (Karak)

C) Jarash 800 m O) Al Mazra’a - 350 m (Dead Sea)

D) 20 km West of El Salt - 100 m P) Tafila 1000 m

E) Qasr el Hallabat 400 m (Eastern Desert) Q) 30 km South of Tafila 1250 m

F) Ei Azraq 400 m (Eastern Desert) R) Petra 700/900 m

G) Qasr el Amra 400 m (Eastern Desert) S) Wadi Araba 50/300 m (Petra)

H) Main 400 m (Madaba) T) Jabal Harun 1600 m (Petra)

I) Callirhoe - 150 m (Madaba) U) Ras en Nagb 1200 m (Southern Desert)

L) Wadi el Mujib 400 m (Madaba) V) Wadi Ram 800 m (Southern Desert)

Table 1 : List of collected species

M = March 20th to 24th

A= April 24th to 29th

Localities

Abbreviations :

C= common

F= few

S = single specimen

Papilionidae

Papilio machaon syriacus VERITY

Papilio alexanor maccabaeus STAUDINGER

Allancastria deyrollei eisneri BERNARDI

Archon apollinus bellargus STAUDINGER

Pieridae

Aporia crataegi augustior GRAVES

Pieris brassicae catoleuca ROBER

Pieris rapae leucosoma SCHAWERDA

Pontia glauconome KLUG

Pontia daplidice LINNAEUS

Madais fausta OLIVIER

Euchloe ausonia melisande FRUHSTORFER

Euchloe aegyptiaca VERITY

Euchloe belemia ESPER

Elphinstonia charlonia DONZEL

Zegris eupheme uarda HEMMING

Zegris eupheme larseni PITTAWAY

Anthocharis cardamines

phoenissa VON KALCHBERG

Colias croceus GEOFFROY

Danaidae

Danaus chrysippus LINNAEUS

Nymphalidae

Vanessa cardui LINNAEUS

Precis orithya here LANG

Polygonia egea CRAMER

Melitaea phoebe telona FRUHSTORFER

Melitaea trivia syriaca REBEL

Melitaea deserticola

- macromaculata BELTER

Satyridae

Melanargia titea palestinensis STAUDINGER

Pseudochazara telephassa GEYER

Maniola telmessia ZELLER

Ypthima asterope KLUG

Lasiommata megera emilyssa VERITY

ww > Q

“

1 >>> <> aA

“

Pumpen AO

“

>> O>my

®)

‚FE, N,

‚H,1 NOR RS.

Flight

period dance

M,A F

M N

M F

M c

A Cc

M,A F

MA C

A N

MA C

A F

MA C

M €

MA C

M F

MA 26

M F

M N

MA F

A 4

M AE

A €

M S

M-A, 7

A F

M C

A GE

A Cc

A ©

MA C

M F

Abun-

Localities Flight Abun-

period dance

Lycaenidae

Apharitis acamas KLUG

Apharitis myrmecophila DUMONT

Lycaena phlaeas timeus CRAMER

Lycaena thersamon omphale KLUG

Lampides boeticus LINNAEUS

Tarucus balkanicus FREYER

Tarucus rosaceus AUSTAUT

Zizeeria karsandra MOORE

Azanus jesous GUERIN-MENEVILLE

Pseudophilotes abencerragus

nabataeus GRAVES

Tolana alfierii WILTSHIRE

Chilades galba LEDERER

Freyeria trochylus FREYER

Plebejus pylaon cleopatra HEMMING

Aricia agestis DENIS & SCHIFFERMULLER

Polyommatus icarus zelleri VERITY

Agrodiaetus loewii uranicola WALKER

>> >>>>

a onZ

rrirrPom COoOoronr Tt

ale)

PEZPZZZZE >>>e>>>>>

OOtamOmm OmOO mm

Hesperidae

Spialia orbifer hilaris STAUDINGER

Syrichtus tessellum nomas LEDERER

Carcharodus stauderi ambigua VERITY

Carcharodus orientalis

maccabaeus HEMMING

Thymelicus flava syriaca TUTT

Gegenes nostrodamus FABRICIUS

One

>> Po»

>>> >>>

TO CMOLA2

Precis orithya here LANG : Very abundant in a small palm tree oasis at 350 m

below sea level on the southern coast of the Dead Sea. That extraordinary

tropical environment hosted also Danaus chrysippus L., Azanus jesous

GUERIN-MENEVILLE, Tarucus rosaceus AUSTAUT, Chilades galba LEDERER,

Zizeeria karsandra Moore and Ypthima asterope KLUG. A single specimen

of Precis orithya here had been collected by T. B. LARSEN in the uppermost

northern part of the Jordan Valley, near the site of Pella, on 21st October

1983.

Apharitis myrmecophila DUMONT : One of the most localized and rare of

Jordan’s butterflies. I found five specimens at Qasr el Azraq, Eastern Desert.

lolana alfierii WILTSHIRE : In March I collected one male at Petra flying

around the only Colutea seen during two days search. In April I discovered

a large population 30 km south of Tafila on a slope with many Colutea

bushes.

Agrodiaetus loewii uranicola WALKER : Found also in the Southern Desert as

predicted by LARSEN & NAKAMURA.

Syrichtus tessellum nomas LEDERER : Two males collected at Jarash. Accor-

ding to LARSEN & NAKAMURA less than ten specimens were known from

Jordan.

References

LARSEN, T. B. and NAKAMURA, I., 1983. The butterflies of East Jordan. Entomolo-

gists Gazette 34: 135-208.

LARSEN, T. B., 1984. A tropical migrant butterfly new to the eastern Mediterranean,

Junonia orithya here LANG. Atalanta 15 : 101-102.

PITTAWAY, A. R., 1985. Fauna of Saudi Arabia 7 : 172-197.

—Æ—

Plate I:

Left column

Papilio alexanor ? Wadi Kufrinja 300 m 21.III.1989

Euchloe aegyptiaca & Petra 700 m 23.III.1989

Euchloe aegyptiaca 6 El Azraq 400 m 24.111.1989

Tolana alfierii 5 30 km South of Tafila 1250 m 27.IV.1989

Tolana alfierii 2° 30 km South of Tafila 1250 m 27.IV.1989

Right column

Anthocharis cardamines 2 Wadi Kufrinja 300 m 21.111.1989

Precis orithya & Al Mazra’a - 350 m 29.IV.1989

Zegris eupheme uarda 3 underside Wadi Kufrinja 300 m 21.11.1989

Zegris eupheme larseni? 3 underside Petra 900 m 23.111.1989

Zegris eupheme larseni 8 underside Wadi Ram 800 m 22.11.1989

Nota lepid. 13 (1): 8-11 ; 31.11.1990 ISSN 0342-7536

Further data on Parnassius apollo LINNE, 1758

in the Peloponnesos

(Lepidoptera, Papilionidae) (* )

Achille CASALE & Sergio A. CECCHIN

A. CASALE, Museo Regionale di Scienze Naturali, Via Maria Vittoria 18, I-10123 Torino,

Italy.

S. CECCHIN, Via Cibrario 28, I-10144 Torino, Italy.

Summary

A population of Parnassius apollo L. from the Peloponnesos, corresponding to ssp.

atrides DER POORTEN & DILS, 1986, is reported. It flies on Mt. Erimanthos at

2000-2100 m. Some data on its habitat are given.

During the last eighteen years, one of the authors (A. CASALE) intensively

explored the greatest part of the main massifs of Greece for entomological

and biospeleological purposes. The highest mountains of the Peloponnesos

were visited many times and at different seasons : Mt. Taygetos 2407 m, Mt.

Kelmos or Aroania 2341 m, Mt. Kyllini 2376 m, Mt. Maenalo 1980 m, Mt.

Erimanthos 2224 m. On the latter, which is the most difficult to reach, a

small population of Parnassius apollo LINNE, 1758 was discovered during a

collecting trip with Prof. M. OLMI (University of Viterbo, Italy) in July 1983.

Parnassius apollo L. is rather widely distributed and locally common on the

mountains of northern and central Greece and many subspecies have been

named. However, the systematic status and validity of these subspecies/races

have not yet been definitively clarified and merit more careful investigation

(see e.g. RACHELI et al, 1983).

The occurrence of Parnassius apollo L. in the Peloponnesos (S. Greece) was

reported for the first time by PAGENSTECHER(1913), who described Parnas-

sius apollo peloponnesiacus on the basis of three males and one female

collected by NEUSCHILD “bei Patras in Peloponnes”. Though the massifs of

the Peloponnesos are currently visited by many lepidopterists to collect rare

or endemic species (such as Agrodiaetus aroanensis BROWN, 1976), the

occurrence of this remarkable and well known butterfly in the southern

(*) Research supported by grants from M.P.I. (40%).

Figs. 1-4. Parnassius apollo L., from Greece and Turkey. 1 : ssp. graecus ZIEGLER, 1901,

GR-Pindos, Katara Pass m 1600, 23.VII.1982, A. FLORIANI leg. ; 2 : idem, GR-Mt. Ghiona

m 1800, 8.VII.1988, A. CASALE leg. ; 3 : ssp. paphlagonicus BRIK & EISNER, 1938, TR-Bartin,

Ahmetusta Pass m 1600, 22.VIL.1987, P. F. CavazzumTi leg. ; 4 : ssp. atrides DER POORTEN

& Dis, 1986, GR-Peloponnesos, Mt. Erimanthos m 2000, 17.VII.1983, A. CASALE & M.

OLM1 leg. (Phot. A. CASALE).

peninsula of Greece had never been confirmed, so that it was considered

doubtful or wrong by most recent authors (BRYK, 1935 ; EISNER, 1962). On

the latest distribution maps the southern limit of Parnassius apollo L. is

therefore marked to the latitude of central Greece (CAPDEVILLE, 1978-80).

Finally, in July 1983 a population was rediscovered by A. CASALE and M.

OLMı on Mt. Erimanthos. Three years later, DER POORTEN and DILs (1986)

described ssp. atrides on the basis of a large series of specimens collected

somewhere on the Peninsula in July 1985. These authors do not give any

chorological data for their find, “because of the commercial popularity of

Parnassius apollo... as an ecological measure”.

We agree with their precaution, particulary because ssp. atrides comes from

a more accessible locality at low altitude (from 1300 to 1800 m). We think

the same prudence is unnecessary for the population living on Mt. Eri-

manthos at high altitude, in a zone very difficult to find and to reach.

The population of Mt. Erimanthos

Erimanthos is a massif of Mesozoic limestone with the highest peak (Mt.

Olénos) at 2224 m. The vegetation above 1000 m up to 1600-1700 m is

formed by rather large forests of Pinus nigra ARNOLD and Abies cephalonica

LOUDON.

Above 1700-1800 m, there are large high altitude prairies and grasslands.

Near the top, a superficial karsism is well developed ; no deep caves are

known.

The few specimens of Parnassius apollo L. were observed flying over the

stony, steep sides of the mountain below the summit, at 2000-2100 m. This

zone can be reached after a march of several hours. At the time of the visit

by A. CASALE and M. OLMI (17 July 1983), only more or less damaged

females were present, of which only two were collected (fig. 4) ; during the

same period, the specimens in C. Greece were still relatively fresh.

The specimens from Erimanthos correspond perfectly to ssp. atrides DER

PooRTEN and Dis, 1986, which exhibits a number of characters different

from the other Greek subspecies. These authors examined a pair from the

type series of ssp. peloponnesiacus PAGENSTECHER, 1913, which they found

to correspond well with ssp. graecus ZIEGLER, 1901 but differing from

atrides : it could come from a northern locality and was incorrectly labelled

(DER POORTEN & DILs, 1986).

Discussion

The rediscovery of Parnassius apollo L. in the Peloponnesus is very inte-

resting from the biogeographical point of view. In fact, it demonstrates a deep

penetration of the species to the S. Balkans during the last Ice Age, exactly

as in the Iberian, Italian and Anatolian Peninsulas. In all these regions

Parnassius apollo L. has survived to the present ipsothermic age in more or

less small, isolated, orophilous populations. On the other hand, it will also

be interesting to ascertain whether other populations are still present in other

massifs of the Peloponnesus, and to determine their morphological distance

from that of Mt. Erimanthos.

Acknowledgements

We would like to express our gratitude to Prof. E. BALLETTO (University of Turin),

Dr. V. CAMERON-CURRY (Turin), Prof. M. OLMI (University of Viterbo) and Prof.

T. RACHELI (University of Rome) for their kind assistance in this work.

References

BRYK, F., 1935. Parnassiidae. pars II (subfam. Parnassiinae). Das Tierreich. 65.

LI + 790 pp.

CAPDEVILLE, P., 1978-1980. Les races géographiques de Parnassius apollo. Sciences

Nat. Ed., Compiègne, 191 pp., 24 col. pl.

DER POORTER, D. V. & J. DiLs, 1986. On the occurrence of Parnassius apollo

LINNAEUS, 1758 on the Peloponnesus (Lepidoptera : Papilionidae). Phegea

4 : 15-17.

EISNER, C., 1962. Parnassiana nova. XXXII. Nachträgliche Betrachtungen zu der

Revision der Subfamilie Parnassiinae (Fortsetzung 5). Zool. Meded., Leiden

38 : 105-128.

PAGENSTECHER, A., 1913. Ueber einige wenig bekannte Formen von Parn. apollo

L. Soc. entomol. 28 : 42-44.

RACHELI, T., CIANCHI, R., BULLINI, L., 1983. Differenziamento e variabilita genetica

di alcune sottospecie di Parnassius apollo (Lepidoptera : Papilionidae). Atti

XIII Congr. Naz. Ital. Entomol. (Sestriere-Torino) : 491-498.

Corrigenda to Nota Lep. 12 (4): p. 355 (WILTSHIRE)

L 15: for 15.VI.1936 read : — 15.X1.1936.

“

1. 17: after “generation” delete “,” !

Nota lepid. 13 (1): 12-27 ; 31.11.1990 ISSN 0342-7536

Psychidenbeobachtungen in Westrumanien — Teil 1

(Lepidoptera, Psychidae)

René HERRMANN & Michael WEIDLICH

René HERRMANN, Kapellenweg 21, D-7800 Freiburg 1.B.

Dr. M. WEDLICH, Glasblaserstr. 17, DDR — 1220 Eisenhüttenstadt.

Zusammenfassung

Beobachtungen von 1983 und 1986 zur Psychidenfauna des Banats und Teilen

Siebenburgens werden mitgeteilt. Die Autoren konnten insgesamt 26 Arten auffin-

den. Aus der Literatur sind für das Gebiet weitere 9 Arten bekannt, deren

Determination beziehungsweise deren Vorkommen zum Teil fraglich erscheinen.

Deshalb erweisen sich moderne Aufsammlungen und Untersuchungen zur rumäni-

schen Psychidenfauna als notwendig.

Summary

Twenty-six species of Psychidae are reported from Banat and parts of Siebenbürgen

(Rumania). A further 9 species are recorded in the literature, but their identity

and/or occurrence requires confirmation. Further studies of the Rumanian Psychid

fauna are therefore necessary.

Einleitung

Vom 30.4. bis zum 9.5.1986 sammelten die Autoren auf einer gemeinsamen

Exkursion in Westrumänien speziell Psychiden. Die Ergebnisse sollen hier

dargestellt werden, ergänzt durch einige Beobachtungen von M. WEIDLICH

Ende Mai 1983. Das Exkursionsgebiet umfaßt Teile des Banats (Aufsamm-

lungen am Eisener Tor, Orsova, Herkulesbad, Armenis, Caransebes, Poarta

du Fier, Lugoj, Arad, Lipova, Ilteu, Zam, Toc, Nicolae Balcescu) sowie

Sudwest-Siebenburgens (Funde bei Hateg, Petrosani, Jiul-Felsschlucht,

Gurasada).

Geologie, Klima, Vegetation

Die Südwestkarpaten sind das landschaftsbestimmende Element dieser

Region. Die Herausbildung dieses Gebirges erfolgte im Tertiär, vornehmlich

im Jungtertiär. Hauptsächlich sind paläozoische Paragneise und Tonschiefer

anstehend, z.B. am Eisernen Tor, Orsova und Petrosani. Daneben bestim-

men Intrusiva wie Granit sowie Sedimente wie die Malm- und unterkretazi-

schen Korallenkalke bei Herkulesbad (bis 1000 m machtig) das Bild.

Letztere bedingen eine bemerkenswerte Flora und Fauna, die sich deutlich

von denen der übrigen Karpaten unterscheidet. Aufgrund der vielgestaltigen

geologischen Grundstrukturen herrschen im Gebiet vielfaltige Klimata,

besonders standortabhangige Mikroklimata.

Das Untersuchungsgebiet zeichnet sich hauptsachlich durch subkontinenta-

les Klima aus, das teilweise im Bereich des Eisernen Tores und Orsovas

Anklange zur kontinentalen Sommertrockenheit zeigt. Ein fur Gebirgsge-

genden besonders mildes Klima gibt es bei Herkulesbad, wahrend die

Umgebung Petrosanis ein typisch kontinentales Klima aufweist.

Als Vegetationszonen herrschen am Eisernen Tor Waldsteppe, bei Orsova

und Hateg kontinentale Laubmischwalder der planaren, collinen und sub-

montanen Stufe (mit Balkaneiche — Quercus frainetto — und Traubeneiche

— Quercus petraea) vor, die sich in der Agrarlandschaft des nordlichen

Banats nur noch in sehr wenigen Inseln finden. Herkulesbad und Petrosani

gehoren der zentraleuropaischen montanen Eichenwaldzone (mit Rotbuche

— Fagus sylvatica — und Traubeneiche — Quercus petraea) an.

Nachfolgend werden vier Hauptsammelgebiete kurz charakterisiert :

1. Eisernes Tor (Hange am Donaunordufer) :

Xerotherme Felsflurhänge mit Gebüschvegetation, in Erosionskerben stehen

Laubwalder. Gekennzeichnet durch ein sehr mildes Lokalklima mit

heißtrockenen Sommern und folgenden Florenelementen : Quercus pubes-

cens (Flaumeiche), Corylus colurna (Türkische Haselnuß), Juglans regia

(Walnuß), Acanthus longifolius (Akanthusblatt), Echinops banaticus (Bana-

ter Kugeldistel) und Alyssum murale (Mauer-Steinkraut). Die Tierwelt

reprasentiert sich u.a. mit Testudo hermanni (Griechische Landschildkrote),

Libelluides ottomanus GERM. (Neuroptera), Anthaxia salices F., A. bicolor

FALD., Deilus fugax OL., Morimus funereus MULS. (Coleoptera), Parnassius

mnemosyne L., Iphiclides podalirius L., Libythea celtis LAICH., Arctia villica

L., Saturnia pyri SCHIFF. und Eupithecia graphata ssp. spröngertsi (Lepi-

doptera).

2. Herkulesbad — Domogledgebiet :

Altestes Naturschutzgebiet Rumäniens, bestehend seit 1932. Gebirgsland-

schaft, die infolge geringer Gefahrdung durch kontinentale Winterfroste reich

an submediterranen und thermophilen Elementen ist: Syringa vulgaris

(Gemeiner Flieder), Carpinus orientalis (Orientalische Hainbuche), Pinus

nigra banatica (Banater Schwarzkiefer), Dianthus gigantheus banaticus

(Banater Nelke) und die endemische Hieracium herculis (Herkulesbader

Habichtskraut).

3. Gurasada :

Frischkräuterrassen, sudexponiert an einer Straßenböschung inmitten der

Agrarlandschaft mit Salvia sp. (Salbei), Prunus spinosa (Schlehe in Krüppel-

formen) und Quercus petraea (Traubeneichenbüsche).

4. Jiul — Felstal südlich Petrosani :

Kühle Gebirgsschlucht im collinen und submontanen Bereich mit Buchen

und Eichendominanz. Ab 700 m eingestreut Abies alba (Tanne) und Picea

abies (Fichte).

Frühere und gegenwärtige Forschungen zur Schmetterlingsfauna

Die Umgebung von Herkulesbad und Orsova sowie teilweise auch des

Eisernen Tors zählt heute zu den lepidopterologisch am besten durchforsch-

ten Gebieten Südosteuropas. Die ersten Aufsammlungen erfolgten 1793

durch den Deutschen v. HOFFMANNSEGG, der in den Heilbädern von

Herkulesbad und Mehadia weilte. Die Heilbäder wurden bereits von den

Römern unter Kaiser Trajan um 100 unserer Zeit erbaut und zählen somit

zu den ältesten Südosteuropas. Eine umfassende Studie zur Schmetterlings-

fauna dieser Region veröffentlichte REBEL (1911), der sich neben den

Untersuchungen von v. HOFFMANSEGG vor allen auf die von KINDERMANN,

HABERHAUER, MANN, v. FRIVALDSKY, AIGNER-ABAFI, FISCHER und v. ROTH-

SCHILD stützte. Im siebenbürgischen Teil waren es die Bemühungen von

CZEKELIUS, die eine Faunenaufstellung ermöglichten (CZEKELIUS 1897,

1917) und von DioszEGcuy fortgeführt wurden (DioszEGHy 1929/30, 1934).

Die Forschungen wurden dann in der zweiten Hälfte diese Jahrhunderts vor

allem durch rumänische Entomologen fortgesetzt. Stellvertretend sollen

KONIG und PopEscu-GorJ genannt werden. Die Aufsammlungen zur Psychi-

denfauna des Untersuchungsgebietes fanden jedoch nur sporadisch und ohne

besondere Intensität statt und sind nur mit wenigen Namen verbunden :

MANN, v. FRIVALDSKY, HEDEMANN, PAVEL, REBEL, HERING, CZEKELIUS,

OSTROGOVICH, CAPUSE und KONIG. Als Ergebnis liegen Beobachtungen von

26 Arten vor, deren Determination zum Teil sehr unsicher ist. Auch heute

ist die Zahl der rumänischen Entomologen sehr gering, was sich auch in der

Anzahl der wissenschaftlichen Publikationen wiederspiegelt (KONIG 1981).

Deshalb erscheint es den Autoren angebracht, die Psychidenliteratur des

Gebietes kritisch auszuwerten und eigene Beobachtungen mitzuteilen. Insge-

samt werden mit den oben genannten Einschränkungen 35 Arten mitgeteilt.

Weiterhin soll dieser Beitrag Anregungen für die noch gering durchforschten

Gebiete des Retezat-Gebirges, der Umgebung Petrosanis, der malerischen

Jiul-Felsschlucht und der Xerothermgebiete am Nordufer der Donau im

Bereich des Eisernen Tores geben.

Systematisch-faunistischer Teil

Die nachfolgend besprochenen Arten sind durch Belegmaterial in den

Sammlungen der Verfasser nachprüfbar. Die Angaben, falls nicht anders

vermerkt, beziehen sich auf 1986 und die Beobachtungszeiten erfolgen

ausnahmslos in sudosteuropaischer Sommerzeit. Den Untersuchungen zur

Genitalmorphologie und Flügelschuppenklassifizierung wurde SAUTER

(1956) zugrunde gelegt.

1. Narycia monilifera GEOFF.

Am 8.5. nördlich von Hateg in einem Eichenwald 2 besetzte und 2 leere

Sacke.

2. Dahlica triquetrella HB.

Verbreitet, zumeist in Anzahl an Felsen angesponnen: Eisernes Tor,

Herkulesbad, Armenis, 1 km W Petrosani, Jiul-Felstal, 6 km E Petrosani

(500 m), Hateg-Nord.

3. Dahlica lichenella L.

An einem magmatischen Felsblock 1 km W Petrosani 6 leere Sacke, davon

2 mit weiblicher Puppenhulle (5.5.).

4. Dahlica cf. wagneri GOZM.

In der Jiul-Felsschlucht südlich von Petrosani, 8 km E Petrosani (600 m)

und 17 km E Petrosani (1000 m) wurden Populationen gefunden, deren

Mannchen denen von D. wagneri (locus typicus Mt. Tibles, Nordrumanien-

Untersuchung der Paratypen durch R. HERRMANN) ahneln. Hinsichtlich der

Schuppenbreite (Typ 2) besteht Ubereinstimmung und beziiglich der Genita-

lindices Ahnlichkeit :

D. wagneri (Paratypen) : 1,28-1,46 ; n=2

D. cf. wagneri : 1,23-1,54 ; n = 4

Eine eindeutige Determination unserer Tiere ist nur durch direkte Vergleiche

mit einer wagneri-Serie vom locus typicus môglich. Die Entfernung beider

Fundplatze beträgt 240 km (Luftlinie über das Karpatenbecken) bzw. uber

400 km entlang der Karpatengebirgszuge.

Material : 9 Männchen 6.5.-10.5. Jiul-Felschlucht S Petrosani

3 Mannchen 9.5.-10.5 17 km E Petrosani (1000 m)

1 Mannchen 10.5. 8 km E Petrosani (800 m)

7 Weibchen 6.5.-10.5. Jiul-Felsschlucht S Petrosani (500 m) ca.

260 leere Säcke.

5. Postsolenobia banatica HERING (Abb. 1, 2)

Lit. : Herkulesbad (Domogledmassiv) (HERING 1922, REBEL 1927, CAPUSE 1964).

Die Art wurde 1922 nach einem Mannchen, von den Kalkfelsen des

Domogled stammend, beschrieben, welches sich heute im Naturkundemu-

seum Berlin befindet. Spater ist P. banatica noch von CZEKELIUS (REBEL

1927) und CAPUSE (1964) am locus typicus gesammelt sowie durch Letz-

teren auch das Weibchen beschrieben worden. Die Autoren fanden am 30.4.

und 1.5. die Raupen und bereits angesponnene Sacke an sonnigen bis

halbschattigen Stellen in der näheren Umgebung des weißen Kreuzes am

Domogled. Weiterhin konnte die Art auch in der Felslandschaft am Eisernen

Tor aufgefunden werden. Zwischen dem 1.5. und 4.5. fanden wir die Säcke,

die hier nicht das schwärzliche Aussehen der Domogledstücke haben son-

dern bräunlichgrau sind, in großer Zahl, zum Teil schon mit verlassenen

Puppenhüllen. Daneben gelangen Beobachtungen von Männchen, die tagsü-

ber an Felsen, besonders in Vertiefungen und unter kleinen Überhängen

sitzen. Bei der Zucht schlüpften die Männchen von 18.00 bis 07.00 Uhr und

die Weibchen zwischen 24.00 und 07.00 Uhr früh. Im allerersten Morgen-

licht, etwa ab 06.00 Uhr beginnen die Männchen auf der Suche nach den

Weibchen um die Felsen zu schwärmen. Ein frischgeschlüpftes und am 4.5.

ausgesetztes Weibchen wurde von den umherfliegenden Männchen im

Gelände nicht angeflogen, obwohl das Weibchen lockte und sich direkt im

Lebensraum befand.

Insgesamt erlangten die Autoren durch Fang und Zucht etwa 70 Männchen

und 13 Weibchen. Die Genitaluntersuchungen der Männchen erbrachten

Übereinstimmung der Population vom Eisernen Tor mit der vom Domogled

und die Messungen ergaben folgende Indices: 1,08-1,39 ; x = 1,29; n = 6.

6. Siederia sp.

Das vorliegende Material gehört einer noch unbekannten Art an. Die

gattungsmäßige Zuordnung ist aufgrund habitueller und genital-morphologi-

scher Besonderheiten noch nicht abgesichert. Vorerst wird die Art, die an

anderer Stelle beschrieben wird, provisorisch Siederia MEIER zugeordnet.

Die Fundplätze befinden sich in der näheren Umgebung von Petrosani.

7. Taleporia tubulosa RETZ.

Lit. : Herkulesbad (REBEL 1911), Riu-mare (Retyezat) (DioszEGHY 1929/30),

Timisoara (Casa Verde) (PoPEsCU-GoRJ 1964), Herculane (Poiana Feregari)

(POPESCU-GoRJ 1985).

Besonders in Waldungen in Menge festgestellt, weiterhin in Auenlandschaf-

ten und Felstälern : Herkulesbad, Eisernes Tor (nicht in der xerothermen

Abb. 1 : Postsolenobia banatica HERING (Männchen), (10 mm, Flügelspannweite). Rumänien,

Herkulesbad, Domogled, Weißes Kreuz, 15.05.1986 e.p.

Abb. 2 : Habitat von Postsolenobia banatica HERING. (Vordergrund). Rumänien, Herkulesbad,

Domogled, Weißes Kreuz, 01.05.1986.

Felsflur), Armenis, Caransebes, Poarta du Fier (700 m), 1 km W Petrosani,

Jiul-Felstal, 10 km E Hateg, Hateg-Nord, Zam.

8. Eumasia parietariella H.-S.

Lit. : Herkulesbad (REBEL 1927).

Je einen besetzten Sack am 2.5. (Eisernes Tor) und 6.5. (Jiul-Felstal) in

südexponierter Felslandschaft.

9. Melasina lugubris Hs. (Abb. 3).

Lit.: Puj (CZEKELIUS 1897), Mehadia (FRIVALDSKY 1873 nach REBEL 1911),

Herkulesbad (ABAFI-AIGNER ef al. 1896 nach REBEL 1911), Galben, Fata

fetelor (Retyezat) (DIOSZEGHY 1929/30), Retezat (KONIG 1975).

Uns gelang der Nachweis am Eisernen Tor: 1. bis 4.5. etwa 20 besetzte

Säcke jeder Größe (Schlupf je 1 Männchen am 12., 13. und 17.8.), 1 km W

Petrosani am 5.5. 1 besetzter Sack und 10 km E Hateg etwa 10 besetzte

Sacke an Gneisfelsen. Alle Stucke an sudexponierten Stellen.

Abb. 3: Melasina lugubris HB. (Männchen), (21,5 mm). Rumänien, Orsova, Eisernes Tor,

12.08.1986.

10. Bacotia sepium SPR.

Nur drei Einzelfunde aus dem nördlichen Teil des Untersuchungsgebietes :

8.8. 1 besetzter und 1 leerer Sack an Straßenleitplanken bei Hateg-Nord, 9.5.

1 leerer Sack an Granitfelsen bei Lipova. |

11. Proutia betulina Z.

Lit. : Ineu (Arad) (POPESCU-GPRI 1964).

Ebenfalls nur im Norden des Gebietes beobachtet : 8.5. besetzte Sacke in

großer Zahl bei Hateg-Nord, 9.5. 1 leerer Sack an Granit bei Lipova. Zucht :

13 Männchen zwischen dem 18.5. und 17.6. sowie 2 Weibchen 19.6. und

20.6. (Hateg-Nord).

12. Bruandia comitella BRD. (Abb. 4).

Lit. : Straße Mehadia-Herkulesbad (PopEscu-Gors 1985).

Am 5. und 6.5. wurden in der Jiul-Felsschlucht einige Sacke gesammelt, die

auf P. crassiorella hindeuteten, aus denen aber drei B. comitella-Mannchen

schlupften : 28.5., 2.6. und 5.6.

Abb. 4: Bruandia comitella Bro. (Männchen), (13,5 mm). Rumänien, Petrosani, Jiul-

Schlucht, 02.06.1986 e.p.

13. Psyche casta PALL.

Lit. : Gura apei (Retyezat) (DioszEGHY 1929/30), Ineu (Arad) (POPESCU-GorRJ

1964), Herkulesbad (PopEscu-Gors 1985).

Die Art konnte verbreitet, aber nie häufig beobachtet werden, so bei

Herkulesbad, Eisernes Tor, Armenis, Caransebes, 1 km W Petrosani, 8 km E

Petrosani (600 m), Jiul-Felstal, Hateg-Nord, Ilteu und Lipova.

Zuchtergebnisse : 7 Männchen 22.5.-14.6. 1 km W Petrosani

5 Männchen 17.5.-20.5. Hateg-Nord.

14. Psyche crassiorella BRD.

Lit. : Herkulesbad (HEDEMANN 1897, REBEL 1911), Gura apei (Reteyzat) (Dios-

ZEGHY 1929/30), Steierdorf (Caras) (POPESCU-GorRJ 1964).

Fast uberall vorkommend, stellenweise besonders haufig an exponierten

Hängen : Eisernes Tor, Herkulesbad, Straße Herkulesbad-Baia de Arama,

Orsova, Armenis, 1 km W Petrosani, Jiul-Felstal, 8 km E Petrosani (600 m),

10 km E Petrosani (700 m), Lugoj, Zam. Zuchtdaten : Eisernes Tor — 1

Männchen 17.6., 2 Weibchen 18.5. |

15. Bijugis bombycella SCHIFF. (Abb. 5).

Lit. : Kasan (FRIVALDSKY 1873 nach REBEL 1911), Mehadia (ABAFI-AIGNER et al.

1896 nach REBEL 1911), Herkulesbad, Orsova (REBEL 1911), Gura apei,

Lapusnicul mare 1200 m (Retyezat) (DioszEGHY 1929/30), Ineu (Arad), Mt.

Retezat (POPESCU-GoRJ 1964), Mt. Paring (NEMES & DANILA 1970), Esel-

nita, Remetea Mare, Remetea Mica, Fibis, Herkulesbad, Timisoara (KONIG

1975).

Lediglich ein Einzelnachweis : am 8.5. ein Raupensack am Fufe einer Eiche

inmitten eines Eichenbestandes bei Hateg-Nord. Schlupf des Weibchens am

5.6., welches etwa 4 Wochen lebte und mit Einbruch der Dammerung bis

23.00 Uhr lockte.

Abb. 5: Bijugis bombycella SCHIFF. (Lockendes Weibchen und Sack), (Lange des Sackes :

20 mm). Rumänien, Hateg, 26.06.1986.

16. Rebelia nudella O.

Am 28.5.1983 an einem Pappelstamm ein angesponnener Sack. Die

Fundstelle befindet sich inmitten einer Agrarlandschaft in der Nahe von

Nadlac am Rasenstreifen einer Landstraße. Der Schlupf des Männchens

erfolgte am 30.5.1983.

isernes Tor,

, Orsova,

anien

Rebelia cf. kruegeri TRrı. (Männchen), (15,5 mm). Ruma

Abb. 6

23.05.1986 e

20 mm).

des Sackes

änge

hen und Sack)

ibc

1986 e

(We

05;

| TRTI.

egeri

Tor

1SEINES

f. kru

Rebelia c

, Orsova,

änien

Abb. 7

Rum

17. Rebelia cf. plumella O.

Lit. : Läpisnicula mare (1200 m) (Retyezat) (DioszEGHY 1934), Hunedoara (Po-

PESCU-GORJ 1964), Bazos, Cheveres, Timisoara, Remetea Mare (KONIG

1975).

1 Mannchen flog am 8.5. gegen 21.00 Uhr bei Dunkelheit an die

Innenbeleuchtung des Autos unweit von Gurasada.

18. Rebelia cf. kruegeri TRTI. (= marpessa SIEDER) (Abb. 6, 7).

Säcke unterschiedlicher Größe z.T. in großer Zahl in Felsspalten und unter

kleinen Vorsprüngen an den Xerothermhängen des Eisernen Tores zwischen

dem 1.5. und 4.5. Die Schlupfzeiten bestätigen die Zuordnung zu den

Rebelien-Frühfliegern :

Männchen — je | Ex. am 31.5., 4.6. (07.00 Uhr), 9.6. und 10.6.

Weibchen — 2 Ex. 18.5., 1 Ex. 23.5. (08.00 Uhr).

Nach HÄTTENSCHWILER in litt. 1988 ist À. marpessa SIEDER synonym zu À.

kruegeri TRTI.

19. Rebelia sp.

An folgenden Orten Rebeliensackfunde, die nicht naher determiniert werden

können : Armenis, | km W Petrosani, 10 km E Hateg (Trockenrasen);

20. Epichnopterix kovacsi SIEDER (Abb. 8).

Lit. : Mt. Remetea (= Remetea Mare, NEMES & DANILA 1970), Cheile Nerei, Mt.

Domogled, Timisoara, Remetea Mare (KONIG 1975), Ciudanivita (Oravita)

(PopEscu-GorJ 1985). Als E. pulla Esp. (= E. plumella DEN. & SCHIFF)

geführt : Orsova, Kasanenge (REBEL 1911), Timisoara (Casa Verde), Ineu

(Arad) (POPESCU-GorRJ 1964).

Abb. 8 : Epichnopteryx kovacsi SIEDER. (Männchen), (12,5 mm). Rumänien, Orsova, Eisernes

Tor, 10.05.1986 e.p.

Leere und besetzte Säcke in der Felssteppe am Eisernen Tor zwischen dem

1. und 4.5. in großer Zahl. Weiterhin 1 km W Petrosani an Felsen am 5.5.

zwei leere und ein besetzter Sack, 10 kmE Hateg auf Frischwiesen im

Flußauenbereich am 8.5. acht besetzte Säcke und eine leerer Sack sowie auf

Frischkräuterrasen bei Gurasada am 9.5. zwei weibliche Säcke.

Zuchtergebnisse : Eisernes Tor — Männchen 7 Ex. 4.-16.5.

Weibchen 1 Ex. 10.5., 2 Ex. 18.5.

10 km E Hateg — Männchen 1 Ex. 6.5., 1 Ex. 10.5.

Weibchen 1 Ex. 12.5.

1 km W Petrosani — Männchen 1 Ex. 16.5.

Gurasada — Weibchen 1 Ex. 15.5.

Bemerkungen : Ein Anflugversuch am 17.5.1986 bei Freiburg i. Breisgau und

am 18.5.1986 bei Rastatt i. Baden erbrachte mittels eines unbefruchteten

Weibchens von Gurasada jeweils innerhalb einer halben Stunde ca. 50

Männchen von E. plumella DEn. & SCHIFF. Aus den befruchteten Eiern

schlüpften Mitte Juni etwa 2 Dutzend Raupen, 1 Raupe überwinterte fast

erwachsen und am 15.3.1987 schlüpfte um 08.00 Uhr mitteleuropäische Zeit

ein Männchen. Der erfolgreiche Anflugversuch deutet auf bestehende enge

Verwandschaft zu E. plumella DEN. & SCHIFF. hin.

21. Canephora unicolor Hrn.

Lit. : Herkulesbad, Orsova (REBEL 1911), Retyezat (DioszEGHY 1929/30), Ineu

(Arad) (POPESCU-GoR 1964), Padurea Ghiroc, Timisoara, Remetea Mare (KONIG

1975).

Verbreitet und stellenweise häufig in Waldhabitaten und Felsfluren : Eisernes

Tor, Herkulesbad, Orsova, 1 km W Petrosani, Jiul-Felstal, Hateg-Nord,

Lugoj, Gurasada.

Zuchtdaten : 12 Männchen 6.6.-3.7.1984 e.o. Herkulesbad

3 Männchen 16.-27.5. Lugoj

3 Männchen 23.5.-12.6. Eisernes Tor

6 Männchen 10.-20.6. Hateg-Nord

1 Weibchen 17.5. Gurasada.

22. Pachythelia villosella O.

Lit. : Timisoara, Remetea Mare (KONIG 1975).

Ebenfalls verbreitet, jedoch nur wenige Sackfunde an Warmtrockenstellen :

Orsova (1983 Haufig), Eisernes Tor, Gurasada (1 Sack an einem Schle-

henstrauch angesponnen).

Schlupf : Je 1 Mannchen am 18.5. und am 16.6.1986 vom Eisernen Tor. Aus

einer Eizucht von 1983 schlupfte am 29.6.1985 ein Mannchen (Orsova).

23. Megalophanes viciella DEN. & SCHIFF. (Abb. 9).

Lit. : Ineu (Arad) (PopEscu-GorJ 1964), Ghiroda, Timisoara, Remetea Mare

(KONIG 1975).

Am 9.5.1986 wurden bei Gurasada etwa 40 Sacke gesammelt. Diese waren

in niederen Vegetation bereits angesponnen.

Schlupf : 9 Mannchen vom 19.5.-24.5.1986.

Abb. 9: Megalophanes viciella DEN. & SCHIFF. (Sack), (Länge des Sackes: 22 mm).

Rumänien, Gurasada, 09.05.1986.

24. Sterrhopterix fusca HAW.

Lit. : Zanoaga 2000 m (DIOSZEGHY 1929/30), Ineu ae) (PoPEscU-GorJ 1964),

Pad. Cheveres (KONIG 1975).

Am 8.5. etwa 10 z.T. angesponnene Säcke an Straßenleitplanken bei

Hateg-Nord. Weiterhin am 9.5. ein männlicher und weiblicher Sack ebenfalls

an Straßenleitplanken bei Gurasada. Bemerkenswert erscheint daß die

Entwicklung bei Gurasada offensichtlich in einem Frischrasenhabitat erfolgte

und nicht in einem Waldgebiet.

Schlupf: Je 1 Männchen am 18.5., 20.5. und Ende 5. (Hateg-Nord).

Bemerkung : Der Nachweis bei DioszEGHY (1929/30) beruht sicherlich auf

einem Irrtum. Die Höhenlage weist eventuell auf S. standfussi WOCKE hin.

25. Oreopsyche plumifera O.

Leere Säcke in Anzahl an den Felsen des Eisernen Tores. Aus den einge-

tragenen Säcken schlüpften bereits am 3.5. Jungraupen.

26. Apterona helix SIEB.

Lit. : Ineu (Arad) (PoPESCU-GoRJ 1964).

Nachweise an folgenden Orten : Eisernes Tor, Armenis, Jiul-Felstal (bis

700 m), 6 km östlich von Petrosani, 10 km östlich von Hateg, Hateg-Nord,

Zam, Toc, Nicolae Balcescu. Säcke z.T. recht häufig an Felsen, Straßenpfäh-

len und Straßenleitplanken.

Weitere in der Literatur für das Untersuchungsgebiet angegebene Arten :

1. Diplodoma herminata GEOFF. : Borescul mare (1300 m) (Retyezat)

(DioszEGHY 1934), Herkulesbad (HEDEMANN 1897, REBEL 1911).

2. Pseudobankesia dioszeghyi RBL. : Retyezat (900 m) (REBEL 1934). Die

als Bankesia beschriebene Art stellte sich nach der Untersuchung des

Holotypus (im Nationalmuseum Budapest) als eine Pseudobankesia heraus

(HATTENSCHWILER in litt. 1987 an WEIDLICH).

3. Siederia pineti Z. : Mehadia (REBEL 1911), Gura apei (989 m) (Retye-

zat) (DioszEGHY 1929/30). Die Determinationen sind sehr zweifelhaft und

es handelt sich wohl um eine andere Talaeporiinae-Species.

4. Siederia alpicolella RBL. : Cioca (900-1400 m) (Retyezat) (DioszEGHY

1929/30). Diese Specie ist nach dem heutigen Erkenntnisstand auf den

Alpenraum beschrankt und es handelt hier sehr wahrscheinlich um eine

Fehldetermination.

5. Talaeporia politella O.: Mehadia (REBEL 1914). Obwohl REBEL 1

Männchen vorlag (leg. MANN 1859), ist das Vorkommen in den Südkarpaten

sehr zweifelhaft. Ein Nachweis dieses pannonischen Faunenelementes ware

am ehesten in der Banater Tiefebene zu erwarten.

6. Bijugis pectinella SCHIFF. : Fibis (PoPEscU-GoRrJ 1985).

7. Rebelia surientella BRD. : Orsova (REBEL 1911).

8. Lepidoscioptera plumistrella Hs. : Gura zlata (801 m) (Retyezat) (Dios-

ZEGHY 1929/30). Gesicherte Vorkommen dieser Art liegen bisher nur aus

dem Alpenraum vor. |

9. Megalophanes viadrina STDGR. : Herkulesbad (PAVEL 1886 nach REBEL

1911), Mehadia (ABAFI-AIGNER ef al. 1896 nach REBEL 1911). Entspre-

chend DIERL (1977) stellt M. viadrina eine Subspecies von M. stetinensis

HERING dar. PoPESCU-GoR) (1984) verzeichnet als einzige rumänische Mega-

lophanes — Art M. viciella DEN. & SCHIFF.

Danksagung

Herzlich gedankt sei den Herren P. HÄTTENSCHWILLER (Uster/Schweiz) für die

Informationen bezüglich P. dioszeghyi RBL., Dr. F. KONIG (Timosoara/Rumänien)

für seine Hilfe bei der geographischen Zuordnung von Psychidenfundstellen in der

Literatur und Dr. A. Popescu-GorJ (Bukarest/Rumänien) für den Hinweis bezü-

glich der Erstbeschreibung der P. dioszeghyi RBL.

Literatur

CAPUSE, J., 1964. Über Solenobia banatica HERING, eine bisher nur aus der

rumänischen Volksrepublik bekannte Psychide (Lepidoptera). Z. Wien. Ent.

Ges. 49 : 104-111.

CZEKELIUS, D., 1897. Kritisches Verzeichnis der Schmetterlinge Siebenbürgens.

Verh. Mitt. siebenbürg. Ver. Nat. wiss. Hermannstadt 47 : 1-78.

CZEKELIUS, D., 1917. Beiträge zur Schmetterlingsfauna Siebenbürgens. — Verh.

Mitt. siebenbürg. Ver. Nat. wiss. Hermannstadt 67 : 1-56.

DIERL, W., 1977. Die geographische Variabilität von Flugzeit und Augengröße der

Megalophanes viciella-Gruppe. Spixiana 1 : 17-26. München.

DIOSZEGHY, L. von, 1929/30. Die Lepidopterenfauna des Retyezat-Gebirges. Verh.

Mitt. siebenbürg. Ver. Nat. wiss. Hermannstadt 19/80 : 188-289.

DIOSZEGHY, L. von, 1934. Die Lepidopterenfauna des Retyezat-gebirges. Nachtrag

I. Verh. Mitt. siebenbürg. Ver. Nat. wiss. Hermannstadt 84 : 107-126.

GOZMANY, L., 1952. A new Middle European Microlepidoptera. Acta Biol. Acad.

Scient. Hung. 3 : 379-386.

HEDEMANN, W. von, 1897. Mikrolepidopterologische Sammelergebnisse aus Herku-

lesbad (Mehadia). Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien 47 : 27-30.

HERING, M., 1922. Solenobia banatica m., eine neue palaearktische Psychidae. —

Dtsch. Ent. Z. Iris 36 : 93-94. Dresden.

KONIG, F., 1975. Catalogul colectei de Lepidoptere a muzuelui Banatului. — 1-284,

Timisoara (1921).

KONIG, F., 1981. Allgemeine Betrachtungen über die Vergangenheit, Gegenwart und

Zukunft der rumänischen Lepidopterenfauna. Beih. Veröff. Nat. schutz

Landschaftspflege Bad.- Württ. 21 : 73-78. Karlsruhe.

NEMES, I. & DANILA, I., 1970. Catalogul colectiei de Lepidoptere «Alexei Alexin-

schi» de la Muzeul Judetean Suceava. Pars I, Fam. Micropterygidae — Fam.

Zygaenidae. Stud. Comunicari St. Nat. Mus. Jud. Suceava 133-264.

POPESCU-GORJ, A., 1964. Catalogue de la collection de Lepidopteres «Prof. A.

Ostrogovich» du Museum d’Histoire naturelle «Grigore Antipa» Bucarest. —

1-293. Bucuresti.

POPESCU-GoOR), A., 1984. La liste systématique des espèces de Microlepidopteres

signalees dans la faune de Roumanie. Mise a jour de leur classification et

nomenclature. Travaux Mus. Hist. nat. Grigore Antipa 26: 111-162. Bucu-

resti.

Popescu-GorJ, A., 1985. Nouvelles données pour la connaissance des Microlépi-

dopteres de Roumanie. Travaux Mus. Hist. nat. Grigore Antipa 27 : 101-119.

Bucuresti.

REBEL, H., 1911. Die Lepidopterenfauna von Herkulesbad und Orsava. Ann. nat.

hist. Hofmus. Wien 25 : 253-430.

REBEL, H., 1914. Nachtrag zur Lepidopterenfauna von Herkulesbad. Verh. zool.-bot.

Ges. Wien 64 : 157-160.

REBEL, H., 1927. Dritter Nachtrag zur Lepidopterenfauna von Herkulesbad. Verh.

zool.-bot. Ges. Wien 77 : 115-120.

REBEL, H., 1934. Bankesia Dioszeghyi RBL., n. spec. Retyezat. /n DIOSZEGHY, L.

VON (1934) : Die Lepidopterenfauna des Retyezatgebirges. Nachtrag I. Verh.

Mitt. siebenbürg. Ver. Nat. wiss. Hermannstadt 84 : 121-122, Taf. 1, Fig. 13.

SAUTER, W., 1956. Morphologie und Systematik der schweizerischen Solenobia-

Arten (Lep. Psychidae). Rev. Suisse Zool. 63 : 451-550. Genève.

SIEDER, L. & LOBEL, F., 1954. Wissenswertes uber die Gattung Epichnopteryx Hb.

(Lep. Psychidae). Z. Wien. Ent. Ges. 39 : 310-327.

SIEDER, L., 1955. Erster Beitrag zu : Wissenswertes Uber die Gattung Epichnopteryx

Hb. (Lep. Psychidae) ( Epichnopteryx kovacsi, spec. nov.). Z. Wien. Ent. Ges.

40 : 157-164.

Nota lepid. 13 (1) : 28-42 ; 31.11.1990 ISSN 0342-7536

Tentative reclassification

of holarctic Yponomeutoidea

(Lepidoptera) (* )

Jorma KyRKI f

Zoological Museum, University of Oulu, SF-90570 Oulu, Finland.

Summary

The informal genus-groups of the superfamily Yponomeutoidea previously defined

by the author (Ent. scand. 15 : 71-84, 1984) are classified in seven families, the

Yponomeutidae, Ypsolophidae, Plutellidae, Glyphipterigidae, Heliodinidae, Bedel-

liidae and Lyonetiidae. The first family is composed of six subfamilies and the others,

except the Heliodinidae and Bedelliidae, each of two subfamilies. The family

classification is based on 50 possible apomorphies which are briefly discussed.

Difficulties in assigning the Lyonetiidae to the correct clade are reviewed. Holarctic

yponomeutoid genera, genera which have been excluded from the superfamily and

genera which have not been available for study are listed in appendices A, B and C.

Four new generic synonyms in the Yponomeutoidea are mentioned and the subfa-

mily Galacticinae is upgraded to family rank to include four genera, which have been

excluded from the Yponomeutoidea.

A reassessment of the superfamily Yponomeutoidea and its constituent

groups was published a few years ago (Kyrkı 1984). At that time no formal

Classification, so necessary for all of us, was presented, but now, as more

information has become available, a tentative reclassification can be proposed

(Table 1). The classification is based on the examination of most holarctic

yponomeutoid genera and also on many exotic ones, but slight amendments

are still expected when tropical and southern hemisphere Yponomeutoids

become better known. The hypothesized phylogeny of the superfamily is

presented as a cladogram (Fig. 1). It has not yet been possible to trace the

sister group of the Yponomeutoidea with certainty. Therefore the out-group

comparisons have been carried out with the tineoid families which most

probably form, either as a whole or in part, the sister group of the

Yponomeutoidea. The monophyly of the included subfamilies was demons-

trated earlier (Kyrkı 1984, as genus groups) so the autapomorphies of the

(*) Presented at the Sth European Congress of Lepidopterology, Budapest, 7th-10th April

1986. For reprints, write to Dr. J. ITÄMIEs, Department of Zoology, University of Oulu.

YPONOMEUTOIDEA STEPHENS, 1829

Yponomeutidae STEPHENS, 1829

Scythropiinae FRIESE, 1966

Yponomeutinae STEPHENS, 1829

(= Hyponomeutinae SODOFFSKY, 1837)

(= Hofmanniinae SPULER, 1910)

(= Zelleriinae TURNER, 1913)

(= Cedestinae KLoET & HINCKS, 1945)

Saridoscelinae MorIUTI, 1977

Attevinae MosHER, 1916

Praydinae Mori, 1977

Argyresthiinae BRUAND, [1851]

Ypsolophidae GUENEE, 1845

Ypsolophinae GUENEE, 1845

(= Hypsilophinae Hampson, 1918)

(= Cerostominae BÖRNER, 1925)

Ochsenheimeriinae HERRICH-SCHÄFFER, 1857

Plutellidae GUENEE, 1845

Plutellinae GUENEE, 1845

Acrolepiinae HEINEMANN, 1870

Glyphipterigidae STAINTON, 1854

Orthoteliinae HERRICH-SCHAFFER, 1857

Glyphipteriginae STAINTON, 1854

(= Aechmiidae BRUAND, [1851])

Heliodinidae HEINEMANN, 1876

Bedelliidae MEYRICK, 1880

Lyonetiidae STAINTON, 1854

Cemiostominae WALLENGREN, 1881

(= Leucopterinae CHAPMAN, 1902)

Lyonetiinae STAINTON, 1854

Table 1. Tentative reclassification of the Yponomeutoidea.

subfamilies need not be repeated here. The Saridoscelinae (with only one

genus, Saridoscelis MEYRICK) were separated from the Yponomeuta group

sensu KYRKI 1984. Its diagnostic characters are listed by MoriuTI (1977) (as

Saridoscelini).

Apomorphic characters of yponomeutoid families and groups of families.

(For morphological descriptions and illustrations see further references in

Kyrkı (1984)).

Apomorphies of the Yponomeutoidea

1. Pleural lobes present in the 8th abdominal segment of adult males (see KYRKI

1984).

2. Transverse ridge on second abdominal sternite (see KYRKI 1983b).

OÖ

LL) |

< Li] SO Li

&) << LJ Fr <x Lu Lu

kK OQ < (oe (am) < <x

= on (an) Li Ai (am) [am

> AE eH > Pe FH |

Lu ak en | (ai ee KH -

= © =i HA oO il >

&) = Li as © —j] Li

FL, © > Q. ke Lu PE

ai a | | LiJ Lid >

> > al O =a faa) pe)

45-50

MOSS NA OTIE

: 40 4

23-24 @25-31 32-37

11218 b 19-22

37 8-10

1»

Fig. 1. Cladogram of yponomeutoid families. Numbers denote possible apomorphies discus-

sed in the text. Double lines = unresolved trichotomies ; dotted lines = alternative phylogenetic

hypotheses supported by characters 38-40 and 41-44 respectively.

Autapomorphies of the Yponomeutidae

3. Ocelli lost.

4. Pterostigma from Sc to R,. (Except in the Scythropiinae ; character reversal or

plesiomorphy). Pterostigma which extends only to R, is found also in the Ypsolo-

phidae !

5. 8th abdominal sternite more strongly sclerotized than the 7th one. (Except in the

Yponomeutinae).

6. Claws of larval thoracic legs long and fairly straight. (Except in the endophagous

larvae of the Argyresthiinae).

7. Crochets of abdominal prolegs bi- or multiserial. (Except in the Argyresthiinae).

For the subfamily classification of the Yponomeutidae see the chapter “Classification

of the Yponomeutidae”.

Synapomorphies of families other than the Yponomeutidae

8. Second segment of labial palpus with ventral scale tuft (often reduced in the

Acrolepiinae and Glyphipterigidae and not recorded at all in advanced families

Heliodinidae, Bedelliidae and Lyonetiidae).

9. Abdominal prolegs longer than broad. In endophagous larvae of the Glyphipteri-

gidae and Lyonetiidae the prolegs are secondarily short).

10. Larval 9th abdominal segment with only one SV seta. (Some ypsolophid species

have 2 setae ; further investigation is needed to show whether this bisetose condition

is better considered as a character reversal or a plesiomorphy).

Autapomorphies of the Ypsolophidae

11. Veins R, and M, stalked (or even coincident) in hindwing.

12. Tegumen deeply bilobed at anterior margin.

13. Anellus a membranous, strongly spinose tube.

14. Aedeagus with two cornuti or cornuti groups.

15. Female with long anterior and posterior apophyses.

16. Ductus seminalis joins to ductus bursae near ostium.

17. Signum elongated plate with two transverse ridges.

18. Pupa without cremaster setae.

Synapomorphies of families Plutellidae to Lyonetiidae

19. Gnathos absent.

20. Tegumen reduced in size, on dorsal side at most a narrow transverse band.

21. Pupal thoracic spiracle protruded (except in the Lyonetiidae ; see the discussion

of the systematic position of the family).

22. Larvae feed on grasses and herbs (see Table 4 and the discussion of the

systematic position of the Lyonetiidae).

Autapomorphies of the Plutellidae

23. Lamella postvaginalis consisting of two setose lobes.

24. Cocoon large meshed.

Autapomorphies of the Glyphipterigidae

For a more thorough discussion of the larval characters see KYRKI & ITAMIES

(1986).

25. Antennal scape without pecten.

26. Teguminal processes reduced, absent (misinterpreted by KyRKI 1984, see KYRKI

& ITAMIES 1986).

27. Cranial setae F,, Af,, Af,, A,, P,, O,, O; and SO, short.

28. Prothoracic L group bisetose.

29. 8th abdominal spiracle on dorsal side, near the hind margin of the segment.

30. Larva endophagous.

31. Larvae primarily feeding on monocotyledons (see Table 4 ; Heppner recently

(1985) listed also Piperaceae and Urticaceae as host plant families for the Gly-

phipterigids).

Synapomorphies of Heliodinidae, Bedelliidae and Lyonetiidae

32. Maxillary palpus reduced, at most 2 segments.

33. Altogether at most 4 M and CuA veins present in forewing.

34. Discal cell open in hindwing.

35. No distinct sclerite for the maxillary palpus in pupa.

36. Pupal abdominal segments not movable.

37. Pupa with strong lateral ridges.

The families Heliodinidae, Bedelliidae and Lyonetiidae form still unresolved tri-

chotomy. Two alternative phylogenetic hypotheses (Heliodinidae + Bedelliidae) +

Lyonetiidae and Heliodinidae + (Bedelliidae + Lyonetiidae) are supported by three

and four characters respectively.

Possible synapomorphies of Heliodinidae and Bedelliidae

38. Larva with long spinneret.

39. Seta V, not apparent in thoracic segments.

40. Larva pupates without cocoon.

Possible synapomorphies of Bedelliidae and Lyonetiidae

41. Ocelli absent.

42. Adult with scale tuft between antennae.

43. Hind tibia hairy on dorsal side.

44. Fringe on underside of labrum of larva very prominent.

Autapomorphies of the Lyonetiidae

45. Antennal scape slightly flattened and bordered with scales, at rest forming an

eye-cap.

46. Forewing caudate.

47. Head of larva flattened.

48. Cranial setae F,, Af,, Af,, P,, L, and O, short.

49. Labrum at most with four pairs of setae on dorsal side.

50. Abdominal dorsal setae D, and D, close to each other, D, situated lower (more

laterad) than D..

Classification of the Yponomeutidae

It has not yet been possible to present a well founded phylogenetic hypothesis

for the subfamilies of the Yponomeutidae. Five out of the six subfamilies are

represented by one or only a few genera in the holarctic region and show but

little variation. The advanced characters of the subfamilies presented in

Tables 2 and 3 demonstrate that there must have been a considerable amount

of character reversals and/or parallel evolution during the evolution of the

family. The Scythropiinae may be the sister group of all other families, if its

pterostigma really is a plesiomorphic character (see character 4 in the text).

The Saridoscelinae and Yponomeutidae seem to be sister groups (Table 2 :

a EE ES PS En EZ

| | Scythropiinae

| Saridoscelinae

Yponomeutinae

Attevinae

Praydinae

Argyresthiinae

Table 2. Distribution of possible synapomorphies (black dots) in the subfamilies of the

Yponomeutidae. Characters 1-13 are explained in Table 3.

jesomommie ©) Tapomerpiic (=)

ADULT

. antennal scape

. maxillary palp

. abdominal terga

. pterostigma from Sc

. 8th abd. sternite

. aedeagus

. teguminal processes

LARVA

. cranial seta P,

. Cranial seta V,

. ventral margin

of mandible

. antennal segments

3 +4

. Crochets

. larva

with pecten

4 segments

with normal scales

| to R, or R,

sclerotized as the 7th

without basal scape

| unscaled

lower than Af,-P, line

short

| evenly arched

shorter than segments

1+2

uniserial

exophagous,

| often in web

without pecten

less than 4 segments

with scales and spines

(specialized scales)

to R,

more strongly sclerotized

than the 7th

with basal scape

with specialized scales

| on line with or higher than

Af,-P,

long

bulged

longer than segments

122

bi- or multiserial

endophagous

Table 3. Characters 1-13 of the subfamilies of the Yponomeutidae. See Table 2.

JEIIEIV

Jesserueäseds ‘JessepL

9899819447)

9P99PPIU9IO ‘229989109S0I(]

Sessel]

ovoovoune

2299204

9UIANO) ‘2299202

EREIMIN ‘9B99PINAJOAUO!)

WIDCUISEJOAN ‘92992IpoOdouau")

JEIIEISISVY ‘IEI9PUPIOS

ovooepuedde, ‘sessesisseig

IPIIPSEIIIXES

Jessepnsselg

28998IQNY

JEIIEILIAWN

JereuN

monocots

grasses and herbs

JEIIEIIIV

avoovoryes

Jexdepuejän.f ‘sessemny

Jexrdeopude)

JesdegnIeung

JEIIELIEINSSOLD)

ovooepuioedy ‘ovooenodury

Jexdefejues ‘2P99PULIEUX

9899890

9899211SP[97)

9899052

9299PIN)94

9PIILOLIT

JEIIESON

Jesdeıpoxe] ‘avaoessoidng

dicotyledons

72)

77)

(ao)

le)

pes

—

IBIIEBULT

Scythropiinae

Yponomeutinae

Saridoscelinae

Attevinae

Praydinae

Argyresthiinae

Ypsolophinae

Ochsenheimeriinae

Plutellinae

Acrolepiinae

Orthoteliinae

Glyphipteriginae

Heliodinidae

Bedelliidae

Lyonetiinae

Cemiostominae

Table 4. Foodplant families of yponomeutoid families and subfamilies. Summarized from literature records.

synapomorphies 3, 6 and 10 and possible synapomorphies 9 and 11 which

are paralleiled in other subfamilies). There is also some evidence of a close

relationship between the Attevinae and Praydinae (Table 2 : characters 1, 8

and possibly 2), but at least characters 1 and 2 are reductions which are

parallelled many times in the evolution of the Lepidoptera. The endophagous

larvae of the Argyresthiinae are highly specialized due to their mode of life,

but otherwise I have not found good reasons for excluding the subfamily from

the Yponomeutidae as a distinct family as several recent authors do (e.g.

INOUE et al. 1982, HEPPNER 1984).

Systematic position of the Lyonetiidae

The systematic position of the Lyonetiidae within the superfamily is still in

need of careful re-examination in spite of the fact that the characters 32 to

37 presented in the foregoing text seem to demonstrate the close relationship

of the Lyonetiidae, Bedelliidae and Heliodinidae. The Lyonetiids do not have

apomorphies 8, 9, 21 or 22 listed in the cladogram for their stem groups.

The lack of the scale tuft from the labial palpus and short larval prolegs might

well be reductions. The plesiomorphic position of the pupal thoracic spiracle

and the foodplant spectrum of primitive Lyonetiids, which is similar to that

of Yponomeutids and Ypsolophids (Table 4), might probably, together with

a few other characters (ocellus absent, cocoon double, crochets partly biserial

in the primitive lyonetiid genus Paraleucoptera) place the family Lyonetiidae

close to the Yponomeutidae, either as a sister group or even as a specialized

subfamily.

APPENDIX A

Checklist of Holarctic yponomeutoid genera

The genera are listed alphabetically within each subfamily because most families and

subfamilies have not been critically revised. Three genera whose exact systematic

position within the superfamily is not known to the author, are listed separately at

the end of the checklist. Synonymic names of the genera are listed only in those cases

in which they differ from those given in the checklists of LERAUT (1980), INOUE er

al. (1982) and HopDGEs et al. (1983). A few new generic synonyms are included.

The occurrence of the genera in the western Palaearctic, eastern Palaearctic and

Nearctic regions (WP, EP and NA respectively) is tabulated. Four genera are

recorded for the first time from the nearctic region : Euhyponomeutoides GAJ, with

E. gracilariella (BUSCK, 1904) comb. n. from Zelleria ; Atemelia HERRICH-SCHAF-

FER, With A. aetherias (MEYRICK, 1927) comb. n. from Orinympha; Eidophasia

STEPHENS, with E. dammersi (BUSCK, 1934) comb. n. from Plutella; Rhigognostis

with R. interrupta (WALSINGHAM, 1881) comb. n. and À. poulella (BUSCK, 1904)

comb. n. from Plutella.

YPONOMEUTIDAE WP EP NA

SCYTHROPIINAE

Scythropia HÜBNER, | 1825] O

YPONOMEUTINAE

Banghaasia FRIESE, 1960 Oo

Cedestis ZELLER, 1839 O o

Choutinea HUANG, 1982 o

Eucalantica Busck, 1904 o

Euhyponomeuta ToLL, 1941 O Oo

Euhyponomeutoides GAS, 1954 O

(= Nordmaniana FRIESE, 1960)

Eumonopyta MORIUTI, 1977

Kessleria Nowicki, 1864 6)

Klausius MoRiuUTI, 1977

Lampresthia Morıutı, 1977

Metanomeuta MEYRICK, 1935

Niphonympha MEYRICK, 1914

Ocnerostoma ZELLER, 1847

Paraswammerdamia FRIESE, 1960

Pseudoswammerdamia FRIESE, 1960

Swammerdamia HÜBNER, | 1825]

Teinoptila SAUBER, 1902

Thecobathra MEYRICK, 1922

Xyrosaris MEYRICK, 1907

Yponomeuta LATREILLE, 1796 o

Zelleria STAINTON, 1849 O

SESTSZSES ES ESS ©

SARIDOSCELINAE

Saridoscelis MEYRICK, 1894 O

ATTEVINAE

Atteva WALKER, 1854 O

PRAYDINAE

Atemelia HERRICH-SCHÂFFER, 1853 O (6) O

(= Orinympha MEYRICK, 1927, syn. n.)

Eucatagma BUSCK, 1901 O

Prays HUBNER, [1825] O O

ARGYRESTHIINAE

Argyresthia HUBNER, [1825] Oo O o

(= Blastotere RATZEBURG, 1840)

(= Paraargyresthia MorivTi, 1969, syn. n.)

YPSOLOPHIDAE WP EP NA

YPSOLOPHINAE

Bhadorcosma MoRIUTI, 1977

Euceratia WALSINGHAM, 1881

Phrealcia CHRETIEN, 1900 o

Rhabdocosma MEYRICK, 1935

Ypsolopha LATREILLE, 1796 O

(= Melitonympha MEYRICK, 1927)

OCHSENHEIMERIINAE

Ochsenheimeria HUBNER, [1825] O

PLUTELLIDAE

PLUTELLINAE

Eidophasia STEPHENS, 1842

Lunakia KLIMESCH, 1941

Plutella SCHRANK, 1802

Rhigognostis ZELLER, 1857

(= Caunaca WALLENGREN, 1880)

(= Eumachaeristis MEYRICK, 1938, syn. n.)

ACROLEPIINAE

Acrolepia CURTIS, 1838 Oo

Acrolepiopsis GAEDIKE, 1970

Digitivalva GAEDIKE, 1970 O

GLYPHIPTERIGIDAE

ORTHOTELIINAE

Orthotelia STEPHENS, 1829 O

GLYPHIPTERIGINAE

Abrenthia BUSCK, 1915

Carmentina MEYRICK, 1930

Chrysocentris MEYRICK, 1914

Drymoana HEPPNER, 1985

Glyphipterix HÜBNER, [1825] O

(= Diploschizia HEPPNER, 1981, syn. n.)

Lepidotarphius PRYER, 1877

Neomachlotica HEPPNER, 1981

HELIODINIDAE WP EP NA

Epicroesa MEYRICK, 1907 O

Heliodines STAINTON, 1854 o

Lamprolophus BUSCK, 1900

Lithariapteryx CHAMBERS, 1876

Scelorthus BUSCK, 1900

BEDELLIIDAE

Bedellia STAINTON, 1849 O O O

LYONETIIDAE

CEMIOSTOMINAE

Leucoptera HUBNER, [1825] O

Microthauma WALSINGHAM, 1891

Paraleucoptera HEINRICH, 1918 o

Proleucoptera BUSCK, 1902

LYONETIINAE

Lyonetia HÜBNER, [1825] o o O

Systematic position within the Yponomeutoidea not known :

Distagmos HERRICH-SCHAFFER, 1853 O

Phyllobrostis STAUDINGER, 1859 O

Podiasa BUSCK, 1900 O

APPENDIX B

List of Holarctic genera, with their type species, which are currently listed in

yponomeutoid families, although their true systematic position has not yet been

verified.

Acanthocnemes CHAMBERS, 1878 Lyonetiidae

À. fuscoscapulella CHAMBERS, 1878 (Davis, 1983)

Corythophora BRAUN, 1915 Lyonetiidae

C. aurea BRAUN, 1915 (Davis, 1983)

Cycloplasis CLEMENS, 1864 Heliodinidae

C. panicifoliella CLEMENS, 1864 (HEPPNER & DUCKWORTH, 1983)

Eulyonetia CHAMBERS, 1880 Lyonetiidae

E. inornatella CHAMBERS, 1880 (Davis, 1983)

The genus might belong to the Gelechioidea, because the proboscis of the type

species is said to be scaled (CHAMBERS, 1880).

Exegetia BRAUN, 1918 Lyonetiidae

E. crocea BRAUN, 1918 (Davis, 1983)

Philonome CHAMBERS, 1874 Lyonetiidae

P. clemensella CHAMBERS, 1874 (Davis, 1983)

Yponomeutidae

(MEYRICK, 1935)

Sporadarchis MEYRICK, 1935

S. galactombra MEYRICK, 1935

APPENDIX C

List of Holarctic genera which have recently, or in the present paper, been excluded

from families now placed in the Yponomeutoidea with their current family/superfa-

mily assignment. The Galacticidae are hereby upgraded from subfamily to family

rank.

Genus type species

Araeolepia WALSINGHAM, 1881

A. subfasciella WALSINGHAM, 1881

Atrijuglans YANG, 1977

A. hetaohei YANG, 1977

Bahrlutia AMSEL, 1935

B. ghorella AMSEL, 1935

Beijinga YANG, 1977

B. utila YANG, 1977

Bucculatrix ZELLER, 1839

B. albedinella ZELLER, 1839

Conchiophora CHRETIEN, 1915

C. spinosella CHRÉTIEN, 1915

Corsocasis MEYRICK, 1912

C. coronias MEYRICK, 1912

Cyanarmostis MEYRICK, 1927

C. vectigalis MEYRICK, 1927

Ellabella Buscx, 1925

E. editha BUSCK, 1925

Euprora BUSCK, 1906

E. argentiliniella BUSCK, 1906

current systematic position

unknown, hereby excluded from the

Plutellidae

Gelechioidea : (new assignment)

Galacticidae (new status) (= Homadaula

group sensu KYRKI, 1984)

Gelechioidea : (new assignment)

Bucculatricidae (KYRKI, 1984)

Gelechioidea : (new assignment)

Schreckensteiniidae (new assignment)

Gelechioidea : (new assignment)

unknown, hereby excluded from the

Plutellidae

hereby transferred back to the Tineidae

(cf. DAvis, 1983)

Eustixis HÜBNER, 1825

E. pupula HÜBNER, 1825

= Lactura WALKER, 1854

L. dives WALKER, 1854

Zygaenidae :

prep.)

Phaudinae (KYRKI in

For further synonyms see e.g. HEPPNER & DUCKWORTH (1983).

Galactica WALSINGHAM, 1911

G. caradjae WALSINGHAM, 1911

Homadaula LOWER, 1899

H. lasiochroa LOWER, 1899

= Paraprays REBEL, 1910

P. punctigera REBEL, 1910

Pliniaca BUSCK, 1907

P. bakerella Busck, 1907

Roeslerstammia ZELLER, 1839

R. erxlebeniella ZELLER, 1839

Schreckensteinia HUBNER, 1825

Tinea festaliella HUBNER, 1819

Staintonia STAUDINGER, 1859

S. medinella STAUDINGER, 1859

Galacticidae (new status) (= Homadaula

group sensu KYRKI, 1984)

Galacticidae (new status) (= Homadaula

group sensu KYRKI, 1984)

unknown, hereby excluded from the

Plutellidae

Roeslerstammiidae (= Amphitheridae)

(Kyrkı, 1983a)

Schreckensteiniidae (see e.g. MINET,

1983 and Kyrkı, 1984)

Scythrididae (FALKOVITSH, 1981, BENG-

TSSON, 1984)

= Exodomorpha WALKER, 1864 syn. rev.

E. divisella WALKER, 1864

According to VIETTE (1956) the genus is not a junior synonym of Eretmocera

ZELLER, 1852.

Syncrotaulella FLETCHER, 1940

Syncrotaula strepsicentra MEYRICK,

1937

= Syncrotaula MEYRICK, 1937

S. strepsicentra MEYRICK, 1937

Urodus HERRICH-SCHAFFER, [1854]

U. monura HERRICH-SCHÄFFER, [1854]

Wockia HEINEMANN, 1870

W. funebrella HEINEMANN, 1870

Zarcinia CHRETIEN, 1915

Z. nigrosignatella CHRETIEN, 1915

Gelechioidea : (new assignment)

Urodidae (KYRKI, 1988)

Urodidae (Kyrkı, 1988)

Galacticidae (new status) (= Homadaula

group sensu KYRKI, 1984)

References

BENGTSSON, B. A., 1984. The Scythrididae (Lepidoptera) of Northern Europe.

Fauna ent. scand. 13 : 1-137.

CHAMBERS, V. T., 1880. Descriptions of some new Tineina, with notes on a few old

species. J. Cincinn. Soc. Nat. Hist. 2 : 179-194.

Davis, D. R., 1983. Incurvarioidea, Tineoidea, pp. 3-11 in HODGES, R. W. et al.

(ed.). Check List of the Lepidoptera of America North of Mexico. —

XxIV + 284 pp., E. W. Classey Ltd. and The Wedge Entomological Research

Foundation, London.

FALKOVITSH, M. I., 1981. Scythrididae, pp. 445-478 in FALKOVITSH, M. I. &

MEDVEDEV, G. S. (eds.) Opredelitel nasekomyh evropejskoj casti SSSR, 4

Csesuekrylye, 2. — 788 pp., Nauka, Leningrad.

HEPPNER, J. B. (ed.), 1984. Atlas of neotropical Lepidoptera, Checklist : Part 1,

Micropterigoidea-Immoidea. — 112 pp., Dr W. Junk Publishers, The Hague.

HEPPNER, J. B., 1985. The sedge moths of North America (Lepidoptera : Glyphipte-

rigidae). Flora & Fauna Handbook No. 1. — 254 pp., Flora & Fauna

Publications, Gainesville, Fla.

HEPPNER, J. B. & DUCKWORTH, W. D., 1983. Yponomeutoidea, pp. 26-28 in

HopacEs, R. W. et al. (ed.). Check List of the Lepidoptera of America North

of Mexico. — xxIV + 284 pp., E. W. Classey Ltd. and The Wedge Entomologi-

cal Research Foundation, London.

HoDcess, R. W. et al. (ed.), 1983. Check List of the Lepidoptera of America North

of Mexico. — xxIv + 284 pp., E. W. Classey Ltd. and The Wedge Entomologi-

cal Research Foundation, London.

INOUE, H., SUGI, S., KUROKO, H., MoRIUTI, S. & KAWABE, A., 1982. Moths of Japan.

Vol. 2: Plates and synonymic catalogue. — 553 pp., 392 pls., Kodansha,

Tokyo.

KyrkI, J., 1983a. Roesslerstammia ZELLER assigned to Amphitheridae, with notes

on the nomenclature and systematics of that family (Lepidoptera). Ent. scand.

14 : 321-329.

KyrkI, J., 1983b. Adult abdominal sternum II in the Ditrysian tineoid superfamilies

— morphology and phylogenetic significance (Lepidoptera). Ann. Ent. Fenn.

49 : 89-94.

KYRKI, J., 1984. The Yponomeutoidea : a reassessment of the superfamily and its

suprageneric groups (Lepidoptera). Ent scand. 15 : 71-84.

KyrkKI, J., 1988. The systematic position of Wockia HEINEMANN, 1870, and related

genera (Lepidoptera: Ditrysia: Yponomeutidae auct.). Nota lepid. 11:

45-69.

KyrkI, J. (in prep.). Review of the Lactura genus group with a discussion of its

systematic position (Lepidoptera : Ditrysia : Yponomeutidae auct.).

KyrkI, J. & ITÄMIES, J. 1986. Immature stages and the systematic position of

Orthotelia sparganella (Thunberg) (Lepidoptera: Yponomeutoidea). Syst.

Ent. 11 : 93-105.

LERAUT, P. 1980. Liste systématique et synonymique des lépidoptères de France,

Belgique et Corse. Alexanor & Bull. Soc. ent. Fr., Suppl. : 1-334.

MEYRICK, E., 1935. Exotic Microlepidoptera 4 : 545-608.

MinET, J., 1983. Etude morphologique et phylogénétique des organes tympaniques

des Pyraloidea. 1 — Généralités et homologies. (Lep. Glossata). Annls Soc.

ent. Fr. (N.S.) 19 : 175-207.

Mortutl, S., 1977. Fauna Japonica. Yponomeutidae s. lat. (Insecta : Lepidoptera).

— 327 pp., 95 pls., Keigaku Publishing Co., Tokyo.

VIETTE, P. E. L., 1956. Les Types de Tinéides (s.l.) de ZELLER d’Afrique de Sud.

Ark. Zool. 8 : 531-539.

Nota lepid. 13 (1) : 43-49 ; 31.11.1990 ISSN 0342-7536

Glossotrophia annae sp. n. from Spain

(Lepidoptera : Geometridae)

Erik VON MENTZER

Ornstigen 14, S-183 50 Taby, Sweden.

Summary

A short review of Glossotrophia is given. G. annae sp. n. is described and compared

with G. confinaria (H.-S. | 1847]) and G. asellaria (H.-S. [1847]). G. diffinaria PRT.

1913 is reported as new for Europe.

Glossotrophia PRT.

Glossotrophia PROUT 1913 in SEITZ, The Macrolepidoptera of the World 1 (4) : 82.

Type species : Acidalia confinaria H.-S. [1847] by original designation.

The German edition of the work of SEITZ (with the same date) contains an

error regarding the number of spurs on the hindtibiae in females (“2 ohne

Sporen”), corrected in the English edition (“2 with two spurs”). The

essential point is, however, the absence of spurs in the middle of the

hindtibiae in both sexes, only distal (or terminal) spurs being present.

Other characters in Glossotrophia as distinct from Scopula are the extremely

long proboscis, the non-specialized hindtarsi and the terminal line on the

forewings extending round the apex, the last character occurring also in some

Scopula.

The genitalia in Glossotrophia are fundamentally of the same structure as in

Scopula and extremely uniform throughout the genus, seldom showing

specific characters. In females, specific characters occur sometimes in the

ostium. In the males, valuable specific characters are present in the sclero-

tized eighth sternite with its free mappa and cerata (from kérata (Greek) =

horns ; singular: ceras). This structure has always been considered as

belonging to the genitalia, having evidently an important function during

copulation. It was figured for the first time in the monographic work on the

Sterrhinae by STERNECK (1940-1941).

Glossotrophia are distributed throughout the southern part of the western

Palaearctic region. Twenty-four species have been described in the genus or

subsequently referred to it, of which G. similata LE CERF 1924 from Eritrea

and G. moralesi RUNGS 1945 from the Sahara belong to other genera.

Twenty-two species remain, of which three have been described from Europe

(G. asellaria (H.-S. [1847]), G. confinaria (H.-S. [1847]), G. rufomixtaria

(GRASL. 1863)), two from Africa (G. tripolitana TURATI 1930, G. alfierii

WILTSHIRE 1949) and the remainder from Asia. Only one species has been

reported to occur in more than one of these areas (G. asellaria in Europe

and Africa). The occurrence of G. asellaria in Asia needs confirmation as

well as of the genus on Teneriffa.

The male genitalia with the eighth sternite are still unknown for G. fucata

(PUNGELER 1908), G. benigna BRANDT 1941, G. origalis BRANDT 1941, G.

terminata WILTSHIRE 1966, G. bullata Vosnits 1986, all from the Middle

East, and for G. tripolitana TURATI from Africa. The species from the Middle

East are sufficiently different in habitus from G. annae sp. n. to necessitate

consideration here. G. tripolitana will be discussed below.

Glossotrophia annae sp. n.

Figs. 1-2, 5, 8.

TYPE LOCALITY : Spain : Aragon: Province Zaragoza : Botorrita.

All types from Spain : Aragon.

HoLoTYPE : d, Botorrita 24.V.1985 (fig. 1), genital preparation E. v.

MENTZER No. 12.076 (fig. 5), leg. and in coll. F. BOLLAND.

PARATYPES : 2 dd 1 &, Botorrita 24.V.1985 ; 1 6, Botorrita 25.IX.1984 ;

2 dd, Bujalaroz 15.V.1987 ; 2 2°, Bujalaroz 2.VI.1987 ; 1 2, Bujalaroz

29.IX.1981 ; 1 2, Barbastro 25.IX.1985 ; 1 ©, Penalba 26.IX.1983. Leg. and

in coll. F. BoLLAND. — 1 8, Bujalaroz 3.VI.1983, prep. E. v. M. No. 12.077,

leg. F. BoLLAND (fig. 8) ; 1 ©, Botorrita 2.VI.1983, leg. F. BOLLAND ; 1 é,

Penalba 27.V.1983, prep. E. v. M. No. 12.066, leg. A. MoBERG. In coll. E.

v. MENTZER.

ETYMOLOGY : After Anna Bolland (the wife of the collector), who found the

first locality for G. annae sp. n.

DESCRIPTION: 6 and © (figs. 1-2). Wingspan dd 21.5-26.5 mm (holotype

25.0 mm, x = 24.5 mm, n = 7), 22 20.5-26.0 (x = 23.9 mm, n = 8). Similar

to pale specimens of G. confinaria (H.-S.) and to some extent also to slightly

yellowish forms of G. rufomixtaria (GRASL.) ; body, antennae and wings

including the fringes ivory-white, due to a mixture of white and pale yellowish

grey scales as in G. confinaria; crosslines with costal spots pale ochreous,

rather diffuse but less so than in G. confinaria, sometimes obsolete, produced

by the concentration of the pale yellowish grey scales ; terminal line brown,

interrupted on the veins; cell-dots pale brown, diffuse ; wings scantily

irrorated dorsally with dark brown scales, chiefly in the median and apical

= ore | Ai

Figs. 1-4. Glossotrophia spp. — 1. G. annae sp. n. 6 holotype, Spain : Aragon: Botorrita

24.V.1985. — 2. G. annae sp. n. © paratype, Spain : Aragon : Bujalaroz 3.V.1983. — 3. G.

confinaria (H.-S.) à, Italy : Piedmont : Ormea 9.VII.1954. — 4. G. rufomixtaria (GRASL.) 9,

Spain : Catalonia : Monte Caro 30.VI.1964. — Life size.

aga

Figs. 5-7. Male genitalia (eighth sternite) in Glossotrophia. — 5. G. annae sp. n. holotype fig.

1, prep. No. 12.076. — 6. G. rufomixtaria (GRASL.), Italy : Umbria: Orvieto 10.VIII.1958,

prep. No. 12.022. — 7. G. confinaria (H.-S.), Italy : Lombardy: Val Travaglia 4.VII.1954,

prep. No. 7.024. — x 18,, ventral view.

Figs. 8-10. Female genitalia (ostium) in Glossotrophia. — 8. G. annae sp. n. paratype, Spain :

Aragon : Bujalaroz 3.V1.1983, prep. No. 12.077. — 9. G. rufomixtaria (GRASL.) fig. 4, prep.

No. 7.026. — 10. G. confinaria (H.-S.), Yugoslavia: Macedonia: Matka (near Skopje)

15.VIIL.1979, prep. No. 7.029. — x 18, ventral view.

areas and on the crosslines, not densely distributed over the whole wing

surface as in G. confinaria and G. rufomixtaria, the irrorating scales arranged

linearly in the apical region of the forewings, as at least in the terminal area

in G. rufomixtaria, G. asellaria and G. diffinaria PROUT (e.g. STERNECK

1941: 106); proboscis long as in G. confinaria and G. rufomixtaria ;

antennae without specific characters ; hindtibial spurs in the male of varying

length and number, from none to two, the number differing sometimes in the

same individual (two spurs in G. asellaria, one in G. confinaria and G.

rufomixtaria, none in G. diffinaria), always two spurs in the female (as in G.

asellaria, G. confinaria and G. diffinaria, for the last species not published

earlier).

GENITALIA 6 (fig. 5): clasping structure and aedeagus without specific

characters ; eighth sternite with appendices similar to those in G. rufomix-

taria (fig. 6) but more robust, the sternite and mappa shorter and larger and

the cerata thicker ; the two cerata of equal length, short, hardly exceeding the

mappa, strongly feathered inwardly along the distal part, highly different from

those in G. confinaria (fig. 7) where the fully developed right ceras is nearly

twice as long as the mappa, from those in G. asellaria which has vestigial

cerata and from G. diffinaria with both cerata “fully developed” (STERNECK

1941 : 107, not figured).

GENITALIA @ (fig. 8) : Ostium as in G. rufomixtaria (fig. 9), clearly different

from that in G. confinaria (fig. 10).

Glossotrophia asellaria (H.-S.)

Acidalia asellaria HERRICH-SCHÄFFER [1847], Systematische Bearbeitung der

Schmetterlinge von Europa 3: 18, pl. 56, figs. 342-343. Type locality : “Corsica”.

Seven other available names erected but not relevant here.

DISTRIBUTION : North Africa, Iberian Peninsula, Balearic Isles, south France,

Corsica, Italy, Sicily.

GENITALIA: G figured in STERNECK (1940: pl. 27, fig. 456 as isabellaria,

eighth sternite), in AGENJO (1952: pl. 21, fig. 3, complete), © figured in

AGENIO (1952: pl. 19, fig. 9, complete but ostium not visible).

MATERIAL AVAILABLE : 2 GG, Balearic Isles : Ibiza; 1 6, Spain : Andalusia.

All in coll. v. MENTZER.

Glossotrophia confinaria (H.-S.)

Figs. 3, 7, 10.

Acidalia confinaria HERRICH-SCHAFFER [1847], ibid. 3: 21, pl. 51, figs. 315-316.

Type locality : “Ungarn” (probably that part which is now in Rumania). Five other

available names erected but not relevant here.

DISTRIBUTION : South France, Corsica, Italy, Sicily, Switzerland, Yugoslavia,

Rumania, Bulgaria, Greece ; no reliable record from the Iberian Peninsula or

from Hungary.

GENITALIA : à figured in STERNECK (1940: pl. 27, fig. 466, eighth sternite,

dorsal view). The male genitalia figured in DE LAEVER (1966: 51) as G.

confinaria belong to G. annae sp. n.

MATERIAL AVAILABLE : 10 dd 17 2%, Corsica, Italy, Yugoslavia, Greece. All

in coll. v. MENTZER.

Glossotrophia rufomixtaria (GRASL. )

Figs. 4, 6, 9.

Acidalia falsaria HERRICH-SCHAFFER [1852] partim, Systematische Bearbeitung der

Schmetterlinge von Europa 6: 68; pl. 76, [1851], fig. 464 © as falsaria (not

binominal). Type locality : [Spain : Andalusia :] “Ronda”. — Junior primary homo-

nym of Acidalia falsaria HERRICH-SCHÄFFER [1852] partim, ibid. 6 : 68 ; pl. 76,

[1851], fig. 463 G as falsaria (not binominal, nomen dubium). Type locality :

[Russia :] “Elisabethpol”.

Acidalia rufomixtaria (? Acidalia falsaria rufomixtaria) GRASLIN 1863, Ann. Soc.

ent. Fr. (4) 3 : 357-358. Type locality : ? “France : Pyrénées Orientales : Colliour”

(“reared at Collioure”).

Acidalia rufomixtata STAUDINGER 1871 in STAUDINGER & WOCKE, Catalog der

Lepidopteren des europaischen Faunengebietes 1 : 151, with reference to pl. 16,

fig. 6 in Rambur | 1866], Catalogue systématique des Lépidoptères de |’ Andalousie,

as rufomixtata (not binominal, no text). Type locality: “Andalusien ; Gallia

meridionalis et centralis orientalis (Lugdunum)”.

The name Glossotrophia rufomixtaria (GRASLIN 1863) is cited as a senior and

valid synonym of G. rufomixtata (STAUDINGER 1871) by LERAUT (1980:

134). The name was attributed by GRASLIN to RAMBUR, referring to a figure

in RAMBUR, Cat. syst. Lep. Andalousie. As the name cannot be found in

RAMBUR and GRASLIN did not specify the figure, it is only a subjective

supposition that the name was meant as an emendation of rufomixtata

RAMBUR, not cited by GRASLIN, and thus formally not available without a

description. The association with Acidalia falsaria does not resolve the

problem as this name refers to two different species. As I cannot judge the

extremely short description by GRASLIN of the larva and the chrysalis, which

also could correspond to other species, I use the name on the authority of

LERAUT.

DISTRIBUTION : Iberian Peninsula, South France, Italy.

GENITALIA : 6 figured in STERNECK (1940 : pl. 27, fig. 462, eighth sternite),

in AGENJO (1952 : pl. 21, fig. 2, complete) ; 2 in AGENJO (1952 : pl. 19, fig.

8, complete, but ostium worthless).

MATERIAL AVAILABLE: 1 d, Italy: Umbria; 3 22, Spain: Aragon and

Catalonia. All in coll. v. MENTZER.

Glossotrophia diffinaria PRT.

Glossotrophia diffinaria PROUT 1913 in SEITZ, The Macrolepidoptera of the World

1 (4) : 83, pl. 4h as /uridata. Type locality : “Kleinasien”.

DISTRIBUTION : Greece (new), Turkey, Iran.

GENITALIA: 6 “both cerata well developed” (STERNECK 1940: 107, not

figured).

MATERIAL AVAILABLE: 1 9, Greece: Thermopyle Sept. 1984, leg. A.

Moserc. In coll. v. MENTZER. Dark scales arranged linearly over nearly the

whole dorsal surface of the forewings. New for Europe.

Glossotrophia tripolitana TURATI

Glossotrophia tripolitana TURATI 1930, Boll. Lab. Zool. gen. agr. 23 : 110-111, pl.

A, fig. 1. Type locality : “Tripolitania : Sidi Messri”.

The species was not considered by STERNECK (1940-1941), probably due to

the still persisting difficulties in finding material. It was at first suspected to

be identical with G. annae sp. n. because of the mixture of white and

yellowish scales, the ochreous crosslines, the brown cell-dot and the number

of spurs on the hindtibiae (one in the single male, two in the females). It

differs, however, from G. annae in having a black terminal line also ventrally,

which does not occur in any European species. Furthermore, it is not stated

to be irrorated with dark scales, which could hardly have been overlooked.

Acknowledgement

The material of G. annae sp. n. was sent to me by Mr. Francois Bolland, Cheratte

(Belgium) for study and, if required, for description, with the correct supposition

that it may belong to a new species. I thank Mr. Bolland for the confidence.

References

AGENJO, R. 1952. Faunula lepidopterologica almeriense. 370 pp. Madrid.

DE LAEVER, E. 1966. Scopula confinaria H.-SCHAFF., f. sacraria B.-H. Lambillionea

65 : 50-51.

LERAUT, P. 1980. Liste systématique et synonymique des Lépidoptères de France,

Belgique et Corse. 334 pp. Paris.

STERNECK, J. 1940. Versuch einer Darstellung der systematischen Beziehungen bei

den palaearktischen Sterrhinae (Acidaliinae). Z. wien. Ent.-Ver. 25 : 6-218,

interrupted pagination.

STERNECK, J. 1941. (Continuation of STERNECK 1940). Z. wien. Ent-Ver. 26:

17-262, interrupted pagination.

Nota lepid. 13 (1) : 50-61 ; 31.11.1990 ISSN 0342-7536

Some ecological preferences of Rhopalocera

in Southern Spain

(Lepidoptera)

José M. MOLINA RODRIGUEZ

c/ Fray Diego de Cadiz, no. 6, 2° dcha., E-41003 Sevilla, Spain.

Summary

Studies on the ecological preferences and distribution of Rhopalocera in several

types of evergreen forest in the south of the Iberian Peninsula are reported. Two

variables, aridity and tree-cover, were chosen in order to characterize the preferences

of the most abundant species. A classification analysis using specific abundances was

performed, from which groups of characteristic species have been determined for

each vegetation-type.

Introduction

In recent years, a number of studies have been published on habitat preferen-

ces of Spanish Rhopalocera and the influence of several variables, especially

landscape degradation (VIEJO, 1983 ; BAz, 1986). Such studies describe the

typical fauna of each selected vegetation-type and demonstrate the suitability

of the use of this animal group as an indicator of environmental changes. In

addition, they allow the ecological requirements of species to be defined, an

aspect of primary importance in protection programmes (HEATH, 1981).

The aim of the present study was to characterize some ecological preferences

of the most abundant species of butterflies and skippers in the most

widespread vegetation-types of the southern Iberian Peninsula.

Material and methods

The study area, the Sierra Norte, covers 4000 sq.km and is located in the

south of the Iberian Peninsula in the province of Seville, between the Meseta

Central and the Guadalquivir River Valley (Fig. 1). It is a mountainous

region with a primarily siliceous substrate (granites, slates and conglomera-

tes). Nearly all the geological formations in this region are Palaeozoic

(MoLINA, 1988).

The Sierra Norte climax vegetation consists of evergreen oak (Quercus

rotundifolia Lam.) and cork oak (Quercus suber L.) forests (RIvas MARTI-

MESETA

CENTRAL

BADAJOZ

CORDOBA

SIERRA NORTE

HUELVA

MALAGA

CADIZ

Fig. 1. The Iberian Peninsula with a detail of the province of Sevilla, with the Sierra Norte.

NEZ, 1985). Well-preserved forests are almost non-existent today. Human

disturbance has resulted in a mosaic of shrubs, grassland and climax remains.

The study is based on 240 samples obtained by visual census and captures

from 1985 to 1988. The method is quite similar to that employed by

POLLARD (1977). At each site a fixed route of approximately 500 meters in

length was used for counts and captures (the last in order to reduce errors

of identification). The recorder walked at a moderate pace and recorded all

butterflies and skippers seen, taking about 1 hour for each route. Recording

took place between 08.00 and 16.00 hours from February until the end of

November provided that weather conditions met specified minimum criteria

(POLLARD, op. cit.).

The total number of individuals recorded was 9151, belonging to 66 species

(MOLINA, op. cit.), but only species seen in more than 20 individuals were

taken into consideration.

All localities sampled (Table 1) were grouped according to their structural

complexity into four vegetation-types: scrub, scrub/tree-covered, grass/

tree-covered and hedgerows/riversides. Two variables were also considered

(aridity and tree-cover) for seven localities visited every week (labelled * in

Table 1). The localities were selected to represent 7 grades of aridity and 6

of tree-cover (for the latter variable, data from Ribera de Huésnar, where

there is no successional stage of the evergreen forest, were omitted).

For the characterization of species preferences in relation to these two

variables, two indices were applied : niche breadth (B) and baricenter (g),

the expressions of which are :

where pi is the proportion of specimens of i species at each locality

representing a grade of aridity or tree-cover. This index gives an indication

of the variety of biotopes one species can exploit (BAZ, op. cit. ; SOUTHWOOD,

1978).

RD RO estan seseeee 1 Xn) ee

where Xj, X, X3, ... X, are the abundances of species in each grade. The

expression enables one to fix the gravity centre of the abundance distribution

of each species through the grades of each variable (BAZ, op. cit. ; DAGET,

1977).

Table 1. Localities visited. Those used to calculate niche breadth (B) and baricenter (g) are

labelled *. Vegetation-types : SC = Scrub, SC/TC = Scrub/Tree-covered, GR/TC = Grass/

Tree-covered, HD/RV = Hedgerows and riversides (see text).

Localities Coordinate

hone

La Aulaga 29SQB2874 x

Rio Guadiamar 29SQB3776

La Pajosa 29SQB3976

La Navarra 29SQB3876

La Minilla 29SQB4973

Lagos Serrano 29SQB5477

El Calvario 29SQB5695

Almaden Plata 29SQB5997

Pto. Quejigo 29SQC6 106

La Amoladera 30STH5618

Repetidor TV 30STH5817

La Legua 30STH5917

Valcinto 30STH6510

El Pintado 30STH4707

El Martinete 30STH6509

Ribera Huesnar 30STH6508

Cerro del Hierro 30STH7207

Huerta Abajo 30STH8203

Hoya Portugués 30STH4692

EI Pedroso 30STH5692

Constantina 30STH6896

El Retortillo 30STH8894

Rozalejo 30STH5193

Las Francas 30STH7881

Los Mazuecos 30STH8480

Las Jarillas 30STH3776

Los Melonares 30STH4678

Cerro La Meona 30STH4572

Arroyo Parroso 30STH5772

Casa Majuelo 30STH6776

Barranco Hondo 30STH3568

Mesa Redonda 30STH4368

For the typification of each vegetation-type, a classification analysis was

made. The analysis was performed by computer using the SSPC/PC+

program and the dendrogram procedure. The UPGMA method was selected

as the agglomeration schedule (see SNEATH and SOKAL, 1973), and the

cosine as similarity coefficient, the expression of which is:

2 (x;*Y;)

NE)

where x, and y; are the abundances of species associated.

Table 2. Values of niche breadth (B) and baricenter (g) for the 44 most abundant species of

the Sierra Norte. Variables are denoted ar (aridity) and tc (tree-cover).

PI ea ee

Svrichtus proto (OCHSENHEIMER, 1808)

Thymelicus flavus (BRUNNICH, 1763)

Spialia sertorius (HOFFMANSEGG, 1804)

Thymelicus actaeon (ROTTEMBURG, 1775)

Tomares ballus (FABRICIUS, 1787)

Laeosopis roboris (ESPER, 1793)

Celastrina argiolus (LINNAEUS, 1758)

Pseudophilotes abencerragus (PIERRET, 1837)

Lampides boeticus (LINNAEUS, 1767)

Callophrys rubi (LINNAEUS, 1758)

Glaucopsyche melanops (BOISDUVAL, 1828)

Syntarucus pirithous (LINNAEUS, 1767)

Quercusia quercus (LINNAEUS, 1758)

Satyrium esculi (HUEBNER, 1804)

Polyommatus icarus (ROTTEMBURG, 1775)

Aricia cramera (ESCHSCHOLTZ, 1821)

Lycaena phlaeas (LINNAEUS, 1758)

Pararge aegeria (LINNAEUS, 1758)

Melitaea phoebe

(DENIS & SCHIFFERMUELLER, 1775)

Polygonia c-album (LINNAEUS, 1758)

Coenonympha dorus (ESPER, 1782)

Pyronia bathseba (FABRICIUS, 1793)

Pyronia cecilia (VALLANTIN, 1894)

Hyponephele lupina (Costa, 1836)

Brintesia circe (FABRICIUS, 1775)

Hipparchia statilinus (HUFNAGEL, 1766)

Pyronia tithonus (LINNAEUS, 1771)

Pandoriana pandora

(DENIS & SCHIFFERMUELLER, 1775)

Vanessa cardui (LINNAEUS, 1758)

Coenonympha pamphilus (LINNAEUS, 1758)

Melanargia ines (HOFFMANNSEGG, 1804)

Maniola jurtina (LINNAEUS, 1758)

Lasiommata megera (LINNAEUS, 1767)

Gonepteryx rhamni (LINNAEUS, 1758)

Pieris rapae (LINNAEUS, 1758)

Leptidea sinapis (LINNAEUS, 1758)

Anthocharis belia (LINNAEUS, 1767)

Pontia daplidice (LINNAEUS, 1758)

Pieris brassicae (LINNAEUS, 1758)

Euchloe belemia (ESPER, 1799)

Euchloe ausonia (HUEBNER, 1804)

Gonepteryx cleopatra (LINNAEUS, 1767)

Colias croceus (GEOFFROY, 1785)

Zerynthia rumina (LINNAEUS, 1758)

WwW

—

DAARARANAWNHNWADANN AY

fo Ral CS) CEN ES) CISTI III os SEE

OK OY NNN = WN N OO WH = O0 UN

Booba bLboLowb Ep 77m NOOO we

EE COCA COS ET

D 8% S DS DD bb RS = = BE D

COCOODOUIH DODO OO pbm Nm mm OBUIWOOUSO

WOOhNHHNnNYANY © © 00 m1 HOW He TOO Lo

SR re

= DO OL ee nm De

BR D BB © D = KD W

PARWWWHNNNAHAMRWWNY NNNNNN En

ARP RWOWKNNN=AnRWWY

N © WD © YW OAM BB & Un Un © CO WW

2 & UD © UB DB Ur Lo Lo 10 WOU

S © BI © Va INR OO nn EL

S © À D WW & D Un R BW Le D WW

| Co O © \0 Gi © © 1 © = NO D D (0 \O NO

Results and discussion

1. ARIDITY

The results obtained for this variable (Table 2) allow one to deduce several

groups of species (Fig. 2). Although in most cases the species are included

in an intermediate zone, we have a hygrophilous group formed by: Celas-

trina argiolus (no. 7), Laeosopis roboris (no. 6), Polygonia c-album (no. 20),

Pararge aegeria (no. 18), Gonepteryx rhamni (no. 34) and Tomares ballus

(no. 5). All these are species of natural and artificial wet meadows, hedge-

rows and riversides, sites where they would find optimal conditions for larval

development because of the occurrence of either hostplants or biotic condi-

tions that permit an optimal growth of their preimaginal stages (this may be

the case of septentrional species at the edge of their range).

At the opposite extreme, we have Coenonympha dorus (no. 21), Pyronia

bathseba (no. 22), Pyronia cecilia (no. 23) and Lampides boeticus (no. 9)

that characterize the driest localities and represent some of the most

xerothermophilous Rhopalocera of the region.

Within the specialists (low B), Melitaea phoebe (no. 19) and Pseudophilotes

abencerragus (no. 8) form a set of species that appear to be indifferent to

humidity, and their presence in certain biotopes may be due to other factors,

such as the occurrence of a particular hostplant.

With intermediate values of both B and g, Spialia sertorius (no. 3) exhibits

a marked tendency toward dry areas, whereas Pandoriana pandora (no. 28),

Pieris brassicae (no. 39), Gonepteryx cleopatra (no. 42), Polyommatus icarus

(no. 15) and Thymelicus flavus (no. 2), typical aestival species, show some

preferences for wet places. In the latter cases, however, local movements may

occur in response to the need for finding new areas with a more adequate

microclimate. |

Finally, a set of species showing wide preferences (high B values) can be

separated in the region. Lasiommata megera (no. 33), Maniola jurtina

(no. 32), Colias croceus (no. 43), Zerynthia rumina (no. 44), Lycaena

phlaeas (no. 17) or Thymelicus actaeon (no. 4). All these species are

characteristic of “monte bajo” (mediterranean scrub) and “encinar” (ever-

green oak forest) in the Iberian Peninsula (see also VIEJO, op. cit.).

2. TREE-COVER

This variable defines different groups of species (Table 2, Fig. 3). Although

segregation is more confused, Pyronia bathseba (no. 22), Pyronia cecilia

(no. 23), Lampides boeticus (no. 9), Syntarucus pirithous (no. 12), Pseu-

dophilotes abencerragus (no. 8) and Coenonympha dorus (no. 21) can be

3,5

Niche breadth (B)

Baricenter (g)

Fig. 2. Species grouped according to their values of B and g for aridity. Numbers as in table 2.

Niche breadth (B)

Baricenter (g)

Fig. 3. Species grouped according to their values of B and g for tree-cover. Numbers as in

table 2.

separated as species from scrub or areas with scarce tree-cover. These species

feed on herbaceous plants or shrubs of the evergreen forest undergrowth and

are thermophilous.

As with the previous variable, a wide group of indifferent species are also

found (intermediate B and g values) with Thymelicus actaeon (no. 4),

Lycaena phlaeas (no. 17), Maniola jurtina (no. 32), Lasiommata megera

(no. 33), Pieris rapae (no. 35), Colias croceus (no. 43) and Zerynthia

rumina (no. 44) as the taxa with minimal preferences on this variable.

Finally, Pyronia tithonus (no. 27), Leptidea sinapis (no. 36), Laeosopis

roboris (no. 6), Tomares ballus (no. 5) and Gonepteryx rhamni (no. 34)

prefer areas with developed tree-cover.

3. CLUSTER ANALYSIS

Cluster analysis (Table 3, Fig. 4) of these results allows one to define each

vegetation-type in the study area as follows :

— The areas with thermophilous scrub are typified by the presence and

abundance of Pyronia bathseba (no. 22), Pyronia cecilia (no. 23), Coeno-

nympha dorus (no. 21), Lampides boeticus (no. 9) and Syntarucus pirithous

(no. 12). In the dendrogram these species appear closely linked with Pseudo-

philotes abencerragus (no. 8), Anthocharis belia (no. 37), Hipparchia statili-

nus (no. 26) and Euchloe ausonia (no. 41), which are also observed in

woodland areas with a damper climate.

— Melanargia ines (no. 31), Euchloe belemia (no. 40) and Zerynthia

rumina (no. 44) are characteristic of open places, with few bushes, irres-

pective of the degree of tree-cover. These taxa are widely distributed in the

region. Melitaea phoebe (no. 19) and Pontia daplidice (no. 38) appear as

typical intermediate species between grass/tree-covered and woodland areas.

— Tomares ballus (no. 5) and Leptidea sinapis (no. 36) are the most

specialized species, since they are found in areas with some structural

complexity (scrub/tree-covered, high scrub) and a temperate climate. They

characterize the most preserved areas in the region.

— Lasiommata megera (no. 33), Maniola jurtina (no. 32), Spialia sertorius

(no. 3), Colias croceus (no. 43), Thymelicus actaeon (no. 4), Coenonympha

pamphilus (no. 30) and Callophrys rubi (no. 10) show preferences between

scrub and scrub/tree-cover, being always more abundant in dry areas.

— Hedgerows and riversides show a very similar fauna. Pandoriana pandora

(no. 28), Pieris brassicae (no. 39), Pieris rapae (no. 35), Pyronia tithonus

(no. 27), Pararge aegeria (no. 18), Polygonia c-album (no. 20)), Laeosopis

roboris (no. 6) and Celastrina argiolus (no. 7) are common species in these

habitats showing some preferences for tree-cover.

Table 3. Average abundances of species at each vegetation-type (all localities included) used

for cluster analysis. Abbreviations as in table 1. Species are named with the first letter of their

genus and three first letters of specific name. Numbers correspond with those of table 2 and

figs 2 and 3.

Species SC/TC GR/TC HD/RV

PCEC

CDOR

LBOE

PBAT

SPIR

PABE

ABEL

HSTA

EAUS

MINE

EBEL

ZRUM

ACRA

GMEL

SESC

BCIR

QQUE

VCAR

PDAP

MPHO

TBAL

LSIN

TACT

CPAM

SPRO

LPHL

HLUP

PICA

LMEG

MJUR

SSER

CCRO

CRUB

PTIT

GCLE

LROB

PAEG

CARG

GRHA

PCAL

PRAP

PPAN

PBRA

TFLA

10%

15%

20%

Fig. 4. Dendrogram obtained by cluster analysis of the specific abundances in the four

vegetation-types. Species abbreviations and numbers as in table 3.

These results are similar to those obtained by GARCIA-BARROS (1982), VIEJO

(op. cit.) and BAZ (op. cit.) concerning the two variables considered here.

Minor differences may be due to other subspecies or adaptations of the

species at the limit of their distribution.

The analysis of variables taken into consideration independently, does not

seem to adequately explain the habitat selection by species. The spatial

distribution of adults can be determined by the presence of the larval

foodplant or nectar-sources. However, the results must be carefully analyzed

and possible annual changes in this spatial distribution cannot be excluded.

Such changes would be due to the typical mediterranean irregularity of

resources and the associated interspecific competition that would result in the

spatial or temporal segregation of related species. This may be so in the case

of the genus Pyronia (ViEJO, 1982) or the Pierinae species (VIEJO, op. cit ;

COURTNEY and CHEw, 1987).

Thus, if the floral composition and distribution of an area is known, some

general aspects of its Rhopalocera fauna can be predetermined. However,

more studies on this subject are necessary (principally in geographical

variations of preferences) to determine general trends useful for evaluation

projects or management of natural areas.

Acknowledgements

This work was carried out at the Physiology and Animal Biology Department, Unity

of Zoology (Arthropoda), Seville. Grateful acknowledgement is made to Prof. Dr.

Ma. E. OCETE, for the facilities provided. My thanks are also due to Dr. A. MEDINA

for his comments and help on the translation of a first draft of this paper. Comments

of Mr. S. E. WHITEBREAD and two anonymous referees much improved it.

References

Baz, A., 1986. Las mariposas de la comarca madrilena del rio Henares : Evolucion

sucesional de sus comunidades y preferencias ambientales de las especies mas

abundantes. Actas VIII Jornadas AeE : 829-839, Sevilla.

COURTNEY, S. P. & CHEW, F. S., 1987. Coexistence and host use by a large

community of Pierid butterflies : Habitat is the templet. Oecologia ( Berl.) 71 :

210-220.

DAGET, P., 1977. Ordinations des profils écologiques. Naturalia Monspeliensis, Ser.

Bot. 26 : 109-128.

GARCIA-BARROS, E., 1982. Las Mariposas de la Alcarria. Univ. Autonoma, Madrid,

288 pp. (unpublished).

HEATH, J., 1981. Rhopalocères (Papillons diurnes) menacés en Europe. Collection

Sauvegarde de la Nature 23. Conseil de l’Europe, 159 pp., Strasbourg.

MOLINA, J. Ma., 1988. Faunistica y dinamica espacio-temporal de los Ropaloceros

de la Sierra Norte de Sevilla. (Lepidoptera, Papilionoidea et Hesperioidea).

Ph. D. Thesis, Univ. Seville, 243 pp., Seville (unpublished).

POLLARD, E., 1977. A method for assessing changes in the abundance of butterflies.

Biol. Conserv. 24 : 317-328.

RIVAS MARTINEZ, S., 1985. Mapas de las Series de Vegetacion de Espana. Hoja 22 :

Sevilla. E: 1 :400.000. Ministerio de Agricultura, Pesca y Alimentacion.

ICONA. Madrid.

SNEATH, P. H. A. & SOKAL, R. R., 1973. Numerical taxonomy. H. W. Freeman and

Company Eds., San Francisco, 573 pp.

SOUTHWOOD, T. R. E., 1978. Ecological methods with particular reference to the

study of insect populations. Champman and Hall Ed., 524 pp., New York,

U.S.A.

VIEJO, J. L., 1982. Preferencias ambientales de los géneros Pieris, Pyronia y Mela-

nargia en el centro de la Peninsula Ibérica. SHILAP Revta. lepid., X (30) :

105-109.

ViEJO, J. L., 1983. Las Mariposas de la Depresiön del Tajo. Publ. Univ., Complu-

tense de Madrid, 398 pp., Madrid.

Nota lepid. 13 (1) : 62-88 ; 31.11.1990 ISSN 0342-7536

The genus Acalyptris MEYRICK

(Lepidoptera, Nepticulidae)

in the USSR : Distribution and taxonomy

Rimantas PUPLESIS

Zoologijos katedra VPI, g. Studentu 39, Vilnius 34, Lithuania.

Summary

Fourteen species of the leaf-mining genus Acalyptris MEYRICK occurring in the USSR

are reviewed. The species fall into two species groups. Acalyptris piculus sp. n., A.

brevis sp. n. and A. egidijui sp. n. are described. A. turanicus (PUPL.) is synonymized

with A. lvovskyi (PUPL.). A key to the species, short diagnoses and figures of all the

Acalyptris species occurring in the Soviet Union are given.

Zusammenfassung

Es werden 14 Arten der blattminierender Gattung Acalyptris MEYRICK (Lepidoptera,

Nepticulidae) untersucht. Sie werden in 2 Arten-Gruppen aufgeteilt. Neu beschrie-

ben wird Acalyptris piculus sp. n., A. brevis sp. n. und A. egidijui sp. n. A. turanicus

(PUPL.) wird mit A. /vovskyi (PUPL.) synonymisiert. Eine Schlusseltabelle, Kurzdia-

gnosen und Abbildungen aller Arten der Gattung Acalyptris in der UdSSR werden

beigelegt.

Introduction

In the USSR the genus Acalyptris occurs only in the southern deserts and dry

mountainous areas. The first scanty data on this genus from the USSR was

obtained from material collected by V. I. KUZNETzOv in 1952 from the

Western Kopet-Dag mountains, by PASTUCHov in 1965, from Uzbekistan and

by V. KRIVOCHATSKYI in 1981-82 from the northern part of the Kara-Kum

desert. However, a more extensive and excellent material has been received

recently from expeditions undertaken in 1965-1983 by M. I. FALKOVITSH in

various localities of the Kizilkum and Karakum deserts as well as the

Kuldzhunktau mountains. On the basis of this material, and the collections

of A. L. Lvovskyı and I. M. KERZHNER from Mongolia in 1980-1981, the

first review of the species of the genus Acalyptris from the deserts of Mongolia

and the USSR was presented, including the description of 10 new species

(PuPLEsis, 1984). A further two new species were described later (FALKO-

VITSH, 1986). However, this was followed by several specially equipped

expeditions to largely unexplored and unknown areas in Soviet Central Asia.

The considerable material collected on these expeditions should provide

more data on the genus Acalyptris and thereby provide a better basis for future

taxonomic revisions. The type material of all species described in the genus

Acalyptris from the USSR is deposited in the collection of the Zoological

Institute of the USSR Academy of Sciences (Leningrad).

Acalyptris MEYRICK

Acalyptris MEYRICK, 1921 : 385-416.

Type-species : A. psammophricta MEYRICK, 1921.

The western Palaearctic-southern African genus Niepeltia STRAND, 1934 and

the Nearctic genus Microcalyptris BRAUN, 1925 were synonymized in the

absence of clear differences in genital and adult morphology by PUPLESIS

(1984 : 486-487). The genus Acalyptris MEYRICK, 1921 was described on the

basis of a single female specimen. After careful reexamination of this

specimen, the genera Niepeltia and Microcalyptris were finally synonymized

with Acalyptris by VAN NIEUKERKEN (1986). About 47 species of this genus

are known. The larval foodplants of all USSR species are unknown. Other

species of the genus are known to feed on Anacardiaceae, Capparaceae,

Combretaceae, Cyperaceae, Euphorbiaceae, Fabaceae, Limoniaceae, Loran-

thaceae, Lythraceae, Myrtaceae, Platanaceae, Rhamnaceae, Rhizophoraceae,

Rubiaceae, Rutaceae and Theaceae (VAN NIEUKERKEN, 1986). All species

share the typical venation, with the closed cell shifted towards the base and

the R,+ M almost straight. In the male genitalia, lateral apophyses are

present and the transverse bar of the transtilla is absent in the majority of

species. Acalyptris species are generally pale, usually unicolorous creamy or

brownish, only sometimes is some pattern present on the forewings.

A full description of the genus was presented by PUpLEsis (1984) and VAN

NIEUKERKEN (1986).

The original descriptions of all species treated here (except A. piculus sp. n.,

A. brevis sp. n. and A. egidijui sp. n.) were published in Russian.

Key to the species of the genus Acalyptris occurring in the USSR

1. Forewing with distinct non-interrupted fuscous longitudinal stripe

(esse eae dea ee dd eur a duo eae vittatus

- Forewing without distinct non-interrupted fuscous longitudinal stripe 2

2. Uncus in form of broad lobe without ventral tooth (figs. 4, 7). Lateral

apodemes in male genitalia present (fig. 4). Pectinifer on valvae may be

12.

13%

present (figs. 4, 10, 13) ; large characteristic tufts of androconial scales

on abdomen often present (figs. 3, 6,9)... (repeteki group) .... 3

Uncus in form of inverse “v” with sharp ventral tooth (figs. 23, 26).

Lateral apodemes in male genitalia absent. Pectinifers on valvae absent ;

tufts of androconial scales on abdomen absent or obsolete .........

SHOU. Mr tO Motte Gee Nrbiteenebririr (shafirkanus group) 9

. Abdomen of male with large tufts of androconial scales on tergites ..

ee ee ee noe te er sono: 4

Abdomen without tufts of androconial scales ............... Fe

. Central element of gnathos narrow and with pointed tip ........ 5

Central element of gnathos more or less broad and with rounded or

truncate UP... a: 0 ben ee eee CT TERRES 6

. Tufts of androconial scales fuscous or ochreous-brown ; clear triangular

ochreous-brown sclerotizations present on abdominal tergites (fig. 5)

sarah uch cael hubs Nrurtbtiiad. rasen ie scale arenosus

Tufts of androconial scales creamy or pale brownish; triangular

ochreous-brown sclerotizations, on abdominal tergites absent ......

saunas lent eiaw atécdercoi. boa teint + falkovitshi

. Gnathos caudally truncated, uncus slightly narrowed caudally, pectinifer

very distinct and always strongly isolated (fig. 13) ...............

a We ob a lvovskyi (= turanicus syn. n.)

Gnathos not caudally truncate, uncus trapezoid, pectinifer on valvae not

distinct and not strongly isolated (fig. 7) ................ pallens

. Forewings with distinct fuscous pattern (fig. 15). Gnathos not sharply

tapering, but cut off apically ..................... turcomanicus

Forewings without distinct pattern. Gnathos sharply tapering apically 8

. Valvae relatively short, slightly tapering apically (fig. 18) .... galinae

Valvae long and narrow, slightly broader apically (fig. 20) .. repeteki

. Valvae with distinct inner lobe (or lobes) basally or apically ..... 10

Valvae without lobes, narrower apically ..................... 12

. Pseuduncus without distinct lateral lobes .................... 11

Pseuduncus with two large lateral lobes ............ egidijui Sp. n.

. Aedeagus with 3 wide apical lobes, vinculum very wide anteriorly ...

Bee A OE brother aay ( 9, 02 Bios à Are of shafirkanus

Aedeagus without wide apical lobes, vinculum slightly narrowed ante-

HOT ee ee ee a Hasen desertellus

Aedeagus strongly and abruptly narrowed basally ..... piculus sp. n.

Aedeagus not narrowed basally ........................... 13

Arms of transtilla more or less triangular, not narrowed abruptly ....

sassy Bigs LR son sista En aa a a eR re kizilkumi

Arms of transtilla abruptly narrowed anteriorly ........ brevis sp. n.

Checklist of USSR species of the genus Acalyptris MEYRICK

The repeteki group

1. À. vittatus (PUPLESIS, 1984)

2. À. arenosus (FALKOVITSH, 1986)

3. À. pallens (PUPLESIS, 1984)

4. À. falkovitshi (PUPLESIS, 1984)

5. A. lvovskyi (PUPLESIS, 1984)

= Microcalyptris turanicus PUPLESIS, 1984 (syn. n.)

6. A. turcomanicus (PUPLESIS, 1984)

7. A. galinae (PUPLESIS, 1984)

8. A. repeteki (PUPLESIS, 1984)

The shafirkanus group

9. A. shafirkanus (PUPLESIS, 1984)

10. A. desertellus (PUPLESIS, 1984)

11. A. piculus sp. n.

12. A. kizilkumi (FALKOVITSH, 1986)

13. À. brevis sp. n.

14. À. egidijui sp. n.

The repeteki group

The male genitalia of the species in this group have the uncus in the form of

a broad lobe, without sharp tooth ventrally. In contrast to the shafirkanus

group, all species have a well developed pectinifer, only in two species is it

weakly developed (A. pallens, A. galinae). Large tufts of long androconial

scales are present on the male abdominal tergites of most species. The female

genitalia often possess long setae. The group includes morphologically

closely related species. This appears to be a typical desert group, being widely

distributed in the deserts of the USSR and Mongolia. It also shows a slight

morphological resemblance to some Nearctic species, such as A. thoraceal-

bella CHAMBERS.

Acalyptris vittatus (PUPLESIS) (figs. 1-2, 40).

Microcalyptris vittatus PUPLESIS, 1984 : 491-492.

Male unknown.

Female characterised by a longitudinal brown stripe on the forewings (fig. 1),

a large bursa copulatrix and very long setae on the abdominal tergites (fig. 2).

MATERIAL EXAMINED: 1 2 (holotype), Uzbekistan, Kyzylkum, Zhamansai,

22.1X.1968, M. FALKOVITSH.

Acalyptris arenosus (FALKOVITSH) (figs. 3-5, 40).

Microcalyptris arenosus FALKOVITSH, 1966 : 168-169.

Externally this species can be distinguished by a darker reddish-brown tuft

of androconial scales (fig. 3). In the male genitalia A. arenosus is similar to

A. falkovitshi and A. lvovskyi (fig. 4), but separated from the latter by the

pointed central element of the gnathos ; from falkovitshi by the presence of

brown triangular sclerotizations on the abdominal tergites (fig. 5) and by the

slightly curved valves. Female unknown.

MATERIAL EXAMINED: 5 6 (1 ¢ holotype), Uzbekistan, Zhamansai, 140 km N-W

Shafirkan, 10.VI.1966 ; 1 6, same locality, 20.V.1967 ; 1 6, Turkmenistan, Repetek,

11.V.1983, M. FALKOVITSH ; 4 6, Turkmenistan, Sandykatchi, 29.IV-3.V.1986, R.

PUPLESIS.

Acalyptris pallens (PUPLESIS) (figs. 6-8, 38).

Microcalyptris pallens PUPLESIS, 1984 : 501.

A. pallens is characteristically a more or less pale species (fig. 6), similar to

A. galinae, A. repeteki and some specimens of A. /vovskyi. It can be separated

from these species by the presence of pale tufts on the abdomen (in À.

lyovskyi the tufts are brown, in A. galinae and A. repeteki they are absent). In

the male, A. pallens is easily recognised by a wide pseuduncus and central

element of gnathos (fig. 7) ; female genitalia separated from A. galinae by the

presence of well developed anal papillae and longer posterior apophyses

(fig. 8).

MATERIAL EXAMINED: 6 & (holotype and paratypes), Mongolia, Bajan-Chongor

aimak, 160kmS Shine-Dzhista, 11.VII.1981, A. Lvovsky1; 2 & (paratypes),

USSR, Uzbekistan, Tamdybulak, 6.V.1965, PASTUCHOV ; 2 6 (paratypes), USSR,

7 km N Tamdybulak, 6.V.1965 ; 2 3 (paratypes), Uzbekistan, 70 km N-W Gazli,

26.V.1965 ; 1 d (paratype), Uzbekistan, Ispas, 70 km N-W Chardzhou, 30.V.1965 ;

2 6 (paratypes), Uzbekistan, Zhamansaj, 149 km NW Shafirkan, 20.V.1967, M.

FALKOVITSH ; 1 6, Uzbekistan, 7 km N Tamdybulak, 5.V.1965, M. FALKOVITSH ;

6 4, 5 ©, Turkmenistan, Sandykatchi, 29.1V-2.V.1986, R. PUPLESIS.

Acalyptris falkovitshi (PUPLESIS) (figs. 9-11, 39).

Microcalyptris falkovitshi PUPLESIS, 1984 : 499.

In contrast to A. lvovskyi, the males are characterised by the pointed,

narrower central element of the gnathos (fig. 10), the pale tufts on the

abdomen, and the forewing pattern : the costal and especially the dorsal

margins creamy, free of brownish scales (fig. 9). Unlike in À. /voyskyi and A.

arenosus (fig. 5) the sclerotizations on the abdominal tergites are not visible.

The female genitalia are difficult to separate from those of /vovskyi (fig. 11),

but the adults can usually be distinguished from the wing pattern.

MATERIAL EXAMINED : 13 d (holotype and paratypes), Uzbekistan, 7 km N Tamdy-

bulak, 5.V.1965, M. FALKovitsH; 1 6 (paratype), Uzbekistan, Zhamansaj,

20.V.1967, M. FALKOVITSH ; 18 6, 2 9, Turkmenistan, Sandykatchi, 29.IV-

4.V.1986, R. PUPLESIS.

Acalyptris lvovskyi (PUPLESIS) (figs. 12-14, 38).

Microcalyptris lvovskyi PUPLESIS, 1984 : 494-495.

Microcalyptris turanicus PUPLESIS, 1984 : 497-498, syn. n.

Usually, unlike all other species of this group, the forewing of A. lvovskyi is

densely covered with brown (or brownish) scales. Occasionally, the anal edge

of the forewing is pale creamy. Sometimes the whole forewing is pale, weakly

irrorate with numerous brownish scales (fig. 12). Easily separated from all

related species (except A. turcomanicus) by the central element of gnathos,

which is caudally indented (fig. 13). Valvae longer and slender than in A.

turcomanicus or A. falkovitshi. Female genitalia similar to A. falkovitshi,

characterised by long chaetae and elongate bursa copulatrix with signa with

numerous small spines (fig. 14).

MATERIAL EXAMINED : 3 6 (holotype and paratypes), Mongolia, Bajan Chongor

aimak, 160kmS Shine-Dzhista, 11.VIII.1981, A. Lvovsky1; 1 d (paratype),

Chovd aimak, Iolchon, 22.VI.1980, I. KERZHNER ; 4 ¢ (paratypes), USSR, Uzbekis-

tan, 7kmN Tamdybulak, 5.V.1965 ; 3 & (paratypes), Uzbekistan, 70 km N-W

Gazli, 26.V.1965 ; 3 & (paratypes), Uzbekistan, Zhamansaj, 12-20.V.1966; 1 &

(paratype), Bukhara Region, Shafirkan, 4.IX.1971 : 2 & (paratypes), Uzbekistan,

Zhamansaj, 140 km N-W Shafirkan, 20.V.1967 ; 2 6 (paratypes), Turkmenistan,

Repetek, 23.[V-6.V.1983, M. FALKOVITSH ; 1 d (paratype), same locality,

2.VIII.1981, V. KRIVOCHTSKYI; 1 & (holotype of M. “turanicus”), Uzbekistan,

140 km N-W Shafirkan, 20.V.1967, M. FALKOVITSH ; 101 6, 17 %, Turkmenistan,

Sandykatchi, 29.IV.-5.V.1986, R. PUPLESIS.

Acalyptris turcomanicus (PUPLESIS) (figs. 15-16, 40).

Microcalyptris turcomanicus PUPLESIS, 1984 : 499-500.

This species is distinguished by the absence of abdominal tufts and the

patches of brown scales on the pale forewings (fig. 15) ; in the male genitalia

by a characteristic form of the valvae, aedeagus and gnathos (fig. 16). The

gnathos is similar to that of A. lvovskyi; but A. turcomanicus can easily be

distinguished from all other Acalyptris spp. by the combined characters.

MATERIAL EXAMINED : | 6 (holotype), Turkmenistan, 70 km N Ashkhabad, Kara-

kul, 27.IX.1967, M. FALKOVITSH.

nan ie MEET

il il aS

Figs. 1-2. Acalyptris vittatus (PUPL.), holotype; Uzbekistan, Kizilkum, Zhamansai,

22.1X.1986, leg. M. FALKOVITSH ; 1 — imago (scale 1mm); 2 — male genitalia (scale

0,1 mm).

Hon

—

Figs. 3-5. Acalypris arenosus (FALK.) : 3 — holotype, Uzbekistan, Zhamansai, 140 km N-W

Shafirkan, 10.VI.1966, leg. M. FALKOVITSH (scale 1 mm) ; 4 — male genitalia, Turkmenistan,

Sandykatchi, 1.V.1986, leg. R. PUPLESIS (scale 0,1 mm) ; 5 — abdominal segments, same

locality, 3.V.1986, (scale 0,1 mm).

Figs. 6-8. Acalyptris pallens (PUPL.) : 6 — imago, Turkmenistan, Sandykatchi, 29.1V.1986, leg.

R. PUPLESIS (scale 1 mm) ; 7 — male genitalia, same data (scale 0,1 mm); 8 — female

genitalia, same locality, 2.V.1986 (scale 0,1 mm).

—

Figs. 9-11. Acalyptris falkovitshi (PupL.) : 9 — holotype, Uzbekistan, 7 km N Tamdybulak,

5.V.1965, leg. M. FALKOVITSH (scale 1 mm) ; 10 — male genitalia, Turkmenistan, Sandykatchi,

29.IV.1986, leg. R. PUupLesis (scale 0,1 mm); 11 — female genitalia, same data (scale

0,1 mm).

Figs. 12-14. Acalyptris lvovskyi (PUPL.): 12—imago, Turkmenistan, Sandykatchi,

29.1V.1986, leg. R. PUPLEsIs (scale 1 mm) ; 13 — male genitalia, same data (scale 0,1 mm) ;

14 — female genitalia, same locality, 1.V.1986 (scale 0,1 mm).

_ F

- zZ

fs /

27,

77 A uf

Figs. 15-16. Acalyptris turcomanicus (PUPL.) ; holotype, Turkmenistan, 70 km N Ashkhabad,

Karakul, 27.X.1967, leg. M. FALKOVITSH, 15 — imago (scale 1 mm); 16 — male genitalia

(scale 0,1 mm).

fl |

imago, Turkmenistan, Sandykatchi, 1.V.1986,

18 — male genitalia, same data (scale 0,1 mm).

Figs. 17-18. Acalyptris galinae (PUPL.) :

leg. R. PUPLEsIS (scale 1 mm) ;

Figs. 19-20. Acalyptris repeteki (PUPL.), holotype, Turkmenistan, Repetek, 4.V.1983, leg. M.

FALKOVITSH : 19 — imago (scale 1 mm) ; 20 — male genitalia (scale 0,1 mm).

LAN

Figs. 21-23. Acalyptris shafirkanus (PupL.), holotype, Uzbekistan, Ayakguzhumdy, 40 km E

Dzhingildy, 10.VI.1965, leg. M. FALKOVITSH : 21 — imago (scale 1 mm) ; 22 — male genitalia

(scale 0,1 mm) ; 23 — same, lateral view of uncus and gnathos.

\ Aa 7

Ny Re

Wy en

Figs. 24-27. Acalyptris desertellus (PupL.): 24 — holotype, Uzbekistan, Zhamansaj,

140 km N-W Shafirkan, 20.V.1967, leg. M. FALKOVITSH (scale 1 mm) ; 25 — male genitalia,

same data (scale 0,1 mm) ; 26 — same, lateral view uncus and gnathos ; 27 — female genitalia,

Turkmenistan, Sandykatchi, 30.1V.1986, leg. R. PUPLEsis (scale 0,1 mm).

)

Figs. 28-29. Acalyptris piculus sp. n., holotype, Tadzhikistan, 30 km N Dushanbe,

15.VIIL.1986, leg. R. PupLesis: 28 —imago (scale 1 mm) ; 29 — male genitalia (scale

0,1 mm).

Figs. 30-33. Acalyptris kizilkumi (FALK.) : 30 — holotype, Uzbekistan, 7 km N Tamdybulak,

5.V.1965, leg. M. FALKOVITSH (scale 1 mm) ; 31 — male genitalia, holotype, same data (scale

0,1 mm) ; 32 — male genitalia, Tadzhikistan, 30 km N Dushanbe, Kondara, 20.VIII.1986,

leg. R. PupLesis (scale 0,1 mm); 33 — female genitalia, Turkmenistan, Sandykatchi,

1.V.1986, leg. R. PupLesis (scale 0,1 mm).

à = SEN SS =

RSS SE RS =

LV) 5.

Figs. 34-35. Acalyptris brevis sp. n., holotype, Turkmenistan, env. Ashkhabad, 7.VIII.1988,

leg. R. PUPLESIS : 34 — imago (scale | mm) ; 25 — male genitalia (scale 0,1 mm).

Y |

J, | (| | \S

Figs. 36-37. Acalyptris egidijui sp. n., holotype, Turkmenistan, Tedzhen, 8.VIII.1988, leg. R.

PUPLESIS : 36 — imago (scale 1 mm) ; 37 — male genitalia (scale 0,1 mm).

@ - À. lvovskyi A- A. pallens

Fig. 38. Distribution of Acalyptris lvovskyi (PUPL.) and A. pallens (PUPL.).

@ - A. galinae A - A.falkovitshi

Fig. 39. Distribution of Acalyptris galinae (PupL.) and A. falkovitshi (PUPL.).

@- A. kizilkumi @- A.repeteki O- A. piculus V - A. turcomanicus

Fig. 40. Distribution of Acalyptris spp.

@ - A. brevis A - A. egidijui

Fig. 41. Distribution of Acalyptris brevis sp. n. and A. egidijui Sp. n.

Acalyptris galinae (PUPLESIS) (figs. 17-18, 39).

Microcalyptris galinae PUPLESIS, 1984 : 503.

A. galinae is externally very similar to both A. shafirkanus and A. pallens

(fig. 17). It is easily separated from the latter by its small size and absence

of abdominal tufts. A. galinae is recognized by its male genitalia : valvae small

and slightly narrowed apically, aedeagus and its apical lobes with characte-

ristic shape (fig. 18).

MATERIAL EXAMINED : 2 6 (holotype and paratype of A. galinae galinae PUPLESIS),

Mongolia, Bojan Chongor aimak, 160 km S Shine-Dzhista, 3-11.VIII.1981, A.

Lvovsky1 ; 1 6 (holotype of A. galinae mesasiaticus PUPLESIS), USSR, Uzbekistan,

Zhamansaj, 140 N-W Shafirkan, 20.V.1967 ; 2 6 (paratypes of A. galinae mesasiati-

cus), Turkmenistan, Repetek, 28.VIII.1981 and 22.VI.1982, V. KRIVOCHATSKYI ;

19 4, 3 2, Turkmenistan, Sandykatchi, 29.IV-5.V.1986, R. PUPLESIS.

Acalyptris repeteki (PUPLESIS) (figs. 19-20, 40).

Microcalyptris repeteki PUPLESIS, 1984 : 494.

Characterised externally by the pale colour of the forewings and absence of

tufts of androconial scales on the abdomen (fig. 19). In this respect it could

be confused with A. galinae and A. shafirkanus. In its genitalia A. repeteki

mostly resembles A. /vovskyi and A. falkovitshi. However, in contrast to A.

lvovskyi the gnathos in this species is caudally pointed and compared to A.

falkovitshi, the valvae are longer and slender (fig. 20).

Female unknown.

MATERIAL EXAMINED: 1 6 (holotype), Turkmenistan, Repetek, 4.V.1983, M.

FALKOVITSH.

The shafirkanus group

Unlike the repeteki group, the genitalia of the species in this group have a

typical uncus in the form of an inverted “v”, with sharp ventral tooth. The

pectinifer on the valvae and abdominal tufts of androconial scales are

apparently absent. The species are not restricted to desert habitats, as some

have been found in the mountainous parts of Tadzhikistan and Turkmenistan

(the Kopet-Dag mountains) and others are found in the Mediterranean

region (e.g. A. minimella REBEL).

Acalyptris shafirkanus (PUPLESIS) (figs. 21-23, 40).

Microcalyptris shafirkanus PUPLESIS, 1984 : 493.

Moths pale, unicolourous, externally very similar to A. galinae, but abdo-

minal tufts absent (fig. 21).

Easily separated from all other species by the male genitalia : vinculum very

broad, aedeagus with three large lobes apically, valves, unlike À. desertellus,

broadened basally (fig. 22).

MATERIAL EXAMINED: 7 & (holotype and paratypes), Uzbekistan, Ayakguzhumdy,

40 km E Dzhingildy, 10-15.VI.1965, 1 3 (paratype), Uzbekistan, Bukhara Region,

Shafirkan, 4.[X.1971, M. FALKovitsH; 3 6, Turkmenistan, Sandykatchi,

1-4.V.1986, R. PUPLESIS.

Acalyptris desertellus (PUPLESIS) (figs. 24-27, 40).

Microcalyptris desertellus PUPLESIS, 1984 : 493-494.

This species is nearest to A. shafirkanus from which it differs by the pale

brownish scales on the forewings, only the margins remaining creamy

(fig. 24). The valva and aedeagus are quite different from all other Acalyptris

species, the aedeagus having one large apical lobe. Transverse bar of transtilla

present, but flimsy (fig. 25). Anterior apophyses in female very broad

(fig. 27).

MATERIAL EXAMINED: 2 d (holotype and paratype), Uzbekistan, Zhamansaj,

140 km N-W Shafirkan, 20.V.1967 ; 3 & (paratypes), Uzbekistan, 7 km N Tamdy-

bulak, 5-6.V.1965, M. FaLkovitsH; 5 6, 2 9, Turkmenistan, Sandykatchi,

30.IV-3.V.1986, R. PUPLESIS.

Acalyptris piculus sp. n. (figs. 28-29, 40).

HOLOTYPE : d, Tadzhikistan, 30 km N Dushanbe, 15.VIIL 1986, R. PUPLESIS.

PARATYPES : 1 d, same locality as holotype, 28.VI.1986, R. PUPLESIS ; 2 6,

same locality, 21.VIII.1986, R. PUPLESIS.

DIAGNOSIS : Very closely related to A. minimella (REBEL) ; characterised by

the basally strongly narrowed aedeagus, and by the long arms of the transtilla

and lateral lobes of vinculum.

DESCRIPTION: Male. Forewing length 1.7-1.8 mm. Head: frontal tuft

greyish-brown or brownish-grey. Eye-caps greyish-cream. Antennae brown.

Forewings and thorax creamy, more or less irrorate with sparse greyish-

brown scales (fig. 28). Cilia creamy. Hindwing brownish-grey.

Female unknown.

Male genitalia (fig. 29) : Tegumen narrowed into slightly sclerotized pseud-

uncus, not angular, some long setae dorsally. Uncus in form of inverted “v”,

ventrally a medial pointed tooth. Gnathos with long central element, which

can be narrower than in holotype (fig. 29). Vinculum anteriorly bilobed,

lobes long. Valvae triangular, with long stout setae apically. Arms of transtilla

very long and thin, occasionally slightly curved distally. Aedeagus strongly

narrowed basally ; apically with one ventral and two lateral lobes.

MATERIAL EXAMINED : The type series only.

Acalyptris kizilkumi (FALKOVITSH) (figs. 30-33, 39).

Microcalyptris kizilkumi FALKOVITSH, 1986 : 167-168.

Externally similar to A. falkovitshi: forewing margins free of brown scales,

creamy (fig. 30). Male can be easily separated from A. falkovitshi by the

absence of abdominal tufts. Male distinguished from other species by form

of valvae and aedeagus (with large apical spine ventrally) (fig. 31). The

genitalia of this species are extremely variable in size, and form of valvae

(fig. 32). In the female genitalia, the anterior apophyses are basally broad and

narrowed apically. Many long different setae surround the tip of the abdomen

in this species (fig. 33).

MATERIAL EXAMINED : | & (holotype), Uzbekistan, 7 km N Tamdybulak, 5.V.1965,

M. FALKOVITSH ; 1 6, Aznek, 70kmS Tamdybulak, 1.V.1965 : 1 6, Ayakguz-

humdy, 40 km E Dzhingildy, 26.1V.1965, M. FALKOVITSH ; 8 6, 5 ©, Turkmenistan,

Sandykatchi, 29.IV-5.V.1986 ; 3 d, 1 2, Turkmenistan, 30 km W Ashkhabad, env,

Geok-Tepe, canyon Tshuli, 12.V.1986, R. PUPLESIS ; 1 à, Tadzhikistan, 30 km N

Dushanbe, canyon Kondara, 20.VIII. 1986, R. PUPLEsIS.

Acalyptris brevis sp. n. (figs. 34-35, 41).

HOLOTYPE : d, Turkmenistan: env. Ashkhabad (desert), 7.VIII.1988, R.

PUPLESIS.

PARATYPES: | 6, Turkmenistan, canyon Firiuza, env. Ashkhabad (Central

Kopet-Dag ridge), 9.V.1986, R. PupLesis ; 1 d, Turkmenistan, Kalininsk,

env. Ashkhabad (Central Kopet-Dag ridge), 6.VIII.1988, R. PUPLESIS ; 1 6,

Turkmenistan, env. Yuvan-Kala, 30 km E Kara-Kala (Western Kopet-Dag

ridge), 18.VIII.1988, R. PUPLESIS.

Diacnosis : Most closely related to A. kizilkumi (FALKOVITSH), but easily

distinguished by its small size, speckled forewings and structure of the male

genitalia, primarily in the narrow arms of the transtilla.

DESCRIPTION : Male. Forewing length 1.5-1.9 mm. Head : frontal tuft pale

orange (tinged brown), eye-caps creamish white. Antennae brown on

upperside and lighter on underside. Palpi “dirty” cream. Thorax, tegulae and

forewings speckled: creamish grey, scattered with darkish brown scales

(fig. 34). Hindwings brownish. Cilia of both wings creamy grey to grey.

Female. Unknown.

Male genitalia (fig. 35). Tegumen distinctly produced into broad and long

pseuduncus. Weaker developed and sclerotized than in A. kizilkumi and

slightly variable in length and width. Valvae narrow, inner edge with long

chaetae on numerous papillae. Transtilla arms longer than in A. kizilkumi and

always very narrow. Vinculum with two broad lateral lobes rounded apically.

Juxta weakly sclerotized ; caudally slightly bilobed. Aedeagus with very large

sclerotized apical spine, slightly bent and not very pointed. Two lateral

processes in apical part of aedeagus. One very large and wide cornutus.

MATERIAL EXAMINED : the type series only.

Acalyptris egidijui sp. n. (figs. 36-37, 41).

HOLOTYPE : d, Turkmenistan, Tedzhen (oasis), 8.VIII.1988, R. PUPLEsIs.

PARATYPE : 6, same data as holotype.

DraAGNosis : Most closely related to A. minimella (REBEL) and A. loranthella

(KLIMESCH). Easily distinguished from all species of the group by form of

valvae, juxta and bilobed uncus. Externally it differs by its distinctive

coloration : yellowish forewings medially darkened by black scales.

DESCRIPTION : Male. Forewing length 1.4-1.6 mm. Head : frontal tuft brow-

nish yellow, eye-caps creamish yellow, shiny. Antennae yellowish brown.

Tegulae creamy yellow. Thorax possibly yellowish above (colour obliterated

by pin in type series). Thorax, legs and palpi creamy yellow, shiny. Forewings

creamish yellow, medially darkened by black scales (fig. 36). Hindwings on

both sides covered with black scales. Cilia of both wings light, creamy

yellowish.

Female. Unknown.

Male genitalia (Fig. 37). Tegumen produced into bilobed pseuduncus with

several chaetae. Each lobe rounded apically. Uncus with sharp ventral tooth.

Valvae narrowed at apex, strongly bulged medially, with distinct process on

inner edge ; basally slightly narrowed. Arms of transtilla long and narrow.

Transverse bar of transtilla thin. Juxta bilobed. Vinculum with two large

lateral lobes. Aedeagus apically with some weakly sclerotized spine-like

cornuti.

MATERIAL EXAMINED : the type series only.

Acknowledgements

The author would like to thank Dr. Erik J. VAN NIEUKERKEN (Leiden, the Nether-

lands) for his support and continuous stream of information received. I am indebted

to my students who participated in a special expedition to Turkmenistan in 1986 :

D. KALECKAITE, J. AUGLYS, and N. PULUIKIS. I also wish to express my gratitude

to my students V. RUDYTE, J. SNEIDERAITYTE, A. BUGAILISKIS and especially V.

Ruzeys for their assistance in the preparation of this paper.

References

FALKOVITSH, M. I., 1986. Cesuekrylye (Lepidoptera) ostancovyh gor Kuldzhuktau

i podgornoj ravnini (jugo-zapadnij Kizilkum) (in Russian). Fauna cesuekrylyh

(Lepidoptera) SSSR (Trudy vsesojuznojo entomologice shkogo obshestva)

67 : 131-186.

MEYRICK, E., 1921. Exotic Microlepidoptera 2 (13) : 385-416.

NIEUKERKEN, E. J. VAN, 1986. Systematics and phylogeny of Holarctic genera of

Nepticulidae (Lepidoptera, Heteroneura : Monotrysia). Zool. Verh., Leiden

236 : 1-93.

PUPLESIS, R. K., 1984. A review of nepticulid moths of the genus Microcalyptris

(Lepidoptera, Nepticulidae) from deserts of Mongolia and the USSR (in

Russian). Nasekomye Mongolii 9 : 484-507.

PUPLESIS, R. K., 1990. The descriptions of females of 5 Acalyptris MEYRICK species

(Lepidoptera, Nepticulidae) (in Russian). Nasekomye Mongolii, 10, in press.

SCOBLE, M. J., 1980. The genus Niepeltia STRAND : taxonomy and comments on

structure and relationships (Lepidoptera : Nepticulidae). Ann. Transv. Mus.

32 : 197-229.

ürg

Sr MR

*1L

ton

ENS Er

ter

etar

Handelsgesellschaft

b N ofo PM resize: & Meiser mbit & Co. KG

Bittimairstrasse 4

8070 INGOLSTADT/DO.

Telefon (0841) 75583

IHR SPEZIALIST FUR ENTOMOLOGIEBEDARF !

Wir liefern seit vielen Jahren zu günstigen Preisen eine große Auswahl von

Utensilien für den Fach- und Hobbyentomologen.

Für die Zucht:

Zuchtkästen, Puppenkästen, Infrarotstrahler, Zuchtbehalter etc.

Für den Tag- und Nachtfang:

Netze, Gläser, Stromaggregate, Transportkästen, Lampen und Leucht-

röhren etc.

Für das Präparieren:

Insektennadeln, Spannbretter, Präparierbesteck, Kopflupen, Chemika-

lien etc.

Für die Sammlung:

Insektenkästen in allen Größen mit der bewährten Moll- oder Schaum-

stoffeinlage, Insektenschränke aller Art

Ein umfangreiches Angebot an neuer und antiquarischer Literatur ist vorhanden.

Schreiben Sie uns oder rufen Sie uns an, wir beraten Sie gern. Unser Katalog steht

Ihnen kostenlos zur Verfügung. Als SEL-Mitglied erhalten Sie bei uns auf sämtliche

Artikel (außer Bücher) 5% Rabatt.

ich—'—

leieferm

lepidopterologica

Vol. 13 No. 2-3 1990 ISSN 0342-7536

em devoted to Palacaretie 1

top nth &

ent issues 0

used. Photog sis ict D play posal eta a

ed for colour plates and these can only be pu published a: * the

Nota lepidopterologica

Vol. 13 No. 2-3 Basel, 30.IX.1990 ISSN 0342-7536

Editor : Emmanuel Bros de Puechredon, alias de Bros, lic. iur., Rebgasse 28,

CH-4102 Binningen BL, Schweiz.

Assistant Editors : Dr. Hansjürg Geiger (Bern, CH), Steven Whitebread (Magden,

CH).

Contents — Inhalt — Sommaire

ARENBERGER, E. : Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Gattung Stenoptilia HUBNER,

SOM (ELenO PMO das): 4.5 55-428. -cek «Osos nn ee 90

BALDIZZONE, G. : Contributions a la connaissance des Coleophoridae.

LXI. Trois espéces nouvelles du groupe de Coleophora attalicella

ZISILLLER, Sl saciid Alem Rs RN eh Sie Ne Ree ane i een 108

Fazekas, I. : Beitrag zur Verbreitung und Taxonomie von Agriphila

brioniella (ZERNY, 1914) und A. latistria (HAwoRTH, 1811) (Pyralidae) 120

FREINA, J. J. de & Wirt, T. J. : Exzeptionelle und partielle Partheno-

genese bei Heterogyniden. Beschreibung der ersten Parthenogenese

bei Heterogyniden. Beschreibung der ersten Larvalstände und des

Weibchens von Heterogynis andalusica thomas Zxixr, 1987 (Hetero-

TANANE) MI Ren RE ER Mecsas 129

HUEMER, P. : On the identity of Annickia alpicola GiBEAUX, 1990 (Tinei-

das, O RACHA GAC) mn Res 133

KLIMESCH, J. : Biselachista brachypterella sp. n. (Elachistidae) .............. 157

MEYER, M. & HELLERS, M. : Les Lépidoptères de Madère. Notes pré-

liminaire : Les macrolépidoptères observés en mai 1989 (Geometri-

dae, Sphingidae, Noctuidae, Papilionoidea).....................................- 147

NAPOLITANO, M., Descımon, H. & VEsco, J. P.: La proteciion des

populations de P apollo L. dans le sud de la France : étude génétique

PeimmaterBapilonidae) ee esse ne Dico nesusecmemeree 160

THoMAs, W. : Die von ROTHScCHILD, L. D., in SEITZ, A., Die Groß-

schmetterlinge der Erde, Bd. 10, beschriebenen Spilosoma-Arten

CCI) a I RTS AM Be a ee RAEN SO TA SUR re nl

Book reviews — Buchbesprechungen — Analyses ................................ 188

Nota lepid. 13 (2-3) : 90-107 ; 30.1X.1990 ISSN 0342-7536

Beitrag zur Kenntnis

der Gattung Stenoptilia HUBNER, 1825

(Lepidoptera, Pterophoridae)

Ernst ARENBERGER

Bornergasse 3, 4/6, A-1190 Wien, Osterreich.

Zusammenfassung

Der Lectotypus von Stenoptilia paludicola (WALLENGREN, 1859) wurde unter-

sucht und festgelegt. Dabei stellte es sich heraus, daB diese ein jüngeres

Synonym zu Stenoptilia pterodactyla (LiNNAEUS, 1761) ist. Die bisherigen

Deutungen von paludicola werden gesichtet und diskutiert. Es wurde erkannt,

daß das bisher als paludicola angesprochene Taxon mit Stenoptilia gratiolae

GiBEAuUx & NEL, 1990, identisch ist. Zwei Stenoptilia-Arten werden neu in

die Literatur eingeführt : Stenoptilia amseli sp. n. und Stenoptilia lucasi sp. n.

Summary

The lectotype of Stenoptilia paludicola (WALLENGREN, 1859) has been studied

and designated. This taxon is found to be a junior synonym of Stenoptilia

pterodactyla (LiNNAEUS, 1761). A review is given of the different interpretations

of paludicola. The name has been used for a complex of different taxa, but

it is identified now as Stenoptilia gratiolae GiBEAUx & NEL, 1990. Stenoptilia

amseli sp. n. and Stenoptilia lucasi sp. n. are described.

Durch das Entgegenkommen der Kollegen des Museums Lund ist es

möglich geworden, den Lectotypus von Mimaeseoptilus paludicola

WALLENGREN, 1859, zu untersuchen. Dabei ergab sich eine Synonymie

mit Stenoptilia pterodactyla (LINNAEUS, 1761). Verschiedene Autoren

versuchten bisher in Unkenntnis dieses Sachverhaltes, paludicola zu

deuten. Daraus resultiert eine gewisse Konfusion, die hiermit beendet

werden soll. Zur Richtigstellung werden die Angaben in einigen häufig

verwendeten Publikationen herangezogen, in denen paludicola angeführt

wird :

1) HANNEMANN, 1977 : 55 faßt paludicola, ohne auf die Genitalarma-

turen einzugehen, als Form von pterodactyla auf.

2) Buszko, 1979 : 41. 45, Fig. 79, 80. & 47, Fig. 93 © gibt paludicola

als sp. bon. an. Es handelt sich um Stenoptilia gratiolae GIBEAUx &

NEL, 1990.

3) GrBEAUX, 1985 : 244. 247, Fig. 17 @. 257, Fig. 34 ©. 264, Fig. 48 4

publiziert paludicola, doch dürften ihm einige Fehldeutungen unter-

laufen sein. Während die Abbildung des rechten Vorderfliigels durch

die tiber den Apex laufende Basallinie der Fransen des Hinterzipfels,

Ähnlichkeit mit paludicola sensu Buszko, 1979, hat, ist dies bei der

Abbildung des weiblichen Genitals durchaus nicht der Fall. Bei diesem

dürfte es sich vielmehr um Stenoptilia elkefi ARENBERGER, 1984,

handeln, die nach neueren Untersuchungen auch in Frankreich gefunden

worden ist. Bei der Abbildung des männlichen Genitals spricht der

relativ dicke Uncus, sowie der gleichmäßig gerundete AuBenrand der

Valve gegen seine Identität mit paludicola sensu Buszko. GIBEAUX

dürfte eine andere Art vor sich gehabt haben.

DIEZRGUWATVEN 1986: 98. 103, Fig. 2. 113, Fig. 3,46. 118, Fig. 19

benützte den Namen paludicola in gleicher Weise wie Buszko, doch

ist bei seiner Abbildung der Imago (103, Fig. 2) die in den Fransen

des Hinterzipfels der Vorderflügel um den Apex laufende basale

Schuppenlinie nicht zu erkennen.

5) Razowskı, 1988 : 57. 109, Fig. 97, 98 @. 121, Fig. 190. © folgte

weitgehend Buszkos Angaben und verwendete sichtlich auch dessen

Zeichnungen.

6) GIBEAux & NEL, 1990 schließlich führten die Species Stenoptilia

gratiolae GiBEAUx & NEL, 1990 in die Wissenschaft ein. Es handelt

sich dabei um das gleiche Taxon, das bisher unter paludicola sensu

Buszko bekannt war.

Im nachfolgenden systematischen Teil wird auf den neuen taxonomi-

schen Stand von Stencptilia pterodactyla (LinnAEus, 1761) und

Stenoptilia gratiolae GIBEAUx & NEL, 1990 eingegangen und die beiden

Arten miteinander verglichen. Des weiteren werden Stenoptilia amseli

sp. n. aus Saudi Arabien und Stenoptilia lucasi sp. n. aus Kleinasien

neu beschrieben.

Stenoptilia pterodactyla (LINNAEUS, 1761) (Abb. 1, 2, 5, 9, 10, 12, 17)

Phalaena Alucita pterodactyla LINNAEUS 1761, Fauna Suecica Nr.

1456. Taf. 2, Fig. 8. Stockholmiae.

Synonymie :

Pterophorus fuscus Retz, 1783. In: De Geer Gen. Spec. Ins. : 35.

Alucita fuscodactyla Haworth, 1811, Lepidoptera Britannica. Part 3:

476.

Alucita ptilodactyla HÜBNER, 1813, Samml. Eur. Schmett. Alucit.

Taf. 3, Fig. 16.

Abb. 1. Mimaeseoptilus paludicola WALLENGREN. Lectotypus.

Stenopfel ie

pteroda cty La

ei}

“hé john D RAL

Abb. 2. Mimaeseoptilus paludicola WALLENGREN. Originaletiketten des Lectotypus.

Abb. 3. Stenoptilia gratiolae GiBEAUX & NEL.

Abb. 4. Stenoptilia gratiolae GiBEAuUx & NEL. Vorderfliigel.

Abb. 5. Stenoptilia pterodactyla LinAEUS. Vorderflügel.

Abb. 6. Stenoptilia bipunctidactyla ScoPoLı. Vorderflügel.

Abb. 7. Stenoptilia amseli sp. n.

Abb. 8. Stenoptilia lucasi sp. n. Vorderflügel.

RER

Abb. 9. Mimaeseoptilus paludicola WALLENGREN. Lectotypus. Männlicher Genital-

apparat. )

Abb. 10. Mimaeseoptilus paludicola WALLENGREN. Lectotypus. Männlicher Genital-

apparat. Aedoeagus.

Stenoptilia ptilodactyla HUBNER, 1825, Verz. bek. Schmett. ; 430.

Mimaeseoptilus paludicola WALLENGREN, 1859, Skandinaviens Fjäder-

mott (Alucita Lin.). Till. K. Vet. Akad. Handl. 3 (7) : 18.

LECTOTyPus, @ (hier festgelegt) : „M. paludicola Wallengr.“, „670 A,

Stenoptilia pterodactyla L., 4“ (Genitaluntersuchung R. JOHANSSON

det.). „4/7“, „Lectotypus, 4, Mimaeseoptilus paludicola WALLENGREN,

ARENBERGER des., 1990“. Coll. Zoolog. Institut Lund. — syn. n.

Stenoptilia gratiolae GiBEAUx & NEL, 1990 (Abb. 3, 4, 11, 16).

Bull. ANVL Vol. 65 (4), 1989 : 199-209.

Synonymie :

Pterophorus fuscus RETZ var. c und d ZELLER, 1852, Linnaea Entomo-

logica 6 : 371-373.

Stenoptilia fusca var. paludicola WALLENGREN, HOFMANN 1896, Die

deutschen Pterophorinen. Berichte des naturwissenschaftlichen Vereines

zu Regensburg 5: 85.

Literatur :

SCHWARZ, 1953 : 132, Fig. 496. 413-416 (als Stenoptilia paludicola WALLEN-

GREN, 1859).

Buszko, 1979: 41. 45, Fig. 79, 80. 47, Fig. 93 (als Stenoptilia paludicola

WALLENGREN, 1859).

ZAGULAJEV, 1986 : 98. 103, Fig. 2. 113, Fig. 3, 4. 118, Fig. 1 (als Stenoptilia

paludicola WALLENGREN, 1859).

Razowski, 1988 : 57. 109, Fig. 97, 98. 121, Fig. 190 (als Stenoptilia paludicola

WALLENGREN, 1859).

VERBREITUNG

Frankreich, Italien, Deutschland, Österreich, Polen, Rußland. Es ist

anzunehmen, daß gratiolae mit der Futterpflanze über ganz Europa

verbreitet ist.

ERSTE STANDE UND OKOLOGIE

Als Biotope kommen feuchte Stellen an Teichrändern und Ttimpeln

in Frage. Die Futterpflanze ist Gratiola officinalis LINNAEUS (Scro-

phulariaceae), die oft an tiberschwemmten Wiesen wächst. Die Raupe

frißt im Frühjahr an den Herztrieben und wechselt oft die Pflanze

(E. M. Hering 1.1.). Nach HERINGS Beobachtungen erfolgte die Ver-

puppung ab 6. Juni, und die Falter schlüpften schon vom 12. Juni

an. Es dürften zwei Generationen vorkommen. Das bestätigen die

Daten der Funde aus Österreich, wobei die Angaben für die erste Gene-

ration die Monate Mai und Juni umfassen. Die zweite Generation

erstreckt sich je nach Witterung von Ende Juli bis Anfang September.

ZELLER fand die Falter bei Glogau Ende Juli und Anfang September.

ARTABGRENZUNG

Am häufigsten wird gratiolae mit pterodactyla verwechselt. Die Imagines

der beiden Species sind durch die in den Fransen des Außenrandes

der Hinterzipfel der Vorderflügel über den Apex hinauslaufende

Schuppenlinie bei gratiolae, die bei pterodactyla nur durch einige

Schuppenpunkte vorhanden ist, unterschieden (Abb. 4, 5).

Der Aedoeagus von gratiolae gehört zum „kurzen“ Typus, das heißt,

er ist kürzer als die Valvenlänge. Prerodactyla hingegen zählt zum

„langen“ Aedoeagustypus, das heißt, der betreffende Aedoeagus ist

länger als die Valve des dazugehörenden Tieres (Abb. 11, 12).

Das Antrum im weiblichen Genitalapparat hat eine gewisse Ähnlichkeit

mit dem von bipunctidactyla ScoPo.i, 1763. Doch sind die Seitenränder

bei letzterer proximal nicht so stark verjüngt und konkav wie bei

gratiolae. Ist das Antrum bei gratiolae und bipunctidactyla nur knapp

doppelt so lang wie die Papillae anales, so mißt es bei pterodactyla

etwa die dreifache Papillenlänge (Abb. 16, 17, 18).

Stenoptilia amseli sp. n.

Ho1oTYPus

@: „SW-Arabien, Asirgebirge, 2350 m, 5 km s.[üdlich] Namas, 17.-

21.4.1979, AMSEL leg.“. GU 3189 © Ar. Coll. LNK.

PARATYPEN

3 64, 3 PS mit den gleichen Daten wie der Holotypus. GU 3168 &,

1904, 750 99 AR.

Die Paratypen befinden sich in den Landessammlungen für Naturkunde

(LNK) Karlsruhe und in der Sammlung ARENBERGER.

DIAGNOSE (Abb. 7)

Expansion 17-20 mm. Die Vorderflügel sind kaffeebraun mit Einmi-

schung einiger dunkelbrauner, entlang der Costa auch weißer Schuppen.

Am unteren Rand des Vorderzipfels erstreckt sich eine aus dunklen

Schuppen gebildete, undeutliche Linie. Am Hinterzipfel gibt es deren

zwei. Discoidal- und Spaltenpunkt etwa gleich groß, letzterer sitzt direkt

an der Spalte. Fransen hellbraun, am Außenrand des Vorderzipfels

mit zwei dunklen Schuppenpunkten, von denen einer direkt am Apex

Abb. 11. Stenoptilia gratiolae GiBEAUX & NEL. Männlicher Genitalapparat. GU 2838.

\ /

Abb. 12. Stenoptilia pterodactyla LiINNAEus. Männlicher Genitalapparat. GU 2816.

Abb. 13. Stenoptilia bipunctidactyla Scorouı. Männlicher Genitalapparat. GU 3417.

Abb. 14. Stenoptilia amseli sp. n. Männlicher Genitalapparat. GU 3168.

100

sitzt. Der AuBenrand des Hinterzipfels mit drei dunklen Schuppen-

punkten, die manchmal auch zu einer durchgehenden Basallinie

verwachsen sein können. Hinterflügel gleichmäßig hellbraun.

Scheitel, Stirne und Palpen von gleicher Färbung wie die Vorderflügel.

Antennenoberseite dunkelbraun, Unterseite hellgrau. Hinterbeine hell-

braun. Der Innensporn des ersten Sporenpaares ist etwas länger als

der äußere. Beim zweiten Sporenpaar sind beide Sporen gleich lang,

aber kürzer als der Außensporn des ersten Paares.

GENITALIEN

& (Abb. 14): Außenrand der Valven halbkreisförmig, der Cucullus

bogenförmig, wenig zugespitzt. Der Analrand des Tegumens ist ein-

gebuchtet, der Uncus relativ dünn. Er überragt das Tegumen. Aedoeagus

schwach gebogen, etwa im Winkel von 105°, der Basalfortsatz steht

etwa 75° ab.

GENITALIEN

Q (Abb. 19): Antrum von gleicher Länge wie der Ductus bursae,

beidseitig leicht bauchig, vor dem Ostium linksseitig erweitert. Das

Corpus bursae ist blasenförmig, die beiden Signa sind relativ dünn.

Der Ductus seminalis zweigt knapp vor der Einmündung des Ductus

bursae in das Corpus bursae ab. Apophyses anteriores fehlen. Die

Apophyses posteriores sind borstenförmig und etwa 1 1/2 mal so lang

wie das Antrum.

ERSTE STÄNDE UND ÖKOLOGIE

Unbekannt. Flugzeit der Imago IV.

VERBREITUNG

Saudi Arabien : Asirgebirge.

Die neue Art wird Herrn Dr. H. G. AMSEL in Dankbarkeit gewidmet.

Stenoptilia lucasi sp. n.

HoLoTYPus

Q: „Asia min. or, Develi, Erciyes dagh, 1700 m, 11.-18.7.1970,

FRIEDEL“. GU 2848 © AR. Coll. ARENBERGER.

PARATYPEN

2 88,2 PP mit den gleichen Daten wie der Holotypus.

6 66, 2 29: „Turkiye, Gümüshane, Spikör Gecidi, 2390-2500 m,

26.7.1989, I. A. W. Lucas“. GU 3626, 2847 38, 2844 © AR.

101

Die Paratypen befinden sich in den Sammlungen Lucas und AREN-

BERGER.

DIAGNOSE (Abb. 8)

Expansion 16-20 mm. Die Vorderflügel sind braun mit zahlreichen

weißen Schuppeneinsprenkelungen, die besonders zahlreich am unteren

Faltenrand und im Hinterzipfel sind. In der Mitte des Vorderzipfels

befindet sich ein länglicher, dunkler Fleck, schräg darüber an der Costa

ein weiterer. Der Spaltenpunkt sitzt direkt an der Spaltung, der

Diskoidalpunkt ist vorhanden. Die Fransen beider Zipfel sind basal

weißlich, die Spitzen graubraun. Die Außenrandfransen des Hinter-

zipfels sind von zwei dunklen Schuppenbüscheln durchbrochen. Hin-

terflügel einfarbig braun.

Scheitel. Stirne, Antennen, Palpen braun. Die Oberseite des letzten

Palpengliedes ist weiß. Das Abdomen ist braun mit zwei weißen

Seitenlinien, die Analenden der einzelnen Abdominalglieder jeweils mit

zwei schwarzen Punkten.

GENITALIEN

& (Abb. 15) : Der Valvenaußenrand ist etwas abgeflacht, der Cucullus

relativ spitz, nur schwach abwärts gebogen. Die Anellusarme reichen

fast bis zur Uncusbasis. Dieser ist vor der Spitze etwas verbreitert.

Der Aedoeagus ist stark gebogen und länger als eine Valve.

Abb. 15. Stenoptilia lucasi sp. n. Männlicher Genitalapparat. GU 2846.

102

Abb. 16. Stenoptilia gratiolae GiBEAUx & NEL. Weiblicher Genitalapparat. GU 2837.

Abb. 17. Stenoptilia pterodactyla LINNAEUS. Weiblicher Genitalapparat. GU 2815.

103

Abb. 18. Stenoptilia bipunctidactyla Scorouı. Weiblicher Genitalapparat. GU 10668,

Mus. Vind.

Abb. 19. Stenoptilia amseli sp. n. Weiblicher Genitalapparat. GU 3189.

104

Abb. 20. Stenoptilia lucasi sp. n. Weiblicher Genitalapparat. Holotypus, GU 2848.

105

GENITALIEN

Q (Abb. 20) : Antrum bei ventraler Ansicht in Schräglage, zur rechten

Körperhälfte orientiert. Es ist stark sklerotisiert und hat etwa die halbe

Länge der Apophyses posteriores. Sein Analrand ist kreisförmig aus-

geschnitten, die Seitenränder der Ostiumöffnung sind analwärts vor-

gezogen. Der Ductus bursae ist doppelt so lang wie das Antrum. Der

Ductus seminalis zweigt unmittelbar vor der Einmündung des Ductus

bursae in das Corpus bursae ab. Letzteres mit zwei kräftigen Signa.

Apophyses anteriores fehlen. Analende des 7. Sternits in seiner Mitte

eingekerbt.

ERSTE STANDE UND OKOLOGIE

Unbekannt. Flugzeit der Imago VII.

VERBREITUNG

Kleinasien : Erciyes Dagh : Develi. Giimtishane.

Der Dank des Autors gilt Herrn Dr. Lucas, der einen Großteil des

bearbeiteten Materials zur Verfiigung stellte. Die neue Art soll ihm

gewidmet sein.

Literatur

ARENBERGER, E., 1984. Neue palaearktische Pterophoridae (Lep., Pteropho-

ridae, Platyptiliinae). Z. ArbGem. Ost. Ent. 36 (1/2) : 8-14.

ARENBERGER, E., 1988. Taxonomische Klarstellungen bei den Pterophoridae

(Lepidoptera). Stapfia 16 : 1-12.

ARENBERGER, E., 1989. Stenoptilia hahni nov. sp. — ein Neufund aus Spanien

(Lepidoptera : Pterophoridae). SHILAP Revta. lepid. 17 (67) : 327-331.

ARENBERGER, E., 1990. Die Typen von Stenoptilia nolckeni TENGSTROM und

Paraplatyptilia sahlbergi Poppıus comb. nov. (Lepidoptera, Pteropho-

ridae). Z. Arb. Gem. Ost. Ent. 41 (3/4), 1989 : 99-104.

Buszxo, J., 1979. Klucze do oznaczania owadow Polski 27. Warschau.

GIBEAUX, Ch., 1985. Révision des Stenoptilia de France avec la description

de deux espèces nouvelles (1¢ note) (Lep., Pterophoridae). Entomologica

gallica 1 (4) : 235-265.

GiBEAUx, Ch. & NEL, J., 1990. Description de Stenoptilia gratiolae n. sp.

(Lepidoptera, Pterophoridae). Bull. ANVL 65 (4) 1989 : 199-209.

HANNEMANN, H. J., 1977. Kleinschmetterlinge oder Microlepidoptera. 3.

Federmotten (Pterophoridae), Gespinstmotten (Yponomeutidae), Echte

Motten (Tineidae). In: Die Tierwelt Deutschlands 63. Teil. Jena. G.

Fischer.

106

HOFMANN, O., 1896. Die deutschen Pterophorinen. Berichte des naturwis-

senschaftlichen Vereines zu Regensburg. 5. Heft fiir die Jahre 1894/95.

RazowskI, J., 1988. Motyle (Lepidoptera) Polski. In: Monografie Fauny

Polski 17.

SCHWARZ, R., 1953. Motyli 3. Prag.

ZAGULAJEV, A. K., 1986. Pterophoridae. In: Trudy zool. Inst. Leningrad 4 :

26-215.

107

Nota lepid. 13 (2-3) : 108-119 ; 30.1X.1990 ISSN 0342-7536

Contributions à la connaissance des Coleophoridae. LXI

Trois espèces nouvelles

du groupe de Coleophora attalicella ZELLER, 1871

(Lepidoptera, Coleophoridae)

Giorgio BALDIZZONE

Via Manzoni 24, I-14100 Asti, Italie.

Résumé

Dans le présent travail, trois nouvelles espèces du groupe de Coleophora

attalicella ZELLER, 1871 sont décrites: C. mediae sp. n. et C. persana sp.

n., d'Iran, et C. walsinghami sp. n., de Syrie.

Summary

Three new species of the Coleophora attalicella ZELLER, 1871 group are

described : C. mediae sp. n. and C. persana sp. n., both from Iran, and C.

walsinghami sp. n., from Syria.

Le groupe de Coleophora attalicella ZELLER, 1871 est composé

d’espèces dont les genitalia appartiennent au 30°" groupe du système

de Toit (1952) tandis que l’habitus ressemble beaucoup à celui des

espèces du 18°me groupe de ce même système, groupe caractérisé par

des ailes antérieures à la couleur du fond ocre ou beige clair, avec

toutes les nuances intermédiaires, rayces par des lignes longitudinales

de couleur argent pur, d’extension variable. Les espèces connues,

jusqu’à présent, sont les suivantes : C. attalicella ZELLER, 1871, C.

quadrifariella STAUDINGER, 1880, C. amseliella Toi & AMSEL, 1967,

C. cyrta FaLxovitsH, 1973, C. psamata FALKOVITSH, 1973, C.

nomgona FALKOVITSH, 1975. Bientôt, il faudra ajouter deux nouvelles

espèces décrites par le Dr. FALKOVITSH, qui sont actuellement sous

presse : C. kargani et C. tomentosa (communication épistolaire de

l’auteur).

Selon nos connaissances actuelles, on peut dire qu’il s’agit d'espèces

de taille moyenne inféodées aux lieux arides, subdésertiques et même,

parfois, saumâtres, vivant aux dépens de plantes appartenant à la

108

famille des Chenopodiaceae. Il faut cependant, remarquer que la

biologie de la plupart des espèces est inconnue. Ce groupe est répandu

de la Mongolie jusqu’aux Balkans, mais il est surtout bien représenté

en Asie soviétique méridionale (Kazakhstan, Ouzbékistan, Turkménis-

tan, etc.), en Afghanistan et en Iran. Une seule espèce est connue

d'Europe (Roumanie et Hongrie). Elle est, actuellement, confondue

avec C. quadrifariella STAUDINGER. Il est dans mes intentions d’en

revoir le statut dans une prochaine note.

Le travail qui suit est uniquement consacré à la description de trois

nouvelles espèces de ce groupe, espèces que j’ai découvertes au cours

des années passées en étudiant le matériel indéterminé du Muséum

national d'Histoire naturelle, Paris, et des Landessammlungen für

Naturkunde de Karlsruhe : Coleophora mediae sp. n. et C. persana

sp. n., toutes deux d'Iran, et C. walsinghami sp. n., de Syrie. Pour

le prêt du matériel confié pour étude et pour les renseignements fournis,

mes remerciements vont au Dr Gérard Ch. Luouer de Paris, au Prof.

R. U. RoesLer de Karlsruhe et au Dr K. SATTLER de Londres. Le

Dr P. VIETTE a eu l’amabilité de revoir le texte en français.

ABRÉVIATIONS :

BMNH = British Museum of Natural History.

LNK = Landessammlungen für Naturkunde, Karlsruhe.

MNHN = Museum national d’Histoire naturelle, Paris.

Bldz = BALDIZZONE.

Coleophora mediae sp. n.

HoLotyPe & (PG Bldz 2648): «Z-Iran, Kashan, 22.V.1970, Karkas

berg, M. Abai leg.», coll. LNK.

PARATYPE © (PG Bldz 9110) : «Ab Ask, Persien, 22.VII.1971, 1800 m,

leg. Glaser», coll. Bldz.

DIAGNOsE : Envergure 14-15 mm. Tête (Pl. I, fig. 1), thorax et abdomen

de couleur créme. Palpes labiaux blancs : le deuxiéme article est a peu

près 0,5 fois plus long que le diamètre de l’œil et que le troisième

article. Antennes pourvues de quelques poils a la base du premier

article, entièrement blanches. Ailes antérieures de couleur ocre clair

pourvues de quelques écailles brunes, réunies dans la région apicale

et sur la cellule. Des lignes argentées se trouvent sur la surface des

ailes : la première le long de la costa en partant de la base, très large,

109

se termine en dessous de l’origine des franges ; la deuxième, soudée

à la base avec la première, suit le trajet de la nervure cu,, se terminant

avant le bord de l’aile ; entre ces deux lignes se trouve une tache argentée

allongée dans la région de la cellule ; la troisième ligne se trouve le

long du dorsum, de la base jusqu’au début des franges.

PLANCHE I

Fig. 1. C. mediae sp. n. : tête.

Fig. 2. C. walsinghami sp. n. : tête.

Fig. 3. C. persana sp. n. : tête.

GENITALIA MALES (PI. II, fig. 4) : Gnathos petit, globuleux. Tegumen

petit, rétréci en son milieu, pourvu de deux longs bras aplatis. Transtilla

subtriangulaire, courbe en forme de faux. Valvula large et allongée,

hérissée de soies minces, avec le bord dorsal concave et le bord ventral

110

PLANCHE II

Fig. 4.

Fig.

C. mediae sp. n. : genitalia mäles.

Idem : valve, sacculus et édéage grossis.

Idem : abdomen.

8. Idem : cornuti.

111

convexe. Valve trapue, un peu allongée, plus étroite à la base. Sacculus

large, très sclérifié, surtout le long des bords : le bord ventral est presque

droit, tandis que le bord latéral est un peu convexe et dentelé, se

terminant, dans l’angle dorso-caudal, par une protubérance trapue,

pourvue d’une petite dent émoussée. Édéage étroit et allongé, constitué

par deux baguettes minces, dont la plus courte atteint les 4/5 de l’autre :

les deux sont pourvues d’une dent aiguë en position dorsale un peu

avant l’apex. La vesica, sclérifiée ventralement, renferme deux grands

cornuti de structure différente : celui qui se trouve en position proximale

est étroit et très allongé en forme d’aiguille de pin, tandis que celui

qui se trouve en position distale est large à la base, qui est aplatie,

et se rétrécit vers l’apex, qui est légèrement courbe et en forme de

bec.

STRUCTURES DE RENFORCEMENT DE L’ABDOMEN (PI. II, fig. 6): Pas

de barres latéro-postérieures, celle transversale est presque droite, plus

épaisse en son milieu. Disques tergaux (3m tergite) a peu près 3,5

fois plus longs que larges, pourvus de petites épines coniques.

GENITALIA FEMELLES (Pl. III, fig. 9-10): Papilles anales petites et

allongées. Apophyses postérieures à peu près deux fois plus longues

que les antérieures. Lamella antevaginalis subtrapézoïdale, avec le bord

distal convexe, très creusé en son milieu, au niveau de l’ostium bursae

qui est ogival. Lamella postvaginalis plus petite, presque rectangulaire.

Infundibulum grand, subcylindrique, se continuant sous forme d’un

entonnoir dans le ductus bursae, qui est caractérisé par trois parties

différentes : la première, à peu près aussi longue que la lamella

antevaginalis, est pourvue de deux bandes sclérifiées latérales, revêtues

de petites épines coniques ; la deuxième, séparée de la première par

une toute petite zone transparente, est à peu près 5 fois plus longue

que la lamella antevaginalis et se caractérise par une bande spiralée

recouverte d’épines longues ressemblant aux piquants d’un hérisson ;

la troisième partie, à peu près aussi longue que la lamella antevaginalis,

est constituée de deux circonvolutions, pourvues d’épines coniques

émoussées très petites, qui deviennent encore plus petites, se transfor-

mant finalement en points, en allant vers la bursa. Corpus bursae petit,

presque rond, pourvu d’un petit signum en forme de feuille.

REMARQUE : La nouvelle espèce doit être placée près de C. nomgona

FALKOVITSH, espèce qui peut être séparée par les différences suivantes

dans les genitalia mâles : chez mediae, l’édéage est plus long avec une

grande dent sur chaque baguette, tandis que nomgona n’en montre

qu’une seule, plus petite ; les cornuti sont très différents ; le sacculus

de mediae a le bord latéral plus droit, pourvu de petites dents, qui

112

SWS

PLANCHE Ill

genitalia femelles.

t grossi

n.:

eremen

abdomen

: particu

Fig. 9-10. C. mediae sp.

Fig. 11. Idem

Fig. 12. Idem

118

manquent chez nomgona. Les genitalia femelles de mediae sont assez

différents de ceux de nomgona, notamment par les nombreuses épines

de différentes longueurs se trouvant dans le ductus bursae. Par rapport

aux genitalia femelles de C. cyrta FALKOVITSH, les différences sont les

suivantes : chez mediae, l’ostium bursae est plus étroit et plus profond ;

l’infudibulum de mediae est plus court et trapu ; la première partie

du ductus bursae de mediae est pourvue d’épines plus minces et

allongées ; mediae n’a qu’un seul signum dans la bursa, tandis que

cyrta en a deux, dont l’un semblable à une feuille et l’autre irrégu-

lièrement allongé et dentelé.

RÉPARTITION GÉOGRAPHIQUE : Iran central.

C. persana sp. n.

HoLotyPe @ (PG Bldz 5424): «NW-Iran, 15 km sö. Maku, 1050 m,

3.V1.1975, H. G. Amsel leg.» coll. LNK.

PARATYPES : 1 @ (PG Bldz 5735) ibidem, 7.VI.1975, coll. Bldz. 1 &

(PG Bldz 5726): «N-Iran, 70 km S Teheran, 1300 m, 29.V.1969, H.

G. Amsel leg.» coll. LNK.

DIAGNOSE : Envergure 16-16 mm. Tête (Pl. I, fig. 3), thorax et abdomen

d’un beige clair. Palpes labiaux blancs : le deuxième article, parsemé

dorsalement d’écailles beiges, est à peu près aussi long que le diamètre

de l’œil et 1,5 fois plus long que le troisième article. Antennes,

dépourvues de touffe de poils à la base, totalement blanches. Ailes

antérieures de couleur beige uniforme, rayées de lignes argentées : la

première se trouve le long de la costa, de la base jusqu’au début des

franges ; une tache allongée, séparée en deux parties, se trouve au niveau

de la cellule le long de la nervure m, ; la deuxième ligne est placée

sur la nervure cu,, en partant de la base, elle s’arrête avant le bord

de l’aile ; la troisième ligne se trouve sur le dorsum et se termine avant

les franges. Franges de couleur gris beige clair. Ailes postérieures brun

clair, avec les franges d’un gris beige clair.

GENITALIA MALES (PI. IV, fig. 13) : Gnathos petit, globuleux. Tegumen

petit, rétréci au milieu, pourvu de deux bras longs et aplatis. Transtilla

petite, courbe, subtriangulaire. Valvula petite, très sclérifiée, hérissée

de poils minces : la partie ventrale est courbe, en forme de goutte.

Sacculus avec le bord ventral courbe très sclérifié, présentant une dent

courte, trapue et émoussée dans l’angle ventro-caudal, tandis que dans

l’angle dorso-caudal on voit une protubérance en forme de corne trapue,

courbe, dentelée latéralement. Édéage long et courbe, caractérisé par

114

PLANCHE IV

Fig.

13. C. persana sp. n. : genitalia mâles (holotype).

14. Idem

15. Idem

16. Idem

17. Idem

abdomen.

valve, sacculus et édéage grossis.

cornuti trés grossis (holotype, PG Bldz 5424).

(paratype, PG Bldz 5726).

deux baguettes sclérifiées, dont la plus longue se termine en forme

de bec, courbe et aiguë à l’apex, tandis que la plus courte se termine

en forme de crochet. Les cornuti, nombreux (plus de 15) et de longueurs

différentes, sont réunis dans une structure très longue, dilatée à la base.

STRUCTURES DE RENFORCEMENT DE L’ABDOMEN (PI. IV, fig. 14) : Pas

de barres latéro-postérieures ; la transversale est presque droite avec

le bord distal plus épais. Disques tergaux (3° tergite), hérissés d’épines

coniques très courtes, à peu près 3 fois plus longs que larges.

REMARQUE : L'espèce, dont la femelle et la biologie sont inconnues,

doit être placée auprès de C. psamata FALKOVITSH, espèce qui peut

être séparée par les caractères suivants des genitalia mâles : ceux de

persana ont une structure plus allongée ; l’édéage est plus étroit et plus

long ; le sacculus est plus allongé et le bord latéral est bien plus courbe,

alors que l’angle ventro-caudal est moins nettement évident.

RÉPARTITION GÉOGRAPHIQUE : Iran septentrional.

C. walsinghami sp. n.

Holotype & (PG Bldz 2217) portant les étiquettes suivantes : 1) «Cé-

sarée», 2) «1920-1932 coll. L. & J. DE Joannis Muséum Paris»,

3) «3302, WLSM. 1898», 4) «Coleophora punctulella W\sm. Tyre €»,

coll. MNHN.

Lorsque j’ai trouvé cet exemplaire dans la collection L. & J. DE JOANNIS

au MNHN, j'ai découvert que le nom «punctulella» était in litteris.

Le Dr SATTLER a recherché ce nom dans le «notebook» de Lord

WALSINGHAM, qui est conservé au BMNH, et a retrouvé la date et

le numéro que WALSINGHAM avait écrit sur l’une des étiquettes de

l’exemplaire en question lorsque il l’avait examiné. Dans ce «notebook»,

il existe une esquisse en couleurs de DURRANT et une description

sommaire avec une remarque qui dit: «In bad condition — this 1s

only a sketch, not a finished drawing. Drnt.». J’ai donc décidé de décrire

cette espèce, mais avec le nom de walsinghami et non sous celui de

«punctulella», car il pourrait être confondu avec le C. punctulatella

de ZELLER, 1849. Il faut remarquer que l’exemplaire n’est pas en si

mauvaise condition ; il est seulement mal étalé.

DIAGNOSE: Envergure 14 mm. Tête (Pl. I, fig. 2) couleur crème.

Antennes, dépourvues de poils à la base, de couleur blanc sale uniforme.

Palpes labiaux couleur crème : le deuxième article est à peu près 0,5

fois plus long que le troisième et que le diamètre de l’ceil. Ailes

116

PLANCHE V

Fig. 18. C. walsinghami sp. n. : genitalia mâles.

Fig. 19. Idem : abdomen.

Fig. 20. Idem : valve, sacculus et édéage grossis.

Fig. 21. Idem : cornuti très grossis.

117

antérieures de couleur ocre clair parsemées de quelques écailles brunes,

qui forment un point brun foncé dans la cellule ; des lignes longitudinales

argentées se trouvent sur la surface des ailes : la première le long de

la costa, en partant de la base, s’arrête vers les 3/4, au début des

franges ; la deuxième ligne est mince à la base, puis s’elargit aussitôt

pour atteindre les 2/3 de Vaile en courant sur la nervure cu, ; une

petite tache argentée oblongue se trouve entre ces deux lignes près

de la tache brune de la cellule ; la troisième ligne, très mince, est placée

le long du dorsum et, en partant de la base, atteint l’origine des franges.

Les franges sont gris jaune clair. Ailes postérieures gris clair, avec les

franges d’un gris jaune clair.

GENITALIA MALES (Pl. V, fig. 18) : Gnathos petit, globuleux. Tegumen

étroit avec deux bras étroits et allongés. Transtilla aplatie subtriangulaire.

Valve courte et trapue en forme d'oreille. Valvula très sclérifiée, avec

une région dorsale large, hérissée de soies minces et une région ventrale

oblongue. Sacculus grand, avec le bord latéral très sclérifié et légèrement

dentelé, se terminant dans l’angle dorso-caudal par un long processus

surmonté de deux dents aiguës de longueur différente. Édéage courbe

et allongé, caractérisé par deux bandes sclérifiées de longueur différente :

la plus longue, élargie dans sa partie médiane, se retrécit à l’apex, qui

est courbe, très sclérifié, en forme de corne émoussée ; la seconde, à

peu près 1/5 plus courte que la première, porte une petite dent sub-

triangulaire vers les 3/4 en partant de la base. Les cornuti sont au

nombre de 4, très petits, de forme triangulaire et de longueur différente,

réunis dans une formation semblable à une épine.

STRUCTURES DE RENFORCEMENT DE LABDOMEN (PI. V. fig. 19): Pas

de barres latéro-postérieures, celle transversale est légèrement courbe,

avec le bord proximal épais et le bord distal constitué par deux demi-

lunes à la base des disques tergaux du deuxième tergite. Disques tergaux

(3ème tergite), hérissés de petites épines coniques, à peu près 3,5 fois

plus longs que larges.

REMARQUE : L'espèce, dont la femelle et la biologie sont inconnues,

appartient certainement au groupe de C. attalicella, mais par suite de

la structure très particulière des genitalia mâles, il m’est impossible de

la rapprocher de quelque autre espèce déjà connue, surtout par la forme

du sacculus et de l’édéage.

REPARTITION GÉOGRAPHIQUE : Suivant les notes trouvées dans le

«notebook» de WALSINGHAM, l’exemplaire a été recueilli a Césarée de

Syrie.

118

Références

BALDIZZONE, G., 1986. Nuove sinonimie nel genere Coleophora HUEBNER (V).

Contribuzioni alla conoscenza dei Coleophoridae. XLIX (Lepidoptera).

Riv. Piem. St. Nat. 7 : 133-144.

FALKOVITSH, M. I., 1973. Contribution to the knowledge of casebearers

(Lepidoptera, Coleophoridae) of the Kisilkum Desert. Trudy vses. ent.

Obshch. 56 : 199-233.

FALKOVITSH, M. I., 1975. Ergebnisse der zoologischen Forschungen von Dr.

I. Kaszas in der Mongolei, 325. Neue Arten der Familie Coleophoridae

(Lepidoptera). I. Nasekomye Mongol. 3 : 351-369.

STAUDINGER, O., 1880. Lepidopteren-Fauna Kleinasiens. Horae Soc. ent. ross.

15 : 369-435.

Tor, S., 1952. Rodzina Eupistidae (Coleophoridae). Polski. Docum. Physiogr.

Polon. 32 : 292 pp.

ToL, S. & AMSEL, H. G., 1967. Coleophoridae aus Afghanistan (Lepidoptera,

Coleophoridae). Beitr. naturk. Forsch. Stidw. Dtl. 26 (3) : 5-16.

ZELLER, P. C., 1871. Lepidopterologische Beobachtungen im Jahre 1870. Stett.

ent. Zing. 32 : 49-81.

119

Nota lepid. 13 (2-3) : 120-128 ; 30.1X.1990 ISSN 0342-7536

Beitrag zur Verbreitung und Taxonomie

von Agriphila brioniella (ZERNY, 1914)

und A. latistria (HAwoRTH, 1811)

(Lepidoptera, Pyralidae, Crambinae)

Imre FAZEKAS

Komloer Naturhistorische Sammlung

H-7300 Komlé, Lenin tér 1. Ungarn.

Summary

Data are reported on the geographical distribution of Agriphila brioniella

(ZERNY, 1914) and A. latistria (HAWORTH, 1811). A. vasilevi GANEV, 1983

and À. asiatica GANEV & HACKER, 1984 are synonymized with À. brioniella.

The taxon vallicolella (Costa, 1885) is considered to be only a form of A.

latistria as it occurs throughout the range of the species and cannot be

distinguished on the basis of genital, ecological or phenological characters.

Agriphila brioniella (ZERNY, 1914)

Ann. Hofmus. Wien 28 : 298. Locus typicus : Istrien, Brioni (Abb. 1-

25).

Agriphila vasilevi GANEV, 1983. Nota lepid. 6 : 210-213. Syn. n. Locus typicus :

Bulgarien, Zentral-Rhodope, Gegend Halpatsch, nordwestlich von Tschepalare,

900 m.

Agriphila asiatica GANEV & HACKER, 1984. Nota lepid. 7 : 238-241. Syn. n.

Locus typicus : Ttirkei, Prov. Adana, 6 km N. Feke, 1100 m.

Die geographische Verbreitung und taxonomische Gliederung der Art

brioniella ist immer noch nur lückenhaft bekannt. BLeszynskı (1957)

behauptet : „A. brioniella (ZERNY) is a Mediterranean species reaching

its northern border of distribution in Hungary“. Er erwähnt sie von

Ungarn auch in seiner zusammenfassenden Arbeit über die Paläarktis

(BLESzYNSKI, 1965). Diese Angaben sind jedoch verfehlte Interpretat-

ionen der von SZENT-IvAny und UHrRIK-MESZARoSs (1942) mitgeteilten

Fundort-Angaben. Die Art wurde von diesen Autoren nämlich aus

dem Gebiete des heutigen Rumänien erwähnt (Fundort : Borosjend und

Herkulesfürdö). Das Vorkommen von brioniella ist auf dem Gebiet

des derzeitigen Ungarns noch nicht belegt. Geographische Verbreitung :

Kleinasien, Transkaukasien, Halbinsel Krim, Balkanhalbinsel (Bulga-

120

[

init

UT “

"hy

Abb. 1-6. Agriphila brioniella (ZERNY), rechte Vorderflügel : 1. Jugoslawien : Brioni

(Lectotype) ; 2. Jugoslawien : Brioni ; 3. Jugoslawien : Sansego, Küstenland ; 4. Zypern :

Limassol ; 5. Sizilien : Madonie ; 6. Albanien : Kruma.

rien, Albanien, Jugoslawien, Rumänien), Zypern, Sizilien, Italien und

Stid-Frankreich.

In der einschlägigen Literatur gibt es nur wenige Angaben über die

starke Variabilität der morphologischen Merkmale sowie der Genitalien

von brioniella. Die Typen der Art sind nur in der Originalbeschreibung

abgebildet. Die Abbildungen in BLEszynsxk1’s Arbeiten (1957, 1965),

auch jene der Genitalien, beruhen fast ausschliesslich auf italienischen

Exemplaren, und repräsentieren eben deshalb nicht das vollkommene

Bild des Taxons. Eine nur lückenhaft durchgeführte vergleichende

Analyse der geographischen Variabilität von brionella führte zu der

Beschreibung zweier neuer Arten: A. vasilevi GANEV und A. asiatica

GANEV & HACKER.

A. vasilevi wurde nach einem einzige Männchen und A. asiatica nach

einem Männchen und einem Weibchen beschrieben. Unterschiede

121

zwischen À. vasilevi und A. brioniella sind in der Urbeschreibung nur

wenige angegeben : “Die Form der Valve wie bei brioniella, jedoch

etwas länger. An der Basis breiter als bei brioniella. Saccus breiter.

Aedoeagus so lang wie die Valve, Form wie bei A. paleatella. Cornuti

1/2 länger als bei brioniella“. A. asiatica soll von A. brioniella

hauptsächlich durch die Zahl der Cornuti (23) und in der Form des

Ductus bursae verschieden sein.

Nach einer vergleichenden Analyse der Typen sowie mehreren Exem-

plare, die aus verschiedenen Gebieten stammen, kann ich die ange-

gebenen Unterschiede nur als normale Variationen innerhalb der Art

brioniella betrachten. Deshalb erkläre ich die Taxa Agriphila vasilevi

GANEV, 1983 und Agriphila asiatica GANEV & HACKER, 1984 für

Synonyme der Art Agriphila brioniella (ZERNY, 1914).

Abb. 7. Männlicher Genitalapparat von Agriphila brioniella (ZERNY) (Lectotype),

Jugoslawien : Brioni, GP Fazekas Nr. 2230.

122

: USIMEISOSNÇ ‘I I-OI

"BUENOS eENIA “AIUOPEIN : USMIZIS “¢7-7Z : OSNIOZZAIN : USIZIS ‘[Z-0C : PUINIY : UsTURQTYV “61-81

-yyuag gal[Z ‘OISSUSRUOIA NON : USIMEISOSNL '/[-9] ‘ esımo) ESSIT [osuf : UdIMETSOSNE 'SI-yJ { UIUY : UsIMETSOSNE EJ-ZI { 33uaZ

* BUS] : USIMETSOSNE ‘6-8 : (ANUYAZ) vyaruoug vpydusy uoA (yereddeferusn aysıuugur) unefelsoy ‘7-8 ‘qq

123

Abb. 24-25. Weiblicher Genitalapparat von Agriphila brioniella (ZERNY) :

24. Jugoslawien ; Brioni (Paralectotype), GP FAZEKAS Nr. 2231 ; 25. Zypern : Limassol,

GP BLEszynskI Nr. 3710.

124

BESCHREIBUNG : Spannweite 20-28 mm. Stirnkegel abgerundet oder

auffallend spitz hervorspringend. Palpus labialis gräulich und dunkel-

braun gefleckt. Farbe des Kopfes, Thorax und Hinterleibes weiss und

gelb in verschiedenem Grade miteinander gemischt. Grundfarbe des

Vorderfliigels von weisslich-gelb durch blassgelb bis zu bräunlich-gelb

in allen möglichen Farbtönen. Querlinien manchmal kräftig hervor-

tretend, ein anderes Mal aber blass (Abb. 1-6) ; manchmal verschwinden

sie völlig. Der Fleck unter der Zelle meistens verbleibend, es gibt jedoch

Exemplare, die völlig frei von einer Zeichnung sind. Hinterflügel weiss-

lich schimmernd, auf seinem Apex gräulich, oder bräunlich eingestreut.

MÄNNLICHE GENITALIEN (Abb. 17-23) : Stark variabel. Der obere Rand

der Costalarm der Valva gerade, konvex oder wellenförmig, apikal-

swärts spitz auslaufend, ausgekerbt oder abgerundet. Zahl der Cornuti

im Aedoeagus 8-23.

WEIBLICHE GENITALIEN (Abb. 24-25): Apophyses posteriores kurz

ausgezogen oder abgerundet. Bursa des Ostium kegelförmig, Ductus

bursae sklerotisiert, an seiner Basis manchmal jedoch erweitert. Gestalt

der Bursa copulatrix weitgehend von der Fixierung des Präparates

abhängig.

Agriphila latistria latistria (HAWORTH, 1811)

Lep. Brit. : 485. Locus typicus : “England“

(Abb. 26-38).

Agriphila latistria vallicolella (Costa, 1885).

Bull. Soc. ent. Ital. 17 : 252. Syn. n. Neotypus male : “Sardinia, Gennargentu,

Aritzo, 16.IX. Geo. C. KRUGER“. In coll. Nat. Hist. Mus. Wien.

Die Art ist von Mesopotamien durch die Balkanhalbinsel sowie Mittel-

und Westeuropa (einschliesslich der Britischen Inseln) im mediterranen

Raum sowie in Nordafrika verbreitet. Ihr Areal ist jedoch diskonti-

nuierlich. Das Vorkommen der Art konnte in mehreren Ländern bis-

her nicht belegt werden ; aus Ungarn wurde sie irrtümlich gemeldet

(BLESZYNSKI, 1965 : 244). Innerhalb Ungarns derzeitigen Staatsgrenzen

wurde sie noch nicht gefunden (vgl. SZENT-IVANY & UHRIK-MESZAROS,

1942 : 123). In der Umgebung des Karpatenbeckens kommt die Art

nur in Slovenien und im Burgenland vor.

Die Art /atistria zeichnet sich durch eine starke Variabilität aus. Bisher

war nur eine Unterart beschrieben, vallicolella von Sardinien. Auf

Sardinien wurden jedoch nicht nur vallicolella entsprechende Formen

gesammelt, sondern auch solche, die sich mit der Nominatform als

identisch erwiesen haben. Andererseits kommen auf der Halbinsel

125

Istrien und in anderen Gebieten des Mediterraneums Exemplare neben

der Nominatform vor, die einen dem der vallicolella vollig identischen

Habitus zeigen. Querstreifen, die fiir vallicolella bezeichnend sind,

können — wenn auch etwas blassere — auch an britischen Exemplaren

beobachtet werden. Ahnlich dem Habitus der Tiere weisen auch die

Genitalien extreme individuelle Variationen auf (Abb. 30-38), vor allem

hinsichtlich der Gestalt des Costalarmes der Valva sowie der Zahl und

Grosse der Cornuti.

Aufgrund eines Vergleiches von Serien, die von verschiedenen geogra-

phischen Gebieten stammen, lässt sich feststellen, dass vallicolella in

sämtlichen Populationen auftreten kann ; vallicolella besitzt kein selb-

ständiges Areal, es ist unmöglich sie aufgrund des Baues der Genitalien,

ihrer morphologischen Merkmale sowie Phänologie eindeutig zu cha-

rakterisieren. Das Taxon vallicolella Costa, 1885 muss deshalb als

infrasubspezifisch (Form) betrachtet werden.

Abb. 26-29. Agriphila latistria (HAWORTH), rechte Vorderflügel : 26. England : London ;

27. Sardinien : Aritzo ; 28. Jugoslawien : Istria, Sansego ; 29. Jugoslawien : Dalmatien,

Gravosa.

Abb. 30. Männlicher Genitalapparat von Agriphila latistria (HAworTH), England :

London, GP Fazekas Nr. 2245.

126

Abb. 31-34. Valva (männlicher Genitalapparat) von Agriphila latistria (HAWORTH) :

31. Jugoslawien : Istria ; 32. Jugoslawien : Gravosa ; 33. Sardinien : Aritzo ; 34. Oster-

reich : Burgenland. GP FAZEKAS Nr. 2235, 2253, 2249, 2248.

Abb. 35-38. Ostium-Tasche und Ductus bursae (weiblicher Genitalapparat) von Agri-

Phila latistria (HAWORTH) : 35. Spanien: Pityusen, Ibiza ; 36. Gibraltar : Algeciras ;

37. Syrien : «Syria 92. coll. REBEL» ; 38. Spanien : Albarracin. GP FAZEKAS Nr. 2250,

2251/2247 2252,

Dank

Ich möchte dem Herrn Dr. Martin Lôpz (Nat. Hist. Mus. Wien) meinen

besten Dank aussprechen, da er mir eine vergleichende Untersuchung der

Typenexemplare sowie verschiedener Serien ermöglicht hat.

Literatur

BLESZYNSKI, S., 1957. Studies on the Crambidae. Part XIV. Revision of the

European species of the Generic Group Crambus Es. Acta Zool.

Cracov. 1 : 161-622.

BLESZYNSKI, S., 1965. Crambinae. Jn AMSEL, GREGOR, REISSER (Eds):

Microlepidoptera Palaearctica I. Verl. G. Fromme & Co., Wien.

GANEV, J., 1983. Zur Systematik der Crambidae der Balkan-Halbinsel III

(Lepidoptera, Crambidae). Nota lepid. 6 : 210-213.

127

GANEV, J. & HACKER, H., 1984. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Microlepidopteren

der Türkei. Die Crambidae (Lepidoptera, Pyraloidea) der Ausbeute H.

HACKER aus dem Jahr 1983 nebst Beschreibung neuer Taxa. Nota lepid.

7 : 237-250. |

SZENT-IVANY, J. & UHRIK-MEszAros, T., 1942. Die Verbreitung der Pyra-

lididen im Karpatenbecken. Ann. hist.-nat. Mus. Hung. 35 : 105-196.

128

Nota lepid. 13 (2-3) : 129-132 ; 30.1X.1990 ISSN 0342-7536

Exzeptionelle und partielle Parthenogenese

bei Heterogyniden.

Beschreibung der ersten Larvalstände und des Weibchens

von Heterogynis andalusica thomas ZıLLı, 1987

(Lepidoptera, Heterogynidae)

Josef J. DE FREINA & Thomas J. Witt

Josef J. de Freina, Eduard Schmid-Straße 10, D-8000 München 90.

Thomas J. Witt, TengstraBe 33, D-8000 Miinchen 40.

Zusammenfassung

Für 99 einer nordafrikanischen Heterogyniden-Population des Taxons Hete-

rogynis andalusica thomas ZırLı, 1987 konnten Beobachtungen gemacht

werden, die mit hoher Wahrscheinlichkeit auf parthenogenetische Entwicklung

schließen lassen. Allerdings scheint diese nicht bei allen 99 einer Generation

aufzutreten, sondern nur bei einem niedrigen Prozentsatz derselben. Ob par-

tielle Jungfernzeugung über alle Generationen hinweg konstant auftritt oder

azyklisch, müssen weitere Untersuchungen klären. Vermutlich sind jedoch

abiotische Faktoren oder das Fehlen von begattungsfähigen 46 Auslöser zur

Entwicklung von Parthenoblasten. Beschrieben werden die L, bzw. L,-Raupe

des Taxon thomas Zur, 1987 und die QQ.

Summary

Observations on living and dead female material of a Heterogynidae-population

from North-Africa (Heterogynis andalusica thomas ZıLLı, 1987) show that

partial or exceptional parthenogenesis is probable in the family Heterogynidae.

A description of the female and the L, and L,-larvae of taxon thomas is

given.

Einleitung

Beobachtungen an lebendem bzw. abgestorbenem weiblichen Material

einer nordafrikanischen Heterogynidae-Population (Heterogynis anda-

lusica thomas ZıLı, 1987) zeigen, daß bei der Familie der Mottenspinner

(Heterogynidae) partielle (exzeptionelle) Jungfernzeugung (Partheno-

genese) sehr wahrscheinlich ist.

Mitte Juni 1979 erhielt der Zweitautor aus Algerien stammende Ge-

spinste zugesandt, die von C. NAUMANN, Bielefeld, in Nordalgerien,

129

Prov. Alger, Col de Ben Chicao, 1240 m am 6. Juni 1979 neben einer

kleinen Serie von @¢@ eingetragen worden waren.

Die Gespinste blieben zunächst einige Tage unbeachtet und wurden

dann 9 Tage nach dem Auflesen im Lebensraum ihrer algerischen

Heimat mechanisch mit Hilfe einer Schere durch Längsschnitt geöffnet.

Dieses Öffnen diente dem Zwecke der Kontrolle, ob es sich um frisches,

noch lebendes (eventuelle noch ungeschlüpfte Puppen) oder bereits

abgestorbenes Material handelte. Die Feinstruktur der seidenglänzenden

Gespinste deutete darauf hin, daß deren Verfertiger derselben Nach-

kommenschaft angehören mußten wie die im Freiland am 6.6.1979

gefangenen dd, denn ältere, bereits abgestorbene und überjährige

Gespinste verlieren in der Regel ihren Glanz und die lockere Gewe-

bestruktur verklebt und verdichtet sich.

In den geöffneten Gespinsten fanden sich eigenartigerweise ausschließlich

weibliche Individuen, in wenigen Exemplaren bereits tot und einge-

schrumpft, in den meisten Fällen jedoch noch lebend. Männliche

Puppen waren nicht darunter, was a) auf eine frühere Flugzeit der

dd und b) vielleicht auf eine andere Nische als Verpuppungsort

derselben schließen läßt. Möglicherweise befinden sich die männlichen

Gespinste in Bodennähe, während die weiblichen Raupen ihre Gespinste,

für das menschliche Auge deutlicher wahrnehmbar, an Grashalmen

über dem Boden anfertigen.

Von besonderem Interesse ist, daß wir es bei den weiblichen Individuen

anscheinend mit zwei unterschiedlichen Entwicklungsformen zu tun

haben, eine Feststellung, die sich aus dem Untersuchungsmaterial

ableiten läßt. Die 99 in den Gespinsten lassen sich nämlich in zwei

Gruppen unterteilen.

Danach gibt es zum einen QQ, die (völlig oder auch nur teilweise) aus

der Puppenhülle schlüpfen, um dann im Gespinst von den 3& begattet,

darin auch ihren Eiervorrat ablegen.

Andere 99 derselben Population streifen dagegen weder die Puppen-

hülle ab, noch verlassen sie das Gespinst. Diese QQ (3 Exemplare ;

im Gegensatz hierzu 16 QQ, die die Puppenhülle ganz oder teilweise

abgestreift hatten und an deren Legeöffnung sich eine unterschiedliche

Anzahl unbefruchteter Eier befand) scheinen keine Eier zu legen. Beim

Öffnen des Gespinstes stößt man zunächst auf eine unbeschädigte und

damit völlig geschlossene Puppenhülle, in der sich aber eine große Zahl

von Eiraupen entwickelt, die sich zunächst im und vom Körper des

Muttertieres ernähren (nekrophage Phase), um im weiteren Entwick-

lungszyklus die Puppenhülle benagen, sie durchstoßen, um sich schließ-

130

lich an der Futterpflanze weiterzuernähren (phytophage Phase). Diese

unterschiedliche Biologie läßt das Vorhandensein parthenogenetischer

Entwicklung bei einem geringen Prozentsatz der 99 als sehr wahr-

scheinlich erscheinen.

Zuchtbericht

Vorneweg die unbefriedigende Tatsache, daB die Zucht nur bis zum

Beginn des L,-Stadium gelang. Dennoch konnten aus der mißglückten

Zucht neue Erkenntnisse über die Biologie der Art und die Phänologie

der Raupe im L, und L,-Stadium gewonnen werden.

Den von den 3 99 stammenden 179 Eiraupen wurden nach Öffnung

und Verlassen des Muttertieres versuchsweise verschiedene Ginsterarten

angeboten, von denen sie schließlich die schmalen Blätter eines gelb

blühenden Strauchginsters zögernd annahmen. Erschwert wurde die

Zucht dadurch, daß die Raupen ohne Sonnenbestrahlung nicht fraßen,

andererseits aber bei Sonneneinstrahlung spontan die hellste Stelle des

Zuchtbehälters aufsuchten, ohne sich dann dabei der Nahrungsauf-

nahme zu widmen. Das war letztenendes die Hauptursache für das

Scheitern der Zucht, wohl im Bewußtsein der Tatsache, daß auch die

Unkenntnis um die eigentliche Futterpflanze und das nur widerwillig

angenommene Ersatzfutter die Zucht negativ beeinflußten. Nach Be-

obachtung von NAUMANN (mündl. Mitt.) ist im Biotop am Col de

ben Chicao eine Onobrychis-Art (Leguminosae) üppig vorhanden, die

als mögliche Futterpflanze in Betracht zu ziehen ist.

Beschreibung der ersten Raupenstadien

Eiraupe 2,3 mm lang, im erwachsenem L,-Stadium 4 mm. Grundfär-

bung hell gelbgrau, Kopf dunkler grau. Segmenteinschnitte ebenfalls

grau, dorsal noch etwas dunkler grau. Kopf mit feiner, kurzer Be-

borstung, Segmente mit acht kleinen, schwarzen, kurzbehaarten Warzen

(davon lateral vier) besetzt. Das 1., 2. und 3. Segment sowie das 6.,

7., 8. und 9. mit je einem Beinpaar.

Die Raupe im 2. Stadium ist zu Anfang 6 mm lang, der Kopf ist grau-

beige, die Mundwerkzeuge sind bereits stark sklerotisiert. Die Grund-

färbung ist nach wie vor schmutzig graugelb, jedoch durch die Nah-

rungsaufnahme etwas weniger transparent.

Die schwarzen Warzen sind nun auffallend knopfartig erhaben und

massiver, die Behaarung im Vergleich zur Eiraupe deutlich länger.

131

Beschreibung des Weibchens

von Heterogynis andalusica thomas Z111, 1987

ZıLLı beschrieb 1987 nach Tieren, die ebenfalls vom Col de Ben Chicao

stammen, das Taxon thomas im Artrang. Nach jüngster Untersuchung

der Verfasser zeigen die Tiere aber sehr viel Übereinstimmung mit

Heterogynis andalusica DANIEL, 1966, (dessen Typenmaterial ZıLLı

1987 zum Vergleich nicht zur Verfügung stand), so daß thomas ZıLı,

1987 wohl besser als Unterart von dieser einzustufen ist (vgl. DE FREINA

& Wirt, 1990: 87). Die thomas-Typenserie beinhaltet auch 2 99

exemplare, deren Beschreibung bzw. Differentialdiagnose zu A. penella

von ZILLI (1987: 40) jedoch unterblieb. Die QQ aus Nordalgerien

unterscheiden sich sehr deutlich von typischen penella-QQ. Im Gegensatz

zu diesen sind sie nicht so schlank, dafür deutlich kürzer und

tönnchenförmiger, caudad verbreitert. Kopf und vordere Beine hell

gelblich (bei penella sind diese schwarzbraun), die Bauchbeine verküm-

mert. Grundfärbung milchig trübwe1B, dorsaler feiner Mittelstreifen

zimtfarben, an den Segmenteinschnitten mit feiner kurzer, ebenso

gefärbter Querlinierung, im Gegensatz hierzu eine breite, schokoladen-

braune, dorsale Wellenbinde bei penella. Im Übergang zum lateralen

Bereich jeweils ein weiteres feines Zackenband, sublateral an jeder Seite

ein doppeltes Zackenband. Ventral vom Kopf bis zur Bauchmitte ein

sich nach hinten verlierendes Band von gleicher Färbung. Eine farbige

Abbildung beider Geschlechter erfolgt bei DE FREINA & Witt (1990) :

Tafel 10, sowie S. 79, Abb. 44-52.

Literatur

CHAPMAN, T. A., 1905. On the matrivorous habit of the species of Heterogynis,

RMBR. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. : 177-184.

FREINA, J. DE & T. Wirt, 1990. Die Bombyces und Sphinges der Westpa-

laearktis, Band 2. — Edition Forschung und Wissenschaft GmbH,

München.

Zi, A., 1987. Osservazioni sulle Heterogynis RAMBUR, 1837 dell’Africa

settentrionale e descrizione di una nuova specie (Lepidoptera, Zygaeno-

idea, Heterogynidae). Fragm. Entomol., Roma 20 (1) : 33-43.

152

Nota lepid. 13 (2-3) : 133-136 ; 30.1X.1990 ISSN 0342-7536

On the identity of Annickia alpicola GIBEAUX, 1990

(Lepidoptera, Tineidae, Gracillariidae)

Peter HUEMER

Tiroler Landesmuseum Ferdinandeum, Museumstr. 15, A-6020 Inssbruck, Austria.

Summary

The monotypic genus Annickia GiBEAUx, 1990, recently described in the

Tineidae (Meessiinae) is transferred to the Gracillariidae and synonymized

with Callisto STEPHENS, 1834. A. alpicola GiBEAUx, 1990, is a new synonym

of C. coffeella (ZETTERSTEDT, 1839).

Zusammenfassung

Die neulich in den Tineidae (Meessiinae) beschriebene Gattung Annickia

GiBEAUX, 1990, wird zu den Gracillariidae überführt und mit Callisto

STEPHENS, 1834, synonymisiert. A. alpicola GiBEAUX, 1990, ist ein neues

jüngeres Synonym von C. coffeella (ZETTERSTEDT, 1839).

The lepidoptera fauna of Central Europe is one of the best known

in the world and therefore new species are rarely found. Every candidate

for a description has to be studied with due suspicion to avoid possible

new synonymies.

Recently, a new taxon has been described in the family Tineidae from

a single male specimen taken in the French Alps (GißEAux, 1990).

Having consulted specialists of this family, neither of whom knew the

species, nor its generic position, it was described as a new genus and

species : Annickia alpicola. Unfortunately it was not recognized that

the discussed taxon in fact belongs to the Gracillariidae where it is

simply a new synonym.

Callisto STEPHENS, 1834, Illustrations of British Entomology (Haus-

tellata) 4 : 276. Type species : Tinea denticulella THUNBERG, 1794, D.

D. Dissertatio Entomologica sistens Insecta Svecica 7 : 97, by original

designation.

Annickia GiBEAUX, 1990, Entomologica gallica 2 : 23. Type species :

Annickia alpicola GiBEAUX, 1990, ibidem 2: 23, by original desi-

gnation and monotypy. Syn. n.

183

ein es.

nan CP PR VO ns _ u ln dt Se u a u Ka

‘(p NILL) NNvWAng “ST “OC6T'E 1 T2 ‘UT 0007 JUSA

‘dos [OLE], “erysny [JA WNUIAS : Ç 'sndespse : Z eifepusd: | “eyewued seul ‘(LAALSAALIAZ) 27/22/02 oso) “¢-[ ‘SU

134

Callisto coffeella (ZETTERSTEDT, 1839), Insecta Lapponica : 1009

(Oecophora).

Callisto interruptella (ZETTERSTEDT, 1839), Insecta Lapponica : 1009

(Oecophora) (Synonymized with coffeella by BENANDER, 1940: 61).

Callisto alpicola (GiBEAUX, 1990), Entomologica gallica 2: 23.

Comb. n., syn. n.

A full generic and specific synonymy is not given.

Discussion

The genus Callisto includes 5 European species which can be distin-

guished both externally and in the genitalia. The supposed phylogenetic

interrelationships of four species has been studied by Kyrki et al.

(1984). Species of Callisto are particulary characterized by a long and

slender aedeagus, a long and narrow saccus in the male genitalia and

paired, finely dentate long and narrow signa in the females. C. coffeella

has the following characteristics in the male genitalia: sternum VII

indented at apex, posterior processes of the anellus united basally,

aedeagus without spines at the tip (figs. 1-3). The description of alpicola

is very precise and fits perfectly with the figures of the type material

of coffeella (BENANDER, 1940 : 65, fig. 13) and with other illustrations

of this species (e.g. KUZNETSOV, 1981 : 222, pl. 210, fig. 2, pl. 213, fig. 3).

DisTRIBUTION : C. coffeella shows an arctoalpine pattern of distribution

and it has been recorded from Scotland, Norway, Finland, Sweden,

Poland and USSR (Carpathian Mts. and adjacent uplands) and from

Germany, Austria, Switzerland, Yugoslavia, Italy and France (Alps).

The species was recorded from France by LERAUT (1977).

BıoLoGy and HABITAT: Larvae feed on Salix spp. first in leafmines

on the lower surface, later feeding under a turned down edge of a

leaf, similar to other species of the genus. The moth flies actively during

sunshine, usually around sallow bushes in the subalpine and alpine

zones. The habitat described by GiBEAUx (1990) is typical for this

species.

Acknowledgements

I am indebted to Dr. M. Löpı (Vienna) for help with literature and to Dr.

G. TARMANN (Innsbruck) for helpful discussions.

135

References

BENANDER, P., 1940. Revision von ZETTERSTEDTS lappländischen Microle-

pidoptera. Opusc. ent. 5 : 49-65.

Buszxo, J. & BARANIAK, E., 1987. Studies on the mining Lepidoptera of

Poland. III. Species of the genus Callisto STEPH. (Gracillariidae). Polski

Pismo ent. 57 : 783-786.

GiBEAUX, Ch., 1990. Annickia alpicola nov. gen., nov. sp. (Lepidoptera

Tineidae Meessiinae). Ent. gall. 2 : 23-25. |

KARSHOLT, O. & SCHMIDT NIELSEN, E., 1986. The Lepidoptera described

by P. C. THUNBERG. Ent. scand. 16 : 433-463.

Kuznetsov, V. I., 1981. 24. Sem. Gracillariidae (Lithocolletidae), pp. 149-311

in M. I. FaLkovic & G. S. MEDVEDEV (Eds). Opredelitel nasekomyh

evropejskoj casti SSSR. 4. Cesuekrylye. 2. 788 pp., Leningrad.

KyrkIl, J. et al., 1984. Biology and diagnostic characters of Callisto insperatella

(Lepidoptera, Gracillariidae). Notulae ent. 64 : 69-73.

LERAUT, P., 1977. Quatre Lépidoptères à ajouter à la faune de France

(Gracillariidae, Nepticulidae). Bull. Soc. Lép. fr. 1 : 91-92.

136

Nota lepid. 13 (2-3) : 137-146 ; 30.1X.1990 ISSN 0342-7536

Biselachista brachypterella sp. n.

(Lepidoptera, Elachistidae)

Josef KLIMESCH

Donatusgasse 4, A-4020 Linz/ Donau, Österreich.

Summary

A new Biselachista species near B. trapeziella (STAINTON, 1849) has been found

in the mountains of the Sextener Dolomites (northern Italy). The species differs

from B. trapeziella in external appearance, but no constant differences in the

genitalia could be found. Biselachista brachypterella is the first alpine elachistid

species known to have a brachypterous female. The moth and its genitalia

are described and illustrated and comparisons are made with the closely related

Biselachista trapeziella and the very similar, but not related Elachista heine-

manni FREY, 1866 (immolatella ZELLER, 1868).

Zusammenfassung

Nachstehend wird eine neue, durch Brachypterie beim Weibchen auffallende,

aus den Sextener Dolomiten (Südtirol, Norditalien) stammende Biselachista-

Art aus der Verwandtschaft der B. trapeziella (STAINTON, 1849) beschrieben.

Äußerlich der Elachista heinemanni Frey, 1866 (immolatella ZELLER, 1868)

sehr ähnlich, weist die neue Art keine durchgreifenden, morphologischen

Unterschiede zu Biselachista trapeziella (STAINTON) auf. Es werden Zeichnun-

gen der neuen Art von beiden Geschlechtern, deren Flügelgeäder und

Genitalien sowie vergleichsweise diesbezügliche Abbildungen der verwandten

B. trapeziella und Skizzen der Genitalien der sehr ähnlichen Zlachista heine-

manni Frey (immolatella ZELLER) gebracht. Der Lebensraum der neuen Art

wird durch eine grobe Skizzierung der floristischen Verhältnisse vorgestellt.

Die ersten Stände blieben bisher unbekannt.

Einleitung

Gelegentlich mehrerer in den Jahren 1986-1989 unternommener Ex-

kursionen in die nordexponierten lichten Lärchenbestände des Kreuz-

bergpasses (Passo di Montecroce di Comelico, 1630-1650 m) in den

Sextener Dolomiten erhielt ich durch Kätschern in den reichlichen

Gramineen- und Cyperaceenbeständen neben mehreren anderen Ela-

chistidenarten regelmäßig auch die @@ einer Art, die mich an Elachista

heinemanni Frey (immolatella ZELLER) erinnerten (FREY, 1866 ; 1870 ;

PARENTI, 1977 ; TRAUGOTT-OLSEN & SCHMIDT NIELSEN, 1977). Be-

187

mühungen, auch die QQ dieser Art zu erhalten, blieben zunächst ohne

Erfolg. Die && bestimmte in der Folge Herr TRAUGOTT-OLSEN als

eine Form der Biselachista trapeziella (STAINTON). Erst 1989 gelang

es mir endlich, auch das © dieser Art zu entdecken, wodurch schlieBlich

Klarheit in die Angelegenheit gebracht werden konnte. Trotz der

weitreichenden Übereinstimmung der Genitalien meines Materials mit

denen der robusteren und gezeichneten Biselachista trapeziella (STT.)

muß — auch nach Ansicht meiner Berater — das Vorliegen einer noch

unbeschriebenen Art angenommen werden. In den folgenden Zeilen

soll diese nun unter dem Namen Biselachista brachypterella sp. n.

vorgestellt werden.

Biselachista brachypterella sp. n.

Hoıortypus : @ mit der Bezettelung: Teriol. mer. Kreuzbg. Paß,

1700 m, 16.VIL.1988, GU 4363, leg. et Coll. J. KLIMESCH.

PARATYPEN : 3 @@ mit dem gleichen Fundort, 1600 m, 24.VII.1989,

GU 4367, GU 4368, GU 4369, leg. et Coll. J. KLIMESCH.

Gleicher Fundort, 12. VII.1988, 5 && ; 16. VII.1988, 10 33, 24. VII. 1988,

3 88, leg. et Coll. KLimescu ; 24.VIL.1989, 4 44, 11 99, GU 4370,

4371, 4372 leg. et Coll. Kiimescu, 2 dd, 1 ® 24.V11.1989, leg.

KLIMESCH in Coll. Brit. Mus., London.

Weiteres Material wird in folgenden Museen deponiert : Nat. Mus.

Wien, Landesmuseum Linz, Landesmuseum Innsbruck, ETH Zürich.

Expansion : & 9.5-10.5 mm (Vdfl. Länge 4-5 mm) Fig. 1; ® 7-8.5 mm

(Vdfl. Lange 3-4 mm), Fig. 2.

Z mm

Fig. 1. Biselachista brachypterella sp. n. 6, Teriol. mer., Kreuzberg Paß, 1650 m,

24.V11.1989.

138

Fig. 2. Biselachista brachypterella sp. n. ®, Teriol. mer., Kreuzberg Pal, 1650 m,

20.V11.1989.

Kopf bei @ und © anliegend beschuppt, weißlich, seltener grau. Stirn

weiß, zuweilen median grau getönt. Patagia weißlich, Tegulae, Thorax

und Mesothorax ober- und unterseitig graubraun. Labialpalpen bei

beiden Geschlechtern dünn, divergierend, leicht aufgebogen, anliegend

beschuppt, weißlich bis hellgrau, das Mittelglied von ungefähr der dop-

pelten Länge des Endgliedes. Rüssel rudimentär. Fühler graubraun,

beim & sägezähnig mit schwach vortretenden Ecken.

Abdomen beim 5 schlank, oberseitig hell- bis dunkler braungrau

entsprechend der Grundfarbe der Vdfl., mit gelblichem Analbusch. Das

weibliche Abdomen plump, heller als das männliche, bräunlich mit

gerundetem Analende. Beine bei beiden Geschlechtern oberseits hell-

gelblich bis grau, unterseits heller, die Hintertibien beim 3 ober- und

unterseits lang behaart, der innere Sporn etwa zweimal so lang wie

der äußere.

Männliche Vorderflügel gestreckt, zeichnungslos, hell ockerfarben bis

hellgrau, am Vorderrand und am Innenrand etwas dunkler, feinschup-

pig, matt glänzend, mit ebensolchen, nicht abgesetzten Fransen, in die

am Innenrand einzelne, dunklere Schuppen eingestreut sind. Hinterflügel

lanzettlich, hellgrau mit lichteren Fransen. Unterseite aller Flügel grau,

gegen die Basis etwas dunkler.

Weibliche Vorderflügel : rückgebildet, schmäler als beim @, zugespitzt,

grobschuppig, hellbräunlich bis dunkelgrau, am Innenrand und am

Vorderrand etwas dunkler, zuweilen im Apex gelblich aufgehellt.

Fransen von der Farbe der Vdfl., kürzer als beim @. Hinterflügel rück-

gebildet, stark verschmälert und zugespitzt, hellgrau. Fransen rudimen-

139

tar. Unterseite der Vdfl. grau, basal etwas dunkler. Geäder (Fig. 3,

6, Fig. 4, 9). Das Geäder entspricht dem Grundschema des Genus

Biselachista. Beim © ist die Vdfl — Fläche ungefähr ab der Mitte

deutlich verkürzt und verschmälert. Im Geäder wirkt sich dies durch

die Zusammendrängung und Verkürzung des Radiusl-5, der Media

1 und 2, des Cubitus 1 und 2 und der Analis + Axillaris aus. Sehr

auffällig ist die Flügelrückbildung im Htfl-Geäder : hier sind nur die

Radial- und die Cubitalader vorhanden. Die Flügelreduktion bewirkt

beim © völlige Flugunfähigkeit.

se Teriol Be

u fee

d'50 mm

Fig. 3. Biselachista brachypterella sp. n. &, Geäder, Teriol. mer., Kreuzverg Paß, 1650

m, 12.V11.1988.

05 mm

Fig. 4. Biselachista brachypterella sp. n. ©, Geäder, Teriol. mer., Kreuzverg PaB, 1650

m, 24.V11.1989.

140

MANNLICHES GENITALE (Fig. 5) : Uncus eingekerbt, Uncuslappen kurz,

apical mit kurzen Borsten besetzt. Gnathos zweilappig. Soci sehr klein,

unscheinbar. Costa der Valven sklerotisiert, Vinculum dreieckig, Saccus

fehlt, der fingerförmige Fortsatz gestreckt, keulenförmig. Am Apicalrand

der Juxta einige kurze Borsten. Aedoeagus schlank, im Endteil längs-

verdickt.

WEIBLICHES GENITALE (Fig. 7): Papillae anales kurz, gerundet, mit

kurzen Borsten besetzt. Die Apophyses posteriores und die Apophyses

anteriores ungefähr von gleicher Länge. Antrum kurz, schalenförmig,

mit feinen Borsten im oberen Teil. Colliculum eng, schmal. Ductus

bursae verbreitert, schwach sklerotisiert, daher ohne Färbung im wei-

teren Verlauf kaum sichtbar. Dies trifft auch beim Corpus bursae zu.

Ein Signum fehlt.

Fig. 5. Biselachista brachypterella sp. n., Männlicher Kopulationsapparat, Teriol. mer.,

Kreuzverg Paß, 1650 m, 16.V 11.1988.

Fig. 6. Biselachista trapeziella (Str.), Männlicher Kopulationsapparat aus TRAUGOTT-

OLSEN & SCHMIDT NIELSEN (1977).

Diskussion

Unterschiede gegenüber der äußerlich sehr ähnlichen Elachista heine-

manni Frey und der morphologisch verwandten Biselachista trapeziella

(STT.). Gegenüber Elachista heinemanni Frey bestehen folgende Un-

terschiede :

E. heinemanni ist deutlich robuster, breitflügeliger und grobschuppiger ;

zuweilen treten auf den hell ockerfarbenen Vdfln Andeutungen einer

bindenartigen Zeichnung auf. Das © ist normal geflügelt. Das @ ist

auf den ersten Blick auf Grund des Vorhandenseins eines ungeteilten

141

Gnathos (Fig. 10) als zum Genus Elachista gehörig zu erkennen,

während bei der neuen Art der Gnathos zweigeteilt ist (Fig. 6), wie

dies für Biselachista charakteristisch ist. Das E. heinemanni © ist durch

ein Signum in der Bursa copulatrix (Fig. 11) gekennzeichnet, bei B.

brachypterella fehlt es jedoch (Fig. 7).

9° 5 arn

Fig. 7-8. Biselachista brachypterella sp. n. Weiblicher Kopulationsapparat Teriol. mer.,

Kreuzber Paß, 1650 m, 24.VII.1989 ; 8. Biselachista trapeziella (STT.), Weiblicher

Kopulationsapparat aus TRAUGOTT-OLSEN & SCHMIDT NIELSEN (1977).

142

à SS

NNIN

\ N NN

/ rt /

y i Lit ll)

1} WHE,

— L

Zmm

Fig. 9. Biselachista trapeziella (Str.) 6, Teriol. mer., Kreuzberg Paß, 1650 m,

16.V11.1988.

Fig. 10. Elachista heinemanni Frey, Männlicher Kopulationsapparat, Italia sept. (BL),

Mte Zovo pr. Pädola, 1600 m, 26.V11.1986.

143

O'5 mm

Fig. 11. Elachista heinemanni Frey, Weiblicher Kopulationsapparat, Italia sept. (BL),

Mte Zovo pr. Pädola, 1600 m, 26. VII.1986.

144

Biselachista trapeziella (STT.) ist ebenfalls robuster, breitflügeliger und

weist auf schwarzbraunem Vdfl-Grund eine deutliche weiße Flecken-

zeichnung auf (Fig. 9), die bei der f. atavista GROSCHKE (1939) größere

Ausmaße erreicht. Sie unterscheidet sich demnach in auffälliger Weise

von der neuen Art. So unübersehbar die äußeren Unterschiede bei

beiden Arten ausgeprägt sind, so sehr stimmen andererseits die Merk-

male in morphologischer Hinsicht weitgehend überein. Erst die Auf-

findung des brachypteren Q der neuen Art hat die ursprünglich von

TRAUGOTT-OLSEN angenommene Artgleichheit widerlegen können.

Die Auffindung einer im weiblichen Geschlecht flugunfähigen Elachi-

stiden-Art in alpinen Höhenlagen, in denen noch der Wald vorherrscht,

legt die Vermutung nahe, daß die Kurzflügeligkeit in den hochalpinen,

klimatisch rauhen Lagen erworben sein könnte, wie man dies auch

bei einigen, in den hochalpinen Zonen heimischen Arten der Familien

Gelechiidae, Yponomeutidae u.a. vermuten kann. Es wäre daher eine

noch in Angriff zunehmende Aufgabe, die Höhenverbreitung der neuen

Art zu erkunden.

Lebensweise

Über die ersten Stände und deren Futterpflanzen können derzeit noch

keine Angaben gemacht werden. Es besteht aber die Vermutung, daß

die Raupe an Cyperaceen leben dürfte, da in deren Bereich die Imagines

am späten Nachmittag (¢@) und abends sowie am frühen Morgen

(beide Geschlechter) durch Kätschern erbeutet wurden. Noch am frühen

Morgen konnten 46 und 99 an den noch taunassen Gräsern — bereits

getrennt nach der nächtlichen Copula — eingefangen werden. Die völlig

flugunfähigen QQ versuchen, sich beim Einfangen durch Hüpfen in

Sicherheit zu bringen. Leider blieben Nachforschungen nach den ersten

Spuren der zweifellos minierenden Raupen an den mutmaßlichen

Substraten im Laufe des Herbstes (September - Anfang Oktober) bis

jetzt erfolglos.

Lebensraum

Es sind lichte Lärchenbestände (Lärchen-Wiesenwald) in nordexponier-

ten Hanglagen in ca 1600-1650 m Seehöhe im Gebiet der Sextener

Dolomiten — Kreuzbergpaß — Passo di Montecroce di Comelico.

Das Areal erscheint zum Unterschied des durch Beweidung und Mahd

intensiv genutzten umgebenden Almbodens in jeder Hinsicht geschont,

da es auch nicht von Touristenpfaden durchquert wird. Als Bodendecke

herrscht überwiegend Grasflur auf alkalisch-neutralem Boden vor. Nach

145

ROBEL (1912) und SCHARFETTER (1938) ist es als Deciduo-Laricetum

pratosum anzusprechen und läßt sich floristisch folgendermaßen cha-

rakterisieren :

Baumschicht : Lärche mit einzelnen Fichten.

Strauchschicht : Fagus silvatica, sehr einzeln und ausnahmslos in

verkümmerter Buschform ; Sorbus chamaemespilus, Lonicera coerulea,

Clematis alpina, Rosa pendulina und Daphne mezereum. Hochstau-

denflur : Aconitum vulparia, Gentiana asclepiadis. Krautschicht : Carex

sp., Deschampsia sp., Poa sp., Luzula sp., Alchemilla alpestris, Poten-

tilla aurea, Trifolium montanum, Pulsatilla alpina, Trollius europaeus,

Veratrum album, Lilium martagon, L. bulbiferum (einzeln), Gentiana

cruciata.

Dank

Für geleistete Unterstiitzung durch einschlägige Hinweise, Materialüberprüfung

und Literaturbeschaffung sei den nachstehend genannten Herren auch an

dieser Stelle noch herzlich gedankt :

Dr. K. BuRMANN, Innsbruck, Dr. P. HUEMER, Innsbruck, Dr. F. Kasy 7,

Wien, Dr. K. SATTLER, London, Dr. H. STEvER, Bad Blankenburg und last

but not least E. TRAUGOTT-OLSEN, Marbella.

Literatur

Frey, H., 1866. Die schweizerischen Microlepidoptera, 2. Mitt. schweiz. ent.

Ges. 2 : 136-146.

Frey, H., 1870. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Microlepidopteren. Mitt. schweiz.

ent. Ges. 3 : 244-256, 277-289.

GROSCHKE, F., Die Kleinschmetterlinge der Grafschaft Glatz. Mitt. Münch.

ent. Ges. XXIV (IV) : 58-61, fig. 1-3, T. XVI, fig. II/ 1-4.

PARENTI, U., 1977. Revisione degli Elachistidi palearctici. IV — Le specie

di Elachistidi descritte da H. Frey e P. C. ZELLER. Boll. Mus. Zool.

Univ. Torino 3 : 30-32, fig. 9.

RUBEL, 1912. Pflanzengeogr. Monographie d. Berninageb., Bot. Jahrb. 47.

SCHARFETTER, R., 1938. Das Pflanzenleben der Ostalpen. F. Deuticke, Wien.

TRAUGOTF-OLSEN, E. & SCHMIDT NIELSEN, E., 1977. The Elachistidae

(Lepidoptera) of Fennoscandia and Denmark. Fauna Entomologica

Scandinavica, Vol. 6. Scandinavian Science Press Itd., Klampenborg,

299 pp.

ZELLER, P. C., 1868. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Lepidopterenfauna der Schweiz.

Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien : 625-627.

146

Nota lepid. 13 (2-3) : 147-159 ; 30.1X.1990 ISSN 0342-7536

Les Lépidoptères de Madère

Note préliminaire : |

Les Macrolépidoptères observés en mai 1989

(Lepidoptera, Geometridae, Sphingidae,

Noctuidae, Papilionoidea)

Marc MEYER et Marcel HELLERS

Marc Meyer, 4, rue des Chemins de Fer, L-8378 Kleinbettingen, Luxembourg.

Marcel Hellers, 7, rue Hombouch, L-9395 Tandel, Luxembourg.

Résumé

Les résultats d’un séjour lépidoptérologique à Madère (2 semaines en mai

1989) sont communiqués. Quarante-quatre espèces de Macrolépidoptères ont

été trouvées (14 Geometridae, 2 Sphingidae, 17 Noctuidae et 11 Papilionoidea),

dont deux espèces nouvelles pour la faune de cette île (Xestia c-nigrum L.

et Ochropleura leucogaster Frr.).

Summary

The results of a lepidopterological visit to Madeira (two weeks in May 1989)

are given. Forty-four species of Macrolepidoptera are recorded (14 Geome-

tridae, 2 Sphingidae, 17 Noctuidae and 11 Papilionoidea), two of which are

new to the island: Xestia c-nigrum L. and Ochropleura leucogaster Frr.).

Introduction

Les îles océaniques n’ont jamais eu de contact direct avec le territoire

continental et leurs biocénoses se composent donc d’organismes n’ayant

pas pu atteindre ces territoires par voie terrestre. Pour un biogeographe,

ces îles sont donc un sujet intéressant pour étudier les effets «insulaires».

Mais, il y a encore un autre fait qui rend les iles océaniques importantes

du point de vue scientifique : Certaines de ces îles n’ont été colomisées

par l’homme que très récemment (quelques siècles) et les écosystèmes

originaux occupent encore des surfaces relictaires, souvent non négli-

geables, ce qui n’est plus le cas sur le continent. Ainsi, les foréts de

lauriers (Lauraceae) des îles Canaries et de Madère sont a considérer

comme des vestiges de la végétation atlanto-méditerrannéenne, pra-

tiquement détruite ailleurs.

147

La faune d’une telle île se compose :

— d'éléments anciens, souvent des taxons endémiques, démontrant une

spéciation accentuée, due à l’absence d'échange génétique régulier

avec les populations du continent,

— d’especes migratrices non différenciées, ayant un échange génétique

élevé avec le «pool» continental,

— d’espèces introduites récemment (volontairement ou involontaire-

ment) par l’homme.

Toute analyse de faunes insulaires doit tenir compte de ces trois

catégories pour permettre d’interpréter correctement les taxocénoses

inventoriées. Avant de pouvoir entrer dans ces analyses, une révision

complète de la faune lépidoptérique de Madère s’impose, vu les nom-

breuses incertitudes remarquées pendant l'étude de la littérature spécia-

lisée. Afin de permettre une première appréciation des résultats des

recherches des auteurs, cette note préliminaire se limite à une simple

liste des captures et observations des Macrolépidoptères. Une seule

exception concerne l’«apparition» de Pararge aegeria à Madère, où des

publications récentes (OEHMIG, 1977, 1982, 1983, Owen et al., 1986)

rendent nécessaire une mise au point des considérations biogéographi-

ques.

Résultats

Pendant un séjour de deux semaines (12.-25.5.1989) les auteurs ont

eu l’occasion de faire des recherches lépidoptérologiques sur l’île de

Madère. Les conditions climatiques très instables en dehors de la zone

semi-aride (SE de l'île) rendent difficile la réalisation d’un plan

d’excursions dans la zone montagnarde exposée aux vents et aux pluies

du nord-est.

Néanmoins, à cing reprises il fût possible d’utiliser le piège lumineux

qui se composait de deux tubes luminescents (lumière «noire» et «super-

actinique»), branchés sur un transformateur, pouvant ainsi profiter de

l’accumulateur 12 V de la voiture de location.

Les lieux d’observations ont été définis à l’aide des cartes topographiques

mentionnées dans la bibliographie (Instituto Geografico e Cadastral,

1971, 1979), mais ils peuvent être localisés également sur des cartes

touristiques, p. ex. Madeira, publiée par le «Secretaria Regional do

Turismo e Cultura» a Funchal. Pour permettre un repérage facile, les

coordonnées géographiques (réseau international) sont ajoutées. Les

numéros correspondent a ceux utilisés dans la carte fig. 1.

148

‘| SU

‚081.91 «00.2

o15ng 2112423

uoljeA13sqo,p xnaiq ®

WOOSI < BE

WOOSL- 0001 Fy

WOOOL-O

ae | [aa

sepn}l}iv

seyiasag Seul]

sajediaulsd Sa}if2207 ®

SPUBINH jase a

:epuabeq

ogu) nour \ - 7,

a - 7

CN ues 01104

VHIAQVIN va WHI aes

À OLNVS O14Od Od VHTIII

«02.91

149

Liste des lieux d'observations (par ordre alphabétique) :

No. Localité Description de la situation Coordonnées

du lieu d’observation géographiques

Achada do Cedro Gordo

Agua de Pena

Cabo Girao

Camara dos Lobos

Cruzinhas

Curral das Freiras

Faja de Nogueira

Funchal

Jardim da Serra

Machico

Madalena do Mar

Monte

Paul da Serra

Pico dos Barcelos

Poiso

Porto do Moniz

Queimadas

Quinta Grande

Ribeira da Janela

Santa Cruz

Liste des espèces observées :

2 km NE Ribeiro Frio

emb. rio do Seixo

Fontanhas do Mar

Covao

Faja do Cedro Gordo

Curral de Baixo (SE)

Achada (N)

3 km NE, R. Ametade

Santo Martinho

2 km N, Fte. Capelinha

4 km NW, -> Sto da Serra

-> Canhas, Canto de Passo

Choupana

-> Fanal

W Funchal

-> Pico Arieiro

Po. da Assumada

Rib. do Seisal

Camara do Bispo

loc.

Rib. de Sta. Cruz

32°44’N/16°52’W

32°42’N/ 16°45’W

32°39’N/17°00'W |

32°40/N/16°58’W

32°45'N/16°52’W

32°42’N/ 16°58’W

32°43'N/ 16°58’W

32°44’N/16°53’W

32°38/N/16°56"W

32°42/N/ 16°59’W

32°43/N/16°47W

32°41/N/16°52’W

32°40/N/16°53’W

32°48/N/17°08’W

32°39'N/ 16°56’W

32°42/N/16°53’W

32°51/N/17°10'W

32°46 N /16°53’W

32°39’N/17°00’W

32° 50/N/ 17°09W

32°40/N/16°47’W

Dans ce cadre, il n’est pas possible de mentionner les nombreuses

synonymies. Les noms de genres utilisés pour certaines espèces endémi-

ques sont également à considérer comme provisoires. Ces problèmes

feront l’objet d’une analyse taxonomique et systématique des Lépidop-

tères de Madère qui sera publiée ultérieurement.

GEOMETRIDAE

1. Xenochlorodes nubigena WOLLASTON, 1858

In coll. Meyer/Hellers : 16.5.1989, Curral das Freiras (4) ; 15.5.1989,

Fajà de Nogueira (1) ; 18.5.1989, Paul da Serra (7).

2. Cyclophora maderensis BAKER, 1891

In coll. Meyer/Hellers : 13.5.1989, Camara de Lobos (2) ; 16.5.1989,

Curral das Freiras (4) ; 20.5.1989, Machico (1); 18.5.1989, Paul da

Serra (8).

150

3. Scopula irrorata BAKER, 1891

In coll. Meyer/ Hellers : 22.5.1989, Cabo Giräo (10) ; 13.5.1989, Camara

de Lobos (2) ; 16.5.1989, Curral das Freiras (11) ; 14.5.1989, Funchal

(1) ; 20.5.1989, Machico (2) ; 18.5.1989, Paul da Serra (1).

4. Idaea maderae BAKER, 1891

(= unostrigata BAKER, 1891 ; = zargi BAKER, 1891)

In coll. Meyer/ Hellers : 20.5.1989, Machico (2 4, 1 ®) ; 15.5.1989, Faja

de Nogueira (2 @).

5. Idaea atlantica STAINTON, 1859 (nec atlantica WALKER)

(= ? illuminata Prout, 1939)

Le statut du nom de atlantica Stt. n’est pas clair, puisque les types

(& et 2), conservés au British Museum, ressemblent beaucoup à

longaria H. Scu. (cf. Prout, 1912 ff., 1939). En outre, la collection

des Sterrhinae de Madère au British Museum constitue un mélange

peu convainquant. Aussi mentionnons-nous sous le nom de 7. atlantica

seulement les individus identiques aux types :

In coll. Meyer/ Hellers : 22.5.1989, Cabo Giräo (1 6, 1 9).

Remarque : Les individus suivants ont pratiquement le même dessin

que J. atlantica, mais le fond des ailes est de couleur rouge-brun.

L’identification définitive ne sera possible qu'après l’examen des géni-

talias.

In coll. Meyer/ Hellers : 18.5.1989, Porto do Moniz (3 @).

6. Xanthorhoe centrostrigaria WOLLASTON, 1858

In coll. Meyer/Hellers: 15.5.1989, Achada do Cedro Gordo (1);

22.5.1989, Cabo Giräo (4) ; 13.5.1989, Camara de Lobos (11) ; 13.5.1989,

Curral das Freiras (1) ; 16.5.1989, Curral das Freiras (9) ; 15.5.1989,

Faja de Nogueira (5) ; 20.5.1989, Machico (1) ; 18.5.1989, Paul da Serra

(8) ; 13.5.1989, Pico dos Barcelos (3) ; 13.5.1989, Poiso (1) ; 19.5.1989,

Quinta Grande (1).

7. Xanthorhoe rupicola WoLLASTON, 1858

In coll. Meyer/ Hellers : 22.5.1989, Cabo Giräo (2) ; 13.5.1989, Camara

de Lobos (4) ; 16.5.1989, Curral das Freiras (10) ; 15.5.1989, Faja de

Nogueira (8) ; 20.5.1989, Machico (3) ; 18.5.1989, Paul da Serra (26) ;

18.5.1989, Porto do Moniz (1).

8. Gymnoscelis lundbladi PROUT, 1939

In coll. Meyer/ Hellers : 22.5.1989, Cabo Giräo (18) ; 13.5.1989, Cämara

de Lobos (6) ; 15.5.1989, Fajà de Nogueira (1) ; 20.5.1989, Machico

(2) ; 18.5.1989, Paul da Serra (4).

151

9. Gymnoscelis rufifasciata ssp. insulariata STAINTON, 1859

In coll. Meyer/ Hellers : 22.5.1989, Cabo Giräo (1) ; 13.5.1989, Camara

de Lobos (3); 16.5.1989, Curral das Freiras (1); 15.5.1989, Faja de

Nogueira (13) ; 20.5.1989, Machico (1) ; 18.5.1989, Paul da Serra (10).

10. Eupithecia latipennata Prout, 1914

In coll. Meyer/Hellers : 13.5.1989, Camara de Lobos (1); 16.5.1989,

Curral das Freiras (6); 15.5.1989, Fajà de Nogueira (8) ; 20.5.1989,

Machico (1).

11. Eupithecia atlanticata PINKER, 1969

La description sommaire et la photo trop petite chez PINKER (1969)

(localité citée dans la légende : Furnas, Açores (?)) ne permettent pas

de classer définitivement les exemplaires capturés sans analyse des

génitalias.

In coll. Meyer/ Hellers : 22.5.1989, Cabo Giräo (3).

12. Hemerophila maderae BAKER, 1891

In coll. Meyer/Hellers : 15.5.1989, Fajà de Nogueira (1) ; 18.5.1989,

Paul da Serra (3).

13. Boarmia fortunata ssp. wollastoni BAKER, 1891

In coll. Meyer/Hellers : 13.5.1989, Câmara de Lobos (1) ; 16.5.1989,

Curral das Freiras (8) ; 15.5.1989, Fajà de Nogueira (24) ; 20.5.1989,

Machico (3) ; 18.5.1989, Paul da Serra (4).

14. Rhodometra sacraria LINNAEUS, 1767

In coll. Meyer/ Hellers : 18.5.1989, Ribeira da Janela (1).

SPHINGIDAE

15. Agrius convolvuli LINNAEUS, 1758

In coll. Meyer/ Hellers : 17.5.1989, Madalena do Mar (1).

16. Macroglossum stellatarum LINNAEUS, 1758

In coll. Meyer/ Hellers : 19.5.1989, Quinta Grande (1).

NOCTUIDAE

17. Agrotis segetum DENIS & SCHIFFERMÜLLER, 1775

In coll. Meyer/Hellers : 13.5.1989, Camara de Lobos (1) ; 15.5.1989,

Fajà de Nogueira (2) ; 20.5.1989, Machico (5) ; 18.5.1989, Paul da Serra

(1) ; 13.5.1989, Poiso (1).

152

18. Ochropleura leucogaster FREYER, 1831

Espèce nouvelle pour la faune de Madère !

In coll. Meyer/Hellers : 16.5.1989, Curral das Freiras (1) ; 15.5.1989,

Fajà de Nogueira (1).

19. Xestia c-nigrum LINNAEUS, 1758

Espèce nouvelle pour la faune de Madère !

In coll. Meyer/ Hellers : 13.5.1989, Camara de Lobos (2).

20. Noctua pronuba LINNAEUS, 1758

In coll. Meyer/ Hellers : 22.5.1989, Cabo Giräo (13) ; 13.5.1989, Camara

de Lobos (3) ; 16.5.1989, Curral das Freiras (2) ; 20.5.1989, Machico (4).

21. Peridroma saucia HUEBNER, 1808

In coll. Meyer/Hellers : 15.5.1989, Fajà de Nogueira (3); 16.5.1989,

Curral das Freiras (1) ; 20.5.1989, Machico (1).

22. Mythimna unipuncta HAWORTH, 1809

In coll. Meyer/ Hellers : 22.5.1989, Cabo Giräo (1) ; 13.5.1989, Camara

de Lobos (1); 15.5.1989, Faja de Nogueira (4) ; 20.5.1989, Machico

(3) ; 18.5.1989, Paul da Serra (1).

23. Euplexia dubiosa BAKER, 1891

In coll. Meyer/Hellers : 16.5.1989, Curral das Freiras (1) ; 15.5.1989,

Faja de Nogueira (15) ; 20.5.1989, Machico (1); 18.5.1989, Paul da

Serra (27).

24. Phlogophora wollastoni BAKER, 1891

In coll. Meyer/ Hellers : 22.5.1989, Cabo Giräo (1) ; 13.5.1989, Camara

de Lobos (4) ; 16.5.1989, Curral das Freiras (8) ; 15.5.1989, Faja de

Nogueira (15) ; 18.5.1989, Paül da Serra (9).

25. Blepharita albostigmata BAKER, 1891

In coll. Meyer/ Hellers : 18.5.1989, Paul da Serra (2).

26. Caradrina clavipalpis ssp. pinkeri Koses, 1975

In coll. Meyer/ Hellers : 22.5.1989, Cabo Giräo (9) ; 13.5.1989, Camara

de Lobos (5) ; 16.5.1989, Curral das Freiras (14) ; 15.5.1989, Fajà de

Nogueira (4) ; 20.5.1989, Machico (2); 18.5.1989, Paul da Serra (3).

27. Galgula partita GUENEE, 1852

In coll. Meyer/ Hellers : 22.5.1989, Cabo Giräo (1) ; 15.5.1989, Cruzinhas

(1) ; 15.5.1989, 13.5.1989, Curral das Freiras (2) ; 15.5.1989, Faja de

Nogueira (1) ; 17.5.1989, Madalena do Mar (4) ; 14.5.1989, Monte (1) ;

153

18.5.1989, Paul da Serra (1); 13.5.1989, Pico dos Barcelos (1);

19.5.1989, Quinta Grande (1).

28. Ctenoplusia limbirena GUENÉE, 1852

In coll. Meyer/Hellers : 16.5.1989, Curral das Freiras (1) ; 15.5.1989,

Fajà de Nogueira (1).

29. Cornutiplusia circumflexa LINNAEUS, 1767

In coll. Meyer/Hellers : 15.5.1989, Fajà de Nogueira (2) ; 13.5.1989,

Pico dos Barcelos (1) ; 19.5.1989, Quinta Grande (1).

30. Autographa gamma LinnAEus, 1758

In coll. Meyer/ Hellers : 19.5.1989, Quinta Grande (1).

31. Chrysodeixes chalcites ESPER, 1789

In coll. Meyer/Hellers: 20.5.1989, Agua de Pena (1); 20.5.1989,

Machico (13).

32. Hypena obsitalis HUEBNER, 1813

In coll. Meyer/Hellers : 13.5.1989, Camara de Lobos (1); 18.5.1989,

Paul da Serra (2).

33. Schrankia costaestrigalis STEPHENS, 1834

In coll. Meyer/ Hellers : 15.5.1989, Fajà de Nogueira (1).

PIERIDAE

34. Pieris rapae LINNAEUS, 1758

Ce Piéride a été signalé de Madère en début du xx® siècle, mais avec

un certain doute (cf. REBEL, 1917, cit. OEHMIG, 1977). Depuis 1971,

les lépidoptéristes qui ont visité Madère la trouvent communément sur

pratiquement tout le territoire (H1GGINs, 1977 ; OEHMiG, 1977). Il s’agit

sans doute d’une introduction involontaire par l’homme et l’espèce se

concentre autour des habitations (plantations de choux). Il n’y a aucune

différenciation par rapport aux populations continentales adjacentes.

In coll. Meyer/Hellers: 15.5.1989, Achada do Cedro Gordo (3);

20.5.1989, Agua de Pena (2) ; 21.5.1989, Cabo Giräo (2); 15.5.1989,

Cruzinhas (1) ; 14.5.1989, Monte (1) ; 13.5.1989, Pico dos Barcelos (5) ;

19.5.1989, Quinta Grande (1) ; 20.5.1989, Santa Cruz (1).

Obs : 21.5.1989, Cabo Girao ; 22.5.1989, Curral das Freiras ; 17.5.1989,

Madalena do Mar ; 19.5.1989, Quinta Grande ; 20.5.1989, Santa Cruz.

154

35. Colias crocea GEOFFROY, 1785

In coll. Meyer/Hellers: 15.5.1989, Achada do Cedro Gordo (1);

16.5.1989, Jardim da Serra (15); 13.5.1989, Pico dos Barcelos (4) ;

18.5.1989, Porto do Moniz (1).

Obs : 20.5.1989, Agua de Pena; 21.5.1989, Cabo Giräo ; 22.5.1989,

Curral das Freiras ; 17.5.1989, Madalena do Mar ; 13.5.1989, Poiso ;

19.5.1989, Quinta Grande ; 20.5.1989, Santa Cruz.

LYCAENIDAE

36. Lycaena phlaeas ssp. phlaeoides STAUDINGER & REBEL, 1901

In coll. Meyer/Hellers : 15.5.1989, Achada do Cedro Gordo (1);

16.5.1989, Cabo Giräo (4) ; 15.5.1989, Cruzinhas (1) ; 16.5.1989, Curral

das Freiras (2) ; 21.5.1989, Jardim da Serra (10) ; 13.5.1989, Poiso (3) ;

19.5.1989, Quinta Grande (3).

Obs : 22.5.1989, Curral das Freiras.

37. Lampides boeticus LINNAEUS, 1767

In coll. Meyer/Hellers : 15.5.1989, Achada do Cedro Gordo (2);

15.5.1989, Cruzinhas (2) ; Curral das Freiras (2) ; 16.5.1989, Jardim

da Serra (5); 17.5.1989, Madalena do Mar (1); 13.5.1989, Pico dos

Barcelos (9) ; 18.5.1989, Porto do Moniz (2); 18.5.1989, Ribeira da

Janela (2).

Obs: 20.5.1989, Agua de Pena; 21.5.1989, Cabo Giräo ; 22.5.1989,

19.5.1989, Quinta Grande ; 20.5.1989, Santa Cruz.

DANAIDAE

38. Danaus plexippus LINNAEUS, 1758

In coll. Meyer/ Hellers : 20.5.1989, Agua de Pena (2).

Obs : 16.5.1989, Cämara de Lobos (1); 16.5.1989, Funchal (1);

19.5.1989 ıbid. (5).

SATYRIDAE

39. Pararge xiphia FABRICIUS, 1775

In coll. Meyer/Hellers : 15.5.1989, Achada do Cedro Gordo (14);

13.5.1989 (4) + 22.5.1989 (2), Curral das Freiras ; 15.5.1989, Cruzinhas

(2) ; 16.5.1989, Jardim da Serra (2) ; 13.5.1989, Pico dos Barcelos (1) ;

18.5.1989, Porto do Moniz (1) ; 18.5.1989, Ribeira da Janela (7).

Obs : 20.5.1989, Agua de Pena; 21.5.1989, Cabo Giräo ; 22.5.1989,

Curral das Freiras ; 14.5.1989, Monte.

155

40. Pararge aegeria ssp. aegeria LINNAEUS, 1758

In coll. Meyer/Hellers : 15.5.1989, Achada do Cedro Gordo (2);

13.5.1989, Curral das Freiras (6); 16.5.1989, Jardim da Serra (1);

14.5.1989, Monte (4); 13.5.1989, Pico dos Barcelos (9); 18.5.1989,

Ribeira da Janela (2).

Obs : 20.5.1989, Agua de Pena; 21.5.1989, Cabo Giräo ; 19.5.1989,

Quinta Grande ; 20.5.1989, Santa Cruz.

Cette espèce n’a été signalée que depuis les années 60/70 (Hicains,

1977 ; OEHMIG, 1977, 1982). Une description détaillée des premières

captures a Madère se trouve chez OEHMIG (1982). Owen et al. (1986),

ignorant apparemment les publications de Oehmig, essaient de retracer

la colonisation de cette espèce sur l’île de Madère. Ils ont trouvé P

aegeria souvent sympatrique avec l’endémique P. xiphia, surtout dans

la partie orientale de Madère.

Owen et al. (1986) pensent que P. xiphia serait dérivée d’une forme

ancestrale de P aegeria qui aurait colonisé jadis l’île de Madère et

qui, par la suite, se serait différenciée jusqu’à l’espèce. Cela me paraît

erroné, puisque les deux espèces P xiphia et P xiphioides présentent

des caractères nettement plus primitifs que P aegeria. Il est beaucoup

plus probable que les deux taxons endémiques des îles atlantiques

constituent des reliques anciennes relativement peu évoluées et que 2

aegeria, l’ex-vicariante continentale, soit l'élément plus jeune qui vient

de s’implanter récemment (la date exacte étant pure spéculation !), et

ceci sûrement par l’intermédiaire de l’homme, ne fût-ce que par les

changements des écosystèmes naturels favorisant ainsi une espèce

profitant de biotopes anthropogènes (fait mentionné d’ailleurs également

par Owen et al. (1986)). On a une situation analogue en Sardaigne

où Papilio machaon s'est implanté en temps historique à côté de

l’end&mique relictaire P. hospiton.

Owen et al. (1986) concluent à propos de la colonisation de Madère

par Pararge sp. : «Assuming this happened in prehistoric times there

is every reason to suppose it could happen again in modern times».

Il est cependant bien clair qu’une spéciation par isolement est peu

probable si le même flux génétique continue à fonctionner. Ce qui

est plus probable dans ce cas, c’est qu’un changement récent du milieu

(agriculture !) soit intervenu sur l’île de Madère, favorisant ainsi

l’implantation de P aegeria dans une niche écologique complémentaire

à celle de P xiphia. Avant cette situation, P xiphia était capable de

refouler d'éventuelles tentatives de colonisation de P aegeria dans la

même niche écologique et les observations récentes des auteurs ne

confirment aucune dominance de P aegeria sur P xiphia. Il paraît

156

beaucoup plus probable que soit juste la remarque de Owen et al.

(1986): «it is possible that the disappearance of P xiphia from

disturbed’ areas is more a result of habitat change than of competition

with P aegeria».

NYMPHALIDAE

41. Vanessa atalanta LINNAEUS, 1758

In coll. Meyer/Hellers : 15.5.1989, Cruzinhas (1) ; 15.5.1989, Queima-

das (1).

42. Vanessa indica ssp. occidentalis FELDER, 1862

In coll. Meyer/ Hellers : 15.5.1989, Cruzinhas (1) ; 17.5.1989, Madalena

do Mar (1) ; 18.5.1989, Ribeira da Janela (1).

Obs : 13. + 22.5.1989, Curral das Freiras ; 13.5.1989, Pico dos Barcelos.

43. Vanessa cardui LINNAEUS, 1758

In coll. Meyer/ Hellers : 18.5.1989, Paul da Serra (1).

Obs : 13.5.1989, Pico dos Barcelos.

44. Issoria lathonia LINNAEUS, 1758

In coll. Meyer/ Hellers : 17.5.1989, Madalena do Mar (1).

Addendum

Observations lors d’une excursion le 24.5.1989 a Porto Santo:

Pieris rapae LINNAEUS, 1758

Colias crocea GEOFFROY, 1785

Vanessa atalanta LINNAEUS, 1758

Vanessa indica ssp. occidentalis FELDER, 1862

Remerciements

Les auteurs remercient M. S. OEHMIG, D-Leverkusen, pour ses précieuses

informations concernant l’état actuel des connaissances sur la faune des

Rhopalocères de Madère, ainsi que MM. Honey, ROBINSON et SCOBLE, British

Museum (Natural History), GB-London, pour leur précieuse aide lors de

l'examen des collections lépidoptérologiques.

Bibliographie

BAKER, G. T., 1891. Notes on the Lepidoptera collected in Madeira by the

late T. Vernon WoLLASTON. Trans. ent. Soc. Lond. 2 : 197-221.

157

BivaR DE Sousa, A., 1986. Lepidoptera Papilionoidea dos Arquipélagos da

Madeira e Selvagens. Bol. Soc. Port. Ciénc. Nat. 22 (1984-85) : 47-53.

CocKERELL, T. D. A., 1923. The Lepidoptera of the Madeira Islands. The

Entomologist 56 : 243-247.

FELDER, C., 1862. Verzeichnis der von den Naturforschern der k.k. Fregatte

«Novara» gesammelten Macrolepidopteren, Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien

XII : 473-496.

FONTENEAU, J. M., 1971. Note sur les Rhopalocères des Iles Canaries et de

l'Ile de Madère. Alexanor VII : 81-87, 2 figs.

FONTENEAU, J.-M., 1972. A propos de Madère et des Iles Canaries. Alexanor

VII: 236.

GARDNER, A. E. & CLAssEy, E. W., 1959. Report on the insects collected

by the E. W. CLassey and A. GARDNER expedition to Madeira

December 1957. Proc. S. Lond. ent. nat. hist. Soc. Nov. 1959: 184-

206.

Hicains, L. G., 1977. The Speckled Wood (Parage aegeria L.) in Madeira.

Entom. Rec. J. Var. 89 : 22-23.

Instituto Geografico e Cadastral, 1971. Arquipélago da Madeira, Ilha da

Madeira (W + E). Série P722, Edicäo 2-ICGP, 1 : 50.000 (2 feuilles),

Lisboa.

Instituto Geografico e Cadastral, 1979. Arquipélago da Madeira, Ilha da

Madeira, do Porto Santo, Desertas e Selvagens. Série P521, Edicäo

1-ICGP 1 :200.000 (1 feuille), Lisboa.

Koes, L., 1975. Caradrina clavipalpis pinkeri n. ssp., eine neue Unterart

von Madeira (Lep., Noctuidae). Ent. Z. Frankf. a. M. 85: 193-195,

2 figs.

Man Ley, W. B. L. & ALLCARD, H. G., 1970. A field guide to the butterflies

and burnets of Spain. Classey, GB-Hampton, pp. 192, pls. 1-40.

MARTIN, K., 1941. Schmetterlinge von Madeira. Zool. Meded. 23 : 1-12.

OEHMIG, S., 1977. Die Tagfalter Madeiras. Ent. Z. Frankf. a. M. 87: 169-

176, 189-199.

OEHMIG, S., 1979. Über die Präimaginalstadien von Pararge aegeria, Pararge

xiphia und Pieris brassicae wollastoni (Lep. : Satyridae, Pieridae). Ent.

Z. Frankf. a. M. 89 : 73-76.

OEHMIG, S., 1982. Über die Einwanderung und Ausbreitung von Pararge

aegeria L. auf Madeira (Satyridae). Nota lepid. 5 : 117-120.

OEHMIG, S., 1983. Pararge aegeria L. auf Madeira (Satyridae) (Nachtrag).

Nota lepid. 6 : 60.

Owen, D. F., SHREEVE, T. G. & Smitu, A. G., 1986. Colonization of Madeira

by the speckled wood butterfly, Pararge aegeria (Lepidoptera : Satyridae),

and its impact on the endemic Pararge xiphia. Ecol. Ent. 11 : 349-352.

PINKER, R., 1971. Neue und interessante Lepidopteren aus Madeira und den

Azoren mit faunistischen Hinweisen auf die Kanaren. Z. wien. ent. Ges.

54 : 101-131 (Taf. 12-14).

PINKER, R., 1974. Interessante und neue Funde und Erkenntnisse fiir die

Lepidopterenfauna der Kanaren. V. Z. Arbgem. Ost. Ent. 25 : 2-11, 1 pl.

158

Prout, L. B., 1912 ff. Volume IV: Géométridés, in SEITZ, A.: Les

Macrolépidoptères du Globe, 1**® partie: Les Macrolépidoptères de la

Région Paléarctique. Stuttgart (1913) : 1-479, pl. 1-25.

Prout, L. B., 1939. Die Arthropodenfauna von Madeira nach den Ergebnissen

der Reise von Prof. Dr. O. Lundblad Juli-August 1935. XX. Lepidoptera :

Family Geometridae, Subfamilies Hemitheinae, Sterrhinae and Laren-

tunae. Ark. Zool. 32A/1 : 1-13, 1 pl.

REBEL, H., 1938. Die Lepidopterenfauna des Azorischen Archipels. Eine

Lepidopteren-Ausbeute von Madeira. Soc. Scient. Fenn. Comm. Biol.

8 : 1-59.

REBEL, H., 1939. Die Arthropodenfauna von Madeira nach den Ergebnissen

der Reise von Prof. Dr. O. Lundblad Juli-August 1935. XXII. Lepi-

doptera: Rhopalocera, Sphingidae, Noctuidae. Ark. Zool. 32A/3: 1-

14, 2 pl.

REBEL, H., 1939. Die Arthropodenfauna von Madeira nach den Ergebnissen

der Reise von Prof. Dr. O. Lundblad Juli-August 1935. XXIII. Ubersicht

der Lepidopterenfauna Madeiras. Ark. Zool. 32A/5 : 1-13, 2 pl.

STAINTON, H. T., 1859. Notes on lepidoptera collected on Madeira by T.

V. Wollaston. Esq. ; with descriptions of some new species, Ann. mag.

nat. hist. (London) III : 209-214.

VIEIRA, R., 1954. Lista de trabalhos sobre insectos do Arquipélago da

Madeira. Boletim do Museu Municipal do Funchal VII/19 : 63ff.

WEHRLI, E., 1939. Die Arthropodenfauna von Madeira nach den Ergebnissen

der Reise von Prof. Dr. O. Lundblad Juli-August 1935, XIII. Lepi-

doptera : Familie Geometridae, Subfamilie Geometridae (Boarmiinae).

Ark. Zool. 31/1 : 1-7, 4 pl.

159

Nota lepid. 13 (2-3) : 160-176 ; 30.1X.1990 ISSN 0342-7536

La protection des populations de P. apollo L.

dans le sud de la France : étude génétique préliminaire

(Lepidoptera, Papilionidae)

NAPOLITANO, M., H. Descımon & J. P. VEsco

Laboratoire de S un évolutive. Université de Provence, 3 Place Victor Hugo,

13331 Marseille Cedex 3, France.

Resume

Quinze populations de Parnassius apollo L. du sud de la France ont été

étudiées par électrophorèse et vingt par biométrie des éléments de la patterne

alaire. Les analyses multivariées effectuées sur ces données révèlent une struc-

turation géographique bien nette. Si les analyses électrophorétiques n’indi-

vidualisent que deux grands groupes — un septentrional et un méridional —,

les critères biométriques séparent de plus un troisième sous-ensemble constitué

par les échantillons du Vaucluse et de l’Aigoual. Les observations de terrain

ont montré que les populationg alpines n'étaient pas en danger mais qu'il

n’en était pas de même pour les colonies du Massif central dont les localités

sont fortement dégradées à la fois par le développement et la déprise et, de

plus, dont la diversité génétique est apparue appauvrie.

Introduction

Un travail précédent (NAPOLITANO, 1989a et b) a montré que les

populations de Parnassius mnemosyne présentaient dans le Sud-Est

de la France, une structure génétique bien définie, mise en évidence

avec beaucoup de netteté par l’Electrophorese et, moins précisément,

par la biométrie de la patterne alaire. Ces résultats montrent que le

Lépidoptère concerné possède une histoire ancienne et complexe dans

les Alpes du Sud. En revanche les populations pyrénéennes et

centraliennes, étudiées il est vrai sur des échantillons limités, présentent

une faible différenciation ; ce qu’il est possible d'expliquer par une

colonisation récente. Par ailleurs, on note un affaiblissement de la

variation génotypique et phénotypique étroitement proportionnel au

degré d’isolement des populations.

En Europe comme en France, les Parnassius ont attiré l’attention des

protectionnistes. Parnassius apollo est le premier insecte qui ait été

déclaré protégé dans le monde (en Allemagne, 1936). Si certaines de

leurs colonies ont fait l’objet d’une étude génétique (RACHELI et al.,

160

1983), aucun travail, à notre connaissance, ne s’est attaché à mesurer

la divergence génétique entre ces populations. Une telle démarche est

pourtant nécessaire afin de définir les unités démiques succeptibles de

bénéficier de mesures de protection (Lacy, 1988).

Nous insisterons ici sur les problèmes posés par P. apollo, l'espèce

la plus connue, et nous concentrerons l’attention sur les aspects géné-

tiques et écologiques de sa protection. En particulier, nous avons fait

le point de l'état de quelques populations de P apollo dans le sud

de la France et commencé d’analyser son polymorphisme enzymatique.

Les méthodes utilisées s’inspirent de celles mises au point avec P

mnemosyne. Il est déjà possible de répondre partiellement aux ques-

tions :

— Où sont situées les populations les plus vulnérables ?

— Quelle est la gravité de la situation ?

— Quelle est l’originalite génétique des populations menacées ?

— Quelles sont les populations les plus importantes à préserver ?

— Quelles actions sont envisageables ?

Matériels et méthodes

En France, P. apollo est résident dans les Vosges, le Jura, le Massif

Central (Auvergne et Cantal, Vivarais, Cévennes et Forez, Causses),

les Alpes et les Pyrénées (CAPDEVILLE, 1978). Il est très abondant dans

ces deux derniers massifs. Jusqu’à une époque récente, on ne considérait

comme éteintes, en France, que quelques populations très marginales :

extreme nord du Jura, Forez. Historiquement, on a pu supposer

l'extinction de l’espece au Mont Pilat, voire au Mont d’Or, près de

Lyon, où sa présence a été inférée indirectement de témoignages assez

solides (RouGEoT, 1964). Dans les temps récents, un déclin très net

de l’espèce a été noté dans des régions où elle semblait bien implantée :

les Vosges, le Massif Central. Ce phénomène semble s’accélérer, comme

en témoignent les observations récentes de BACHELARD (1988) et nos

propres investigations lors des étés 1989 et 1990.

Par ailleurs, l'espèce est capable de former des populations abyssales

(350 m dans le Vaucluse et le Jura, 500 m dans les Causses), voire

de coloniser d’une manière éphémère des localités marginales (plateau

de Millevaches : BORDE, comm. pers). Son observation dans des

régions éloignées de son aire de distribution normale (Bourgogne,

Grande Bretagne : CONSTANT, 1866, HOWARTH 1973) témoigne de ses

capacités de déplacement.

161

Analyse électrophorétique : Les papillons (N = 151) ont été collectés

dans les quinze localités indiquées sur la carte 1. Le protocole

expérimental classique d’électrophorèse verticale a été décrit dans

NAPOLITANO, DESCIMON et GEIGER (1988). Les locus étudiés sont ceux

qui se sont révélés polymorphes chez P mnemosyne. D’autre part, deux

systèmes enzymatiques supplémentaires ont été testés (HBDH et AcP).

L'analyse des données a été réalisée grâce aux logiciels BIOSYS-1 de

SWOFFORD et SELANDER (1981) et STAT-ITCF. L'étude de la différen-

ciation génétique entre les populations a reposé d’une part, sur l’emploi

des statistiques F — F., F,, et F,, — (WRIGHT, 1978) et, d’autre part,

sur la mise en œuvre d’une série d’analyses multivariées — analyses

et composantes principales (ACP), analyse factorielle des correspon-

dances (AFC) et analyse factorielle discriminante (AFD).

La significativité des valeurs de F,, a été obtenue a partir de la relation :

X? = N(F,,)? (Li et Horvitz, 1953)

avec (S-1)(k-1) degrés de liberté (d.l.). N est le nombre total d’individus

échantillonnés ; k est le nombre d’alleles identifié a un locus donné

et s est le nombre de populations étudiées.

Les valeurs de F,, calculées pour chacun des locus polymorphes ont

été comparées a l’hypothèse nulle (F,, = 0) qui indique une absence

de différenciation génétique entre les colonies par un test du X? (WorK-

MAN et NISWANDER, 1970) où

X2 = 2NF,(k-1) et d.l. = (k-1)(s-1)

Analyse biométrique : L’analyse biométrique a reposé sur la mesure

des caractères de la patterne alaire. Dans une étape préliminaire, vingt

six d’entre eux ont été choisis. Une ACP portant sur un échantillon

de quarante individus de collection appartenant a quatre régions

biogéographiques bien tranchées (Massif Central, Pyrénées, Savoie et

Alpes Maritimes) a été entreprise afin de réduire le nombre ultérieur

de mesures a effectuer. Ce type de protocole expérimental nous a permis

ainsi de définir une série de douze caractères, peu corrélés entre eux,

bons descripteurs de la variabilité phénotypique de l’espèce. Par la suite,

nous avons étendu nos mesures a d’autres individus de collection (Jura)

ainsi qu’à la plupart des papillons soumis à l’électrophorèse.

La variabilité biométrique de l’ensemble de nos échantillons a été

évaluée par le calcul des coefficients d’aplatissement par caractère. De

plus, nous avons réalisé une ACP et une AFD afin de déceler d’éven-

tuels gradients phénotypiques entre nos diverses populations.

162

Carte 1. Populations de Parnassius apollo étudiées par électrophorèse et biométrie

(gros cercles noirs) et par biométrie seule (petits cercles noirs). 1 : Jura central ;

2 : Haute Savoie ; 3 : le Bez (Briançonnais) ; 4 : Lachau près Cervières (id.) ; 5 : Haute

Tinée (lacs du Lausfer et de Vens, Saint Dalmas le Selvage, Peyre Blanque regroupés) ;

6: Haute Vésubie (Gordolasque, Madone de Fenestre, Boréon et col de Salèze

regroupés) ; 7 : Pyrénées-Orientales (environs de Montlouis); 8 : Hautes-Pyrénées

(Cauterets et Gèdre) ; 9: plateau de Vaucluse ; 10: Grand Luberon; 11 : Aigoual ;

12 : Causse du Larzac, Méjean et de Sauveterre.

La Montagne de Lure, non figurée sur la carte, est située au N.-E. de 9.

163

Résultats

1) Observations de terrain: Dans les différentes localités visitées, la

densité des peuplements était très variable. Dans les Alpes, d’une

manière absolument générale, les individus sont à la fois omniprésents

et abondants. Dans les plateaux du Vaucluse, on observe des colonies

isolées, mais répandues partout où existent des biotopes favorables,

même très bas (350 m). Dans le Massif central, en revanche, la seule

colonie que nous avons pu observer se trouve à l’Aigoual et est

extrêmement restreinte. Nous avons visité les localités très classiques

des Causses où l’espèce était encore abondante avant 1989 ; mais nous

n’y avons observé aucun individu. Il est plus raisonnable d’admettre

que les conditions météorologiques exceptionnelles ont provoqué une

avance extrême de la phénologie et que les populations nous ont

échappé. En revanche, dans l’axe Cévennes-Mézenc, un déclin très net

a été observé depuis plusieurs années. Il est essentiellement dû à

l’envahissement par les genéts de la plupart des localités ; parfois aussi

par le «re»boisement volontaire de certains sites. De même, nous avons

visité en juillet de nombreuses localités citées dans la littérature. S'il

est vraisemblable que l’avance aberrante de la saison entomologique

a joué un rôle dans cet échec, il est certain qu’un déclin important

peut aussi être à l’origine de l’absence d'observations, comme en

témoignent les travaux de BACHELARD (1988). D’autre part, certaines

localités «classiques» ont été purement et simplement détruites par des

implantations touristiques, en particulier au Mont Dore.

2) Analyse électrophorétique : Le Tableau 1 présente les fréquences

alléliques calculées pour l’ensemble de nos échantillons. Seuls cinq locus

se sont révélés polymorphes sur les onze testés (GOT, PGI, PGM,

HK et MDH).

L’hétérozygotie moyenne observée varie de 0,07 au Lac de Vens a 0,23

dans la colonie du Bez (Tableau 2). La colonie du Mont Aigoual, seule

population échantillonnée dans le Massif Central, présente une faible

diversité génétique (0,08). Les trois colonies du Briançonnais (Cervières,

Le Bez et Montgenèvre), au contraire, sont très polymorphes.

Le Tableau 3 présente l’ensemble des valeurs des statistiques F (F.,

F,, et F,,) calculées pour chacun des locus polymorphes. La moyenne

des F,,, tous locus confondus, atteint 0,49 ; ce qui suggère que les quinze

populations considérées dans leur ensemble ne peuvent être assimilées

a une unité panmictique. Les valeurs des F,, pour chacun des locus

sont toutes positives. Elles varient de 0,345 pour HK a 0,618 pour

GOT. Un tel résultat montre que les cinq systèmes enzymatiques

164

01 00 oo! vo Of oo! es

NEE NOMADE D Lu)

0 £80 00] 00 01 OO | seuraums

110 680 00] 00 60 170] —— anbuerg aka |

00 01 00] 00 OT 00] 2mumon

ae ze Tenoäty

00 OT | ıwo €s'o | zoo sr0 zo 00|ElO 980 €0'0 —

OIT 001 SIT 6 | LOI

HOW

OIT 001

001 S

AH Id

‘SJUUOTITIUEUI9

suonerndod azumb say suep soydiowAjod snooy bus xne sagnojeo ssuuskow sonbmatpe ssouonboix ‘| neajgeL

165

Tableau 2. Hétérozygotie par locus, hétérozygotie moyenne attendue selon l’hypothèse

panmictique et hétérozygotie moyenne observées pour chacune des quinze populations

échantillonnées.

Gor

[000

: 1,00

[Madone de Fenese | 048 [04 RCE

EME D KE

000

Aigoual |

0.00

[Sénanaue Tom | 0.00

ae de Vers [om [oat

FLuberen [os [os

Contre Tom [000

[0.9

[0.0

ro.

Gordolasque

[os [ss

ih,

0,11

0,34

0,49

0,38

0,19

0,2

Tableau 3. Tableau récapitulatif des valeurs statistiques F calculées, pour chacun des

locus, entre l’ensemble des populations échantillonnées.

présentent un excès d’homozygotes à cette échelle d’observation. Dans

ces conditions, l’aire échantillonnée est composée de populations

génétiquement différenciées. Pour mieux apprécier ce degré de variation

géographique, nous avons effectué une analyse hiérarchisée de la

variance génétique à deux niveaux de structuration : entre les localités

166

échantillonnées et les régions d’une part (Hautes Alpes, Massif Central

et plateaux du Vaucluse, Alpes Maritimes); entre ces régions et

l’ensemble de l’aire échantillonnée, d’autre part. Les résultats sont

indiqués dans le tableau 4. Ils mettent en évidence la part importante

de la variation intra-régionale par rapport a la variation inter-régionale

des populations.

Tableau 4. Estimation de la différenciation génétique intra locus selon trois niveaux

de hiérarchie des statistiques F.

foo oer ee

L’analyse factorielle des correspondances (AFC) présentée à la figure

1 met en évidence deux subdivisions géographiques bien visibles. Les

individus échantillonnés dans les Alpes Maritimes, toutes populations

confondues, forment un groupe nettement individualisé le long du

premier facteur alors que les papillons collectés dans les Hautes Alpes

sont bien discriminés par le second axe. Sur le plan 1-2 de l’analyse

sont représentés également certains Variants enzymatiques. Ainsi les

allèles PGM-105 et GOT-93 sont caractéristiques des échantillons des

Alpes Maritimes.

Les populations du Vaucluse (Sénanque et Lubéron) ou du Massif

Central (Mont Aigoual) ne semblent pas posséder d’alleles particuliers.

Leurs individus ne peuvent être distingués de ceux des Hautes Alpes

dont ils semblent être une version génétique appauvrie. En revanche

ils ne peuvent être confondus avec les échantillons des Alpes Maritimes :

en effet, leurs deux enveloppes sont disjointes.

L’analyse en composantes principales (ACP) permet, elle, de préciser

les relations entre les populations (Figure 2). Les colonies des Alpes

Maritimes (Lausfer, Peyre Blanque, Saint Dalmas), bien représentées

le long du second facteur, sont caractérisées par l’influence des géno-

types PGM 100-105 et GOT 93-100 (Figure 3). Un tel résultat était

prévisible puisque les allèles PGM-105 et GOT-93 contribuaient déjà

à une part importante de l’inertie expliquée par l’axe principal de l'AFC.

Les populations situées près de l’origine des axes ne participent guère

à la définition des plans de projections. Il n’est donc pas étonnant

d’y retrouver là les colonies du Vaucluse et de l’Aigoual qui, nous

167

O ALPES MARITIMES ©

e HAUTES ALPES

„ (VAUCLUSE Hi

AIGOUAL PGM 117

[ 18%]

AXE 2

[14% ]

Fig. 1. Projection des individus et des alleles dans le plan 1-2 de l’analyse factorielle

des correspondances.

l’avons vu, ne montrent pas d’originalité génétique décelable dans nos

échantillons.

Les populations des Hautes Alpes, bien que très polymorphes, ne

présentent pas de génotypes caractéristiques mais semblent constituer

un «melting pot génétique» peu différencié.

3) Analyse biométrique : Les aplatissements moyens sont le plus sou-

vent inférieurs à 3 (Tableau 5). Dans ces conditions, la variabilité

phénotypique est assez prononcée ; ce qui semble bien s’accorder, en

première approximation, avec la prolifération des sous-espèces décrites

chez P apollo.

L'analyse factorielle discriminante (AFD) réalisée sur les individus

montre effectivement trois groupes géographiques distincts : les papillons

168

axe 2

[18%] PEYRE BLA

ST DALWAS

axe 1

GOR

MAD. DE FENESTaE SENANQUE | LE BORED [40%]

LUB

SALEZE AIGDUAL

CERVIERES

LE BEZ

Fig. 2. Projection des populations soumises à l’électrophorèse dans le plan 1-2 de

l'analyse en composantes principales selon les fréquences alléliques. Les points réels

sont situés exactement sous le milieu de l’intitulé de chaque localité.

des Alpes Maritimes, ceux du Massif Central et ceux des Alpes du

Nord (Figure 4). Ce résultat peut être rapproché de celui obtenu par

l’électrophorèse. Cependant, si les papillons du Massif Central sont

bien individualisés selon les critères biométriques, ils ne l’étaient pas

d’un point de vue enzymatique. En effet, les pourcentages de recou-

vrement des nuages atteignent à peine 10%; ce qui signifie qu’un

papillon sur dix seulement ne présente pas les caractéristiques propres

à sa région géographique. Les papillons du Massif central étudiés

apparaissent ainsi caractérisés par une taille plus importante de l’aile

antérieure et de la tache anale alors que ceux des Alpes Maritimes

paraissent plus mélanisés.

L’ACP (analyse en composantes principales) réalisée sur l’ensemble des

individus récoltés et sur ceux de collection confirme le rôle de ces

caractères dans l’individualisation des groupes (Figures 5 et 6). Ainsi

les colonies de Peyre Blanque, de Saint Dalmas, mais aussi celles des

Pyrénées apparaissent caractérisées par l’intensité de la mélanisation

entourant les ocelles rouges des ailes postérieures. L’importance de la

taille des ailes des populations de l’Aigoual et de la Lozère est aussi

bien visible dans la figure 5. Les populations des Alpes centrales gardent

leur manque d’originalité.

169

| | |

| PGM 100-105

' PGM 105-105

PGI GOT 93-100

95-100 |

| |

| PGM PGI 100-100

| PGN 95-100 100-117 |

| Y |

| PGM 95-95 |

| MDH 100-100

| HEK |

| 100-100 GOT 100-100

axe I (40%)

HEK 110 - 110

HEK 100 - 110

PGM 117-117 |

PGI 100-115

MDH 100-110 |

| I

MDH 110-110 GOT 107-107

| PGM 100-190

| ale 100+107

| PGI 116 -115

| |

Fig. 3. Cercle principal des corrélations entre les genotypes observés et les deux premiers

axes de l’analyse en composantes principales.

Discussion

Les résultats qui viennent d’être exposés permettent d’apporter des

éléments de réponse préliminaires aux questions formulées dans

l’introduction.

Les populations les plus vulnérables sont, sans aucun doute, situées

dans le Massif Central siliceux : bordure Est (Du Forez à l’Aigoual)

et axe Puy de Dôme-Cantal.

Dans le Massif Central calcaire, les populations, selon nos observations,

semblaient encore bien implantées jusqu’en 1988 ; en particulier dans

le Causse du Larzac. Le manque d’observations de 1989 et 1990 paraît

lié aux conditions climatiques aberrantes mais une disparition totale

et subite n’est plus à exclure après le renouvellement de l’échec en 1990.

170

Tableau 5. Valeurs moyennes (X) et coefficients d’aplatissement (A) des caractères alaires mesurés.

ROC ET ASE A1 | x À

288 17129 269,219 205[43 3551348 22

Peyre Blanque (2,99) | 38,2 2,59 are 404 23

Saint Dalmas (3,06) 349 2,4 6 DAS

Lac de Vens (2,62) 30,09 3,56 a

Aigoual (2,90) 394 207 40,8 3,29

2,49

2,81

ENT

1,98

3,00

MDC : Macule discocellulaire. BH : Bande hyaline.

MPD : Macule postdistale. AAN : Longueur de l’aile antérieure.

TIB : Tache en 1b APO : Largeur de l’aile postérieure.

MSC : Macule subcostale. BOA : Blanc dans l’ocelle antérieur.

TA : Tache anale. NOA : Noir dans l’ocelle antérieur.

OPG : Grande dimension de l’ocelle postérieur. NOP : Noir dans l’ocelle postérieur.

Fig. 4. Projections des individus sur le plan principal de l’analyse discriminante effectuée

à partir de la biométrie d’individus mâles provenant de Haute Savoie (cercles noirs),

des Alpes Maritimes (carrés blancs) et des Causses (triangles noirs).

Dans les Alpes du Sud, s’il peut y avoir, par places, des restrictions

des surfaces des habitats, les papillons restent, dans toutes les régions,

fort abondants.

Les populations du Vaucluse ne paraissent pas, elles non plus, très

vulnérables, même si leur aire de distribution est plus réduite que celle

des colonies alpines.

Le point n’a pas encore été fait dans le Jura, les Vosges et les Pyrénées.

1172

LOZERE AXE 2

| (TA)

JURA

LE BOREON

LAC DE VENS

BRIANCONNAIS

LE BEZ

SAVOIE AXE |

AIGOUAL LAUSFER (51%)

ST DALMAS

PEYRE BLANQUE

PYRENEES

Fig. 5. Projection de l’ensemble des populations étudiées par biométrie dans le plan

principal de l’analyse en composantes principales.

Le problème posé par l’originalite génétique des populations menacées

est plus complexe. Si l’on s’en tient aux résultats de l’électrophorèse,

la population de l’Aigoual, peu hétérozygote, ne possède pas d’allèles

particuliers. Il semble en être ainsi de toutes les colonies isolées étudiées.

En fait, le type de polymorphisme révélé par les méthodes électrophoré-

tiques ne peut généralement pas être relié a des forces sélectives

évidentes. La variation géographique observée s’expliquerait surtout par

des facteurs historiques liés à la dispersion plus ou moins récente des

papillons.

Ainsi une hypothèse importante peut être inférée de nos résultats : les

populations isolées que nous avons étudiées sont jeunes et leur

différenciation enzymatique a eu lieu essentiellement par dérive. Le plan

1-2 de PAFC (analyse factorielle des correspondances) est, à ce titre

éloquent : les individus de l’Aigoual et du plateau du Vaucluse auraient

pu être capturés dans les Hautes Alpes. Les mutations, dont le rythme

est bien plus lent, n’ont pas amené de différenciation génétique sensible.

Au contraire, nous avons observé une variabilité importante au niveau

du graphisme alaire empiriquement codifié par les descripteurs des sous-

espèces. Des forces sélectives ont pu, sans doute, amener rapidement

173

(17) |

APO

AAN

| 1

MPD

TIB MSC BOA (517)

MBC

OPG

NOP

NOA

Fig. 6. Cercle principal des corrélations entre les caractéres phénotypiques mesurés

et les deux premiers axes de l’ACP.

une telle variation géographique bien visible sur certains caractéres

(taille des ailes et des ocelles, importance de la mélanisation).

Soulignons en effet que la composante génétique d’un tel déterminisme

n’est point absente chez les Parnassius, comme le montre un travail

récent (Guppy, 1989) et nos observations. Ainsi, si les populations

isolées et menacées sont peut-être sans originalité biochimique marquée,

une part de leur génome apparaît plus «réactif» aux pressions du milieu.

Sauvegarder ces colonies revient donc à préserver des papillons qui,

par leur graphisme alaire et leur éthologie, témoignent de la potentialité

adaptative de l’espèce.

Un exemple de différenciation comportementale a, en effet, été observé

par nous-mêmes lors de nos élevages : les Apollons de localités pentues

préfèrent les sites de ce type alors que les papillons provenant des

Causses se tiennent sur terrain plat.

De telles observations sont à mettre en relation avec le résultat des

travaux d’EHRLICH (1983) qui postule que chaque population possède

174

sans doute ses propres «microadaptations». Notre tentative infructueuse

d'implantation d’ceufs de P apollo des Causses à la Sainte Baume

semble être, à ce titre, très significative (DESCIMON et VEsco, 1989).

De même, les travaux de PALIK (1980) montrent les difficultés des

réintroductions, en particulier en l’absence d’une régénération des

biotopes. L'étude très poussée de RicHARz et col. (1989) souligne

également le rôle capital de la destruction des localités favorables dans

l'extinction de P. apollo.

Devons nous, pour autant, envisager une protection totale de chacune

des localités de P. apollo?

Nous ne le pensons pas. Les populations alpines sont, le plus souvent,

très denses et, d’après nos résultats d’électrophorèse, très polymorphes.

Elles ne paraissent donc pas menacées. Sans doute, cependant, le

maximum doit-il être entrepris pour protéger le plus possible de colonies

dans les localités vulnérables.

Ainsi, il semble nécessaire d'empêcher l’envahissement des stations

connues de P apollo dans le Massif Central siliceux par les genéts.

De même, faut-il très vraisemblablement songer à contrôler, si possible,

l’extension touristique dans l’axe Puy de Döme-Cantal si l’on veut éviter

l'extinction de l’Apollon dans cette région. En effet, il nous a paru

déceler chez P apollo, à partir de nos électrophorèses préliminaires,

une structure de populations ouverte. Ce serait un facteur assez inquié-

tant, car de telles espèces tolèrent très mal les faibles densités et ont

alors tendance à s'effondrer (DESCIMON et NAPOLITANO, 1989).

Des études beaucoup plus approfondies sont donc nécessaires, tant dans

les régions déjà prospectées que dans d’autres (Pyrénées, Jura...). Des

observations proprement écologiques menées en collaboration avec des

écologistes végétaux apparaissent indispensables.

La disparition de P apollo est, comme pour l’immense majorité des

autres espèces, provoquée par la disparition de ses habitats. Comment

maintenir ceux-ci, dans des conditions économiques acceptables, est

un problème difficile.

Bibliographie

BACHELARD, P., 1988. Excursion en terre arverne (Puy de Dôme) (Lepidop-

tera). Bulletin Sciences nat., 58 : 24-27.

CAPDEVILLE, P., 1978. Die geographischen Rassen von Parnassius apollo.

Fasc. 1. Edit. Sciences Nat., Venette (Compiègne).

Le présent travail a été réalisé dans le cadre d’un contrat avec le Ministère de l’En-

vironnement.

175

ConsTANT, A., 1866. Catalogue des Lépidoptères du département de Saône

et Loire. Mémoires d'Histoire naturelle. Société éduenne. Autun, Michel

Dejussieu. 368 pp.

Descımon, H. & Vesco, J. P., 1988. A mutant affecting wing pattern in

Parnassius apollo (Linné) (Lepidoptera Papilionidae). J. res. Lepid. 26

(1-4) : 161-172.

Descımon, H. & NAPOLITANO, M., 1989. Genetic management of butterfly

populations. Actes du colloque The future of butterflies, Wageningen

(Hollande), avril 1989, 12 pp. (Sous presse).

EHRLICH, P. R., 1983. Genetics and the extinction of butterfly populations.

In «Genetics and Conservation» : a reference for managing wild animal

and plant populations. C. M. Schonewald-Cox, S. M. Chambers, B.

MacBryde and L. Thomas (eds.). Benjamin/Cummings, Menlo Park.

Guppy, C. S., 1989. Evidence for genetic determination of variation in adult

size and wing melanism of Parnassius phoebus. J. Lep. Soc., 43 (2):

148-151.

HowARTH, T. G., 1973. South’s British Butterflies. Frederick Warne, London,

New York, 210 pp., 48 pl.

Lacy, R. C., 1988. A report on population genetics in conservation.

Conservation Biology, 2 : 245-247.

Li, C. C. & Horvitz, D. G., 1953. Some methods of estimating the inbreeding

coefficient. Amer. J. Hum. Genet., 95 : 107-117.

NAPOLITANO, M., GEIGER, H. J. & Descımon, H., 1988. Structure demo-

graphique et génétique de quatre populations provençales de Parnassius

mnemosyne (L.) (Lepidoptera Papilionidae) : isolement et polymorphisme

dans des populations «menacées». Génét. Sél. Evol., 20 (1) : 51-62.

NAPOLITANO, M., 1989a. Structure génétique et démographique des populations

de Parnassius mnemosyne dans le Sud-Est de la France. Thèse de

Doctorat, 289 p., Université de Provence. Marseille.

NAPOLITANO, M., 1989b. Structure génétique des populations de Parnassius

mnemosyne dans le Sud de la France. Etude biométrique et électro-

phorétique. Nota lepid., 12, suppl. 1 : 38-41.

Paik, E., 1980. The protection and reintroduction in Poland of Parnassius

apollo Linnaeus (Papilionidae). Nota lepid., (2) : 163-164.

RACHELI, T., CIANCHI, R. & BULLINI, L., 1983. Differenzeamento e variabilita

genetica di alcune sottospecie di Parnassius apollo (Lepidoptera :

Papilionidae). Atti XIII Congr. Naz. It. Ent. Sestriere-Torino.

RICHARZ, N., NEUMAN, D. & WipkinG, W., 1989. Untersuchungen zur

Okologie des Apollofalters (Parnassius apollo vinningensis Stichel 1899.

Lepidoptera, Papilionidae) im Weinbaugebiet der unteren Mosel. Mitt.

Arbeitsgem. rhein.-westf. Lepidopterol. 5 (3-4) : 108-259.

ROUGEOT, P. C., 1964. Apollons romantiques. Alexanor, 3 : 225-229.

WORKMAN, P. L. & NISWANDER, J. D., 1970. Population studies on south-

western Indian tribes. II. Local genetic differentiation in the papago.

Amer. J. Hum. Genet., 22 : 24-29.

SWOFFORD, D. L. & SELANDER, R. B., 1981. BIOSYS-1 : a Fortran program

for the comprehensive analysis of electrophoretic data in population

genetics and systematics. J. Hered., 72 : 281-283.

WRIGHT, S., 1978. Evolution and the genetics of populations. Vol. 4 Variability

within and among natural populations. Univ. Chicago Press, Chicago, IL.

176

Nota lepid. 13 (2-3) : 177-185 ; 30.1X.1990 ISSN 0342-7536

Die von RoTHscHILD, L. D., in SEITZ, A.,

Die Großschmetterlinge der Erde, Bd. 10,

beschriebenen Spilosoma-Arten

(Lepidoptera, Arctiidae)

(Spilosomen-Studien 4)

Werner THOMAS

Eleonorenring 30, D-6350 Bad Nauheim, BRD.

Summary

The specimens figured in SErrz, vol. 10, (1914) on plates 20-25 are identified

by consecutive numbers on red square-labels. Lectotypes of all valid Spilosoma-

taxa, described by RoTHSCHILD in this part of SEITZ (japonensis ROTHSCHILD,

1914 ; orientalis ROTHSCHILD, 1914 ; hampsoni RoTHSCHILD, 1914 ; persimilis

ROTHSCHILD, 1914; elongata RoTHscHILD, 1914; hypsoides ROTHSCHILD,

1914) are designated.

Zusammenfassung

Das System zur Identifizierung der in SErrz, Bd. 10 (1914) auf den Tafeln

20-25 abgebildeten Exemplare wird beschrieben, es handelt sich um fortlaufende

Zahlen auf rotem quadratischem Zettel. Lectotypen aller in diesem Teil des

SEITZ von ROTHSCHILD beschriebenen validen Spilosoma-Taxa (japonensis

ROTHSCHILD, 1914 ; orientalis ROTHSCHILD, 1914 ; hampsoni ROTHSCHILD,

1914 ; persimilis RoTHSCHILD, 1914 ; elongata ROTHSCHILD, 1914 ; hypsoides

ROTHSCHILD, 1914) werden festgelegt.

Allan Watson (BMNH) danke ich für den kollegialen Rat und die

Hilfe bei der Einsichtnahme des Materials, Wolfgang NAssic für die

redaktionellen Hilfen.

Bei der Durchsicht der im Britischen Museum (Natural History),

London, befindlichen Spilosoma (s.1.) — Typen fiel auf, daß Typen

der von ROTHSCHILD in SEITZ, Bd. 10 (1914) beschriebenen Taxa der

Gattung Spilosoma auf Anhieb nicht auffindbar waren ; dies ist umso

verwunderlicher, als ROTHSCHILD üblicherweise seine Typen mit großen

roten oder rosa Etiketten versah. Die Beschreibung des jeweiligen

Taxon basierte in allen Fällen nicht auf Holotypen, so daß sich die

Notwendigkeit ergab, Lectotypen auszuwählen bzw. im vorhandenen

Material erst einmal zu suchen. Da in einer Reihe von Fällen Ab-

177

bildungen in Seitz vorhanden waren, konnte nach ähnlich aussehenden

Exemplaren gesucht werden.

Einige todara-Männchen zeigten Ähnlichkeit mit der Abbildung der

gesuchten hampsoni RoTHscHILD in Seitz, Tafel 21d. Eins der

Männchen trug ein ungewöhnliches Etikett, eine handgeschriebene „69“

auf etwa quadratischem kleinen roten Zettel. Auf der Suche nach den

anderen RoTtHscHıLD-Iaxa fanden sich weitere Falter, die ähnliche

Etiketten trugen, aber nur in den Fällen, in denen Abbildungen in

SEITZ existierten. Die Zahlenunterschiede entsprachen den Unterschie-

den bei einer gedachten fortlaufenden Numerierung der entsprechenden

Falter auf den Tafeln in Seitz. Weitere Suche in den Beständen des

Museums brachte eine Vielzahl von Faltern, die in dieses System

paßten.

Als Zusammenfassung der Recherchen ergeben sich folgende Erkennt-

nisse : Ein Teil der Arctiiden-Falter, die den Abbildungen in SEITZ,

Bd. 10, zugrundeliegen, lassen sich einwandfrei durch ein quadratisches

rotes Etikett mit einer handgeschriebenen Nummer identifizieren. Dabei

hat nexa & auf Tafel 20 links oben die Nummer „1“. Fortlaufend von

links nach rechts (vigens „2“, lacteatum & „3“ etc.) und von oben nach

unten sind alle Falter durchnumeriert. Dies setzt sich auf Tafel 21 fort

mit „Sl“ für flavens à, auf Tafel 22 für multiguttata „90“ etc. Di

Numerierung endet mit „251“ für alba auf Tafel 25 unten rechts. Es

sind also Falter eindeutig identifizierbar, die als Vorlage für die Ab-

bildungen auf den Tafeln 20 bis 25 dienten. Obwohl eine Suche nach

allen 251 Exemplaren aus Zeitgründen nicht erfolgen konnte, brachten

stichpunktartige Kontrollen nur eine einzige Lücke: bei den auf

Tafel 23 abgebildeten Arten ab phasiana (khasiana, d. Verf.) scheinen

die Zettel mit den Nummern entfernt worden zu sein.

Die Konsequenz dieser Erkenntnisse für die von ROTHSCHILD in SEITZ,

Bd. 10 (1914) neu beschriebenen Taxa ist im nachfolgenden systema-

tischen Teil dargestellt.

Die Bedeutung der roten Etiketten ist nur teilweise nachvollziehbar.

Sie wurden mit Sicherheit nicht im BMNH, London, gefertigt, sind

also nicht von ROTHSCHILD selbst angebracht worden. Die Zahlen

stammen nach Ausssage von Allan WATson aus einer „kontinentalen

Feder“, wie aus der Art, wie bestimmte Ziffern geschrieben sind, ge-

schlossen werden kann. Wahrscheinlich waren sie eine Sortierhilfe für

den deutschen Zeichner der Tafeln und verblieben nach Rücksendung

nach London an der jeweiligen Nadel. Warum gerade die vorliegenden

Falter durchnumeriert wurden und nicht auch die Spilosomen der Tafel

19, oder alle Arctiiden, bleibt unerklärt.

178

Systematischer Teil

Die folgenden Lectotypus-Festlegungen der Spilosoma-Arten sind in

der Reihenfolge der Arten in Seitz, Bd. 10 (1914) geordnet, jeweils

zunächst mit Seitenzahl in SEITZ und Originalzitat.

1. S. 239 : „D. rhodophila WKR. japonensis subsp. nov. (21e)“.

Bemerkungen.

Ein mit einem Typenetikett versehenes Exemplar von japonensis ROTH-

SCHILD existiert in coll. BMNH nicht. Das in 21e abgebildete Männchen

ist durch Nr. „72“ auf rotem quadratischem Zettel eindeutig identi-

fizierbar. Es wird hiermit zum Lectotypus festgelegt (Abb. 1-3).

DESIGNATION. Der Lectotypus von japonensis ROTHSCHILD ist ein in

der Grundfarbe sehr blasses, cremeweißes Männchen von inaequalis

BUTLER, auch Größe und Flügelschnitt stimmen mit inaequalis überein.

Damit wird die entsprechende Vermutung Daniets (1943) bestätigt.

Die von DANIEL unter Spilarctia japonensis ROTHSCHILD behandelten

Falter aus der Mandschurei gehören nicht zu inaequalis, sondern zu

melli DANIEL.

Diese Artengruppe wurde inzwischen zu Lemyra gestellt (THOMAS

1990).

Status :

Lemyra inaequalis (BUTLER 1879).

Diacrisia rhodophila japonensis ROTHSCHILD 1914.

Spilarctia japonensis ROTHSCHILD (DANIEL 1943), partim.

2. S. 243 : ,,D. obliqua WKR. occidentalis subsp. nov. (2le)*.

Bemerkungen.

In coll BMNH befindet sich unter dem Schild „occidentalis“ ein

Weibchen mit der Etikettierung ,,Haining 10/92“, „Walker Coll. 91-

155“ und ,,Diacrisia obliqua var. occidentalis Roths. Hampson Ab.

1“. Ich wähle aber das der Abbildung 21e in Seitz zugrunde liegende

Weibchen zum Lectotypus (Abb. 4-6).

DESIGNATION. Es trägt die Zahl „71“.

Die von RoTHscHILD als occidentalis angesehenen Weibchen sind

Weibchen von bisecta LEECH. In der Meinung, einige gute Arten als

Formen oder Synonyme unter obliqua zusammenfassen zu können,

fielen ROTHSCHILD die bisecta-Weibchen gegenüber normalen „obligua“

als Farbvarianten auf. Die Färbung von bisecta-Weibchen reicht von

109

I ,L

LUN

Vek ame’

(Dr. Lambert),

Wye GG

Wy,

Rothschild

Bequest

B.M.1939-1.

Abb. 1. D. rhodophila japonensis Rotuscu. Lectotypus, Oberseite.

Abb. 2. D. rhodophila japonensis ROTHSCH. Lectotypus, Unterseite.

Abb. 3. D. rhodophila japonensis Rotuscu. Lectotypus, Etiketten.

Abb. 4. D. obliqua occidentalis ROTHscH. Lectotypus, Oberseite.

Abb. 5. D. obliqua occidentalis ROTHSCH. Lectotypus, Unterseite.

Abb. 6. D. obliqua occidentalis Rotuscn. Lectotypus, Etiketten.

180

fahlgraubraun bis deutlich mittelbraun. Die Beschreibung von occiden-

talis als Subspecies ist wohl darauf zurückzuführen, daß ROTHSCHILD

„normale obliqua“ aus West-China nicht vorlagen.

DANIEL (1943) erkannte die Eigenständigkeit von bisecta und die

Zuordnung von occidentalis zu dieser, doch ist der Subspecies-

Charakter von occidentalis offensichtlich nicht aufrecht zu erhalten.

Sowohl das äußere Erscheinungsbild des Typenmaterials beider Taxa

als auch die geographische Verbreitung sprechen dagegen.

Status:

Spilosoma bisecta LEECH 1888.

Diacrisia obliqua occidentalis ROTHSCHILD 1914.

Spilarctia bisecta occidentalis ROTHSCHILD (DANIEL 1943). Syn. n.

3. S. 243 : „D. hampsoni spec. nov. (21d)“.

Bemerkungen.

Ein etikettiertes Exemplar ist in coll BMNH nicht vorhanden. Das

der Abbildung 21d in Seitz zugrundeliegende Exemplar trägt der

Rangfolge auf der Tafel entsprechend die Nummer ,,69“. Es wird hier

als Lectotypus festgelegt (Abb. 7-9).

DESIGNATION. Die Zeichnungsanlage und Farbung des Falters ent-

sprechen weitgehend der Abbildung und Beschreibung.

Der Lectotypus von hampsoni ist ein Männchen von todara Moore.

Möglicherweise stand ROTHSCHILD wenig Vergleichsmaterial zur Ver-

fügung. Die heute in coll. BMNH befindliche Serie von todara weist

eine erhebliche Variationsbreite auf, in die hampsoni hineinpaßt. Welche

Falter RorHSCHILD mit den Weibchen in der Urbeschreibung gemeint

haben könnte, ist nicht mehr nachvollziehbar.

Status:

Spilosoma todara Moore 1872.

Diacrisia hampsoni ROTHSCHILD 1914. Syn. n.

4. S. 246 : „D. persimilis spec. nov. (22f, g)“.

Bemerkungen.

Aus der Syntypen-Serie, die 14 Männchen und 1 Weibchen umfaßt,

wähle ich das Männchen mit der Nummer „118“ zum Lectotypus

(Abb. 10-12).

DESIGNATION. Weitere drei Falter, | Männchen und zwei Weibchen,

gefangen in den 30er Jahren dieses Jahrhunderts, wurden coll. BMNH

später zugefügt.

181

HRTESKERTERHERERBERSERERHEDFERERBERHEREERDERLEEDTESSESESTERTERNERNERTEREERNENERTEEBEERNEEERFERSEBENERN

PLU

sci AA,

; othschi

. CEST

B.MI 935.

11 12

Abb. 7. D. hampsoni Rotuscu. Lectotypus, Oberseite.

Abb. 8. D. hampsoni Rotuscu. Lectotypus, Unterseite.

Abb. 9. D. hampsoni Rotuscu. Lectotypus, Etiketten.

Abb. 10. D. persimilis Roruscn. Lectotypus, Oberseite.

Abb. 11. D. persimilis Rotuscn. Lectotypus, Unterseite.

Abb. 12. D. persimilis Rotuscu. Lectotypus, Etiketten.

182

Spil. persimilis ist eine der ca. 2 Dutzend in Neu-Guinea endemischen

Spilosoma-Arten.

Status :

Spilosoma persimilis (ROTHSCHILD 1914).

5. S. 246: „D. biagi B.-Bak. elongata subsp. nov.“.

Bemerkungen.

5 Männchen sind als Syntypen anzusprechen, daraus wähle ich das

Männchen mit der Nummer ,,131“ zum Lectotypus (Abb. 13-15).

DESIGNATION. Zeichnungsunterschiede zwischen elongata und biagi

sind augenfällig, aber nicht gravierend. Mangels Material läßt sich nicht

beurteilen, ob die Beschreibung von elongata als Subspecies gerecht-

fertigt ist; auBer den Syntypen beider Taxa scheint kein weiteres

Material bekannt geworden zu sein.

Status :

Spilosoma biagi elongata (ROTHSCHILD 1914).

6. S. 246: „D. hypsoides spec. nov. (23g).

Bemerkungen.

Spil. hypsoides gehort zu den Arten auf Tafel 23, bei denen mit rotem

Etikett versehene Exemplare nicht aufzufinden waren. Statt dessen tragt

ein Falter ein weißes Etikett mit der Aufschrift ,,Spilosoma hypsoides

ROTHSCHILD Type“, ein Etikett, wie es ROTHSCHILD in seinen späten

Jahren zur Typenetikettierung benutzte ; auch die Handschrift deutet

darauf hin, daß das Etikett von ROTHSCHILD selbst stammt. Unter

den drei Syntypen lege ich dieses Exemplar zum Lectotypus fest

(Abb. 16-18).

DESIGNATION. Trotz der Ähnlichkeit in Färbung und Zeichnung hat

hypsoides nichts mit der niceta-Gruppe zu tun. Nach dem Genital-

apparat zu urteilen, scheint die Art vorläufig isoliert zu stehen.

Status:

Spilosoma hypsoides (ROTHSCHILD 1914).

7. Die anderen von ROTHSCHILD in Seitz, Bd. 10, aufgestellten

Spilosoma-Taxa sind infrasubspezifisch (eindeutig als Aberrationen

gekennzeichnet) und haben daher keine nomenklatorische Gültigkeit.

Sie sind im folgenden aufgelistet :

Spilosoma erythrastis Moore ab. diluta ; ROTHSCHILD 1914.

Lemyra stigmata (Moore) ab. aurantiaca ; ROTHSCHILD 1914.

183

FIEERERTEERTTEDT LEI DDI DE LUD DDP II DER IR I LI na

HUET

13 14

SESTERRETTESTESSBRSBSSRELDEDERREDDIDEEDDDDDLEDPRER RI IT 1

Rothschild

_ Bequest

8.M.1939-1,

Rothschild

Beguest

8.M.1939-1.

Nino

Central Arfak Mas.

Dutch New Goines

BEETLE »

17 18

Abb. 13. D. biagi elongata Rotuscu. Lectotypus, Oberseite.

Abb. 14. D. biagi elongata RoTHscH. Lectotypus, Unterseite.

Abb. 15. D. biagi elongata Rotuscu. Lectotypus, Etiketten.

Abb. 16. D. hypsoides ROTHscH. Lectotypus, Oberseite.

Abb. 17. D. hypsoides RoTHscH. Lectotypus, Unterseite.

Abb. 18. D. hypsoides RoTHscH. Lectotypus, Etiketten.

184

Spilosoma leopardina (KOLLAR) ab. suffusa ; ROTHSCHILD 1914.

Spilosoma casigneta (KOLLAR) ab. melanocephala ; ROTHSCHILD 1914.

Spilosoma casigneta (KOLLAR) ab. xanthogaster ; ROTHSCHILD 1914.

Spilosoma rubilinea Moore ab. fuscescens ; ROTHSCHILD 1914.

Spilosoma strigatula (WALKER) ab. apuncta ; ROTHSCHILD 1914.

Literatur

DANIEL, F., 1943. Beiträge zur Kenntnis der Arctiidae Ostasiens unter

besonderer Berticksichtigung der Ausbeute H. HONEs aus diesem Gebiet

(Lep. Het.). II. Teil: Hypsinae, Micrarctiinae, Spilosominae, Arctiinae.

Mitt. münchn. entomol. Ges. 33 : 673-759, Taf. 14-22.

ROTHSCHILD, L. W., 1914. V. Subfamilie Arctiinae. In Serrz, A. (Ed.) : Die

Großschmetterlinge der Erde, Bd. 10 : 236-263. Kernen-Verlag, Stuttgart.

Tuomas, W., 1990. Die Gattung Lemyra (Lep., Arct.). Nachr. entomol. Ver.

Apollo, Frankfurt, Suppl. 9 : 1-83.

185

Nota lepid. 13 (2-3) : 186-187 ; 30.1X.1990 ISSN 0342-7536

Book reviews — Buchbesprechungen — Analyses

LARSEN, T. B. 1990 : The Butterflies of Egypt. Apollo Books, Lundbyve;j

36, DK-5700 Svendborg Danemark. 112 pages, 8 planches couleur.

DK 240.- plus port.

Après avoir ré-édité de façon magistrale (planches en couleurs) les ouvrages

classiques de CurorT (Noctuelles et Géomètres) et SPULER (Microlépidoptères,

Chenilles) devenus introuvables ou hors de prix, notre collègue et membre

de la SEL Peder Skou édite maintenant (Apollo Books) un très beau nouveau

livre en anglais sur les Diurnes d'Égypte.

L'auteur de «The Butterflies of Egypt», également membre de notre SEL,

également Danois : Torben B. LARSEN, s’est distingué comme spécialiste des

Rhopalocères et Hesperiidae (Lépidoptères diurnes) du Proche- et du Moyen-

Orient. Rappelons ici ses nombreux travaux déjà publiés : Butterflies of

Lebanon 1974, Butterflies of Eastern Oman 1977, Butterflies of Dhofar 1980,

Butterflies of the Yemen Arab Republic 1982, Insects of Saudi Arabia

Rhopalocera 1983, Butterflies of Saudi Arabia and its neighbours 1984,

Butterflies of Oman 1980, enfin (avec I. Nakamura) Butterflies of East Jordan

1983.

Il a en outre actuellement à l’impression (Oxford University Press) un livre

sur les Rhopalocères et Hesperiidae du Kenya, qui traitera des 870 espèces

de ce pays. Son nouveau livre, très bien présenté sur papier glacé, de format

élégant et agréable, avec une belle jaquette en couleur (Hypolimnas misippus

L. 4) est dédié à E.P. Wittsuire. Sur 112 pages et 8 planches en couleur

(photos), il présente de façon claire, complète mais concise, les 58 espèces

recensées jusqu’à présent de façon certaine sur le territoire de l'Égypte : du

Sinaï au désert occidental et au Gebel Elba au sud. Comme il se doit, les

chapitres successifs sont les suivants: Géographie de l’Egypte, subdivisions

écologiques, histoire des recherches lépidoptérologiques en Egypte ; puis vient

la partie centrale : liste systématique des 58 espèces, avec pour chacune d’entre

elles sa répartition, son statut (ssp.) et nombre de renseignements utiles :

biologie, écologie, au besoin caractères distinctifs (au total 37 pages). Viennent

ensuite : Une liste commentée des espèces qui pourraient encore être trouvées

en Égypte, des espèces dont l’absence est surprenante et des espèces citées

par erreur ; biogéographie des Diurnes d'Égypte (éléments afro-tropicaux,

orientaux, paléotropicaux, paléarctiques, érémiques et indéterminés) ; répar-

tition des espèces entre les sept principales zones écologiques ; migrateurs;

les huit planches ; espèces nuisibles ; bibliographie (7 pages) ; index alphabé-

tique.

Rédigé en langage courant et non technique, alors même qu’il satisfait entiere-

ment aux critères scientifiques les plus récents, cet ouvrage permet d’identifier

186

toutes les espèces de Diurnes égyptiens, peu nombreuses mais extrêmement

intéressantes.

À propos de la bibliographie, je regrette personnellement l’absence du Comte

Turati. À la page 21 (Chapitre «Régions voisines»), Larsen écrit que la

République Arabe de Libye, pays voisin à l’ouest, a fait l’objet de quelques

recherches, ayant abouti à plusieurs publications du Comte Turati, dispersées

dans la littérature entomologique italienne, mais jamais complètement «di-

gested». Et il ajoute (avec raison) qu’une revue de la faune de Lybie serait

hautement désirable. Or les travaux de Turati sur les Lépidoptères de

Cyrénaique ne sont nullement dispersés, mais tous concentrés dans les deux

grandes revues scientifiques nationales italiennes : Atti Soc. ital. Sc. Nat. :

7 travaux importants sur les Lépidoptères de Cyrénaique, de 1921 à 1930,

et Mem. Soc. Entom. Ital. : 1 travail (avec G. KRUGER) en 1936 sur le même

sujet, ainsi que dans Boll. Mus. Zool. Torino, 1925 (1 travail sur le méme

sujet).

Ayant la chance de posséder les tirages a part de tous les travaux du Comte

Turati, j’ai pu constater la grande richesse des données qu’on y trouve sur

les Diurnes (entre autres familles) de Cyrénaique : plus de 25 espèces, dont

quelques nouvelles, et quantité de «formes». Je suis convaincu que ces travaux

pourraient précisément servir de base à la revue hautement désirable pour

Larsen. Dommage qu'aucun d’entre eux ne figure dans la bibliographie !

Malgré cette regrettable omission, c’est un véritable plaisir que de tenir ce

livre en main et d’en étudier les divers chapitres. A tous nos lecteurs qui

se rendront en Égypte pour leur pélerinage culturel aux sources de la

civilisation, nous recommandons le «LARSEN-Egypte» comme agréable lecture

de voyage. Et bien entendu, cette monographie devrait figurer sur les rayons

de bibliothèque de tout lépidoptériste européen qui sait regarder au delà des

frontières de son pays.

E. de Bros.

Communication

Aufruf um Mitarbeit

Mitarbeiter des Tiroler Landesmuseum Ferdinandeum erarbeiten derzeit eine

Rote Liste der gefährdeten Tiere Südtirols (Schmetterlinge). Es wird ersucht

Sammellisten für diesen Zweck zur Verfügung zu stellen.

Anschrift : Dr P. Huemer, Tiroler Landesmuseum, Museumstrasse 15, A-6020

Innsbruck.

187

Memorandum

Subscriptions for 1991 are now due. As last year, an invoice is enclosed with

this issue. Members who have already paid should ignore this invoice.

Corporate members will receive a separate invoice from the treasurer.

Dieser Nummer liegt eine Rechnung für den Jahresbeitrag 1991 bei. Mitglieder,

die bereits ihren Beitrag fiir 1991 tiberwiesen haben, bitten wir, diese Rechnung

als gegenstandslos zu betrachten. Korporative Mitglieder erhalten vom Schatz-

meister eine gesonderte Rechnung.

Le présent numéro renferme une facture pour la cotisation 1991. Les membres

qui ont déjà payé sont priés de la considérer comme sans objet. Les membres

collectifs recevront une facture spéciale du Trésorier.

188

Bier ‘SEL SOCIETAS EUROPAEA LEPIDOPTEROLOGICA e.V.

COUNCIL:

AA ne

Membership Secretary : Willy De Prins Editor : Emmanuel de Bros

_ Ordinary Council Members : Henri Descimon, Niels P. Kristensen, Kauri Mikkola,

President : Emilio Balletto Vice-President : Barry Goater

General Secretary : Hansjürg Geiger Treasurer : Sigbert Wagener

Andras M. Vojnits, Steven E. Whitebread.

COMMITTEES :

Literature : Pamela Gilbert

_ Habitat and Species Protection : Michael G. Morris

MEMBERSHIP :

Applications for membership, changes of address and orders for Nota lepidoptero-

logica and other literature should be sent to :

| Societas Europaea Lepidopterologica

Hemdener Weg 19, D-4290 Bocholt (Westf. )

Annual subscription fees :

Ordinary members DM 50,-

Corporate members — DM 55,-

Admission fee DM 5,-

Overseas air mail charges | DM 15,-

BACK VOLUMES OF NOTA LEPIDOPTEROLOGICA :

vol. 2-5, each members DM 24,-

non-members DM 48,-

vol. 6-9, each members DM 32,-

non-members DM 64,-

vol. 10-12, each members DM 40,-

| non-members DM 80,-

PAYMENTS :

All payments should be addressed to :

Societas Europaea Lepidopterologica

Hemdener Weg 19, D-4290 Bocholt (Westf. )

and can be made by :

Postal Giro Office an — Postgiroamt Köln — C.C.P. Cologne

Nr. 1956 50-507

or by:

“Mandat de poste international”.

Nur für Mitglieder in der Bundesrepublik Deutschland kann die Überweisung auch

auf das Konto Nr. 130 500 bei der Stadtsparkasse Bocholt (BLZ 428 500 35)

erfolgen.

United Kingdom members : Due to the unstable state of the pound at present, it is

. not possible to quote the subscription rate in this currency. Members should pay the

current sterling equivalent. Cheques and bankers orders should be made payable to

“Societas Europaea Lepidopterologica U.K. A/c” and sent to Barry Goater, 22

Reddings Avenue, Bushey, Herts. WD2 3BP.

All other matters to:

SEL Office, General Secretary Dr. Hansjürg Geiger

Zoologisches Institut Universitat Bern

Baltzerstraße 3, CH-3012 Bern, Switzerland

Handelsgesellschaft

Le A ofo rm Schweiger & Meiser GmbH & Co. KG

Bittlmairstrasse 4

8070 INGOLSTADT/DO.

Telefon (0841) 75583

IHR SPEZIALIST FÜR ENTOMOLOGIEBEDARF !

Wir liefern seit vielen Jahren zu günstigen Preisen eine große Auswahl von

Utensilien fiir den Fach- und Hobbyentomologen.

Fiir die Zucht:

Zuchtkasten, Puppenkasten, Infrarotstrahler, Zuchtbehalter etc.

Fiir den Tag- und Nachtfang:

Netze, Glaser, Stromaggregate, Transportkasten, Lampen und Leucht-

rohren etc.

Für das Präparieren:

Insektennadeln, Spannbretter, Praparierbesteck, Kopflupen, Chemika-

lien etc.

Fiir die Sammlung:

Insektenkasten in allen GroBen mit der bewahrten Moll- oder Schaum-

stoffeinlage, Insektenschranke aller Art

Ein umfangreiches Angebot an neuer und antiquarischer Literatur ist vorhanden.

Schreiben Sie uns oder rufen Sie uns an, wir beraten Sie gern. Unser Katalog steht

Ihnen kostenlos zur Verfügung. Als SEL-Mitglied erhalten Sie bei uns auf samtliche

Artikel (auBer Bucher) 5% Rabatt.

ich —

sieferm

lepidopterologica

Vol. 13 No.4 1990 ISSN 0342-7536

NOTA LEPIDOPTEROLOGICA |

Quarterly journal published by the Societas Europaea Lepidopterologica

Manuscripts should be sent to the editor : Emmanuel de Bros, lic. jur., «La Fleurie»,

Rebgasse 28, CH-4102 Binningen/BL, Switzerland.

Instructions to authors

Copies de ces instructions en français sont disponibles auprès de l’éditeur.

Kopien dieser Hinweise in deutscher Sprache sind beim Redaktor erhaltlich.

This journal is reserved for short communications devoted to Palaearctic lepidop-

terology. Manuscripts should not exceed 15 typed pages (including tables).

All manuscripts should be typed with double spacing and wide margins, and

submitted together with at least one copy. All pages should be numbered and show

the author’s name at the top right-hand corner. Do not hyphenate words at the

right-hand margin. Current issues of the journal should be checked for style and

format.

Legends for figures and plates should be typed on a separate sheet and placed after

the list of references. Line drawings should be about twice their final size. Biack

waterproof ink should be used. Photographs should be glossy positive prints. Colour

slides can only be accepted for colour plates and these can only be published at the

author’s expense.

Publication languages are English, French and German. The editors reserve the right

to make minor textual corrections that do not alter the author’s meaning. Every

effort should be made to carry out major linguistic corrections before submitting the

manuscript, otherwise considerable delays can be expected.

All manuscripts exceeding three typed pages must include a summary of no more

than 100 words. It is strongly recommended to add a translation of the summary in

at least one of the other publication languages.

The first mention of any organism should include the full scientific name with the

author and year of description. New descriptions must conform with the current

edition of the International Code of Zoological Nomenclature. We strongly urge

deposition of types in major museums, and all type depositions must be cited.

All papers will be read by the editors and submitted for review to two referees.

Manuscripts not conforming with these instructions may be returned.

25 reprints of each article will be supplied free of charge to the first author.

Additional copies may be ordered at extra cost.

Printed by Imprimerie Universa Sprl, 24 Hoenderstraat, B-9200 Wetteren, Belgium

electronic or mechanical including photocopying, recording or any other information storage and retrieval

system, without permission in writing from the Publisher. Authors are responsible for the contents of their

articles.

Nota lepidopterologica

Vol. 13 No. 4 Basel, 31.X11.1990 ISSN 0342-7536

Editor : Emmanuel Bros de Puechredon, alias de Bros, lic. iur., Rebgasse 28,

CH-4102 Binningen BL, Schweiz.

Assistant Editors : Dr. Andreas Erhardt (Binningen, CH), Dr. Hansjürg Geiger

(Bern, CH), Steven Whitebread (Magden, CH).

Contents — Inhalt — Sommaire

TOUTE Late etee ea en Tann wh. jet oe yess Joh ir, act 190

Neraslepidopterologiea Vol: 14 (1991) 1.22. sin talon. 19]

ARITA, Y. : Descriptions of the larva and pupa of Similipepsis takizawai

RAT SPATENK AU (SES ae): a men Rain mi aan. 192

Pomerumreteesenn es VIC ATC Eg edb. «Asians mat. uote he dis. omis nl 197

BALDIZZONE, G. : Contributions a la connaissance des Coleophoridae.

LXII. Deux espèces nouvelles du genre de Coleophora HUBNER de

ete COM ME CItehFANCEMNe Mad en Latest ead. online 198

ERHARDT, A. : Chloridea ononis D. & S. : Evidence for an autochthonous

Popwlatıonan the Swiss Alps (Noctuidae) ::...:.....:...4.... 207

GERSTBERGER, M.: Zur Verbreitung von Scopula vigilata (PROUT) in

Europa (Geometridae) ........ aie). dame: Shera. ernie. pere del. 13 213

PLANTE, J. : Description de trois espèces nouvelles de la région hima-

layenne (Noctuidae, Hadeninae et Cucullünae) ................................. 215

Razowski, J.: Morphology of the intromittent organ and distal male

eenital duet in Coleophoridae (Gelechioidea) ..........................."! 221

SUOMALAINEN, E. : Proutia rotunda sp.n. — a bag-worm moth species

confused with P betulina (ZELLER) (Psychidae) .........:...................... 229

YosHIMOTO, H. : Takapsestis fascinata sp.n. from China (Thyatiridae)... 236

Field notes — Kurze Exkursionsberichte — Excursions en bref

LEiGHEB, G., RrBont, E. & CAMERON-CuRRY, V. : Kretania psylorita

FREYER (Lycaenidae). Discovery of a new locality in Crete ............ 242

Book reviews — Buchbesprechungen — Analyses ............................... 246

Congresses and events — Kongresse und Veranstaltungen — Congrès

Sl ECO ITS oe Be ae ar eae eee a eM ee deoc ve genou tcce se 252

Dates of publication — Dates de publication — Publikationsdaten ....... 254

Vol. 13 — 1990 : Contents — Inhalt — Sommaire ............................... 254

New taxa described in Vol. 13 — Neue Taxa in Vol. 13 beschrieben

= Nouveaux taxa décrits dans le’ Vol. B 2... nenn 256

189

Nota lepid. 13 (4) : 190-191 ; 31.XII.1990 ISSN 0342-7536

Editorial

L'Assemblée générale des membres qui s’est tenue à Lunz am See le 5 sep-

tembre 1990 pendant le 7ème Congrès européen de Lépidoptérologie a donné

suite à la proposition du Conseil pour l'élection du Directeur des publications.

Lors des dernières séances du Conseil, j’avais en effet demandé à être «mis

à la retraite» et déchargé de cette responsabilité pour raison d’äge — 77 ans

— après 10 ans d’activité.

Comme je le souhaitais, le nouveau Comité de rédaction est donc formé de

trois membres résidant en Suisse près de Bâle, condition requise pour assurer

le contact permanent entre eux (séances du Comité de rédaction) : Steven

Whitebread, directeur des publications, assisté des Dres Andreas Erhardt et

Hansjürg Geiger, co-rédacteurs. Tous trois jeunes, dynamiques, lépidoptéro-

logistes enthousiastes, hautement qualifiés et déjà bien connus par leurs

nombreuses publications, ils Vont assurer à notre société une revue digne de

nos ambitions, spécialement dans les domaines d’actualité tels que la con-

servation des espèces et leurs biotopes.

Ayant assisté pendant 10 ans à l’augmentation du nombre des membres et

abonnés a Nota lepidopterologica : de moins de 400 à plus de 600, et connais-

sant bien la nouvelle équipe pour avoir travaillé avec elle ces quatre dernières

années, je peux me retirer en toute confiance «in otium cum dignitate» et

prends ici congé avec regret des nombreux et sympathiques auteurs et lecteurs

avec lesquels j’ai eu le plaisir et l’honneur d’être en contact pendant cette

période.

At recent meetings of the Council, I asked to be relieved of my responsibilities

as Editor of Nota lepidopterologica after 10 years of activity on grounds of

age (77). During the 7th European Congress of Lepidopterology in Lunz am

See, the General Meeting of 5th September 1990 approved the proposal of

the Council for the election of a new Editor.

As I hoped, the new Editorial Committee consists thus of three members

residing in Switzerland, not far from Basle. This ensures the necessary mutual

contact for the monthly Editorial Committee meetings : Steven Whitebread,

Editor, with Drs Andreas Erhardt and Hansjiirg Geiger, Assistant Editors.

All three are young, dynamic, enthusiastic lepidopterologists, highly qualified

and well known with several publications. They will edit our journal to the

high standard we aim at, especially in modern fields such as species- and

habitat protection.

During these 10 years, I have seen the number of our members and readers

increase from less than 400 to more than 600, and also I am well aware

of the qualities of the new team, having worked with them for the last 4 years.

Therefore I may retire «in otium cum dignitate» confidently. Thus, with regret,

I take leave here from the numerous authors and readers whom I had the

honour and the pleasure of getting to know during this period.

190

Die Mitgliederversammlung in Lunz am See am 5. September 1990 während

des 7. Europäischen Kongresses für Lepidopterologie hat dem Vorschlag des

Vorstandes zur Wahl des neuen Schriftleiters zugestimmt : Anlässlich der letz-

ten Sitzungen des Vorstandes hatte ich gebeten «pensioniert» zu werden und

von dieser Verantwortung entlastet zu werden — altershalber (77 Jahre) —

nach 10 Jahren Amtsführung.

Wie von mir gewiinscht besteht das neue Redaktionskomitee nun aus drei

Mitgliedern, welche in der Schweiz unweit Basel wohnen (Bedingung fiir den

permanenten Kontakt: monatliche Redaktionskomitee-Sitzungen) : Steven

Whitebread, Schriftleiter, und die Dres Andreas Erhardt und Hansjürg Geiger,

Co-Redaktoren. Alle drei sind jung, dynamisch, begeisterte Lepidopterologen,

hoch qualifiziert und bereits durch viele Publikationen wohl bekannt: sie

werden fiir unsere Gesellschaft eine Zeitschrift herausgeben die unseren

Ambitionen entspricht, besonders auf aktuellen Gebieten wie Arten- und

Biotopen-Schutz.

In 10 Jahren ist die Mitglieder- und Abonnentenzahl von ca 400 auf über

600 gestiegen ; die drei Redaktoren sind mir wohlbekannt, nachdem ich

während den letzten 4 Jahren mit ihnen gearbeitet habe. So darf ich mich

im Vertrauen «in otium cum dignitate» zurückziehen. Mit Bedauern verab-

schiede ich mich also hier von den zahlreichen Autoren und Lesern mit denen

ich während dieser Periode mit Stolz und Freude den Kontakt gepflegt habe.

E. DE Bros

Nota lepidopterologica Vol. 14 (1991)

Please send your manuscripts to:

Bitte schicken Sie ihre Manuskripte an :

Envoyez s’il vous plaît votre manuscrit à :

Mr. Steven Whitebread,

Maispracherstrasse 51,

CH-4312 Magden,

Switzerland

Please do not forget to pay your SEL subscription for 1991 !

Bitte vergessen Sie nicht ihren SEL Jahresbeitrag fur 1991 zu bezahlen !

N’oubliez pas, s’il vous plait, de payer votre cotisation pour 1991 !

191

Nota lepid. 13 (4) : 192-197 ; 31.X11.1990 ISSN 0342-7536

Descriptions of the larva and pupa _

of Similipepsis takizawai ARITA & SPATENKA

(Lepidoptera, Sesiidae)

Yutaka ARITA

ec] Laboratory, Faculty of Agriculture, Meijo University, Tempaku-ku, Nagiya,

apan.

It is known that the larva of Similipepsis takizawai Arita & SPATENKA

is a borer of twigs of Betula platyphylla Sukatchev var. japonica

(Miquel) Hara and B. ermanii CHAMisso, Betulaceae (ArıTA &

SPATENKA, 1988). The mature larve and pupa of this species are

described and illustrated in the present paper. The morphological

characters of the immature stages of the genus Similipepsis have

hitherto been unknown.

A detailed account of the life history of this species will be given by

Mr. Y. Takizawa, of the Kyushu Research Center, Forest and Forest

Products Research Institute, Kumamoto, in a forthcoming paper.

I wish to express my hearty thanks to Dr. S. Morıuri, of University

of Osaka Prefecture, for his kindness in correcting the original

manuscript, and to Mr. Y. TaxizAwa for his help during my field

survey of the larva of this species.

Similipepsis takizawai Arita and SPATENKA, 1988 (fig. 1-6)

Matura larva (figs. 1, 2, 3) : length 15.0-22.0 mm. Width 2.0-2.5 mm.

Remarkably slender. Head brown ; mouth parts light brown. Body

creamy yellow ; shield light brown ; thoracic legs pale yellowish brown.

Head (fig. 3a) comparatively broader than long ; coronal suture very

long, longer than frons. Ocelli (fig. 3b) six, with V and VI widely

separated from I-IV. Labrum (figs. 3c & d) with strong arms. Mandible

(fig. 3e) with one small and three large teeth. Shield well developed.

Prothoracic spiracle remarkably large and located on a very large

pinaculum of L-setae. Meso- and metathorax with a small brown-

pigmented spot on strongly concave central margin of a large pinaculum

of Ll and L3. Spiracle of 8th abdominal segment large, about twice

as large as those of the other abdominal ones. Anal shield (fig. 2)

extremely large, rounded posteriorly. Ventral proleg (fig. 31) with 33+

192

Fig. 1. Similipepsis takizawai Arita & SPATENKA, mature larva inside split stem.

Fig. 2. Similipepsis takizawai Arita & SPATENKA, mature larva, 8th to 10th abdominal

segments, dorsal view (Scale line = 1.0 mm.).

193

TUN HUNG T

OMNES

Valet vive we

aly

LU re

lin,

199920996N

& £ |

zi 2

se 2

Ya i 4

BS)

Fig. 3. Similipepsis takizawai Arita & SPATENKA, mature larva. a) head frontal view ;

b) ocellar region, left side ; c) labrum, dorsal view ; d) labrum, ventral view ; e) mandible,

ventral view ; f) pro- and mesothorax ; g) first to 3rd abdominal segments ; h) sixth

to 9th abdominal segments ; i) 3rd abdominal proleg, ventral view ; j) anal proleg,

ventral view. (Scale line: a & b = 1.0 mm. ; c, d & e = 0.25 mm.).

crochets arranged in lateral penellipse. Anal proleg (fig. 3j) with 22+

crochets.

CHAETOTAXY : Head (fig. 3a) with AF1 microscopic and distant from

AF2. AFa very near to AFI. Prothorax with L setae close together,

located on anterodorsal part of their common pinaculum. Meso- and

metathorax with LI and L3 on a large common pinaculum ; SV group

Fig. 4. Similipepsis takizawai Arita & SPATENKA, pupa, @. a) ventral view ; b) lateral

view ; c) dorsal view. (Scale line = 2.0 mm.).

195

unisetose. Abdomen: D1 and D2 with its own large pinaculum on

Ist-8th segments; 9th segment with DI and D2 on a common

pinaculum ; SV group unisetose on Ist, 8th and 9th, and trisetose on

2nd-7th segments.

MATERIAL EXAMINED: Japan: Honshu- 18 larvae, feeding within

twig of Betula platyphylla SUKACHEV var. japonica (MIQUEL) Hara,

Iwate-ken, Tamayama-mura, Kouma, 22.V1.1986, Y. Arita, fixed on

23.VI.1986.

Pupa (figs. 4, 5, 6): length 12.5-16.0 mm. Width 2.0-2.5 mm. Very

slender, light brown. Frontal process (figs. 5a & b) well developed,

triangular and pointed. Maxilla extremely long, about as long as half

the length of body. Mesothoracic legs extending far beyond tips of

maxillae. Metathoracic legs very long, extending a little beyond

posterior margin of 5th abdominal segment. Wings somewhat short,

the tips reaching to middle of the 4th abdominal segment. Mesothorax

with alar dorsal furrows well developed. Abdominal dorsal surface with

two rows of spines on 3rd-6th in female and 3rd-7th in male; 8th

segment with a single row of spines in both sexes, and in female the

S a

Fig. 5. Similipepsis takizawai Arita & SPATENKA, pupal frontal process. a) dorsal

view ; b) lateral view. (Scale line = 0.5 mm.).

Fig. 6. Similipepsis takizawai Arita & SPATENKA, pupa, @, terminal segments.

a) ventral view ; b) lateral view ; c) dorsal view. (Scale line = 0.5 mm.).

196

row being very short and interrupted at middle. Tenth abdominal

segment (figs. 6a-c) with five pairs of broad spines, viz., two pairs large

and broad on ventral side, a single on lateral side, and two pairs on

dorsal side.

MATERIAL EXAMINED : Japan: Honshu- 8exs., reared from larvae,

Iwate-ken, Tamayama-mura, Kouma, 22.VI.1986, Y. Arita, pupated

early July 1986.

Reference

Arita, Y. & SPATENKA, K., 1988. A new species of Similipepsis (Lepidoptera,

Sesiidae) from Japan. Jpn. J. Ent., 57 : 61-66.

Aufruf um Mitarbeit

Mitarbeiter des Tiroler Landesmuseum Ferdinandeum erarbeiten derzeit

Rote Liste der gefährdeten Tiere Südtirols (Schmetterlinge) und es wird

ersucht Sammellisten fiir diesen Zweck zur Verfiigung zu stellen.

Anschrift : Dr. P. Huemer, Tiroler Landesmuseum, Museumstrasse 15,

A-6020 Innsbruck

197

Nota lepid. 13 (4) : 198-206 ; 31.X11.1990 ISSN 0342-7536

Contributions à la connaissance

des Coleophoridae. LXII.

Deux espèces nouvelles du genre Coleophora HUBNER

de la région méditerranéenne (Lepidoptera)

Giorgio BALDIZZONE

via Manzoni, 24, I-14100 Asti, Italie.

Résumé

Dans le présent travail, deux nouvelles espéces du genre Coleophora HUBNER

sont décrites : C. etrusca sp. n. du groupe de C. mayrella (Hüsner, [1813])

et C. mediterranea sp. n. espèce difficile à placer dans le cadre du 30° groupe

de Toll (1952) auquel elle appartient.

Summary

Two new species of the genus Coleophora HUBNER are described : C. etrusca

sp. n. of the C. mayrella (HÜBNER, [1813]) group and C. mediterranea sp.

n., a member of the 30th group of ToLt’s system, but which is difficult to

place within it.

Le travail qui suit a pour but de présenter deux espèces nouvelles du

genre Coleophora, que j’ai découvertes en travaillant a la rédaction

du volume de la «Faune d’Italie». Il s’agit de C. etrusca sp. n., espèce

d’un vert métallique, provenant, à la fois, d’Italie centrale et d’Anatolie,

et de C. mediterranea, espèce blanche, provenant de la région médi-

terranéenne occidentale.

Pour le prêt et pour le don du matériel, mes remerciements vont a

M. Ernst ARENBERGER et au Dr Friedrich Kasy de Vienne, à M.

Ernst TRAUGOTT-OLSEN de Marbella (Espagne), à M. Carlo PROLA

de Rome et à M. Paolo TRIBERTI de Vérone. Le Dr Pierre VIETTE,

encore une fois, a eu l’amabilitée de revoir le texte français.

Coleophora etrusca sp. n.

HoıoTyPE @ (PG Bldz 10215): «Lazio, m 380 c., Monti della Tolfa,

dint. di Manziana, 23-28.VI.1989, G. BALDIZZONE», coll. BALDIZZONE.

PARATYPES : | & (PG Bldz 7335) : «Monti Albani, Pratone, 2. VII.1951,

leg. PROLA», coll. BALDIZZONE.

198

— 1 & (PG Bldz 5268): «Anatolien, Kizilcahamam, 11.V.8.VI.1970,

leg. PINKER», coll. BALDIZZONE.

— 1 6 (PG Bldz 9873): «17.V.1969, Asia min. SO v. Maden (50 km

SW v. Elazig) leg. ARENBERGER), coll. BALDIZZONE.

—1 4 (PG Bldz 9879) : «20.V.1969, Asia min., Dünen 25 km SW v.

Mersin, leg. ARENBERGER)), Coll. ARENBERGER.

— 1 & (PG Bldz 7518): «19.V.1969, Asia min., Taurus, 50 km N v.

Tarsus, F. KAsy», coll. Naturhistorisches Museum Wien.

DrAGNOSE : Envergure 14-15 mm. Tête (pl. I, fig. 2), thorax et abdomen

d’un vert bronzé métallique. Palpes labiaux de couleur vert métallique

uniforme : le deuxième article est à peu près 1 fois plus long que le

troisième, et 1,5 fois que le diamètre de l’œ1l. Antennes, avec une grande

touffe de poils à la base du premier article, entièrement de couleur

vert métallique. Ailes antérieures uniformément vert bronzé métallique,

avec des reflets de couleur cuivre à l’apex. Franges de la même couleur,

mais plus matte et foncée. Ailes postérieures et franges de couleur d’un

bronzé métallique foncé.

YY,

Fig. 1. C. mediterranea sp. n. : téte.

Fig. 2. C. etrusca sp. n. : tête.

GENITALIA MALES (pl. IL, fig. 3): Gnathos globuleux. Tegumen petit,

rétréci au milieu, avec deux longs bras aplatis. Transtilla petite, aplatie

et arrondie. Valve étroite et allongée, un peu oblique, plus large à l’apex.

Valvula large, hérissée de soies courtes, avec le bord ventral courbe,

pourvue sur le bord dorsal d’une soie assez longue et courbe. Sacculus

très simple : étroit et allongé, subtriangulaire, se terminant par une

longue pointe triangulaire à l’angle dorso-caudal. Édéage conique,

199

(PG Bldz 9873).

(fe)

—

Be ee

Ora ces

aA 6a

— lo)

n EN

2 D

aC a0 5

= 0 €

3 3 92

[os o.a

2 Ot a =

: O

E58?

" nA

eier

n © DO

Scorer

Seo Sg

AS > >

DEEE

. © © ©

VBBT

em + NN \0

‚oh eh eh bb

Fu FU Fu EL

200

sclerifié sur le côté ventral et latéralement, présentant deux plis dorsaux

faiblement dentelés dans sa partie proximale. Les cornuti (pl. III, fig. 7-

10) 3-5 sont courts, de longueur différente, réunis dans une formation

semblable à une épine dilatée à la base.

STRUCTURES DE RENFORCEMENT DE L’ABDOMEN (pl. Il, fig. 4): Pas

de barres latéro-postérieures, la transversale est épaisse et courbe, avec

le bord distal plus chitinisé. Les disques tergaux (3° tergite) sont a

peu pres 2,5 fois plus longs que larges.

REMARQUE : Cette espèce, dont la © et la biologie sont inconnues,

appartient au 13° groupe de Toi (1952) et doit être placée dans la

section de C. mayrella (Hüßner, [1813] spissicornis HAWORTH,

1828) à laquelle appartiennent également C. hieronella ZELLER, 1849,

C. fuscoaenea, Tout, 1952 et C. fuscicornis ZELLER, 1847. Les

différences les plus remarquables dans les genitalia males sont les

suivantes : le tegumen d’errusca est plus rétréci en son milieu; la

transtilla est plus grande et arrondie ; le sacculus est plus étroit et

allongé et son bord latéral est droit et non courbe ; l’édéage est sclérifié

seulement ventralement, tandis que celui de mayrella est complètement

chitinisé et ne présente pas les séries de faibles dents dorsales d’etrusca ;

les cornuti d’etrusca sont seulement au nombre de 3 à 5, tandis que

ceux de mayrella sont nombreux et réunis en une longue formation.

RÉPARTITION GÉOGRAPHIQUE : Italie centrale et Anatolie.

C. mediterranea sp. n.

HoıoTyPpE & (PG Bldz 10289): «Hispania, Dunes 8 km W Puente

Umbria, Huelva, 19.VI11.1988, E. TRAUGOTT-OLSEN leg», coll.

BALDIZZONE.

PARATYPES : 1 © (PG Bldz 10290) idem, coll. BALDIZZONE.

— 1 9 (PG Bldz 2749) : «Sicilia, Trapani, Marinella, 15.VIIL.1978, leg.

TRIBERTI, Coll. BALDIZZONE.

— 2 99 PG Bldz 10302): «Italia, Prov. Oristano, Stagno di Cabras,

5.V111.1983 KUCHLEIN leg. at light», coll. BALDIZZONE.

— 1 © (PG Bldz 4128): «Sardegna orient., La Caletta, 29. VII.1981-

lux, leg. BALDIZZONE», coll. BALDIZZONE.

— 1 © (PG Bldz 2475) ibidem, 2.VIII.1981 coll. BALDIZZONE.

— 1 © (PG Kaltenbach 207): «Sardinien, Prov. Nuoro, S. Lucia,

17. VII.1981» leg. et coll. KALTENBACH, Karlsruhe.

— 2 992 (PG Bldz 4133): «Hispania, Cataluna, Salzgebiet/ Rosas,

26. VII.1971» leg. coll. ARENBERGER et coll. BALDIZZONE.

201

S S

ION A A AK

à SASS

Loewe Ne

Ss à he N

Ww N

sé MAG

(PG Bldz 5268).

€S grossis

: cornuti tr

7. C. etrusca sp. n

8. idem

9. idem

Fig

méme détail (PG Bldz 7335).

même détail (PG Bldz 9879).

il (PG Bldz 10215).

éta

même d

dem

12. C. med.

: imago.

dem

: Imago.

iterranea Sp

Fig.

202

— 1 © (PG Bldz 2475) : «Tunisie, Laghouat 14. VIII.1919, leg. DUMONT»

ex coll. HARTIG, coll. BALDIZZONE.

— 19 (PG Bldz 2472): «Tunisie, Sidi Maklouf, 30.VIII.1918, leg.

DuMont» ex coll. HARTIG, coll. BALDIZZONE.

DrAGNOSE : Envergure 11-12 mm. Tête (pl. I, fig. 1) thorax et abdomen

complètement blancs. Palpes labiaux blancs, avec quelques écailles

brunes latéralement : le deuxième article est à peu près 0,5 fois plus

long que le troisième et que le diamètre de l’ceil. Antennes complètement

blanches, sauf le premier article, qui est pourvu d’écailles ocre

latéralement et d’un pinceau de poils blancs à la base. Ailes antérieures

blanches, parsemées de quelques écailles brunes, plus nombreuses dans

la région apicale ; franges blanches. Ailes postérieures d’un gris très

clair un peu nacré.

GENITALIA MÂLES (pl. IV, fig. 13): Gnathos large et oval. Tegumen

grand, rétréci en son milieu, avec deux bras très larges. Transtilla mince

et linéaire, non divisée au milieu. Valvula chitinisée et hérissée de soies

petites et minces : le bord dorsal est concave, tandis que le bord ventral

est allongé en forme de goutte. Valve large et allongée, un peu plus

dilatée à l’apex. Sacculus très sclérifié, avec le bord latéral concave,

présentant une protuberance dans l’angle ventro-caudal se terminant

par deux dents de longueur différente, et dans l’angle dorso-caudal

une pointe émoussée avec 5 petites dents latérales. Édéage caractérisé

par deux bandes sclérifiées très simples, aiguës à l’apex, l’une un peu

plus longue que l’autre. La vesica est sclérifiée sur le côté ventral et

renferme un cornutus très allongé en forme de clou dilaté à la base.

STRUCTURES DE RENFORCEMENT DE L’ABDOMEN (pl. IV, fig. 14): Pas

de barres latéro-postérieures, la transversale montre un bord proximal

courbe et épais, et un bord distal plus mince et droit. Disques tergaux

(3° tergite) hérissés d’épines très aiguës, à peu près deux fois plus longs

que larges.

GENITALIA FEMELLES (pl. V, fig. 17): Papilles anales très petites, et

coniques, assez sclérifiées, couvertes de petites épines aiguës. Apophyses

postérieures à peu près 2 fois plus longues que les antérieures. Lamella

antevaginalis subtrapézoïdale avec le bord proximal convexe et le bord

distal presque droit, hérissé de soies, fortement creusé en son milieu

au niveau de l’ostium bursae. Lamella postvaginalis subtrapézoïdale,

un peu plus petite que l’antevaginalis, présentant une protubérance

conique au milieu du bord priximal. Ostium bursae ogival. Colliculum

203

C. mediterranea sp. n. : genitalia mâles.

idem

abdomen.

valve, sacculus et édéage grossis.

cornuti trés grossis.

C. mediterranea sp. : genitalia femelles (PG Bldz 10302).

idem : papilles anales particulièrement grossies.

idem

détail grossi.

abdomen.

205

en forme d’entonnoir, très sclérifié dans la moitié distale, et transparent

dans la moitié proximale. Le ductus bursae est court et renflé ; il

présente dans sa première partie deux bandes chitineuses symétriques,

pourvues de petites épines coniques ; toute cette portion est enveloppée

par un manchon d’épines longues et très aiguës. La seconde partie

est presque transparente, sauf au niveau du ductus seminalis, où elle

est couverte d’un grand nombre d’épines assez petites et émoussées.

La bursa est ronde et pourvue d’un petit signum en forme de feuille.

REMARQUE : L'espèce, dont la biologie est inconnue, appartient au

30° groupe du système de Torı (1962), mais, en raison de la structure

assez particulière des genitalia, il m'est difficile de la placer dans une

section, auprès d’especes déjà connues. Elle est presque certainement

d’origine nord-africaine, et ressemble un peu à C. afrosarda BALDIZZONE

& KALTENBACH, 1983 notamment par l’habitus (blanc, avec quelques

écailles brunes) qui est caractéristique de la plupart des espèces des

régions subdésertiques d’Afrique du Nord. En tout cas, les genitalia

montrent des différences remarquables : chez le mâle de mediterranea

les bras du tegumen sont plus courts ; la valve est plus longue et étroite ;

le sacculus est plus massif et creusé sur le bord latéral ; l’édéage est

dépourvu de dents à l’apex. Chez la femelle, les différences sont encore

plus grandes, notamment la structure des lamelles ante- et postvaginalis

et le ductus bursae.

RÉPARTITION GÉOGRAPHIQUE : D’après nos connaissances actuelles,

l’espèce est répandue dans la région méditerranéenne occidentale, car

elle a été recueillie en Tunisie, en Sicile, en Sardaigne et en Espagne,

aussi bien sur la côte du Nord (Rosas) que sur la côte atlantique

(Huelva).

References

BALDIZZONE, G. & KALTENBACH, T., 1983. Eine neue Coleophoridae aus

Sardinien (Lepidoptera, Coleophoridae). Andrias 3 : 33-36.

Haworth, A. H., 1803-[1828]. Lepidoptera Britannica: xxxvı + 610 pp.

Londini.

Hvusner, J., 1796-1836]. Sammlung europäischer Schmetterlinge. 78 pp.

71 pls., Augsburg.

ToL, S., 1952. Rodzina Eupistidae (Coleophoridae) Polski. Docum. Physiogr.

Polon. 32. 292 pp., 38 pls.

ZELLER, P. C., 1847. Bemerkungen über die auf einer Reise nach Italien und

Sicilien gesammelten Schmetterlingsarten. Jsis von Oken 1847 : 881-914.

ZELLER, P. C., 1849. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Coleophoren. Linn. Ent. 4:

191-416.

206

Nota lepid. 13 (4) : 207-212 ; 31.X11.1990 ISSN 0342-7536

Chloridea ononis D. & S.:

Evidence for an autochthonous population

in the Swiss Alps (Lepidoptera, Noctuidae)

Andreas ERHARDT

polsmusches Institut der Universitat Basel, Schonbeinstrasse 6, CH-4056 Basel, Switzer-

land.

Summary

Observations of imagines and larvae of Chloridea ononis D. & S. in the Swiss

Central Alps (Tavetsch valley) over a period of twelve years (1977-1989)

strongly suggest that an autochthonous population of this south-east European

and Asian, migratory noctuid moth exists in the investigated area. In Central

Europe, this breeding site is probably the northernmost reported so far and

supports the assumption, that Chloridea ononis is also autochtonous in

suitable habitats further north. Observations on oviposition and previously

unrecorded larval host plants (Sempervivum arachnoideum, Knautia arvensis,

Dianthus silvester) are also reported and discussed. It is suggested that the

spectrum of larval host plant species changes during the larval development

of Chloridea ononis.

Zusammenfassung

Beobachtungen von Imagines und Raupen von Chloridea ononis über einen

Zeitraum von 12 Jahren legen nahe, dass diese südosteuropäisch-asiatische

und als Wanderfalter bekannte Noctuide in den Schweizer Zentralalpen

(Tavetsch) autochthon ist. Für Mitteleuropa ist dies vermutlich die nördlichste

bisher bekannte autochthone Population. Diese Beobachtungen unterstützen

die Vermutung, dass Chloridea ononis in geeigneten Habitaten weiter nörd-

lich ebenfalls bodenständig ist. Beobachtungen über Eiablage und über bisher

nicht bekannte Larvalfutterpflanzen (Sempervivum arachnoideum, Knautia

arvensis, Dianthus silvester) werden ebenfalls mitgeteilt und diskutiert. Vermut-

lich ändert sich das Artenspektrum der Wirtspflanzen im Verlauf der Larval-

entwicklung von Chloridea ononis.

Introduction

Chloridea ononis (DENIS & SCHIFFERMÜLLER, 1775) is a noctuid moth

which flies by day as well as by night (FORSTER & WoHLFAHRT 1971,

KocH 1984). Its distribution ranges from southern Europe eastwards

207

over South Russia and Central Asia to Southwest China (SPuLER 1910,

SEITZ 1914, 1938). In Central Europe, it is only rarely found (FORSTER

& WoHLFAHRT 1971, Koch 1984). FORSTER & WOHLFAHRT (1971)

claim that there are no autochthonous populations of Chloridea ononis

north of the southern border of the Alps, but Koch (1984) suggests

that this species could also breed in suitable warm habitats further

north. Chloridea ononis is a migratory species (FORSTER & WOHLFAHRT

1971, Koch 1984) and specimens from Central Europe are mostly

believed to be of migratory origin (BERGMANN 1954). This paper reports

the existence of a population of Chloridea ononis in the Swiss Central

Alps (Tavetsch valley) which is most likely autochthonous and which

is to my knowledge the northernmost in Central Europe reported so

far. Observations on oviposition and previously unrecorded larval hosts

are also reported and discussed in this paper.

Materials and Methods

The observations reported here were made in the Tavetsch valley in

the Swiss Central Alps (46° 40’ N ; 8° 44’ E), at an altitude of 1600 m.

Observations of imagines of Chloridea ononis were made during a

field survey which was conducted during the whole growing seasons

of the years 1977-1979 (ERHARDT 1985a, b). After an interruption of

observations from 1980-1982, caterpillars of Chloridea ononis were

detected in 1983. From 1983-1989 the investigation was concentrated

on searching for larvae (mid July-mid August). No special techniques

were applied since larvae can easily be detected in the field when they

are feeding on floral tissue.

Larvae were bred in 1983 and 1984 in the lowlands (city of Basel)

and were kept under natural climatic conditions. Pupae overwintered

and a total of 8 imagines hatched during the period April 30th to

June 4th.

Field observations had again to be interrupted in 1985 and 1986 due

to stays abroad.

Results and Discussion

1. Geographical Distribution

Imagines of Chloridea ononis were observed in all growing seasons

from 1977-1979 (Table 1). The occurrence of the imagines on the same

south-facing slopes during this observation period and the restriction

of the observations to the hottest habitats in the valley suggested that

the observed specimens had not migrated, but had completed their

208

life cycle in these habitats in the Tavetsch valley (ERHARDT 1985a).

This assumption was confirmed when I detected caterpillars of Chloridea

ononis in 1983 at the same locality where I had observed the imagines

four years ago. Caterpillars were since observed in all subsequent years

(1983-1989) with the exception of 1985 and 1986 when observations

were interrupted (Table 1).

These observations strongly suggest that an autochthonous population

of Chloridea ononis exists in the Tavetsch valley. They contradict the

statement of FORSTER & WOHLFAHRT (1971) that Chloridea ononis

is restricted in Central Europe to regions south of the Alps and support

the assumption of KocH (1984) that there are also autochthonous

populations of Chloridea ononis on suitable sites further north.

Table 1. Field observations.

imagines Number of

number observed larvae

1980-1982 observations interrupted

1983 ca. 10 Dianthus

silvester

1984 7, 19 Knautia ary.

ovipositing (2 eggs),

Semperv.

arachn. (1 egg)

ca. 10 Dianthus silv.

1 Knautia arv.

1985-1986 observations interrupted

1987 4 Dianthus silv.

l Knautia arv.

1988 6 Dianthus silv.

1989 5 Dianthus silv.

Total

1977-1989 Dianthus silv.

Knautia arv.

2. Biology : Voltinism, oviposition and larval hosts

Chloridea ononis is generally bivoltine (BERGMANN 1954, FORSTER &

WOHLFAHRT 1971, Koch 1984). However, the observation dates

209

(table 1) and the fact that all bred pupae overwintered indicate that

the observed population of Chloridea ononis is univoltine. This pattern

fits well with other Lepidoptera species which occur over large geo-

graphical and/or altitudinal ranges and which are bivoltine under

favourable climatic conditions, but become univoltine at the border

of their geographical or altitudinal range.

On one occasion (20.7.1984), an ovipositing female was observed. This

female oviposited on still unopened inflorescences of Knautia arvensis

(L.) Coulter em. Duby and Sempervivum arachnoideum L., two larval

foodplants not mentioned so far in the literature (REBEL 1910, SPULER

1910, Serrz 1914, 1938, BERGMANN 1954, FORSTER & WOHLFAHRT

1971, Kocx 1984). Two eggs were laid at the base of two unopened

florets in the same inflorescence of Knautia arvensis (Fig. 1), and one

at the base of a flower bud in the inflorescence of Sempervivum

arachnoideum (Fig. 2). In captivity, the young caterpillars readily

accepted the young floral tissue of Knautia arvensis and Sempervivum

Fig. 1. Eggs of Chloridea ononis (arrows) on an unopened inflorescence of Knautia

arvensis

Fig. 2. Egg of Chloridea ononis on an unopened inflorescence of Sempervivum

arachnoideum.

Fig. 3. Larva of Chloridea ononis feeding on flower and seeds of Dianthus silvester.

Fig. 4. Adult larva of Chloridea ononis feeding in captivity on Dianthus barbatus L.

210

arachnoideum. However, most of the older larvae I observed in the

field were feeding on flowers and seeds of Dianthus silvester Wulf.,

one of the dominating plant species at the site (Fig. 3, Table 1). This

third larval foodplant has again not been reported so far in the

literature. In captivity, the caterpillars also accepted flowers and seeds

of other Dianthus spp., e.g. Dianthus barbatus L. (Fig. 4).

It is of interest that Knautia arvensis and Sempervivum arachnoideum

were still in acceptable condition, i.e. in bloom, when most of the larvae

of Chloridea ononis were found on Dianthus silvester. Also, the chances

of finding caterpillars on Knautia arvensis, Sempervivum arachnoideum

and Dianthus silvester appear to be similar for all three plant species,

since larvae can easily be observed when they are feeding on the floral

tissue of their host plants. If anything, larvae are more easily overlooked

on Dianthus silvester than on the other two larval hosts, since they

can hide in the calyx tubes of the flowers. It is also intriguing that

the observed female was not seen to oviposit on Dianthus silvester

although this plant species is distinctly more abundant at the study

site than Knautia arvensis and Sempervivum arachnoideum and is used

so frequently as host plant by the observed larvae. In addition, plants

of Dianthus silvester had flower buds and open flowers and appeared

to be in condition for oviposition when the ovipositing female was

observed. An explanation of this apparently contradictory situation

could be that females of Chloridea ononis have a specific oviposition

behaviour and may oviposit only on dense and still unopened in-

florescences not present in Dianthus silvester and that a shift in the

larval foodplants from Knautia arvensis, Sempervivum arachnoideum

and possibly also from other plant species with similarly structured

inflorescences to plants with larger flowers such as Dianthus silvester

takes place during the larval development of Chloridea ononis. How-

ever, more field observations are needed to prove this assumption.

The fact that none of the larval hosts in the Tavetsch valley is reported

in the literature raises another point of interest. So far, Ononis spp.,

Salvia pratensis L., Linum usitatissimum L. and Silene nutans L. have

been reported as larval hosts of Chloridea ononis (SPULER 1910, REBEL

1910, Serrz 1914, BERGMANN 1954, FORSTER & WOHLFAHRT 1971,

Kocu 1984). Except for Silene nutans, none of these plant species

occurs at the site where Chloridea ononis was observed in the Tavetsch

valley. Ononis repens L. and Salvia pratensis, although present in the

Tavetsch valley, are not abundant and Linum usitatissimum is com-

pletely absent. Although Silene nutans is present at the observation

site, I have not yet observed caterpillars feeding on it. This could be

211

due to the fact that Dianthus silvester is much more abundant than

Silene nutans at the investigated site. Accepting Dianthus silvester as

a substitute for Silene nutans does not seem to be too difficult for

the caterpillars of Chloridea ononis, since both of these plant species

belong to closely related genera in the same subfamily (Silenoideae)

of the Caryophyllaceae. Given these conditions, it could well be that

the spectrum of larval food plants changes at the border of the geo-

graphical range of Chloridea ononis. Another explanation for the

reported observations could simply be that the spectrum of larval hosts

of Chloridea ononis is generally larger than so far reported.

This example shows also how limited our knowledge on the life cycle

of many of our moths still is.

References

BERGMANN, A., 1954. Die Großschmetterlinge Mitteldeutschlands, Bd. 4,

Urania, Jena, 1060 pp.

ERHARDT, A., 1985a. Wiesen und Brachland als Lebensraum fiir Schmet-

terlinge. Denkschriften der Schweizerischen Naturforschenden Gesell-

schaft, Bd. 98, Birkhauser, Basel, 154 pp.

ERHARDT, E., 1985b. Diurnal Lepidoptera : sensitive indicators of cultivated

and abandoned grassland. J. appl. Ecol. 22 : 849-861.

FORSTER, W. & WOHLFAHRT, Th., 1971. Die Schmetterlinge Mitteleuropas,

Bd. 4, Eulen (Noctuidae). Franck’sche Verlagshandlung Stuttgart, 329 pp.

Koch, M., 1984. Wir bestimmen Schmetterlinge. Neumann-Neudamm, Leipzig,

792 pp.

REBEL, H., 1910. Fr. Berge’s Schmetterlingsbuch, 9. Aufl., Schweizerbart’sche

Verlagsbuchhandlung, Stuttgart, 508 pp.

SEITZ, A., 1914. Die Großschmetterlinge der Erde, Bd. 3, Kernen, Stuttgart.

SEITZ, A., 1938. Die Großschmetterlinge der Erde, Suppl. zu Bd. 3, Kernen,

Stuttgart.

SPULER, A., 1910. Die Schmetterlinge Europas, Bd. 1-3, Schweizerbart’sche

Verlagsbuchhandlung, Stuttgart.

DAW

Nota lepid. 13 (4) : 213-214 ; 31.XIL.1990 ISSN 0342-7536

Zur Verbreitung von Scopula vigilata (PROUT) in Europa

(Lepidoptera, Geometridae)

Manfred GERSTBERGER

Sybelstrasse 13, D-1000 Berlin 12.

Summary

Scopula vigilata (PROUT, 1913) is a little known species previously recorded

only from central and southern Italy, but recent observations from Greece

(Peloponnes) and Yugoslavia (Dalmatia) show a wider distribution. S. vigilata

can be very easily confused with similar species.

Scopula vigilata (PROUT, 1913) war bisher nur aus Italien, Mittelitalien

südwärts bis Sizilien bekannt. Beobachtungen in neuerer Zeit aus

Jugoslawien und Griechenland weisen auf eine weitere Verbreitung der

Art im Mittelmeerraum hin: Jugoslawien: Dalmatien, Insel Solta

(nahe Split), 13.-28.9.1989 (ScHAus) 14 @@, 19. Griechenland : Pelo-

ponnes, Argolis, 8.-17.6.1980 (KOHONEN) 3 99.

Die beobachteten Flugzeiten lassen auf mindestens zwei Generationen

im Jahr schliessen. Da die Art lokal offenbar nicht selten ist, liegt der

Verdacht nahe, dass sie bisher mit ähnlichen, weiter verbreiteten Arten

verwechselt wurde, z.B. mit hellen und kleineren Exemplaren der S.

marginepunctata (GOEZE) und solchen der S. submutata (TR.), oder

Arten aus der Gattung /daea. Um eine sichere Determination zu

ermöglichen, habe ich die männlichen und weiblichen Genitalarmaturen

abgebildet.

Den Herren Matti AHoLA (Koski Hl/ Finnland) und Willibald SCHMITZ

(Berg. Gladbach/BRD) danke ich für das mir zugesandte Untersu-

chungsmaterial.

Literatur

PROLA, C. & RACHELI, T., 1979. I Geometridi dell’Italia Centrale. Parte I.

Oenochrominae, Hemitheinae, Sterrhinae, Larentiinae (Pars). Boll. Ist.

Ent. Univ. Studi Bologna 34 : 191-246.

Prout, L. B., 1912-1916. in SEITZ, Die Gross-Schmetterlinge der Erde, 1 (4)

Stuttgart. V + 479 pp.

215

Abb. 1. Die männlichen Genitalien von S. vigilata (ProuT). Oben: Uncus ; links:

Ventralplatte des 8. Hinterleibssegmentes ; rechts: Valve und Sacculus; unten:

Aedoeagus.

Abb. 2. Die weiblichen Genitalien von S. vigilata (PROUT).

STERNECK, J. v., 1940, 1941. Versuch einer Darstellung der systematischen

Beziehungen bei den palearktischen Sterrhinae (Acidaliinae). Studien

über Acidaliinae (Sterrhinae) B (2): Die Gattung Scopula und deren

nahe Verwandte. Z. wien. Ent. Ver. 25 : 200-208, 214-218 ; 26: 17-31,

41-55, 88-96, 105-116. Tafeln 23-28.

214

Nota lepid. 13 (4) : 215-220 ; 31.X11.1990 ISSN 0342-7536

Description de trois espèces nouvelles

de la région himalayenne ä

(Lép. Noct. Hadeninae et Cuculliinae)

Jacques PLANTE

2, rue Prés de la Soie, CH-1920 Martigny VS.

Summary

Three new species of Noctuidae occuring in Northern India are here described :

Melanchra diabolica sp. n. (Hadeninae), from India, Kashmir, whose male

genitalia reveal a noticeable relationship with the american species M. picta

Harr. ; Dryobotodes aulombardi sp. n. (Cuculliinae) from north Pakistan

and India, Kashmir, and Trichoridia warreni sp. n. (Cuculliinae) which is

the species figured by WARREN (in Seitz, vol. XI) as the female of T. canosparsa

Hmes.

HADENINAE

Melanchra diabolica sp. n.

HoLoTYPE @ : Inde, Cachemire, Lihenwan, env. de Naubug, 2.850 m,

21-VI-1976 (J. PLANTE leg.) (ma coll.)

PARATYPES : 3 9@ idem; 2 99 Inde, Cachemire, Sonamarg, 2.500 m

env., 7/8-VII-1982 (J. PLANTE leg.) ; 1 © Népal, Langtang, Kyangjin

Gompa, 3.900 m env., 3/5-VI-1976 (J. PLANTE leg.) (ma coll.)

ö (fig. 1): Env. 42 mm. Tête, thorax, abdomen et pattes d’une teinte

variant, selon les exemplaires, du brun rosé au brun-gris légèrement

violacé. Front et collier barrés transversalement d’une ligne sombre,

comme chez la plupart des espèces de Mamestra sensu lat. Touffe anala

orangée. Fond des ailes antérieures concolore au thorax. Antémédiane

bien visible, double. Postmédiane moins marquée. Petit trait foncé le

long de la nervure 2, entre les lignes médianes. Orbiculaire et réniforme

larges, bien dessinées, comme chez Lacanobia w-latinum (HUFNAGEL),

mais sans trace de blanc. L'espace subterminal est également moins

large, et n’a ni la netteté, ni l’éclaircie bleuâtre que l’on voit chez cette

dernière. Trait basal présent. Lignes transverses, notamment la sub-

terminale, ni jaunâtres ni blanchâtres mais concolores au fond de l’aile.

Ailes postérieures à bords légèrement crénelés et à frange blanche.

Extrémité des tarses blanchâtre. Antennes à ciliation d’une longueur

voisine du diamètre de l’antenne.

215

Pl. 1. Melanchra diabolica sp. n., holotype @.

Pl. 2. Melanchra diabolica sp. n., paratype ©, Inde, Cachemire, Lihenwan.

Pl. 3. Dryobotodes aulombardi sp. n., holotype @.

Pl. 4. Dryobotodes aulombardi sp. n., allotype Q.

Pl. 5. Trichoridia warreni sp. n., holotype @.

Pl. 6. Trichoridia warreni sp. n., allotype Q.

Dessous des quatre ailes de méme teinte que le dessus, sans parties

claires. Postmédiane et point discoidal apparents.

beaucoup plus courte.

Armature génitale & (fig. 7): De même type que M. pisi (L.). mais

surtout que de l'espèce américaine M. picta (HARRISON) (fig. 8)

(= exusta GUENÉE), l’armature de la nouvelle espèce présente un

processus costal plus long que chez ses congénères, recourbé, et se

terminant par une petite boule, tandis que l'extrémité apicale de la

valve s’allonge de façon remarquable en un long digitus, comme une

corne, ce qui confère à l’armature l’aspect d’une tête de diable.

FRANCLEMONT et Topp (in Hopces, 1983) ayant fait de Ceramica

GUENFE (espèce-type : persicariae L.) un synonyme de Melanchra

216

HUBNER (espèce-type : exusta GUENEE), c’est dans ce dernier genre qu’il

convient de placer la nouvelle espèce.

Il est tout-à-fait surprenant de constater, dans les genitalia, une telle

parenté entre deux espèces, l’une américaine et l’autre du versant sud

du massif himalayen.

CUCULLIINAE

Dryobotodes aulombardi sp. n.

HoıoTyPpe 4 : Pakistan, Baltistan, Shigar, 32 km au nord de Skardu,

alt. 2.190 m, 17/18-X-1989, (AULOMBARD et PLANTE leg.) (ma coll.)

ALLOTYPE 9: Inde, Cachemire, Sonamarg, alt. 2.500 m, 5/6-X-1977,

(J. PLANTE leg.) (ma coll.)

PARATYPES : 4 GG et 4 © idem (ma coll.)

@ (fig. 3): Env. 30/32 mm. Aspect général assez voisin des autres

espèces de ce genre, notamment de D. monochroma ESPEr. S’en

distingue toutefois sensiblement, notamment par la taille plus réduite,

les ailes antérieures plus aiguës a l’apex, la teinte gris-jaune, les ailes

postérieures plus claires et brillantes. Orbiculaire ovale, assez diffuse,

à peine plus claire que le fond de l’aile. Réniforme en revanche très

claire, grande, ovale et oblique. L'espace terminal est également plus

étroit chez la nouvelle espèce que chez D. monochroma, et il n’y a

pas de tache claire bien marquée à la hauteur de la nervure 2. En

outre, le trait foncé caractéristique qui, chez beaucoup d'espèces de

ce genre, unit, à la hauteur de cette même nervure 2, les lignes anté-

et postmédiane, est présent, mais assez diffus. L’antemediane, la

postmédiane et la subterminale, sont bien visibles et formées d’un trait

clair externe et d’une ligne foncée interne. Antennes finement dentées,

à dents triangulaires d’une longueur atteignant la moitié du diamètre

de l’antenne et coiffees d’un plumet de cils clairs nettement plus long.

Ailes postérieures de même teinte que les antérieures, à bord également

légèrement crénelé, où sont également bien visibles les deux traits

formant la postmédiane et la subterminale, surtout le clair.

Le revers des quatre ailes est a peu près semblable, comme teinte, au

dessus, la réniforme se détachant en clair ainsi que l’espace terminal.

Postmédiane visible mais peu accentuée. Point discoidal au contraire

bien marqué en forme de petite tache ronde.

femelles de monochroma qui sont toujours sensiblement plus sombres

que les mâles. Antennes filiformes.

217

9 10

PL 7. Melanchra diabolica sp. n., holotype, prép. PL 355.

PL 8. Melanchra picta Harr., USA, Arizona, prép. BM (NH) Noct. 4712.

Pl. 9. Dryobotodes aulombardi sp. n., paratype (Inde, Cachemire, Sonamarg) prép.

PL 462.

Pl. 10. Trichoridia warreni sp. n., paratype, prép. PL 1042.

218

Armature génitale @ (fig. 9) : Valves allongées, encore plus étroites que

chez D. roboris BoispuvaL. Cucullus dépourvu de corona. Uncus épais,

lancéolé, un peu comme chez D. banghaasi DRAESER. Pas de processus

costal. Clasper robuste et légèrement spatulé. Fultura inférieure en

forme d’écusson, se terminant en pointe à sa partie inférieure, et sur-

montée d’une sorte de bouton hérissé de fines épines. Peniculi longs,

recourbés vers l’intérieur et spatulés. Deux cornuti à la partie distale

de la vesica, et un amas de spicules en son centre.

Cette espèce est amicalement dédiée au Dr François AULOMBARD, de

Carentan (Manche), compagnon fidèle de mes chasses entomologiques.

Trichoridia warreni sp. n.

HoLotyPe @ : Inde, West Bengal, Tiger Hill, alt. 2.573 m, 30-IX/5-

X-1986 (AULOMBARD et PLANTE leg.) (ma coll.)

ALLOTYPE Q : idem (ma coll.)

PARATYPES : 7 @@ idem; | & et 6 QQ West Bengal, Kurseong Forest,

alt. 420 m, 7-X-1986 (AULOMBARD et PLANTE leg.) (ma coll.)

Dans le volume XI des Macrolépidoptères du Globe, de A. SEITZ,

WARREN fait figurer, planche 14 g,. le mâle de Trichoridia canosparsa

Hampson, et, à côté de lui, ce qu’il présente comme en étant la femelle,

bien différente du mâle. Or, HAmpson, (1894, p. 232) dans la description

originale de cette espèce ne parle pas de la femelle et n’en fait pas

davantage mention dans son Catalogue des Noctuidae du British

Museum (vol. VI, 1906, p. 404).

J’ai pris en 1983 au Langtang, Nepal, une trentaine d’exemplaires de

cette espèce, tous mâles. En 1986, en revanche, au cours de deux chasses

effectuées en compagnie du Dr AULOMBARD dans la région de Dar-

jeeling, nous avons capturé une dizaine de specimens en tous points

conformes à la femelle figurée par WARREN. Ma surprise fut donc

grande de constater que cette dernière récolte comprenait autant de

mâles que de femelles. Il apparaissait ainsi que WARREN s'était mépris

en désignant comme la femelle de 7: canosparsa une noctuelle appar-

tenant, en réalité, à une espèce totalement différente, d’habitus comme

de genitalia, demeurée à ce jour non nommée, et dont voici la descrip-

tion :

& (fig. 5): Env. 33/37 mm. Teinte générale gris-noir. Tête, thorax,

palpes et fémurs gris-noir mêlé de poils blancs. Abdomen et ailes

postérieures plus clairs, sauf les crêtes des premiers segments abdo-

minaux. Tarses et tibias annelés de noir et de blanc. Orbiculaire et

réniforme légèrement plus claires que le fond de l’aile, leur contour

219

marqué de petits points blancs. Pas de trait basal mi de claviforme.

Lignes antémédiane et postmédiane faiblement marquées, ombre

médiane réduite à un trait en zigzag, ces trois lignes n’étant vraiment

nettes qu’à proximité du bord interne. Ligne terminale constituée d’une

succession de petites taches noires assez diffuses et de petits points

blancs au contraire bien visibles, surtout au tornus où trois d’entre

eux, disposés en triangle, constituent un signe distinctif bien particulier.

Antennes formées d’articles à section triangulaire dont chacun porte

un faisceau de cils clairs d’une longueur à peu près égale au diamètre

de l’antenne. Aux ailes postérieures, la postmédiane est peu marquée,

et il n’y a pas de point discoidal visible.

Revers des quatre ailes d’un gris-noir uniforme, plus clair que le dessus,

avec une éclaircie le long du bord interne. Seule, la postmédiane est

bien visible aux postérieures.

Q (fig. 6): Env. 34/36 mm. Identique au mâle, les cils des antennes

beaucoup plus courts.

Armature génitale @ (fig. 10): Valves larges à la base, plus étroites

dans la partie médiane, et se terminant par un cucullus bien individualisé,

de forme triangulaire, aigu à son extrémité interne, et portant un éperon

à l’angle externe. Clasper robuste, en forme de pouce. Corona formée

de cils courts parallèles, régulièrement disposés, et renflés à leur base.

Uncus mince, effilé, non spatulé. Dans la vesica, deux amas de cornuti

au centre, entourés de fins spicules, et un autre agrégat de spicules

à la partie distale.

Une telle armature s’écarte, par sa configuration bien particulière, de

celle de canosparsa, mais aussi de celles des autres espèces actuellement

rangées dans le genre Trichoridia, et plus particulièrement de l’espèce-

type 7: herchatra SWINHOE. On peut en conclure qu’une révision de

ce genre et des genres voisins serait souhaitable, et qu’il en résulterait

probablement de nombreux changements dans la répartition générique

des espèces en cause.

Références

Hampson, G. F., 1894. The Fauna of British India including Ceylon and

Burma, Moths, vol. II.

Hampson G. F., 1906. Catalogue of the Noctuidae in the Collection of the

British Museum, vol. VI.

Hopces Richard W., 1983. Check List of the Lepidoptera of America North

of Mexico.

Seitz A., 1912. Die Gross-Schmetterlinge der Erde, vol. XI: Die Gross-

Schmetterlinge des Indo-australischen Faunengebietes.

220

Nota lepid. 13 (4) : 221-228 ; 31.XII.1990 ISSN 0342-7536

Morphology of the intromittent organ

and distal male genital duct in Coleophoridae

(Lepidoptera, Gelechioidea)

Jozef RAZOWSKI

Institute of Systematics and Evolution of Animals, Polish Academy of Sciences, 17

Stawkowska, 31-016 Krakow, Poland

Summary

A phallotheca type intromittent organ is described from the Coleophoridae.

Supposed autapomorphies of the family are listed and a list of morphological

terms is added.

Introduction

The coleophorid intromittent organ may be called a phallus of the

phallotheca type as proposed by SNODGRASS (1935). This term was

also used by MATsupA (1976) and KRISTENSEN & NIELSEN (1979).

The enlarged and distally extending phallobase forms a tube surrounding

the aedeagus, named the phallotheca. The cited authors consider, that

the anterior portion of the phallotheca is double-walled and consists

of a wall or phallocrypt, and the phallotheca proper (illustrated by

KRISTENSEN (1984b) in the Agatiphagidae). They also use the term

endotheca for the inner wall of the former. This interpretation is

followed in the present paper. The phallotheca type of phallus is known

in some other groups of insects (e.g. Trichoptera), and in the Lepidoptera

has been noted in the Agatiphagidae (KRISTENSEN, 1984b) and Hetero-

bathmiidae (KRISTENSEN & NIELSEN, 1979). The formation in the

Eriocraniidae, which was called the “duplicature ... of the ventral wall

of the genital chamber” (BIRKET, SMITH & KRISTENSEN, 1974) has

also been interpreted as a phallotheca by KRISTENSEN (1984b). Now,

for the first time, a phallotheca has been discovered in ditrysian

Lepidoptera.

In the Coleophoridae the structure of the phallus is peculiar, but has

never been correctly interpreted. All authors used the term aedeagus

for the phallotheca (cf p. 227). Only KuzNetsov & STEKOLNIKOV

(1978) attempted to explain a process for the formation of the aedeagus,

but also incorrectly.

221

Material and methods

The morphology of the male genitalia of Coleophora was studied in

several Central European species, but mainly C. lixella ZELLER, 1849,

using material treated with potasstum hydroxide. Histological sections

were prepared from two Coleophora species.

Results and discussion

The phallus is situated in a slightly asymmetrical genital chamber,

limited by the thin wall of the phallocrypt (Fig. 5). It is almost entirely

composed of a delicate cuticle and only its lateral and ventro-lateral

parts are, in the basal area, sclerotized (Figs. 1, 2). These sclerotized

walls extend ventrally and distally into a V-shaped plate forming a

variably developed double-walled structure, the caulis. The distal part

of this sclerite attaches to the bases of the sacculi, and has small lateral

emarginations or lobes which are enlarged dorsally. The edge of the

fusion of the ventro-lateral walls runs for some distance along the

phallotheca, forming a narrow ventral part of the genital chamber.

The space formed terminates near the top of the coecum-like prominence

of the base of the phallus (Figs 1, 2). The composite wall formed by

the fused phallocrypt and phallotheca observed by KRISTENSEN &

NIELSEN (1979), is here extremely small, or completely atrophied,

especially in the dorsal part of the organ.

The phallotheca (Figs 1, 2, 5) is in all species a well developed sheath

around the aedeagus, more or less distinctly extending beyond the apex

of the latter. In primitive species the sclerotization of the phallotheca

is almost uniform or gradually merges into the membranous areas.

In the more developed species there appears a secondary membran-

isation and the sclerotized parts may form various specialised processes

or lobes.

The endotheca (Figs 1, 5) is a thin-walled membranous sheath very

close to the phallotheca. It extends proximally through the anterior

opening of the latter, forming at its border a more or less distinct

and complete collar-like prominence. More anteriorly the wall of the

endotheca develops a more or less distinct ring-shaped sclerite (Fig. 1) ;

in systematic papers this is called the annulus. KRISTENSEN (1984a)

illustrates a similar structure in Epimartyria. In Coleophora there is,

however, no inner wall of the phallobase, as the aedeagus is completely

membranous. The wall of the aedeagus is continuous with the

endotheca just in front of the sclerite and it extends proximally as

the outer tube.

222

Fig. 1. Lateral view of intromittent organ and posterior parts of genital duct of

Coleophora lixella ZELLER ; à — phallotheca, b — distal opening of phallotheca,

c — caulis, d — apex of pseudocoecum, e — border of fusion of walls of caulis,

f— inner rib of caulis, g— wall of phallocrypt, h — endotheca, i — annulus,

j — longitudinal sclerite of outer tube, k — aedeagus, | — outer tube, m — endophallus

(vesica), n — secondary gonophore, 0 — cornuti, p — ductus ejaculatorius simplex,

q — circular muscles, r — proximal part of ductus ejaculatorius simplex, s — sac of

outer sheath, t — appendix, u — apical loop of appendix, v — proximal part of outer

sheath, w — opening of outer sheath.

The aedeagus (Figs 1, 5, 6) is a thin-walled membranous tube

originating at the anterior margin of the annulus (if that is present)

and extending distally usually to beyond mid-length of the phallotheca.

At the apex of aedeagus there is a slightly asymmetrical secondary

gonophore. The distal portion of the aedeagus may slightly protrude

as its wall is delicately plicate, at least in some species.

223

Figs 2-4. 2. Basal portion of phallus of Coleophora lixella ZELLER, 3. Medio-proximal

parts of outer sheath and ductus ejaculatorius of Augasma aeratella (ZELLER), 4. The

same, C. spiraeella REBEL. For abbreviations, see Fig. 1.

The endophallus (Figs 1, 5-9, 11) is an extremely long, densely plicate

membranous tube. Inside the aedeagus there are long epidermal

thickenings between the endophallus inside the aedeagus. The shape

of the endophallus changes, as seen in the cross-sections (Figs 4-6).

When the plication is completely extended, the length of the endophallus

increases up to 7 times. In many species the cornuti are situated in

the most proximal part of the endophallus. Anteriorly to them there

is a weak constriction of the duct which I believe is the beginning

of the endophallus.

224

bs alls

a P7

# 7 1

Figs 5-11. Transverse sections: 5. At mid-length of phallotheca ; 6. At base of

aedeagus ; 7. Near mid-length of outer tube ; 8. Posterior to sac ; 9. Just beyond sac ;

10. Through sac ; 11. Through end part of tube and appendix ; a — wall of phallocrypt,

b — phallotheca, c — endotheca, d — aedeagus, e — endophallus, f — anchorage of

endophallus inside aedeagus, g — muscles of sac, h — tracheae, 1 — proximal, endod-

ermal part of ductus’ ejaculatorius, j — circular muscles, k — cornuti,

| — spermatophore, m — muscles of endophallus, n — outer sheath, o — transverse

muscles, p — median part of ductus ejaculatorius.

225

Outer sheath. This term is used provisionally ; at least in coleophorid

systematics it is useful. It concerns the entire ectodermal membranous

structure anterior to the phallus. Anatomically it is most probably an

apodemal structure formed by a complete fusion of extensions of the

endothecal and aedeagal walls. In the literature I could not find any

special term for this structure. Moreover, in almost all taxonomic

papers the most posterior, tubular part of it is incorrectly named the

ductus ejaculatorius. CALLAHAN & CHAPIN (1960) and CALLAHAN &

Cascio (1963) call it a cuticular or outer tube of the ductus ejaculatorius

simplex (in the Nearctic noctuid moth Heliothis zea) and CAPUSE (1971)

calls it the “canal glandulaire” of the ductus ejaculatorius of Coleo-

phoridae. In the latter family the outer sheath is much more complex

than in other Lepidoptera examined and consists of several parts

(Figs 1, 3, 4). The most posterior of these is a long, usually bent funnel

called here the tube (outer tube of CALLAHAN & Cascio). It runs

medially, then dorsally in the abdomen, then more anteriorly bends

downwards and distad from where the sheath broadens and coils in

various ways. The inner curvature of the arch is usually strengthened

by an elongate sclerite which terminates in the dorsal wall of a broad-

ening of the sheath often developed in the form of a sac. The anterior

part of the tube is more or less coiled, usually broad, especially in

the most proximal portion, and terminates in a broad anterior opening.

In several species a densely coiled appendix is found in the terminal

portion, directed proximally, terminating in an apical loop. The shape

of the tube changes to some degree, as seen in transverse sections

(Figs 7-9, 11). Several tracheal branches enter through the proximal

opening, some of them eventually penetrating the sac (Fig. 10).

The ductus ejaculatorius (Figs 1-11) is partially discussed under

endophallus. Anteriorly to the endophallus, in a sac or broadening

of the outer sheath, it is more or less distinctly folded and embraced

by strong striated muscles (Fig. 10); subsequently it runs inside the

coiled part or appendix, situated laterally in the latter and accompanied

by several layers of transverse muscles. The proximal portion of the

ductus ejaculatorius simplex is lined with a very thin intima and sur-

rounded with strong, circular striated muscles (Figs 9-11).

Conclusions

As in some other lepidopterous families, the phallus of the Coleopho-

ridae is of the so called phallotheca type, but differs from these other

families in several characters. It is therefore considered to have evolved

independently and may be treated as an autapomorphy, since this type

226

of phallus appears to be distributed throughout the family (over 100

species examined). The structure of the phallotheca is subject to strong

variation within the family, being simple in more primitive species and

specialised, with sharply differentiated sclerites, in more advanced

species. However, it is suggested that the process of specialisation of

the sclerites occurred independently in the coleophorids several times.

Further possible autapomorphies of the examined structures are as

follows: presence of a tubular, membranous aedeagus; complete

atrophy of the coecum penis ; development of a false coecum penis ;

structure of the caulis and median plate ; presence of a ring-shaped

sclerite (annulus) ; very long tube of the outer sheath; a very long

densely plicate endophallus ; presence of a longitudinal sclerite of the

tube ; development of a long, coiled appendix. Some of these characters

are secondarily reduced in various species.

List of terms used in taxonomic papers

Aedeagus. Almost all authors use this term for the phallotheca or entire

phallus.

Anellus. CAPUSE (anelius) called this the median sclerite and caulis ;

TOLL, the caulis.

Annulus. Ring-shaped sclerite in endotheca anterior to the phallus.

Appendix (of outer sheath). Coiled part of outer sheath.

Boulbe ejaculateur. Term used by CAruse for broadening of outer

sheath called here ‘sac of the outer sheath’.

Cornutus. Correctly termed in all papers.

Ductus ejaculatorius (excl. its distal part, the vesica). In CAPUSE’s

terminology it comprises the “canal-non-glandulaire”, “boulbe ejacu-

lateur” and “canal glandulaire”, of which the first corresponds to the

real ductus ejaculatorius simplex, the two others with the outer sheath.

Lamina ductus. Longitudinal sclerite of the tube of the outer sheath,

applied by CAPUSE to the ductus ejaculatorius.

Outer sheath. Toıı used the term vesica, CAPUSE the canal glandulaire

(of ductus ejaculatorius). |

Phallotheca. CAPUSE named it the aedeagus or penis, Tort the

aedeagus.

Phallus. In Coleophoridae of the phallotheca type ; a complex consisting

of the aedeagus, phallotheca and endotheca, as treated in this paper.

Sac (of outer sheath). Broadening of the outer sheath immediately

beyond its tube. CAPUSE used his own term, boulbe ejaculateur (of

ductus ejaculatorius), or scleriductus.

227

Vesica (endophallus). Tor applied this term to the distal part (tube)

of the outer sheath ; CAPUSE (in part) named thus the membranous

portions of the phallotheca.

Acknowledgements

I wish to express my thanks to Dr. J. Buszxo, Torun, Poland for providing

some material for study, Dr. N. P. KRISTENSEN, Copenhagen, Denmark for

a fruitful discussion, Dr. E. WARCHALOWSKA, Krakow, Poland for the photo-

micrographs and to an anonymous referee for correcting the English text.

References

BIRKETT-SMITH, S. J. R. & KRISTENSEN, N. P., 1974. The skeleto-muscular

anatomy of the genital segments of male Eriocrania (Insecta, Lepidop-

tera). Z. morph. Tiere 77 : 157-174.

CALLAHAN, P. S. & CHaAPIN, J. B., 1960. Morphology of the reproductive

system and mating in two representative members of the family

Noctuidae, Pseudatelia unipuncta and Peridroma margaritosa, with

comparison to Heliothis zea. Ann. ent. Soc. Amer. 53 : 763-782.

CALLAHAN, P. S. & Cascio, T., 1963. Histology of the reproductive tracts

and transmission of sperm in the Corn Earworm, Heliothis zea. Ann.

ent. Soc. Amer. 56 : 535-556.

CAPUSE, I., 1971. Recherches morphologiques et systematiques sur la famille

des Coleophoridae (Lepidoptera). Inst. Internatn. Technologie Econ.

Apicole. Bucarest.

KRISTENSEN, N. P., 1984a. Skeletomuscular anatomy of the male genitalia

of Epimartyria (Lepidoptera : Micropterigidae). Ent. scand. 15 : 97-112.

KRISTENSEN, N. P., 1984b. The male genitalia of Agatiphaga (Lepidoptera,

Agatiphagidae) and the lepidopteran ground plan. Ent. scand. 15: 151-

178.

KRISTENSEN, N. P., & NIELSEN, E. S., 1979. A new family of micropterigid

moths from South America. A contribution to the morphology and

phylogeny of the Micropterigidae, with a generic catalogue of the family

(Lepidoptera : Zeugloptera). Steenstrupia 5 (7) : 69-147.

Kuznetsov, V. I. & STEKOLNIKOV, A. A., 1978. Systematic position and

phylogenetic relationships of the superfamily Coleophoridae (Lepidop-

tera : Oecophoridae, Coleophoridae, Ethmiidae) treated on the base of

functional morphology of the male genitalia [in Russian]. Ent. Obozr.

57 (1) : 131-149.

Matsupa, R., 1976. Morphology and evolution of the insect abdomen.

Oxford. New York, Toronto, Sydney, Paris & Frankfurt.

SNODGRAS, R. E., 1935. Principles of insects. Morphology, 9. McGraw-Hill,

New York & London.

Tor, S., 1953. Eupistidae (Coleophoridae) Polski. Mater. Fizjogr. Kraju.

329297 pp Oo pis:

228

Nota lepid. 13 (4) : 229-235 ; 31.XII.1990 ISSN 0342-7536

Proutia rotunda sp. n. (Lepidoptera, Psychidae)

— a bag-worm moth species confused with P betulina

(ZELLER)

Esko SUOMALAINEN

ve un of Genetics, University of Helsinki, Arkadiankatu 7, SF-00100 Helsinki,

inlan

Summary

The taxon known as Proutia betulina (ZELLER) in northern Europe does not

correspond to a syntype (here designated as lectotype) of that species. The

northern species is described as P rotunda sp. n. It is characterized by shorter

branches of the bipectinate antenna and a more roundish forewing than in

P. betulina. The new species seems to be distributed mainly in northern Europe

and in northern parts of Central Europe, while P betulina seems to be

restricted to Central Europe, occurring southwards to northern Italy.

A few years ago I received from Mr. Peter HATTENSCHWILER some

specimens of Proutia betulina (ZELLER, 1839), collected by him at

Mendrisio, southern Switzerland. When comparing these with Finnish

specimens identified as the same species, I noticed that the two sets

of specimens showed clear differences. Particularly the structure of the

male antenna was so different that I could not consider the two taxa

as conspecific.

Proutia betulina was described on the basis of specimens from Glogau,

now in western Poland. A syntype is preserved in the British Museum

(Natural History), and by my request Dr. Kevin Tuck sent me

photographs of it. The specimen is labelled “Lectotype” [circular,

purple-edged label ; as far as I know the lectotype was never validly

designated] / “Betulina Bartsch [?-o-] lit 3/56” [by ZELLER] / “Epich-

nopteryx betulina Z. Is. 39, 183. Spey. Is. 46, 34. HS v p. 63. anicanella

Br. 73” [by ZELLER] / “Psychidae slide no. 75 leg, antenna” / “BM

& genitalia slide no. 3318”. The specimen is here designated as lectotype.

The lectotype corresponds with the specimens from Mendrisio, whereas

the specimens from Finland belong to another, seemingly undescribed

species. This is described here.

229

Fig. 1. Proutia rotunda sp. n. & Finland, U : Pyhtää, H. Luoma leg.

Fig. 2. Proutia betulina (ZELLER, 1839), @ Switzerland, Mendrisio, P. HATTENSCHWILER

leg.

230

Proutia rotunda sp. n.

(Figs 1, 3, 5 and 6)

HOLOTYPE : &, labelled “Fennia, Al: Lemland, Vesteränga, 7.V11.1946,

Lingonblad” / “Holotype Proutia rotunda SUOMALAINEN” [red label] (de-

posited in the Zoological Museum, University of Helsinki).

PARATYPES : 17 64 7 QQ : Finland : Al: Lemland, Vesteränga 1 4 7.V11.1946

LINGONBLAD leg. and 2 @@ 20.V11.1952 H. Bruun leg., Lemland 1 ® 1987

T. & K. Nupponen leg. ; U : Porvoo/ Borga 2 33 5 2% 20.V.1948, 17.VI.1949,

19.VI.1949, 11.VIL.1950, 16.VIL.1951, 5.V1.1957, 12.V1.1957 E. SEPPANEN &

A. STRANDMAN leg. ; U: Pyhtää 5 @@ 19.V1.1973, 26.V1.1973, 29.V1.1973

H. Luoma leg. ; EH: Nastola 2 @@ 1948 HEINANEN leg. ; Lempäälä 1 &

2.V11.1942 E. SALo leg. ; Denmark : Alleröd 1 & 31.V.1979 M. FisiGeEr leg.

and 1 & 22.4.1962 K. Larsen leg. ; Hviding 1 & 16.V.1970 K. Larsen leg. ;

Lilleröd 1 Q 24.1V.1962 M. Fisiger leg. Paratypes in the Zoological Museum,

University of Helsinki, in Coll. E. SUOMALAINEN and in Coll. P. HÄTTEN-

SCHWILER.

Erymo .ocy : Lat. fem. adj. rotunda = round, from the roundish wing

shape of the new species.

Diacnosis: The male of Proutia rotunda differs from the closely

related P betulina (Figs 2, 4 and 7) in the more roundish wing shape

and, particularly, in the shorter branches of the bipectinate antenna.

In the female, the caudal hair tuft is snowy white (light grey in P

betulina).

DESCRIPTION : @ : Wingspan 12.0-14.5 mm, average 13.5 mm (n = 12)

(5 44 of P betulina had a wing span of 12.0-13.5, average 12.5 mm).

Intercalated cell present at terminal end of forewing discoidal cell. Tip

of forewing more rounded than in P betulina ; forewing and hindwing

colour grey brown, sometimes darker than in P betulina. Forewing

with broad scales (class V-VI sensu SAUTER 1956 : 489), seemingly not

differing from those of P betulina. Length of antenna as in P betulina ;

antenna on average with 22 segments (in P betulina 21). Length of

side branches of bipectinate antenna usually about 70% of those in

P. betulina. In three males of P rotunda, ratio of length of side branch

of fifth segment from base (two basal segments not counted) / length

of segment 2.0-2.3 (in 12 66 of P betulina from Coll. HATTENSCHWILER

2.8-3.8 ; within population variation considerably less). Male genitalia

(Fig. 5) as in P betulina (according to P. HATTENSCHWILER, in litt.,

genitalia of this genus show few specific differences).

231

Fig. 3. Proutia rotunda sp. n. 6 antennae, Finland, U : Pyhtää, H. Luoma leg.

yo?

Fig. 4. Proutia betulina (ZELLER, 1839). & antennae, Switzerland, Mendrisio, P. HAT-

TENSCHWILER leg.

232

Fig. 5. Male genital armature of Proutia rotunda sp. n. Finland, U: Pyhtää, H.

Luoma leg.

Fig. 6. Larval case of Proutia rotunda sp. n. 4, Finland, Sippola, H. Luoma leg.

(Drawing : H. Luoma).

Fig. 7. Larval case of Proutia betulina (ZELLER, 1839). 6, Switzerland, Mendrisio,

P. HATTENSCHWILER leg.

255

©: Caudal hair tuft snowy white (in 2 betulina light grey). Antenna

with 10-12 segments (in P betulina 10-16, HATTENSCHWILER & CHAO

1990). In two females ratio of lengths of third and first legs 2.0 and

2.06 (in P betulina 1.4, HATTENSCHWILER & CHAO 1990).

LARVAL CASE (Fig. 6) : Larger than in P betulina (Fig. 7), with pieces

of stems of Poaceae, and with lichens and other material collected

from the surface of tree trunks and stones (the cases of P betulina

are shorter and smoother, Fig. 7). |

BroLocy : In Finland the species has been observed in deciduous and

mixed forests, mainly on warm, but mesic, southern slopes. The larval

cases are fixed on trunks of birch (Betula) or rowan (Sorbus), or on

the sides of large stone blocks, usually in well protected and shady

places. The adults emerge usually in June or early July (SEPPÄNEN

1966, H. Luoma in litt.).

DISTRIBUTION : P. rotunda is relatively rare in Finland but has been

observed from the provinces A, V, U, EK, St, EH, ES, EP and KP

(Kyrkı 1978), i.e. from the southern coast at 60° N to about 64°

N. The taxon reported from Sweden is clearly P rotunda ; it has been

found in the southern part of the country from about 55° to 59° N

(NORDSTRÖM et al., 1961). In addition, the species has been observed

from Denmark (see type material) and from the German Federal

Republic : Waldeck (STAUDINGER leg.). The general distribution of the

species remains to be determined.

Remarks

P. betulina is known to me from western Poland, Glogau (the type

material), from the German Democratic Republic, Mark Brandenburg

(M. WEipricH leg.), from the German Federal Republic: Baden,

Rastatt (A. BIEBINGER leg.) and from Switzerland, Mendrisio (P.

HATTENSCHWILER leg.). In Coll. HÄTTENSCHWILER, P betulina is

present, in addition, from the following localities : German Federal

Republic : Duisburg ; Bavaria, Münchshofen ; Italy : Garda, Vesano ;

Czechoslovakia : Prag ; Belgium : Mol ; Switzerland : Yverdon ; Herr-

liberg ; Biasca ; Dorenaz ; Uster.

For the distribution of other Proutia species, see HÄTTENSCHWILER

& CHAO, 1990. The recently described P chinensis HATTENSCHWILER

& CHAO, 1990 has equally long branches of the antenna as P betulina.

Proutia salicicolella (BRUAND, 1853) and P eppingella (Tutt, 1900)

234

are junior synonyms of P. betulina (ZELLER, 1839) (HATTENSCHWILER,

1978).

Acknowledgements

For great support during the course of this work I express my sincere gratitude

to Dr. Kauri MıkkoLA and to Mr. Peter HÄTTENSCHWILER. For notes and

photograph of the syntype of P betulina in the British Museum (Natural

History) and for linguistic corrections I am grateful to Dr. Kevin Tuck. All

the lepidopterists who have provided me with material, particularly Mr. Harri

Luoma who also made a drawing of the larval case of P rotunda, are gratefully

acknowledged.

References

HATTENSCHWILER, P., 1978. The status of Proutia eppingella Tutt, 1900

(Lepidoptera : Psychidae). Entomologist’s Gazette 29 : 219-220.

HATTENSCHWILER, P. & CHAo, C.-L., 1990. A new Proutia species from China

(Lepidoptera, Psychidae). Nota lepid. 12 : 262-268.

Kyrkt, J., 1978. Suomen pikkuperhosten levinneisyys. I. Luonnontieteellisten

maakuntien lajisto (Lepidoptera: Micropterigidae — Pterophoridae).

Notul. Ent. 58 : 37-67.

NORDSTRÖM, F., OPHEIM, M. & SOTAVALTA, O., 1961. De fennoskandiska

svärmarnas och spinnarnas utbredning (Sphinges, Bombycimorpha etc.).

Lunds Universitets Arskrift. N. F. Avd. 2, 57(4) : 1-93.

SAUTER, W., 1956. Morphologie und Systematik der schweizerischen Solenobia

Arten. Rev. suisse Zool. 63 (3) : 451-550.

SEPPANEN, E. J., 1966. Suomen Psychina-lajit (Lep. ; Psychidae ja Talaepo-

ridae). Luonnon Tutkija 70 : 83-94.

ZELLER, P. E., 1839. Kritische Bestimmung der in Degeers Abhandlungen

zur Geschichte der Insekten enthaltenen Lepidopteren. Isis 32 : 243-347.

255

Nota lepid. 13 (4) : 236-241 ; 31.X11.1990 ISSN 0342-7536

Takapsestis fascinata sp. n. from China

(Lepidoptera, Thyatiridae)

Hiroshi YOSHIMOTO

Tokyo High School, 39-1, Unoki 2-chome, Ota-ku, Tokyo, 146, Japan

Summary

Takapsestis MATSUMURA, 1933 is known to include 5 species from India to

Sundaland and Taiwan. A further species, 7. fascinata sp. n., is described

from China and two Indian species are added to the genus.

In a previous paper (YosHIMOTO, 1983), the genus Takapsestis MAT-

SUMURA, 1933 was redefined and found to comprise 5 species from

South-East Asia :

T. wilemaniella MATSUMURA, 1933 (Taiwan) type species

T. orbicularis (Moore, 1888) (West Himalaya to Sikkim)

T: bifasciata (HamPpson, 1896) (Sikkim)

T. sumatrensis (GAEDE, 1930) (Sumatra)

T. semiobsoleta (WARREN, 1915) (Java)

These are characterized in the male genitalia as follows : simple soc,

small lobes and short terminal processes of the sacculus, and a mass

of short spines on the vesica. Here I describe a new species from China,

transfer further two species to the genus, and present two new

synonyms.

Takapsestis fascinata sp. n. (Fig. 1)

HoıotyPE: 4, labelled “A-tun-tse (N. Yünnan), Talsohle ca. 3000 m,

23.6.1937. H. HONE”, “Tafel IX, M. R. 3), “Slide HE 2907272

preserved in the Museum Alexander Koenig, Bonn.

PARATYPE: | ©, same locality as holotype, July 3, 1937, H. Höne,

genitalia slide K. WERNY, GU : 0391, preserved in the Museum

Alexander Koenig, Bonn.

DESCRIPTION 6 9 : Length of forewing 18-19 mm, expanse 37-39 mm.

Antennae lamellate. Eyes hairy and lashed. Third segment of palpus

236

two-thirds as long as 2nd. Tegulae greyish ochre, with a dark brown

transverse band. Patagia brownish grey. Abdomen greyish brown, with

a black dorsal crest as in 7. orbicularis (Moore) and T. sumatrensis

(GAEDE). Forewing dark grey with two conspicuous creamy white spots

in cell and four minute discocellular creamy white spots ; median and

postmedian lines black and conspicuous, space between them pale grey ;

an apical streak black and thick ; subterminal line obsolete, weakly

serrate ; cilia pale greyish brown, with dark brown rays beyond veins.

Hindwing uniformly pale brown, cilia pale grey with diffuse brown

line.

MALE GENITALIA (Fig. 2): Uncus and soci nearly equal in length ;

tegumen broad ; valva gradually narrowed toward tip, with a short

and thick terminal process of sacculus ; juxta wide, horseshoe shaped ;

aedeagus moderate, with a short and curved caudal process ; vesica

with a mass of short spines in regular rows.

Fig. 2. Male genitalia of Takapsestis fascinata sp. n., holotype. China, N. Yunnan.

237

FEMALE GENITALIA (Fig. 3): Papillae anales roundish ; lamella ante-

vaginalis a pair of large semicircular sclerites ; ductus bursae thick,

corpus bursae large, roundish, with longitudinally elongate signum.

Fig. 3. Female genitalia of Takapsestis fascinata sp. n. paratype. China, N. Yunnan.

238 '

DISTRIBUTION : China (Yunnan)

This species is most similar to T. orbicularis (Moore, 1888) (Fig. 4)

from W. India and Sikkim, but is easily distinguished from it by the

presence of a creamy white spot near the base of the cell. In the male

genitalia, the new species is separated from orbicularis by the shorter

uncus, a thicker and shorter terminal process of the sacculus, and a

shallower cleft in the caudal margin of juxta.

Neogaurena RoEPKE, 1944, Natuurh. Maandbl. 33 : 65, type species :

Neogaurena grisescens ROEPKE, 1944, by monotypy. Syn. n. of

Takapsestis MATSUMURA, 1933, Insecta matsum. 7: 200, type

species : Takapsestis wilemaniella MATSUMURA, 1933.

Neogaurena grisescens RoEPKE, 1944, Natuurh. Maandbl. 33: 65,

fig. 35. Syn. n. of Palimpsestes [sic] semiobsoleta WARREN, 1915,

Novit. zool. 22 : 156.

This species was described from West Java (Potachawattee and

Kamodjan), but it is almost certainly the same as the Javanese

semiobsoleta WARREN.

Takapsestis griseata (WARREN, 1915), comb. n. (Fig. 5)

Polyploca griseata WARREN, 1915, Novit. zool. 22 : 157 ; YOSHIMOTO,

1982, Tyo Ga : 32 : 119, 131, fig. 29.

Figs 4-7. Takapsestis spp. from India. 4: T. orbicularis (Moore), @. syntype,

Dharmsala. 5 : T. griseata (WARREN), 6, holotype, Kangra. 6 : T. bifasciata (HAMPSON),

Q, holotype, Sikkim. 7: T. curvicosta (WARREN), 6, holotype, Khasia hill. All in

British Museum (N.H.), London.

239

The male genitalia (Fig. 9) suggest that this species could be just a

form of T: orbicularis (Moore) (Fig. 8, male genitalia). However, the

terminal process of the sacculus is a little longer and the distance

between this and a small lobe before it is a little shorter than in

orbicularis. T: bifasciata (HAMPSON) (Fig. 6) seems to have an abnormal

maculation in comparison with its congeners. Its specific status should

be investigated further.

Figs. 8-10. Male genitalia of Takapsestis spp. from India. 8 : T. orbicularis (Moore),

syntype. 9: T: griseata (WARREN), holotype. 10: T: curvicosta (WARREN), holotype.

240

DISTRIBUTION : W. India (Kangra).

Takapsestis curvicosta (WARREN, 1915), comb. n. (Fig. 7)

Polyploca curvicosta WARREN, 1915, Novit. zool. 22 : 156.

Male genitalia (Fig. 10). Uncus long and socius short ; valva narrow,

with a curved terminal process of sacculus.

There is no subsequent record since the original description, and only

the 4 holotype is known. This species is distinguished from its congeners

by its smaller size (expanse 32 mm) and strongly curved costa of the

forewing.

DISTRIBUTION : E. India (Assam).

Acknowledgements

I owe much to Dr. Dieter STÜNING, Museum Alexander Koenig, Bonn, for

his kindness in giving me an opportunity to examine invaluable specimens.

I express my sincere gratitude to Mr. Martin R. Honey, British Museum

(N.H.), London, for sending me colour transparencies of moths and genitalia

of the type specimens for comparison. My hearty thanks are also due to

Mr. Shigero Sucı, Tokyo, for his kind advice in the course of this study,

and to Dr. Mamoru Owapa, National Science Museum (Nat. Hist.), Tokyo,

and Mr. Toshio INOMATA, Hachioji, for their kindness in taking photographs.

Literature

Matsumura, S., 1933. New species of Cymatophoridae of Japan and

Formosa. [Insecta matsum. 7 : 190-201, pl. 4.

ROEPKE, W., 1944. Remarks on new or little known Indomalayan moths

(Lepid. Heteroc.). XI. Natuurh. Maandbl. 33 : 65.

WARREN, W., 1915. Some new Oriental Cymatophoridae in the Tring Museum.

Novit. zool. 22 : 154-159.

YosHIMoTo, H., 1982. Notes on the genus Epipsestis, with descriptions of

three new species from Nepal (Lepidoptera : Thyatiridae). Tyo Ga 32:

117-137.

YosHIMOTO, H., 1983. A revision of the genus Demopsestis and its related

genera, with description of a new species from Taiwan (Lepidoptera,

Thyatiridae). Tyo Ga 34 : 1-20.

241

Nota lepid. 13 (4) : 242-245 ; 31.X11.1990 ISSN 0342-7536

Field notes — Kurze Exkursionsberichte — Excursions en bref

Kretania psylorita FREYER (Lepidoptera, Lycaenidae). Discovery of a

new locality in Crete

Giorgio LEIGHEB, Ettore RiBont and Vilfrido CAMERON-CURRY

(G. LEIGHEB, Via Pansa 4, 28100 Novara, Italy).

(E. Rısonı, Baluardo Lamarmora 59, 28100 Novara, Italy).

(V. CAMERON-CuRRY, Via Calandra 2, 10123 Torino, Italy).

Summary

A number of observations on Kretania psylorita FREYER made in the Psyloritis

Mountains in Crete in July 1986 are presented where the species is now

menaced by anthropogenic activities. A new colony was discovered in the

Dikti Mountains, about 60 km East of Mt. Ida (locus typicus). The habitat

corresponds to the classical “Astragaletum” and is fortunately less easily

accessible.

Kretania psylorita FREYER was described in 1845 as an endemic mountain

species from the Psyloritis (Idhi) range in central Crete, in the Aegean sea.

The highest peak in these mountains is Mt. Ida (2,456 m), which Greek

mythology identifies as the place of Zeus’ childhood. Various authors sub-

sequently confirmed these findings (H. REBEL, 1916; E. TRONICEK, 1949 ;

R. F BRETHERTON, 1969 ; L. G. Hicains, 1973).

During a stay in Crete from July Ist to 20th, 1986, we devoted particular

attention to this species. Unfortunately, we found that the “locus typicus”

of psylorita is endangered. In fact, its former geographical isolation, in a

mountainous region with difficult access, no longer exists : a wide road suitable

for motor cars has replaced the original footpath that once necessitated a

walk lasting several hours to reach the locality from Anogia. The habitat

has been even more seriously damaged by the construction of a ski lift for

winter sports.

During the first week of July both males and females were very abundant

on the slopes of Mt. Ida, from the Nida plateau (1,300 m) to the top. This

apparently disagrees with the data of other authors, e.g. REBEL, who found

the species in mid June. K. psylorita is distributed unevenly throughout its

habitat, becoming less common at high altitudes. It becomes active early in

the morning, with a rapid and irregular flight over the bushes of a thorny

Astragalus species that are the main component of the vegetation (Astragale-

tum). It also rests on these plants and on the ground, especially on stones

242

Fig. 2. Kretania psylorita on Astragalus.

243

or to drink moisture from the soil. When frightened it darts away with a

rapid and jerky flight. It is then hard to see on account of its dull brown

colour and small size.

Only a few Rhopalocera flew synchronous and sympatric with psylorita, the

most common of which was Coenonympha thyrsis FREYER, particularly at

the foot of Mt. Ida ; Polyommatus icarus Rott. and Hipparchia cretica REBEL

were found only occasionally.

E. TRONICEK (1938) defines the association of symbiotic species, including

Zerynthia cretica REBEL (which flies earlier), Colias crocea Fourc., Pararge

megera lyssa Dsp. and Vanessa cardui L., as well as those listed above, as

“Polyommatetum psyloritae”.

Our subsequent excursions were to other mountains on Crete. From Omalos

(1,000 m), on the western side of the island, we climbed the Leuka Oros (White

Mountains) or Lefka Ori group to the top of the arid Mt. Gigilos, without

entering the Samaria Gorges and ignoring the inner slopes of the higher Lefka

On. K. psylorita was not found in these areas, on account of the lack of

suitable habitat.

A very interesting and noteworthy finding was the discovery of psylorita in

the Dikti Mountains (whose highest peak reaches 2,148 m), on the eastern

side of Crete, about 60 km from Mt. Ida.

On July 10th, 1986, after driving to the picturesque Lassithi plateau, with

its 1,000 windmills, and having reached the village of Psychron, one of us

(G. LEIGHEB) walked up to the cave which is reputed to be the birthplace

of Zeus (Dikteon Antron) and then went on further up the mountainside,

which is strewn with boulders and holes, to a valley crossed by a path. In

the background could be seen the highest peaks of the Dikti Oros, still partly

covered with snow. Having passed numerous rocky buttresses, after a few

hours walk, he reached the slopes of the highest peaks. From 1,300 m upwards,

the vegetation shows the same features as the “Astragaletum” on Mt. Ida.

The first specimens of psylorita were captured resting on the ground near

a small spring at an altitude of approximately 1,500 m. About 30 other

specimens were observed within a range of about half a kilometre. This colony

was undoubtedly less numerous than the one on Mt. Ida. Both sexes were

still fresh, in spite of the fact that it was the second week of July. The butterflies

are absolutely identical with those collected in the type locality. Among those

collected, specimens corresponding to forms “caeca” COURVOISIER and “oben-

bergeri” TRONICEK Were not exceptional.

Discussion

The discovery of a new colony of K. psylorita suggests that certain endemic

species considered to be strictly restricted to a single relict biotope may in

fact be more widely distributed, albeit in scattered and isolated colonies.

Systematic investigation of less easily accessible areas is often lacking.

244

Another feature to consider in the case of mountain species is the considerable

variability of the flight period in relation to the climatic conditions. It is

therefore not surprising that psylorita was found in mid-July rather than in

June, which is considered its typical flight period.

A comparison between the classical biotope on Mt. Ida and the one on the

Dikti and Lefta Mountains actually suggests the possibility that this species

may be present on all of the three main maintain ranges of Crete, which

are in fact not very far apart. The discovery of psylorita in this new locality

on the Dikti Oros groups should therefore not be considered surprising, and

it seems probable that it will subsequently be also discovered in the Lefka

Ori.

Entomologists should search for new unexplored areas rather than collect

repeatedly in the same localities !

References

BRETHERTON, R. F., 1969. Notes on butterflies (Rhopalocera) in Crete, June

1969. Entomologist’s Rec. J. Var. 81 : 296-302.

Hicoins, L. G., 1973. Crete in late June 1973. Entomologist’s Rec. J. Var.

85 : 291-293.

REBEL, H., 1916. Die Lepidopterenfauna Kretas. Annin. naturh. Mus. Wien

30 : 66-172.

Tronicek, E., 1949. Contribution to the knowledge of the Lepidopterological

fauna of Crete. Acta ent. Mus. natn. Pragae 26 : 1-15.

245

Nota lepid. 13 (4) : 246-251 ; 31.XII.1990 ISSN 0342-7536

Book reviews — Buchbesprechungen — Analyses

ERHARDT Andreas. Wiesen und Brachland als Lebensraum fiir Schmet-

terlinge. Eine Feldstudie im Tavetsch (Graubünden). Denkschriften der

Schweiz. Naturforsch. Ges. Bd 98. 158 S. Birkhauser Verlag, Basel

1985.

Mit einer sehr schönen Farbtafel als Decke versehen (Magerwiese zur Blütezeit

von Paradisea liliastrum), präsentiert sich dieses grossformatige Buch (23 X

3l cm) von ERHARDT.

Die Zielsetzung der Studie bestand darin, den Einfluss der Sozialbrache auf

die tagaktiven Grossschmetterlinge zu untersuchen. Sozialbrachen sind Grün-

land das infolge der zunehmenden Industrialisierung der Landwirtschaft sich

selbst überlassen wurde, also vor allem mühsam zu bewirtschaftende, wenig

rentable Grenzertragsflächen an Hanglagen. Ausgewählt wurde das Tal

Tavetsch (Vorderrhein, oberhalb Disentis) weil es sich für diese Zielsetzung

am besten eignete. Die Lepidopterenfauna von Fettwiesen wurde übrigens auch

untersucht. Schliesslich wurde noch die grundlegende Frage nach der Kor-

relation von Vegetationstyp und Lepidopterenfauna behandelt.

In drei Kapiteln werden die Untersuchungsflächen, die Transektmethode und

die Auswertungsmethode dargestellt. Es folgt eine systematische Liste aller

auf den Untersuchungsflächen gefundenen Arten (87 Tagfalter, 138 Hetero-

ceren). Die Phänologie wird anhand von drei Arten (C. gardetta, Z. exulans,

E. euryale adyte) exemplarisch diskutiert.

Im zentralen Kapitel (66 Seiten) wird die Sukzession der Lepidopterenfauna

auf fortschreitenden Brachstadien ungedüngter Magerwiesen und Extensiv-

weiden dargestellt. Die Diversität der Schmetterlingen ist in extensiv bewirt-

schafteten Vegetationstypen besonders hoch, wobei Extensivweiden die Ma-

gerwiesen an Arten deutlich übertreffen. Frühe Brachestadien weisen von allen

untersuchten Vegetationstypen die höchste Diversität auf, spätestens mit Auf-

wuchsstadien sinkt die Diversität rapide.

Ein Vergleich von Nord- und Südhang zeigt, dass an Südhängen die Schmet-

terlingsfauna generell deutlich artenreicher ist als an Nordhängen, dass es aber

noch Arten gibt, welche nur an Nordhängen gefunden werden, so z.B. Erebia

eriphyle oder Euphydryas intermedia*

Ein Kapitel über die Lepidopterenfauna von Fettwiesen belegt den Rückgang

von Schmetterlingen, verursacht durch Düngung von Magerwiesen. Der

* F. intermedia war zuvor in der untersuchten Region der Zentralalpen noch gar

nicht nachgewiesen worden.

246

Einfluss der Verbrachung auf einzelne Lepidopterenarten wird von 2 Tabellen

und 60 Abbildungen dokumentiert. Ein Kapitel behandelt Diversität und

Struktur der Schmetterlingsgemeinschaften.

Die Untersuchung zeigt, dass die Artenzahlen von Schmetterlingen und

Pflanzen grundsätzlich eng miteinander korreliert sind (Wirtspflanzen der

Raupen !), dass es aber auch Diskrepanzen in dieser Korrelation gibt, die

durch Höhenlage, Bodenverhältnisse, vor allem aber durch die Bewirtschaf-

tungsform (Mahd !) bedingt sein können.

Die Arbeit schliesst mit einer kritischen Diskussion der Konsequenzen ftir

den Naturschutz und einer Zusammenfassung auf deutsch und englisch, welche

drei aufschlussreiche Tabellen enthält (häufigste und charakterische Arten:

Südhang und Nordhang), einer fünfseitigen Literatur-Auswahl und drei

Verzeichnissen (der 37 Tabellen, 25 pflanzensoziologischen Aufnahmen und

89 Abbildungen, dazu noch 2 sehr schöne, ganzseitige Farbtafeln).

Als Fazit möchte der Referent aus der Zusammenfassung die Konsequenzen

für den Naturschutz zitieren, weil sie am besten geeignet sind, die Nützlichkeit

und Wichtigkeit der Untersuchung von A. ERHARDT aufzuzeigen :

„Optimal wäre ein ausgewogenes Verhältnis möglichst vieler verschiedener

Habitate, was aber Pflegemassnahmen auch in verschiedenen Brachstadien

voraussetzt, da sich diese sonst zu mehr oder weniger klimaxnaher Wald-

vegetation entwickeln ; besonders gefährdet sind die extensiv bewirtschafteten

Vegetationstypen, vor allem Magerwiesen. Ihre Erhaltung setzt die traditionelle

Bewirtschaftungsform voraus“.

In Abwesenheit von vergleichbaren Untersuchungen kommt dieser Arbeit ein

gewisser Pioniercharakter. Da die Unterhaltsmassnahmen in Schutzgebieten

im allgemeinen auf die Bedürfnisse der Vegetation abgestellt sind, und da

wir wenig oder nichts über die Tierwelt wissen, füllt nun z.T. die Arbeit von

ERHARDT diese Lücke. Die Kooperation Botanik und Zoologie ist in diesem

Fall besonders hervorzuheben.

Das Buch von Dr. ERHARDT muss wärmstens empfohlen werden für alle

Natuschützer, und ganz besonders für ökologisch arbeitende Entomologen

und Faunisten.

E. de Bros

JUTZELER David. Grundriss der Tagfalterfauna in den Kantonen

Glarus, Schwyz und Zug. Berichte der Schwyzerischen Naturforschen-

den Gesellschaft. 9. Heft, S. 5-60, 1990 (mit 76 Verbreitungskarten,

35 Farbfotos auf 4 Farbtafeln, 26 s.w. Fotos)

Bezug dieses Heftes (solange vorrätig — Auflage 1000 Expl. —) durch

Dr. Alois Bettschart, Schlappvig 12, CH-8847 Egg-Einsiedeln.

Preis : SFr. 35.—

An erster Stelle im schmucken 9. Heft der Schwyzer Nat. forsch. Ges. —

Grossformat, Glanzpapier, farbige vordere und hintere Umschlagseite — steht

247

der Beitrag des sehr aktiven Naturfreundes und- Schützers, guten Schmet-

terlingskenners und ausgezeichneten Photographs JUTZELER zu Thema ,,Kar-

tierung der Schmetterlingen“ seiner Region, also der Kantone Glarus, Schwyz

und Zug, veranlasst durch eine Anfrage seitens der Schwyzer Naturforschenden

Gesellschaft.

Von 1987 bis 1989 hat der Autor nicht weniger als 34 Exkursionen ins Berg-

gebiet unternommen und 28 Feuchtgebiete in den Kantonen Zug und Schwyz

mindestens einmal besucht. Um seine Fundortsangaben zu ergänzen, hat er

noch eine ganze Reihe von privaten Sammlungen und Photokollektionen

durchgesehen.

So entstand der zentrale 2. Teil “Die Artenvielfalf (37 Seiten), wo die 126

Tagfalterarten der drei Kantone systematisch geordnet aufgezählt und kurz

beschrieben sind — mit deutschen und lateinischen Namen, alle Familien

ausser den Hesperiiden (Dickköpfe) : 102 Arten im Kanton Schwyz, 93 im

Kanton Glarus und ca 55 im Kanton Zug. Die interessantesten Arten

(immerhin 76 von 126) erhielten neben den Fundortsliste auch eine Verbrei-

tungskarte. Zusätzlich zu dieser Fundortsliste werden für jede Art der Biotop

und die Futterpflanze der Raupe angegeben. Mit besonderen Signaturen

werden auf den Verbreitungskarten die Stellen bezeichnet, wo ein Fund der

betreffenden Art heute praktisch ausgeschlossen ist (0), sowie die Fundorte,

die mit Sicherheit heute nicht mehr bewohnbar sind (7).

Im 3. Teil „Lebensräume und ihre Schmetterlinge‘ werden die Hochmoore,

die Streuewiesen, die Nachbarschaft der Feuchtgebiete und die Magerwiesen

und Wälder in warmen Lagen beschrieben, und mit guten Schwarzweissphotos

illustriert. Als grosser Bergfreund präsentiert uns Jutzeler in vier Bergwan-

derungen vier verschiedene Schmetterlingsgruppen : Die Satyridae (Augenfal-

ter), die Argynnis und Melitaea (Perlmutter- und Scheckenfalter), die Lyca-

enidae (Bläulinge) und die Papilionidae und Pieridae (Ritterfalter und

Weisslinge).

Anschliessend : eine Distelfalterwanderung und Beobachtungen am Rigi-Kulm

(beide von Dr. L. REZBANYAI-RESER, Luzern).

Der 4. Teil „Schmetterlinge von damals“ enthält einen Bericht aus dem Tage-

buch von Dr. Ris (1920, 1921) über eine Exkursion ins Todtmeer (ehemaliges

Hochmoor des Sihlseegebietes), einige Passagen aus HEER über die Schmet-

terlinge im Glarnerland um 1846, sowie Beobachtungen von ZINGG (1939)

und BUHOLZER (1947) über Schmetterlinge bei Weggis, Lützelau (Rigi).

Im 5. und letzten Teil „Schmetterlinge mit besonderer Entwicklung‘ werden

schliesslich sehr interessante Beobachtungen über die ganz eigenartige Lebens-

weise der zwei bedrohten Bläulinge Maculinea alcon (Kleiner Moorbläuling)

und Maculinea rebeli (Enzianbläuling) notiert. Diese beide Arten benötigen

für ihre Entwicklung nämlich Ameisen, und beide sind stark gefährdet, so

insbesondere rebeli im Glarnerland durch Störungen im Lebensraum, die

sowohl die Futterpflanze (Deutscher Enzian) als auch die Wirtsameise (eine

248

Myrmica-Art) betreffen. Eine schöne Farbtafel illustriert verschiedene Lebens-

stadien dieser Bläulinge mit ihren Ameisen.

Die Arbeit schliesst mit :

1. der sehr nützlichen Erwähnung des Zentrums zur Kartierung der Fauna

in Neuchatel, das weiterhin Funddaten von Schmetterlingen entgegennimmt,

um diese ktinftig auszuwerten. |

2. dem Dank an die sehr zahlreichen Schweizer Kollegen, die mitgewirkt

haben, und

3. einer sehr ausfiihrlichen Literatur-Zusammenstellung (42 Zitate).

Dem Autor ist für seine aufwendige, minutidse Arbeit im Gelände herzlich

zu gratulieren, sowie fiir die gelungene schriftliche Aufzeichnung seiner

Resultate. Seine Publikation verdient eine grosse Verbreitung, nicht nur bei

den Spezialisten (Lepidopterologen), sondern bei allen Schweizer Naturfreun-

den. Sie mag ein nützlicher Ansporn für weitere ähnliche Untersuchungen

seitens der leider zu seltenen Schweizer Tagfalter-Beobachter sein.

E. de Bros

SPULER, A. Die Raupen der Schmetterlinge Europas. Zweite Auflage

von Dr. E. HOFFMANNS gleichnamigen Werk. 60 Tafeln mit über 2000

Abbildungen und den dazugehörigen Tafelerklärungen. Vorwort von

A. SPULER, Erlangen, Weihnachten 1904. Reprint edition 1989, Apollo

Books Lundbyvej 36, DK-5700 Svendborg. DK 780.- plus Porto.

Nach der hervorragend gelungenen „Reprint Edition“ des vierbändigen Werkes

von Jules Cuior „Noctuelles et Géomètres d’Europe“, mit der erstaunlich

genauen Wiedergabe seiner berühmten, handkolorierten 151 Tafeln (81 Tafeln

Noctuidae, 70 Tafeln Geometridae), veröffentlicht nun unser rühriges SEL-

Mitglied Peder Skou das bekannte, mehr als 75 Jahre alte Standardwerk

von SPULER.

Wieder ist die Reproduktion der 60 Farbtafeln — wohl das Wichtigste an

einem solchen Buch — perfekt, wie der Rezensent beim Vergleich mit seinem

eigenen Originalexemplar feststellen konnte. Neben den 3 alphabetischen

Verzeichnissen der Ausgabe von 1904 (abgebildete Pflanzen — Arten deren

Raupen oder Puppen abgebildet sind — Pflanzen) enthält die Repro Edition

eine 27 seitige Einleitung mit dem Wichtigsten über Morphologie und Biologie

(Eier, Raupen, Puppen), sowie über Raupensuche, -Zucht und -Präparation,

mit einem Anhang „Beziehungen der Pflanzen zu den Schmetterlingen“.

Obwohl seit 1904 sehr viel über Raupen veröffentlicht wurde, ist „der Spuler“

das praktische und vollständigste Raupen-Bestimmungsbuch geblieben (für

Schmetterlingsliebhaber). Durch die Neu-Auflage steht dieses seit langem

vergriffene Werk nun zu einem annehmbaren Preis zu Verfügung. Seine An-

schaffung kann jedem, der sich mit Raupen befasst, nur empfohlen werden.

Apollo Books gebührt für die Neu-Auflage vergriffener klassischer Werke der

Lepidopterologie Dank und Anerkennung. E de B

. de Bros

249

Michael Cuinery : New Generation Guide to the Butterflies and Day-

flying Moths of Britain and Europe. Edited by David Attenborough.

Published in 1989 by University of Texas Press, P.O. Box 7819, Austin,

Texas 78713 U.S.A. Hardbound, 320 pages, 13 cm X 30,5 cm. Cost :

about U.S. $ 22.50.

It would probably be worthwhile to receive reviews of this book from (1) an

advanced student of butterflies having a lot of training and experience, (2) an

advanced student of moths with a minimal knowledge of butterflies, and (3) an

amateur lepidopterist who is an enthusiastic beginner. I fit into the second

category although I firmly believe that this book belongs on the shelf of all

three categories. The book was not in my hands for more than a minute

before I realized it was not „just another book on butterflies“. Virtually all

species of European butterflies and dozens of moths representing 20 moth

families are figured in color. Illustrations of magnified eggs, early instar larvae,

mature larvae, and pupae are shown in color alongside of many (not all)

species ; range maps of each species are placed beside the text and figures

of each species. It is extremely convenient to have everything on the same

page, as opposed to the common practice of separate plates of adults, larvae,

maps, and text all in different sections of a book. For the butterflies, each

is illustrated with the upperside of left wings and body, and detached right

wings showing undersides. The moths show upperside right wings spread open,

and left wings folded down in natural repose, all four wings attached to the

body.

There are numerous colored illustrations showing the insects on their

hostplants and/or in their habitats. Pictures appear on almost every page.

Under the text of each species one finds diagnostic characters, hostplants,

months for each stage of the life cycle, status (common, rare, endangered.

etc.), and a listing of countries which afford legal protection. The second half

of the book has brief yet instructive chapters on various subjects including

migration, metamorphosis, feeding behavior, courtship, conservation, natural

enemies, and protective coloration. Much on these pages aims to explain why

or how: Why does a certain species have eyespots ? Why does another live

only in high mountains ? How does one live with ants ? Why is one endangered

and its nearest relatives are not? And many, many more how and why

questions and answers. The book does not show subspecies, has no biblio-

graphy, and has no sections on collecting and collections ; I do not consider

the lack of any of these to be shortcomings. Under some species, Liechtenstein

is misabbreviated as „Leich“.

The book has curatorial value. I was able to identify or verify identifications

of most of the 159 specimens (at least 25 species) of Zygaena in the Denver

Museum. The book will serve the same function eventually for the hundreds

of European butterflies in this collection. Indeed, for lepidopterists outside

of Europe who wish to own a single reference guide to all European butterflies

in color, this book would be a good choice among the several which are

250

available. Chinery is to be commended for shifting the emphasis away from

collecting and collections toward more noble pursuits such as field observations,

gaining insight into the ecology of these animals, and conservation.

The book has a lot to offer at a reasonable price. I recommend it highly

to all categories of lepidopterists. Hopefully, future editions in French,

German, Japanese, etc. are already in preparation.

Richard S. PEIGLER

251

Nota lepid. 13 (4) : 252-253 ; 31.X11.1990 ISSN 0342-7536

Congresses and events —

Kongresse und Veranstaltungen —

Congrès et rencontres

2nd International Workshop on Lower Lepidoptera

22-25 March 1991

Canberra/ Australia CSIRO Division of Entomology

Registration fee : approx. A$ 100.—

For information or contribution, write to :

Ebbe S. Nielsen CSIRO Entomology Tel. 06/ 2464258

GPO Box 1700 Fax 06/ 2464264

Canberra ACT 2601, Australia

Contributions will include taxonomy, phylogeny and classification,

biogeography, morphology and anatomy, ultrastructure, molecular

taxonomy, general biology, palaeontology and systematic methodology

Internationale Entomologen Tagung

der Deutschen Gesellschaft für allgemeine und angewandte Entomologie

Schweizerischen Entomologischen Gesellschaft und der Oesterreichi-

schen Entomologischen Gesellschaft

2.-6. April 1991

Wien/ Oesterreich Wirtschaftsuniversität, Augasse 2-6, Wien 9

Tagungsgebühr : Oest. Schill. 700.—, DM 110.— oder SFr. 95.—

Anmeldung und Programm :

Entomologen-Tagung Wien Tel. 0222/21113/390 DW

c/o Bundesanstalt für Pflanzenschutz Fax 0222/2160825

z. Hdn. Fr. Barcza-Leeb

Trunnerstrasse 5

A-1020 Wien

Das wissenschaftliche Programm beinhaltet Plenarsitzungen, Sektionen,

Poster-Session und einen Filmabend. 12 Sektionen sind vorgesehen.

252

Zoologia 91

19-20 avril 1991

Neuchätel/ Suisse Institut de Zoologie

Organisation :

Société suisse de Zoologie

Ligue suisse pour la protection de la nature

Annonce et programme :

Comité d'organisation W. Geiger et al. Tél. 038/256434

Inst. de Zoologie, Fax 038/242695

Chantemerle 2,

CH-2007 Neuchâtel.

Thème : Conservation des espèces animales : Recherche fondamentale

et applications

Corrigendum

NAPOLITANO, M., DESCIMON, H., et VEsco, J. P., 1990.

La protection des populations de P. apollo L. dans le sud de la France :

étude génétique préliminaire (Lepidoptera, Papilionidae). Nota lepid.

13 (2-3) : 160-176.

Page 174. Fig. 6. La légende manque. Coller la nouvelle page 174

jointe au présent n° de Nota lepid.

253

Nota lepid. 13 (4) : 254-256 ; 31.X11.1990 ISSN 0342-7536

Vol. 13 — 1990

Dates de publication — Dates of publication — Publikationsdaten

No. 1. 31.111.1990

No. 2/3. 30.X.1990

No. 4. 31.X11.1990

Contents — Inhalt — Sommaire

ARENBERGER, E. : Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Gattung Stenoptilia

HORNER, 1823, Pterophondae)e on ee

ARITA, Y.: Descriptions of the larva and pupa of Similipepsis

takizawai ARITA & SPATENKA (Sesüdae) ...eeaeeeeaaneeennneeennnen

BALDIZZONE, G. : Contributions à la connaissance des Coleopho-

ridae. LXI. Trois espèces nouvelles du groupe de Coleophora

attalicella ZEL2ERDIST Ae BAe ES RE ee

BALDIZZONE, G. : Contributions à la connaissance des Coleopho-

ridae. LXII. Deux espèces nouvelles du genre Coleophora

HUüBNER dela récion méditerranéenne ner

Bozano, G. C. : A contribution to the knowledge of the butterfly

fauna of East Jordan (Papilionidae, Hesperiidae) ................

CAMERON-CURRY, V. — Cf. LEIGHER, G.

CASALE, A. & CECCHIN, S. A. : Further data on Parnassius apollo

LinnF, 1758 in the Peloponnesos (Papilionidae) ..................

Ceccuin, S. A. — Cf. CASALE, A.

Descimon, H. — Cf. NAPOLITANO, M.

ERHARDT, A.: Chloridea ononis D. & S.: Evidence for an

autochthonous population in the Swiss Alps (Noctuidae) .....

Fazekas, I.: Beitrag zur Verbreitung und Taxonomie von Agri-

phila brioniella (ZERNY, 1914) und A. latistria (HAWORTH,

181.1), (Pyralidae) such ana ertäte hen ir Men

FREINA, J. J. DE & Wırt, T. J.: Exzeptionelle und partielle

Parthenogenese bei Heterogyniden. Beschreibung der ersten

Larvalstände und des Weibchens von Heterogynis andalusica

thomas Zi, 1987 (Heterogynidae) ..…..............................…..

GERSTBERGER, M. : Zur Verbreitung von Scopula vigilata (PROUT)

in-Europa (Geometndac) EN ee eee

HELLERS, M. — Cf. MEYER, M.

HERMANN, R. & Weipricx, M.: Psychidenbeobachtungen in

Westrumänien — Teil 1 (Psychidae)

HUEMER, P. : On the identity of Annickia alpicola GiBEAux, 1990

(Tineidae, Graeillaniidae) a. ana ne

KLIMESCH, J. : Biselachista brachypterella sp. n. (Elachistidae) .....

254

120

129

213

133

157

KyrKkI, J. : Tentative reclassification of holarctic Yponomeutoidea

LEIGHEB, G., RiBont, E. & CAMERON-CURRY, V.: Kretania

psylorita FREYER (Lycaenidae). Discovery of a new locality

NOTES RS A An ee

MENTZER, E. VON: Glossotrophia annae Sp. n. or Spain (Geo-

MIRC UIIGAS RS RE en ne cane

MEYER, M. & HELLERS, M. : Les Lépidoptères de Madère. Note

préliminaire : Les macrolépidoptères observés en mai 1989

(Geometridae, Sphingidae, Noctuidae, Papilionoïidea)

MoruinA, J. M.: Some ecological preferences of Rhopalocera in

SOUUMCEMs SP alll 2... ne een nee

NAPOLITANO, M., Descımon, H. & Vesco, J. P.: La protection

des populations de P. apollo L. dans le sud de la France:

étude génétique préliminaire (Papilionidae) .........................

PLANTE, J.: Description de trois espèces nouvelle de la région

kimalayenne (Noctuidae) 00... ecccccteiocserecee.

Pupzesis, R.: The genus Acalyptris Meyrick in the USSR:

Distribution and taxonomy (Nepticulidae) ..........................

RazowskIl, J.: Morphology of the intromittent organ and distal

male genital duct in Coleophoridae (Gelechioidea) ..............

Ripont, E. — Cf. LEIGHEB. G.

SUOMALAINEN, E. : Proutia rotunda sp. n. — a bag-worm moth

species confused with P betulina (ZELLER) (Psychidae) ........

Vesco, J. P. — Cf. NAPOLITANO, M.

Tuomas, W.: Die von RoTEscHILD, L. D., in SErrz, A., Die

Großschmetterlinge der Erde, Bd. 10, beschriebenen Spilo-

Soma Arten (Arctidae). ...... nennen.

WEIDLICH, M. — Cf. HERRMANN, R.

Wirt, T. J. — Cf. FREINA, J. J. DE

YosHIMOTO, H.: Takapsestis fascinata sp. n. from China (Thy-

almkea) see

Book reviews — Buchbesprechungen — Analyses ........................

215

242

147

160

215

221

229

1077)

236

186

246

247

249

250

255

New Taxa described in Vol. 13

Neue Taxa in Vol. 13 beschrieben

Nouveaux taxa décrits dans le Vol. 13

NEPTICULIDAE |

Aecalyptris DICUIUS PUPLESIS «..--cs0.cssccnscoeasoseecs stan Dee ee 0 EEE 85

Acalyptrisibrevis PUPLESIS. nn ent eee nos eo otre 2 ee I TETE 86

Acalyptris esidijui: P UPLESIS nn... cesse ee eh 2 eee eee eee ee eee 87

PSYCHIDAE

Proutia rotunda SÜOMALAINEN ne a 231

COLEOPHORIDAE

Coleophora mediae BALDIZZONE 2... EE ee 109

Coleophora persana BALDIZZOND AL... MN. PR eee 114

Coleophora walsinghami BALDIZZONE ................................................. 116

Coleophora etrusca BAUDIZZONE® M, Kein ee eee 198

Coleophora mediterranea BALDIZZONE ............................................. 201

ELACHISTIDAE

Biselachista brachypterella KUIMESCH "2.202000 LORS 138

PTEROPHORIDAE

Stenoptilia amseli ARENBERGER ..... re. ccn en ea ee eee 98

Stenoptilia-lucasi ARENBERGER . 0050.2. u. undeseih nee nen ee ae 101

GEOMETRIDAE

Glossotrophia annae VON MENTZER. ...... un... ee ee 44

THYATIRIDAE

Takapsestis Jascinata’ VOSHIMOTO nn... nn 236

NOCTUIDAE

Melanchra diabolica PEANTE:.....n nen nees 215

Dryobotodes aulombar di PEANTE 5. jc .0c0scse cee case eae ee 217

Hichoridia Wwarrent PLANTE... incendie ec ee 219

256

ghee

"SEL SOCIETAS EUROPAEA LEPIDOPTEROLOGICA e.V.

Pras COUNCIL:

BEN. President : Emilio Balletto Vice-President : Barry Goater

' General Secretary : Hansjürg Geiger Treasurer : Sigbert Wagener

Membership Secretary : Willy De Prins Editor : Emmanuel de Bros

Ordinary Council Members : Henri Descimon, Niels P. Kristensen, Kauri Mikkola,

_ Andras M. Vojnits, Steven E. Whitebread.

COMMITTEES :

Literature : Pamela Gilbert

_ Habitat and Species Protection : Michael G. Morris

MEMBERSHIP:

Applications for membership, changes of address and orders for Nota lepidoptero-

logica and other literature should be sent to :

Societas Europaea Lepidopterologica

Hemdener Weg 19, D-4290 Bocholt (Westf. )

Annual subscription fees :

Ordinary members DM 50.-

Corporate members DM 55,-

Admission fee DM 5,-

Overseas air mail charges DM 15,-

BACK VOLUMES OF NOTA LEPIDOPTEROLOGICA :

vol. 2-5, each members DM 24,-

non-members DM 48,-

vol. 6-9, each members DM 32,-

non-members DM 64,-

vol. 10-12, each members DM 40,-

non-members DM 80.-

PAYMENTS :

All payments should be addressed to :

Societas Europaea Lepidopteroiogica

Hemdener Weg 19, D-4290 Bocholt (Westf. )

and can be made by:

Postal Giro Office Cologne — Postgiroamt Köln — C.C.P. Cologne

ii 1956 50-507

or by:

| “Mandat de poste international”.

Nur für Mitglieder in der Bundesrepublik Deutschland kann die Überweisung auch

auf das Konto Nr. 130 500 bei der Stadtsparkasse Bocholt (BLZ 428 500 35)

erfolgen.

United Kingdom members : Due to the unstable state of the pound at present, it is

not possible to quote the subscription rate in this currency. Members should pay the

current sterling equivalent. Cheques and bankers orders should be made payable to

“Societas Europaea Lepidopterologica U.K. A/c” and sent to Barry Goater, 22

Reddings Avenue, Bushey, Herts. WD2 3BP.

Al other matters to :

SEL Office, General Secretary Dr. Hansjürg Geiger

Zoologisches Institut Universitat Bern

Baltzerstraße 3, CH-3012 Bern, Switzerland

Handelsgesellschaft

ans

ib ofo rir Schweiger & Meiser GmbH & Co. KG

Bittimairstrasse 4

8070 INGOLSTADT/DO.

Telefon (0841) 75583

IHR SPEZIALIST FUR ENTOMOLOGIEBEDARF !

Wir liefern seit vielen Jahren zu günstigen Preisen eine große Auswahl von

Utensilien fiir den Fach- und Hobbyentomologen.

Fiir die Zucht:

Zuchtkasten, Puppenkasten, Infrarotstrahler, Zuchtbehalter etc.

Fiir den Tag- und Nachtfang:

Netze, Glaser, Stromaggregate, Transportkasten, Lampen und Leucht-

rohren etc. |

Für das Präparieren:

Insektennadeln, Spannbretter, Präparierbesteck, Kopflupen, Chemika-

lien etc.

Für die Sammlung:

Insektenkästen in allen Größen mit der bewährten Moll- oder Schaum-

stoffeinlage, Insektenschränke aller Art

Ein umfangreiches Angebot an neuer und antiquarischer Literatur ist vorhanden.

Schreiben Sie uns oder rufen Sie uns an, wir beraten Sie gern. Unser Katalog steht

Ihnen kostenlos zur Verfügung. Als SEL-Mitglied erhalten Sie bei uns auf sämtliche

Artikel (außer Bücher) 5% Rabatt.

ich —

loioform

NOTA

lepidopterologica

VI. Congress of European Lepidopterology

Sanremo 5-9.IV.1988

Summaries of the lectures

Zusammenfassung der Vortrage

Résumé des exposés

Supplement No. 1 1989 ISSN 0342-7536

NOTA LEPIDOPTEROLOGICA

Revue de la Societas Europaea Lepidopterologica

Prière d'envoyer les manuscrits au rédacteur : Emmanuel de Bros, «La Fleurie»,

Rebgasse 28, CH-4102 PRE

Instructions pour les auteurs

Cette revue est réservée à des travaux courts originaux consacrés aux Lepidone

palearctiques. Les manuscrits ne devraient pas avoir plus de 15 pages a

phiées (y compris les tableaux et figures).

Tous les travaux doivent étre dactylographiés (double interligne, large marge), avec

au moins une copie. Toutes les pages doivent être numérotées et porter le nom du.

premier auteur a droite en haut. Les mots, notamment les termes techniques, ne

doivent pas être coupés à la fin des lignes. Voir les derniers N° de Nota co pour

le style et le format.

Les légendes des figures et tableaux doivent être dactylographiées sur une feuille ad

hoc, placée après la liste des ouvrages cités. Les dessins au trait doivent être faits a

l'encre de Chine, en dimension double de la dimension finale. Les photos en noir

et blanc sont acceptées de préférence en copies brillantes. Des figures en couleur ne

peuvent être publiées qu'aux frais de l’auteur.

Les langues admises sont l’allemand, l’anglais et le français. Les rédacteurs se

réservent le droit de procéder à de minimes en du texte au besoin, sans en

modifier le sens.

Les manuscrits de plus de trois pages doivent commencer par un resume de 100

mots au maximum. Il est vivement recommande d’y ajouter une traduction dans au

moins une des deux autres langues admises.

Lors de la première mention d’un taxon, le nom de l’auteur et l’année de la

description doivent être indiqués. La description de nouveaux taxons doit être

conforme aux exigences de la dernière édition du Code international de Nomen-

clature zoologique. Les types décrits devraient être déposés dans un musée bien

connu, et ce dépôt devrait être mentionné dans le texte. |

Tous les manuscrits sont lus et appréciés par les trois membres de la Con

de redaction et par deux lecteurs (referees) scientifiques.

Le premier auteur reçoit 25 tirages à part gratuits. Les tirages supplémentaires

doivent être facturés.

These instructions have appeared in English in previous issues. Copies are

available from the editor.

Kopien dieser Hinweise in deutscher Sprache sind beim Redaktor erhältlich.

Printed by Imprimerie Universa Sprl, 24 Hoenderstraat, B-9200 Wetteren, Belgium |

electronic or mechanical including photocopying, recording or any other information storage and retrieval

system, without permission in writing from the Publisher. Authors are responsible for the contents oftheir

articles.

Nota lepidopterologica

Supplement No. 1 1989 Basel, 30.VI.1989 ISSN 0342-7536

Editor : Emmanuel Bros de Puechredon, alias de Bros, lic. iur., Rebgasse 28,

CH-4102 Binningen BL, Schweiz.

Assistant Editors : Dr. Hansjürg Geiger (Bern, CH), Steven Whitebread (Magden, CH).

Contents — Inhalt — Sommaire

PREFACE — GELEITWORT — AVANT-PROPOS ............s.sseueseses

Applied entomology — Angewandte Entomologie — Entomologie appliquee

BESTAGNO, G. : Lépidoptères nuisibles aux cultures floricoles et moyens de

HIS à à 0 Gre, vor ME TR UE CORTE EE ear ey ae ee ee

SARTO Y MONTEYS, V., J. M. Vives & M. Rojo: Pine processionary moth

(Thaumetopoea processionea) complex in Catalonia: Its geographical

phenology and current methods of control .......................

Conservation — Schmetterlingsschutz — Protection des Lepidopteres ...

KUDRNA, O. : On the conservation of butterflies in the northern High Rhön

KGS IM ANI) Er es rer. car wi: Mes Babes. ar Falk sues iar) gite Space

MATTONI, R. : Conflict and conservation : the El Secundo Blue and the airport

(CESAR NSAI TAYE) os a ee da gig

MORGENROTH, H. : Was bedeutet das neue Naturschutzrecht der Bundesre-

publik Deutschland für die europäische Entomologie ? ..............

Morris, M. G.: Legislation for Lepidoptera conservation — towards a

AILICTAS ER nes hii re RER

MUNGUIRA, M. L. & J. MARTIN : Biology and conservation of the endangered

lycaenid species of Sierra Nevada, Spain .........................

VIEJO, J. L., M. G. DE VIEDMA & E. MARTINEZ FALERO : The importance of

woodlands in the conservation of butterflies in the centre of the Iberian

POC INSU Asmara, i ere ig wipe

WARREN, M. S. : Mellicta athalia Rott. : An example of successful Lepidop-

tera: consenvation.in.the United Kinsdom .. ....2................

Evolutionary Systematics and Genetics — Evolutionäre Systematik und

Genetik — Systématique et genetique evolutionnaires .............

CASSULO, L., P. MENSI & E. BALLETTO : Taxonomy and evolution in Lycaena

(subgenussHeodes) (Eycaenidae) 20. te i en te - oye

DALL’ASTA, U. : An inconsistency in the methodology of cladism .......

DESCIMON, H. & F. MICHEL : Expériences d’hybridation intra- et interspecifi-

que dans le genre Zerynthia (Papilionidae). Relativité des critères mixiolo-

Siquesuderkespece wees ae a Ray oe ent

GEIGER, H. J., A. M. SHAPIRO & J. LLORENTE : Eucheira socialis WESTWOOD

(Pieridae) — Loss of genetic variation as a consequence of the population

biology and anthropogenic range extension .......................

KRISTENSEN, N. P.: Ghost moths and their primitive allies : towards a

groundplan reconstruction for the suborder Exoporia ...............

LORKOVIC, Z.: Experimental evidence for a specific distinction between

Colias hyale L. and C. alfacariensis RIBBE (Pieridae) ...............

MENSI, P., L. CASSULO & E. BALLETTO : Electrophoretic investigations in the

Polyommatus (Lysandra) albicans auct. — P. (L.) hispanus H.-S. complex

(Lycaenidae) 2... soak RSR u. ee eee ne

NAPOLITANO, M. : Structure génétique des populations de Parnassius mnemo-

syne L. dans le sud de la France. Etude biométrique et électrophorétiqu:

(Papilionidae) m ee eee ee eee 2

PovoLnY, D. : An attempt at a numerical model of the phylogenetic relation-

ship between the genera of the tribe Gnorimoschemini (Gelechiidae) ..

SKALSKY, À. : Micropterigidae in fossil resins with special emphasis on the

past and present distribution of this family ee ee CCR eee

Faunistics and biogeography — Faunistik und Biogeographie — Faune et

biogeographie: .... . 2.0.2... 22. ROME ENTRE

ALMELA, J. B. : The Tortricidae fauna of the nature reserve park ‘La Albufera’

(Spain) Ru oe a RAR EE

DUTREIX, Cl. : Utilisation d’un inventaire cartographique et de ses délimita-

tions en régions entomofaunistiques. Le cas des Hesperioidea et Papilio-

noidea de la Bourgogne (France) MR 5 os ee

Maso 1 PLANAS, A. & P. WILLIEN: Biogéographie de Graellsia isabelae

GRAELLS (Saturntidae) ios eae ee On ee ee eee

PEREGOVITS, L.: Past and present studies on the Mongolian Lepidoptera

fauna... Su... a Mec etal es shige sede os Secale en Vanes RER a ee Dr rr

PEREGOVITS, L. and J. PODANI : The Macrolepidoptera fauna of the Eastern

Carpathians : a multivariate study (Bosten) 22... 2 eee

RACHELI, T. & A. ZILLI: Geographical distribution of Lepidoptera in the

Italian peninsula: A numerical analysis .......5.........:.+2 oa

REAL, P. : Les Lépidoptères et la végétation dans la zone sommitale du massif

du Cret de la Neige (Ain, France)" 5-5 -.. 5.4 RE

REAL, P. : Les Lépidoptères alpins et méditerranéens du massif du Crêt de la

Neige.... die à Senco ape on on es wi cece Ce D RE

VARGA, Z., L. RONKAY & L. PEREGOVITS : Zoogeographical survey of the

Mongolian Noctuidae faunar "5 352. Jan 3:6 23 shee ee eee

History of Lepidopterology — Geschichte der Lepidopterologie — Histoire

de la lepidopterologie :. 5.217: i ei a es RE OU

BEER, S. : Soixante ans de lépidoptérologie italienne ..................

NEKRUTENKO, Y.: The history of butterfly research in the Caucasus ......

Life Histories and Biology — Entwicklung und Biologie — Biologie

GARCIA-BARROS, E. & J. L. VIEJO: An attempt at the classification of six

species of Satyrus (s.l.) based on morphological characters of the early

stages (Nymphalidae = Satyrinae) A eee ee

GARCIA-BARROS, E. : Phenological synchronization and adaptation in five

Satyrine buttermlies from Central Span. 7... 67

PASSERIN D’ENTREVES, P. & C. FESSILE : Some biological and behavioural

notes on the Scythrididae (Gelechioidea) ........................ 68

SARTO I MONTEYS, V. E. JONES, K. HARRISON & J. YLLA: Factors affecting

flower choice in butterflies ..... een ESA MORO = SPEC rede SPORE lee: 70

YELA GARCIA, J. L. : Some faunistic and ecological aspects of the autumn and

winter noctuid moths of a locality in central Spain (Noctuidae) ....... 71

ZILLI, A. & T. RACHELI: Spatial partitioning of Heterogynis penella HB.

cocoons : Evidence for sexual selection on larval behaviour .......... 72

Nomenclature and taxonomy — Nomenklatur und Taxonomie — Nomencla-

Tureget#taxoNomie 7 a2 3 ne be Haaren OU eae 8)

HUEMER, P. & G. TARMANN: Confusion around Kessleria zimmermanni

NOWICKI) CY ponomeutidae) .a. 222... u ee ce we ee ee dee 73

OLANO, I. DE : Les espèces ibériques du genre Conistra (Noctuidae). Critères

pour l’identification des femelles par les genitalia .................. 74

The following papers have been, or will be, submitted as full articles for Nota

lepidopterologica :

Die folgenden Arbeiten wurden oder werden als Publikationen an Nota lepidoptero-

logica eingesandt :

Les travaux suivants ont été ou seront remis a Nota lepidopterologica pour

publication :

KUDRNA, O. : Hidden wing patterns in the European species of the genus Colias

FABRICIUS, 1807 (Pieridae).

MIKKOLA, K. : A joint Finnish-Soviet lepidopterological expedition to NE-Siberia

in the summer of 1987.

RAINERI, V.: Horisme predotai BYTINSKI-SALZ, 1936 — a separate species (Geo-

metridae).

THOMAS J. : The five European Maculinea species (Lycaenidae) — recent discoveries

in their ecologies. (John HEATH memorial lecture).

Nota lepid. 12 Supplement No. 1 : 4-6 ; 30.VI.1989 ISSN 0342-7536

Preface

This supplement to Nota lepidopterologica consists of the summaries of lectures

presented at the 6th European Congress of Lepidopterology. The congress was held

at Sanremo, in northern Italy from 5-9th April 1988 and was attended by over 120

lepidopterists from most European and some overseas countries.

The two main themes of the congress were Lepidoptera conservation, and evolu-

tionary systematics and genetics. A total of 17 lectures were presented on these

topics. The lively discussions at the end of each of these lectures demonstrated the

topical nature of these subjects, and enabled the participants to exchange informa-

tion and opinions. However, other important areas of interest to the modern

lepidopterist were also represented. The eight lectures on faunistics and biogeogra-

phy helped to fill gaps in our knowledge of the distribution of European Lepidoptera

and demonstrated the continued importance of such studies, not least for the

planning of nature protection projects. Detailed observations on the biology of the

individual species and even populations are just as important. Seven lectures were

presented in Sanremo on this topic. The importance of lepidopterology in applied

entomology was underlined by two contributors. Questions of nomenclature and

taxonomy were addressed in four lectures. Even the history of lepidopterology was

represented, with two lectures. The SEL General Meeting was held on 7th April.

A detailed account of this meeting appeared in SEL News 16 (1988).

Despite all these interesting lectures, many participants managed to find the time to

explore the surrounding hills, although the weather was not very suitable for

day-flying insects. However, some important observations were made on the

microlepidoptera fauna, which we look forward to seeing published soon.

Congress participants on the Piazza Colombo near the Congress Centre Ariston.

Geleitwort

Der vorliegende Supplementband zu Nota lepidopterologica beinhaltet die Kurzfas-

sungen der anlässlich des 6. Europäischen Kongresses für Lepidopterologie gehalte-

nen Vortrage. Der Kongress fand in Sanremo, Italien, vom 5.-9. April 1988 statt und

wurde von über 120 Lepidopterologen aus den meisten europäischen und einigen

uberseeischen Landern besucht.

Als Hauptthemen wurden die Gebiete Schmetterlingsschutz sowie Evolutionare

Systematik und Genetik angekundigt. Zu diesen Themen wurden insgesamt 17

Vortrage gehalten. Die regen Diskussionen nach diesen Beitragen bestatigten die

Aktualitat der beiden Hauptthemen und erlaubten den Teilnehmern einen regen

Informations- und Meinungsaustausch. Wie die vorliegende Zusammenstellung

zeigt, wurden auch weitere Gebiete der modernen Lepidopterologie gut vertreten.

Die acht Beitrage über Faunistik und Biogeographie halfen mit Lücken in der

Kenntnis der Verbreitung der europaischen Schmetterlinge zu schliessen und wiesen

auch darauf hin, dass solche Untersuchungen nach wie vor von grosser Bedeutung

auch fur die Formulierung von Naturschutzkonzepten sind. Ebenso wichtig sind

genaue Beobachtungen zur Entwicklung und Biologie der einzelnen Arten und oft

sogar einzelner Populationen. Zu diesem Themenkreis wurden in Sanremo sieben

Vortrage gehalten. Die Bedeutung der Lepidopterologie in der angewandten Ento-

mologie unterstrichen zwei Vortragende. Fragen der Nomenklatur und Taxonomie

wurden in vier Beitragen diskutiert. Auch die Geschichte der Lepidopterologie

wurde in zwei Beiträgen gewürdigt.

SANREMO, 5

-9 APRILE

RSS

S N SS

N >

AAs

st N N

Wednesday 6th April 1989 Congress Centre Ariston, Sanremo.

Opening of the Congress. From left to right :

Prof. Dr. Pietro PASSERIN D’ENTREVES, Secretary of the Congress.

Prof. Dr. Emilio BALLETTO, President of the SEL.

Prof. Sergio BEER, Opening address.

Am 7. April fand auch die Generalversammlung der SEL statt. Detaillierte Berichte

über dieses Ereignis wurden in News 16 (1988) veroffentlicht.

Trotz allen interessanten Vortragen fanden manche Teilnehmer noch die Zeit um die

nahen Hügel zu untersuchen, obwohl das Wetter nicht sehr günstig für Tagfalter war.

Immerhin wurden einige wichtige Beobachtungen über die Mikrolepidopterenfauna

gemacht.

Avant-propos

Le présent Supplement No 1 de Nota lepidopterologica groupe les résumés des

exposés présentés lors du VI° Congrès Européen de Lépidopterologie a Sanremo,

qui s’est tenu du 5 au 9 avril 1988, avec la participation de plus de 120 lépidopté-

ristes venus de presque tous les pays d'Europe et de quelques pays d’outre-mer.

Les deux principaux sujets traités furent la protection des Lépidoptères d’une part

et la systématique et la génétique évolutionnaires d’autres part. Les discussions très

animées qui suivirent chaque présentation confirmèrent l'actualité de ces deux

thèmes centraux et permirent aux participants un large échange de renseignements

et d'opinions. Comme le montre la Table des matières, d’autres domaines impor-

tants de la lépidopterologie moderne furent également abordés. Les huit travaux sur

la faune et la biogéographie ont contribué à combler maintes lacunes de nos

connaissances sur la répartition des Lépidoptères en Europe, et montré que les

recherches de ce genre ont toujours et encore une importance considérable pour

l'établissement des projets de protection de la nature. Tout aussi importantes sont

les observations sur la biologie des espèces, et souvent aussi des populations. Sept

exposés furent consacrés à ce sujet durant le Congrès de Sanremo. Deux orateurs

ont souligné le rôle de la lépidoptérologie pour l’entomologie appliquée. Des

problèmes de nomenclature et de taxonomie ont fait l’objet de quatre travaux. Même

l’histoire de la lépidoptérologie a été abordée, et cela par deux participants.

L'assemblée générale de la SEL s’est tenue le 7 avril ; le procès-verbal de celle-ci

(suivi d’un rapport du Conseil de la SEL sur la période du 9 avril 1986 au 5 avril

1988) a été publié dans Nouvelles No. 16 (1988).

En dehors de tous ces intéressants exposés, de nombreux participants ont trouvé le

temps d’explorer les collines de l’arrière-pays, alors même que la météorologie ne

fut guère propice à la sortie des insectes diurnes durant cette semaine. Malgré cela,

quelques observations importantes ont été enregistrées sur la faune locale des

Microlépidoptères.

Nota lepid. 12 Supplement No. 1 : 7 ; 30.VI.1989 ISSN 0342-7536

Applied entomologie — Angewandte Entomologie — Entomologie appliquée

Lépidoptères nuisibles aux cultures floricoles

et moyens de lutte

Giuseppe BESTAGNO

Les cultures d’œillets, de première importance pour la floriculture industrielle de la

«Riviera des fleurs», sont sujettes aux dégâts causé par les chenilles de deux

Tortricides : la Cacoecimorpha pronubana HB., indigène, et l’Epichoristodes acer-

bella WKR. arrivée d’Afrique du Sud. Cette espèce exotique a rapidement vaincu

l’espèce locale, si bien qu’elle constitue actuellement le 95% environ de la population

totale des deux espèces.

Le rapporteur décrit en détail la biologie des deux espèces et les moyens employés

pour les combattre, lutte a laquelle il a contribué par des expériences personnelles

et en collaboration avec d’autres experts. Cette lutte se fonde maintenant sur deux

moyens principaux qui visent à réduire l'emploi des pesticides chimiques, écologi-

quement dangereux : les pheromones contre les papillons et l'exposition des fleurs

destinées à l’exportation aux rayons gamma qui tuent les larves cachées dans les tiges

et les boutons. Cette dernière méthode, particulièrement étudiée par le rapporteur,

a été proposée à la Communauté européenne, mais son adoption, quoique accueillie

favorablement, n’a pas eu de suite officielle jusqu'ici.

Un autre lépidoptère nuisible aux œillets est la Noctuelle Peridroma saucia HB., à

répartition presque mondiale : sa larve polyphage cause des dégâts, parfois graves,

à nombre de plantes cultivées. À Sanremo et dans les environs, il est courant de

trouver ces papillons en plein hiver. L'auteur signale encore : Autographa gamma L.

(Noct.), qui attaque les marguerites ; Spodoptera littoralis Bsp. (Noct.) dangereuse

pour les plantes d’Alstroemeria, Lisianthus et Gypsophila; Bembecia uroceriformis

TR. (Sesiide) et Uresiphita limbalis D. & S. (Pyraust.) qui causent des dégâts aux

cultures de genêt.

Adresse de l’auteur : Via Capitan Pesante 5, I-18038 Sanremo.

Nota lepid. 12 Supplement No. 1 : 8 ; 30.VI.1989 ISSN 0342-7536

Pine processionary moth ( Thaumetopoea pityocampa)

complex in Catalonia.

Its geographical phenology and current methods of control

V. SARTO I MONTEYS, J. M. VIVEs & M. Rojo

This species is the most serious defoliator of pines (Pinus) and, to a lesser extent,

cedars (Cedrus), in an area extending through south-central and southern Europe

to North Africa.

In Catalonia pine processionary larvae attack more or less severely all native and

introduced pine species occurring below 1500 m; attacks on cedars are more

unusual. Higher up, the much colder conditions stop their successful development.

The most susceptible Catalan native pine trees are the Iberian-Austrian pine (2.

nigra ssp. salzmannii) and the Scots pine (P. sylvestris). Among introduced pines,

the Monterey pine (P. radiata) and the Canarian pine (P. canariensis) are heavily

attacked.

Heavy defoliation, by itself, does not usually completely kill the trees — unless

affecting very young ones —, however it seriously delays their growth and weakens

them so that they become much more susceptible to secondary attack by other insect

pests and pathogens.

A serious problem for people living in close proximity to infested areas is that the

larvae are covered with urticating hairs that can produce painful allergies when

contacting the human skin.

For all the reasons mentioned above Catalonia — and other affected communities

— spend, year after year, large sums of money for research on biological and

chemical control of this pest. However solutions are still far from conclusive and

further research needs to be funded. The rather specialized biology of this species

is probably the reason why it is so difficult to obtain permanent satisfactory results

in its control.

In Catalonia, over the last seven years, and especially after the identification of the

moth’s sex pheromone in 1981, research has been focussed in three main direc-

tions : 1. Climato-geographical phenology of the adult stage, in relation to the main

different climates within Catalonia. 2. Studies on the species’ natural predators and

parasites and 3. Studies on the killing efficacy of different selective chemicals sprayed

— by aeroplane or helicopter — over extensive infected areas of pine trees.

The authors have been directly involved with research related to the first and third

of these approaches. Provisional results indicate that adult coastal populations occur

about one month later than inland ones, which is the opposite to what one would

expect considering the milder climate. Coastal populations also have a shorter flying

period (about one month shorter than inland ones).

Author’s address : Carrer Doctor Fleming, 74-2do-1, Mollet del Valles (Barcelona), Spain.

Nota lepid. 12 Supplement No. 1: 9-11 ; 30.VI.1989 ISSN 0342-7536

Conservation — Schmetterlingsschutz — Protection des Lepidopteres

On the conservation of butterflies

in the northern High Rhon (Germany)

Otakar KUDRNA

The paper presented at the 6th European Congress of Lepidopterology constituted

a summary of the author’s publication “Die Tagschmetterlinge der nördlichen Hohen

Rhon” which appeared in March 1988. The English summary of this book is

reprinted here in a shortened form as a summary of the above lecture.

The present paper constitutes a comprehensive work on the butterflies of the

northern High Rhon (Hohe Rhon, Germany: Bavaria & Hessen). The paper is

based on a survey and research carried out by the author between 1984 and 1987

(including two complete vegetation periods in 1986 and 1987). The aim of the paper

is to provide recommendation for the conservation of butterflies in several nature

reserves, above all “Rotes Moor” and “Lange Rhon”, as well as in other sites of

special scientific interest in the Nature Park Rhon.

The High Rhön stretches vertically from about 500 m to just over 900 m; it was

originally covered by beech dominated woodland. The present landscape dominated

by open grassland originated after massive felling of woodland in medieval times.

The aim of conservation authorities is to maintain this open country by means of

habitat management. The aim of the research described here was to provide data for

a comprehensive management plan for the area. The habitat types include pastures

(inhabited by very few butterfly species), wet meadows and limestone grassland

(both very rich in butterflies), mixed woodlands and peat bogs.

In all 30 sites have been surveyed in an area of some 20 km across. The High Rhon

was until recently poorly known from an entomological point of view. It is therefore

quite surprising that a total of 89 butterfly species have been recorded (incl. some

doubtful and old records) ; about 80 species have been found over the past four

years ; three species recorded previously have not been confirmed, but are believed

present ( Parnassius mnemosyne, Melitaea parthenoides, Pyrgus alveus) ; one species

is extinct ( Colias palaeno).

Sites surveyed are described in chapter 3; reference is given to general and

site-specific management ; some important localities are figured. The distribution of

all species is shown in the form of tables. The following sites are of special scientific

interest : Rotes Moor, Eisgraben, Maihugel, Steinschlag-Wiesen, Schwarzes Moor,

Weinberg, Thurmleinwiese, Oberelsbach, Muhlwiese and perhaps also Himmel-

dunkberg and Holzberg ; Gangolfsberg and Hangen-Leite could also be counted to

this group if Parnassius mnemosyne, Melitea parthenoides and Pyrgus alveus can be

confirmed there.

Larval hostplants are listed in chapter 4.1 ; only hostplants recorded in the area and

known to grow on the sites concerned are included, with reference to the type of

larval biotope. Adult phenology is summarized in tables ; apart from the flight

period, reference is given to a number of broods and to the hibernating stage.

Chapter 5 presents a comprehensive survey of all Rhon butterfly species. Reference

is given to the distribution, larval ecology and adult phenology of each species,

followed by short biogeographical characteristic of the species. Each monograph

deals in detail with the history, distribution, biotop preferences and conservation of

the species concerned. The following species are worthy of special reference :

Parnassius mnemosyne has not been found in the area since 1976 ; it is probably still

present, but very rare and not easy to locate ; unfavourable weather in 1987 did not

make the search easier. (Note : P. mnemosyne was confirmed in 1988 and a special

paper devoted to the ecology of this species is in preparation).

Colias palaeno became extinct in “Rotes Moor” apparently after a massive affores-

tation of wet meadows adjacent to peat bogs with Vaccinium uliginosum after

ca. 1950. The last reliable record of the species is nearly 50 years old. The habitat

of this species has been restored. C. alfacariensis is quite common in limestone

grasslands with Hippocrepis comosa.

Lycaeides argyrognomon, Maculinea arion, Polyommatus amandus, P. bellargus, P.

coridon, P. damon, and P. thersites are confined to limestone grasslands in the

south-eastern parts of the area, at an altitude of about 500 m. P. coridon is the

commonest species of this group, L. argyrognomon has been found only on one

occasion. Maculinea nausithous is represented in the area by one small colony only ;

it urgently requires species-specific management and monitoring.

Boloria aquilonaris has only two relatively (and unusually) small colonies in both

large peat bogs, “Rotes Moor” and “Schwarzes Moor”. B. eunomia flies with B.

aquilonaris together and in addition to this inhabits some wet meadows with

Polygonum bistorta, mostly adjacent to peat bogs. Its colonies are very strong and

could possibly be counted among the largest populations of this species in Central

Europe. Brenthis ino is one of the commonest butterflies here.

Euphydryas aurinia apparently disappeared from both its typical former sites (“Rotes

Moor” and “Schwarzes Moor” ; it has only been found once in a habitat unusual for

this species : xerotherm limestone grassland (“Weinberg”).

Melitaea diamina is well represented ; M. neglecta has recently been discovered in

the “Rotes Moor” ; it was probably treated as M. athalia in the past ; the identifi-

cation is subject to confirmation : the taxonomic status of the species is uncertain.

The occurrence of M. parthenoides is subject to confirmation.

Coenonympha tullia has apparently disappeared from two of its former sites : “Rotes

Moor” and “Schwarzes Moor”, where it is known to have occurred ; the last small

colony of this species was discovered in “Thürmleinwiesen”.

Chazara briseis was found on two occasions only ; its discovery was unexpected.

Even more surprising is the absence of Hipparchia semele and Coenonympha

glycerion, species not rare in limestone grasslands adjacent to the High Rhôn.

Apatura iris, À. ilia, Limenitis camilla and Erebia aethiops inhabit some mixed

woodlands at lower levels, up to about 500m; E. ligea and Argynnis paphia are

widespread and locally abundant. A few mostly old records of /phiclides podalirius

and Aporia crataegi are questionable ; it can be assumed that these species do not

live in the area.

It is strongly recommended to reintroduce Colias palaeno to its former site “Rotes

Moor” as its habitat is believed to have been restored. The reintroduction would be

unique in Germany ; if successful, it would enable an endangered species to

recolonize a part of its former range and increase its total population. In addition

to this, the attempt would provide valuable experience for similar future projects.

Recommendations are made as to the future recording and monitoring of selected

species and sites. It is made abundantly clear that the success of the conservation

programme outlined in this paper depends entirely on the implementation of all

recommendations made here ; the exceptionally rich butterfly fauna of the High

Rhon is well worth all our efforts.

Author’s address : Naturschutz-Zentrum “Lange Rhon”, Oberwaldbehrunger Str. 2, D-8740

Oberelsbach (Germany).

Nota lepid. 12 Supplement No. 1: 12 ; 30.V1.1989 ISSN 0342-7536

Conflict and conservation :

the El Segundo blue and the airport (Lycaenidae)

Rudi MATTONI

The largest remaining population of the El Segundo blue, Euphilotes battoides allyni

is on the sand dunes at the west end of the Los Angeles International airport (LAX).

The habitat, as an ecosystem, is deteriorating from alien plant invasion following

severe disturbance of 75% of the site. The major threat to the butterfly are two species

of microlepidoptera which are predators as larvae. These endemic moths are now

significant because of the introduction of a secondary foodplant which permits them

to build their populations in advance of the butterfly. When the butterfly appears (it

is univoltine), the moths virtually overwhelm it. Other extirpations, and the position

of these dunes as the last in southern California, make them a unique heritage.

To restore and preserve this habitat, airport planning proposed a recreation facility,

including a golf course, on about 80 ha of the part of the dunes which are essentially

completely disturbed. The funds from the project would be used to restore and

provide management for the 36 ha which could be a conservancy and preserve. The

plan was rejected by the political body charged with regulating coastal growth, an

action supported by part of the environmental activist community. The irony is that

without development of some part of the property the entire habitat value will be lost.

In the meantime, the airport commission has provided emergency funds sufficient

to augment the habitat to reduce immediate pressures and authorized a major study

to provide a detailed biological survey and evaluation of the fine grain habitat value

over the entire property.

Author’s address : 9620 Heather Road, Beverly Hills, CA 90210, USA.

Nota lepid. 12 Supplement No. 1: 13-14; 30.VI.1989 ISSN 0342-7536

Was bedeutet das neue Naturschutzrecht

der Bundesrepublik Deutschland

fur die europaische Entomologie ?

Hermann MORGENROTH

Innerhalb eines Kurzvortrages alle Aspekte des neuen Naturschutzrechtes des

Bundesrepublik Deutschland zu erläutern ist nicht môglich. Doch 20 Minuten

durften vollkommen gentigen, wenn auf das Wesentliche hingewiesen werden soll.

Naturschutz im heutigen Sinn wird weltweit erst seit etwa 150 Jahren betrieben.

Umfassende gesetzliche Vorschriften sind in Deutschland erst seit rund 50 Jahren

bekannt — Reichsnaturschutzgesetz 1935 —. Einen umfassenden Artenschutz fur

Schmetterlinge gibt es hier erstmals seit 1980 — Bundesartenschutzverordnung.

Die Ausfuhrungen über das neue Naturschutzrecht von 1987 sind deshalb so

wichtig, weil diese Gesetze als Vorbild im Zuge der Harmonisierung des Rechtes in

der EG dienen konnten. Was konnte für die europaische Entomologie wichtig

werden und was hat ein auslandischer Entomologie in der Bundesrepublik zu

beachten ?

Die Bestimmungen des Bundesnaturschutzgesetzes konnen vollinhaltlich bejaht

werden mit wenigen dafür aber stark einschneidend wirkenden Bestimmungen. Es

sind hauptsächlich drei, die ins Auge fallen. Erstens : die generelle Befreiung einer

„ordnungsmässigen Land- und Forstwirtschaft“ von den Einschränkungen des

Bundesnaturschutzgesetzes — etwa 80% der Fläche der Bundesrepublik werden

hiervon betroffen —. Zweitens : die Regelung der Ausnahmebestimmungen und der

hierfür zuständigen Behörden. Drittens : die in die Artenschutzliste — Anlage zur

Artenschutzverordnungen aufgenommenen Schmetterlingsarten.

Zu erstens : anscheinend werden die Gefahren für die Natur nicht gesehen, die hier

insbesonders von einer sehr intensiv ausgerichteten Landwirtschaft ausgehen.

Zu zweitens : hier sind die Ausnahmegenehmigungen über Fangen, Inbesitznahme,

Besitz, Nachweis eines rechtmässigen Besitzes, Verbringen — hier ist der grenzü-

berschreitende Verkehr besonders stark berührt — und Verkauf durch sehr kompli-

zierte Verfahren stark behindert. Hinzu kommt, daß für die verschiedenen Ausnah-

megenehmigungen jeweils auch verschiedene Behörden zuständig sind. Für Fanger-

laubnis ist in einigen Ländern eine Stelle in anderen, z.B. Nordrhein-Westfalen sind

es Örtliche Stellen, also für das Land insgesamt 54 untere Landschaftsbehörden

jeweils auch nur für ihren engen Bezirk.

Je weiter die Genehmignungsbehörden nach unten verlagert sind, desto geringer ist

auch die Fachkenntnis der über die Genehmigung entscheidenden Personen. Da das

Schwergewicht des Naturschutzrechtes beim Arten- und nicht beim Biotopschutz

liegt, glauben viele Genehmigungsbehörden durch das Versagen einer Fangerlaubnis

den Forderungen des Naturschutzgesetzes am besten zu genügen. Es gibt z.B. in

Nordrhein-Westfalen untere Landschaftsbehorden, die grundsätzlich keine Genehmi-

gungen zum Fang von Schmetterlingen erteilen.

Die Anlage zur Bundesartenschutzverordnung — Liste der besonders zu schützen-

den Arten — ist praktisch eine Zusammenstellung der ,Roten Listen“. Die Einhal-

tung des Schutzes der aufgeführten Schmetterlingsarten setzt eine Kenntnis voraus,

die sich ein Entomologe erst nach langer und intensiver Beschäftigung aneignen

kann. Eine solche Kenntnis sich aus Büchern anzueignen erscheint kaum moglich.

Zudem sagt die Liste nichts aus uber die Nomenklatur nach der sie aufgestellt ist.

Wenn also Gattungen oder sogar Familien unter den Schutz des Gesetzes fallen

sollen, muß die Nomenklatur klar genannt sein, da je nachdem welche Nomenklatur

man nimmt, die Anzahl der dem Schutz unterstehenden Arten um 100 Stück oder

sogar noch mehr differiert, was wiederum zu einer unerträglichen Rechtsunsicherheit

beiträgt. Auch fehlen in der Liste Arten, die bei einem Vergleich mit der Liste in

diese gehörten — z.B. fehlt Eudia spini — und andere.

Durch die Aufnahme in Artenschutzlisten ist meines Wissens bisher keine Art

wirksam geschützt worden. Auch wenn man Vögel und Schmetterlinge nicht

miteinander vergleichen kann, so hat ein seit über 50 Jahren praktizierter Arten-

schutz ein Verschwinden von Arten aus ihrem bisherigen Verbreitungsgebiet nicht

verhindert. Auch für die Schmetterlinge wird sich ein gleiches sicher herausstellen.

Dem Schutz der Schmetterlinge dient meiner Ansicht nach allein ein verstärker

Biotopschutz.

Was kann in Zukunft getan werden ? In der Bundesrepublik Deutschland ist eine

Änderung des Gesetzes und der hierzu ergangenen Naturschutzverordnung auf

absehbare Zeit nicht möglich. Hier wäre es Sache der mit Entomologie Beschäftig-

ten, sich dafür einzusetzen, daß ein Klima geschaffen wird, in dem Ausnahmege-

nehmigungen leichter zu erhalten sind. Den Entomologen der übrigen Länder kann

nur empfohlen werden, sich auf Länderebene zusammenzuschließen, Kontakte zu

in der Gesetzgebung maßgeblichen Personen herzustellen und ein Klima zu schaf-

fen, daß durch Sachkenntnis und nicht durch Emotionen geprägt ist.

Adresse des Autors : Eibenweg 4, D-4790 Paderborn, BRD.

Nota lepid. 12 Supplement No. 1 : 15 ; 30.VI.1989 ISSN 0342-7536

Legislation for Lepidoptera conservation —

towards a rationale

M. G. Morris

Conservation legislation exists in most European countries. It affects the conserva-

tion of Lepidoptera both directly and indirectly. Most direct legislation is orientated

towards the protection of species, and much of it is aimed at ‘protection’ from

collectors. However, it is important to integrate species protection with habitat

conservation, including biotope management where this is necessary.

Much legislation is based on the concept of ‘protected species’. Superficially this is

similar to the concept of ‘endangered species’, but the philosophy underlying these

terms is very different. It is suggested that “endangered species’ is the more useful

concept because it more closely relates species to their habitats and leads to positive

conservation in the form of recovery plans.

Although conservation legislation may have a variety of aims, its most important

entomological objective is the maintenance (and possibly enhancement) of popula-

tions of endangered species. To do this, effective habitat conservation is an absolute

requirement. Habitat and species legislation should be closely linked. An example

is the Bern Convention. However, as invertebrate species have only recently (1987)

been placed on the Appendices of this Convention, and because legislation on

habitat conservation has not yet been fully worked out, the effectiveness of the

Convention is not so far apparent on the ground.

Lawyers, administrators, conservationists and field entomologists all have different

viewpoints on legislation. In order to refine effective legislation from these sources,

it is necessary to examine in detail the ecology of threatened species, the nature of

perceived threats, the measures for recovery of populations that are most likely to

succeed, and the response of populations to more general conservation management.

The insect ecologist thus has a key role in effecting good conservation legislation.

It is apparent that there continue to be misunderstandings between those involved

in legislation for wildlife conservation. It is important that misunderstandings be

resolved if the effectiveness of legislation is to be recognised and improved.

Author’s address : Furzebrook Research Station (ITE[S]), Wareham, Dorset, BH 20 5AS,

GB.

Nota lepid. 12 Supplement No. 1 : 16-18 ; 30.VI.1989 ISSN 0342-7536

Biology and conservation

of the endangered lycaenid species

of Sierra Nevada, Spain

M. L. MUNGUIRA, J. MARTIN

The Sierra Nevada, with its highest peak of 3482 m, is the southernmost range of

mountains in Europe with a genuine high-altituide tundra; together with its

biogeographic isolation this is the reason for its high percentage of endemics of the

fauna and flora.

A total of five Lepidoptera, two Orthoptera, more than fifty Coleoptera and around

one hundred plant species are endemic to the study area. These are some examples

of the uniqueness of the Sierra Nevada. Ten butterflies have been listed in the

Spanish Lepidoptera Red Data Book (VIEDMA & GOMEZ-BUSTILLO, 1985) of which

seven are lycaenids. Four of these lycaenids fly in low mountain habitats and can also

be found in other Spanish localities. The other three lycaenids are endemic to this

Sierra, where they live at high altitudes in places almost devoid of vegetation, but

with plant communities peculiar to the area, and over carboniferous schists.

The table summarizes our knowledge of the biology of Sierra Nevada’s endangered

lycaenids.

All the species considered are single brooded and those species associated with ants

in the larval stage are facultative myrmecophils.

Plebejus pylaon and lolana iolas have not been collected by us in the study area,

although they have been recorded in it and we have found them in localities very

close to the Sierra with very similar characteristics.

In the Iberian Peninsula, we consider a species to be endangered when it is present

in less than 20 UTM 100 km? squares, vulnerable when present in 20 to 50 squares

and rare when it is found in more than 50 squares, but is not frequent through its

range. In our study Lysandra golgus and Agriades Zullichi that are endemic to Sierra

Nevada should be considered endangered. /olana iolas should be added to these two

species because although present in 30 squares in Spain it is extremely rare, and its

populations are vulnerable due to several anthropogenic factors. Plebejus pylaon and

Cupido lorquinii should be listed as vulnerable and Aricia morronensis and Lysandra

nivescens as rare although nivescens is fairly common in Spain. A. morronensis lives

in many Iberian localities, but subspecies ramburi is restricted to the Sierra Nevada

despite being quite abundant there in suitable habitats.

For the conservation of the seven species we suggest the creation of a protected zone

in almost all the high-altitude tundra (121 km’), and plots of some plant commu-

nities of lower levels. This would protect the seven butterfly species and the great

majority of the insect and plant endemic species of the Sierra.

000£€-0S0C

(qanquivd

‘dss Ul p) py

SU1[[01ed

ITA

XI-IIA

III BATET

DUOUIdD J

SOABO]

7ofauopoy>

wunpoA7

OO00E-OSSC

Zurjoned

IIA

III PAIe]

jydosourrure

yn /oA8e]

D10jfjnuid

DUDIIDILA

0017-0057

€

SUIU919d

III BATET

pwouidd J

SOARO]

DUDpUNAD “A

sıdyauy

0007-008

SUIU919d

HA-IA

ITA:A

III BATET

ejep ou

SOABO]

DIADAOUJNA

sıyydyıuy

0071-006

SUI[[01ed

IA-A

HA-II

ednd

pwou1dd J

‘s1daj 0180] dq

Sp99s

DIADAOUNA

syicyuy

0071-008

Zurjjo1yed

IIA-A

III eAre]

191$D80]DW94°)

W VIWAOT

‘sidajO13 0] q

‘SnJOuOdUID) .

SOAU9]

pı011n99dojD

SNIDIDASY

001-008 (u) Jy3ia

0€ "bs Wy OT “IN

suTjoNed “ABYO [BNXIS

SIB}SUI ‘IN

WNUWIXBUl 9

poised sutAyy

22b)S

SULIOJUIMIIAG

syue YIM

JUOU sdıysuonejay

Sp99S ‘[JdpooJ ‘1184

DINUDIID

Daın]o)

Juejdpoo

S}SIYOS SNOJAJIUOqI89 g]qJeW SNOJAJIUOqIE winsdA3 10 au0jsauui]

peu) [eras [elas ‘s1s910J avıjofıpun04 193981849

SYDIIDIZ UONM1EPIS-0110Ua1YV WN2]2 À -012]D801SY UOIMANG JO SBULB9I)) 9 U013)999A

2)811SqnS

SISUOUOIIOU ‘F sn3]08 "7 suo9saaau "7 1umb40] I

Due to the climacic character of the higher oromediterranean plant communities

(Arenario-Siderition glacialis) the best way to conserve this zone would be to leave

it alone and reduce human impact to the lowest possible level. The other two seral

zones (those of the seral Astragaleto-Velletum communities and those placed in

clearings of the climacic Paeonio-Quercetum rotundifoliae forests) would only need

slight control to maintain the actual clearings of the forest and a moderate grazing.

Traditional land uses such as beekeeping and goat and sheep grazing, can be allowed

to continue because they do not alter the habitat of the four species living in lower

supramediterranean levels. On the contrary, these land uses will probably help to

conserve the successional stages as they are at present.

Author’s address : Departamento de Biologia (Zoologia), Faculdad de Ciencias, Universidad

Autonoma de Madrid, Cantoblanco, 28049 Madrid, Spain.

Nota lepid. 12 Supplement No. 1: 19-20; 30.VI.1989 ISSN 0342-7536

The importance of woodlands

in the conservation of butterflies

in the centre of the Iberian peninsula

J. L. Vieso ('), M. G. DE VIEDMA (?) and E. MARTINEZ FALERO (°)

The butterfly fauna of 51 sites in the centre of the Iberian peninsula were compared.

The sites fall into three areas : the Southern Iberian Mountains, the Middle Tagus

Depression and the province of Ciudad Real, in accordance with data recently

published by different authors.

For each site four variables indicative of wealth of fauna were calculated :

(1) Number of species (NS).

(2) Average biotope amplitude (BA). This is an estimation of the rarity value of the

butterfly fauna from a site.

(3) Average chorological index (CI). This is the index proposed by KUDRNA

(1986), and it is an estimation of the biogeographical value of the butterfly fauna

from a site.

(4) Diversity (DI). It is obtained by using the Shannon & Weaver index.

We grouped the 51 sites according to their geographical area. To each of these

zones, with the assumption that the variables are quantitative with roughly normal

multivariant distribution, a principal component analysis was applied to define a

gradient for the sites as a function of the variables available. The application of this

analysis made it possible to represent the sites on single axes, which explain

respectively 78% and 82% of the variance in the Tagus Depression and Ciudad Real,

and in the Iberian Mountains on two axes which explain 88% of the variance.

The main results were that the Iberian Mountains, Lusitanian oak ( Quercus faginea )

and holm oak (©. ilex) woods (outstripping Juniperus thurifera and pine woods)

contain the most interesting fauna, i.e. the largest number of species, high average

chorological indices, high diversity and low average biotope amplitude. In the Tagus

Depression high values were found in Lusitanian and kermes ( Quercus coccifera)

oak woods ; in Ciudad Real in the Pyrenean oak (©. pyrenaica) forests of Sierra

Madrona and, to a lesser extent, in the holm oak woods in the north of the province.

The richest butterfly communities are thus linked to Quercus woodlands, mainly

Lusitanian, Pyrenean and kermes oaks. Marshy and intensely farmed areas, on the

other hand, are less rich.

(!) Departamento de Biologia, C-XV. Universidad Autonoma. 28049 Madrid. Spain.

(?) Departamento de Zoologia y Entomologia. E.T.S. de Ingenieros de Montes. Universidad

Politécnica de Madrid. 28040 Madrid. Spain.

(7) Departamento de Estadistica. E.T.S. de Ingenieros de Montes. Universidad Politécnica de

Madrid. 28040 Madrid. Spain.

We therefore believe a very close correlation to exist between plant formations and

lepidopterous fauna. This correlation may help those interested in selecting sites for

the establishment of natural reserves to recommend criteria on which to base

conservation priorities. It would be most worthwhile to carry out similar studies on

other groups of less conspicuous species. There is no a priori reason, after all, to

believe that the most eye-catching species to be under greater threat than the less

conspicuous ones. Moreover, greater stress must be laid on the protection of

biotopes than on the protection of species.

Spain is a relatively large country (in western European terms) where knowledge

about the precise distribution, abundance and ecological requirements of the

majority of butterfly species as well as the threats hanging over them is scarce as yet.

In this context, what THOMAS and MALLORIE (1985) term ecosystem conservation

as opposed to a species approach to butterfly conservation would seem to be the

most effective policy.

Nota lepid. 12 Supplement No. 1: 21-22 ; 30.VI.1989 ISSN 0342-7536

Mellicta athalia ROTT. :

An example of successful Lepidoptera conservation

in the United Kingdom

M. S. WARREN

The UK has a relatively long-established conservation movement which has aimed

to protect a representative network of habitat, covering all the major types that occur.

However, many nature reserves have lost their populations of rare or declining

butterflies, largely due to insufficient or incorrect habitat management. In recent

years, several threatened species have been studied in great detail and their ecological

requirements are now much better known. A common theme has been the discovery

of the importance of traditional forms of habitat management, which when applied

to reserves has enabled far more effective conservation of the butterfly fauna. This

lecture will examine the history of the conservation of one of the most endangered

UK species, Mellicta athalia.

M. athalia once occurred across southern Britain, but has declined very seriously

during the 20th century. The first national survey in 1980 identified only eight

remaining localities, which contained numerous, mostly small, populations. At that

time, two reserves had been established primarily to conserve large populations of

the species, but both had virtually become extinct. From 1980-85 a detailed

ecological study was conducted which discovered that the species mainly occurs in

short-lived, transitional habitats. Its main breeding habitat remains suitable for only

5-8 years after cutting and the species requires the continual cutting of new areas of

woodland in close proximity so that it can move from clearing to clearing. In the

past, such conditions were provided by coppicing, which was the traditional form

of woodland management throughout lowland Britain. Most woods were cut on a

strict rotation of 8-15 years which provided ideal habitats for M. athalia. During the

19th and 20th centuries the practice declined rapidly, resulting in numerous local

extinctions of the butterfly. Today, less than 2% of Britain’s woods are coppiced and

most of this is chestnut coppice in SE England, which is the last major stronghold

of the species. In SW England, coppicing has ceased entirely and M. athalia has

survived only by using two completely different types of habitat, often with different

foodplants. The ecology of these alternative habitats will be discussed briefly.

The recommendations of the study have subsequently been applied to several nature

reserves, with spectacular results. On the Blean Woods National Nature Reserve,

numbers have risen from less than 20 adults in 1980 to over 5,000 in 1986. Nearly

all the remaining sites are protected in some way and most are responding very well

to new management initiatives. Also, the species has been successfully reintroduced

to a few former localities where coppicing has been re-started. On a reserve in Essex,

53 adults were released in 1984 and by 1986 the population had reached over

4,000 ! However, M. athalia is still threatened on some important sites which are

still managed by commercial forestry companies. The Nature Conservancy Council

is currently negotiating detailed management agreements with the owners but this

will require regular annual expenditure indefinitely in order to maintain viable

populations. The future of M. athalia in the UK is therefore firmly in the hands of

conservationists, and, by applying traditional management procedures, the initial

results have been very successful. In some cases, though, traditional management has

had to be modified as we are now attempting to conserve the species on much

smaller areas of land than it occupied formerly. This has only been possible through

the application of detailed applied research. |

Author’s address: Nature Conservancy Council, Foxhold House, Crookham Common,

Newbury, Berks RG15 8EL, GB.

Nota lepid. 12 Supplement No. 1: 23-25 ; 30.VI.1989 ISSN 0342-7536

Evolutionary Systematics and Genetics — Evolutionäre Systematik und

Genetik — Systématique et genetique evolutionnaires

Taxonomy and evolution in Lycaena (subgenus Heodes)

(Lycaenidae) (*)

Luigi CASSULO, Paola MENSI & Emilio BALLETTO

Among the several subgenera of the broadly Holarctic genus Lycaena (FABRICIUS,

1807), the subgenus Heodes (DALMAN, 1816) is characterized by its short valvae,

with a prominent spine on the dorsal margin (male), and a sclerotized ostium bursae

(female).

The following taxa were considered for morphological and cladistic analysis : Ly-

caena alciphron ROTTEMBURG, 1775 ; Lycaena ottomana LEFEBVRE, 1830 ; Lycaena

virgaureae LINNE, 1758 ; Lycaena miegi VOGEL, 1857; Lycaenus tityrus PODA,

1761 ; Lycaena bleusei OBERTHUR, 1884; Lycaena subalpina SPEYER, 1851. Ly-

caena phlaeas LINNE, 1761 was included in the study and treated as an outgroup.

Characters selected were the following :

External morphology :

(1) an orange spot at anal angle of hind wings (males) 0 = no 1 = yes

(2) spots on forewings : absent (0), present (1)

(3) anal angle of hindwings : rounded (0), acute (1)

(4) series of white discal spots on und.hindwings : absent (0), present (1)

(5) basal dot on upperside hindwings : absent (0), present (1)

Male genitalia :

(6) penis normal (0), elongate (1)

(7) penis apex turned downwards (0), upwards (1)

(8) valva : dorsal and ventral margins parallel (0), curved (1)

(9) valva: spine on dorsal margin proximal (0), distal (1), absent (2)

(10) genitalia normal size (0), large (1), very large (2)

Female genitalia :

(11) lamina supravaginalis bilobate (0), whole (1), reduced (2)

(*) This research was financially supported by the Ministry for Public Education (MPI) under

60% research funding program (Biogeography of Circum-Mediterranean lands) and the

National Research Council (CNR).

Multistate characters (9-11) in the original data set (not reported) were transformed

into binary by J. FELSENSTEIN’s (1985) program FACTOR in his PHYLIP package. As

a consequence in the following table characters 9, 10, 11 occupy columns 9,10 ;

11,12 and 13,14, respectively.

Character-state data

i in

phlaeas

alciphron

bleusei

tityrus

subalpina

virgaureae

miegi

ottomana

A cladistic analysis was carried out on these characters using FELSENSTEIN’s PHYLIP

package. The tree shown below conforms to maximum criteria of parsimony (19

steps, program PENNY), likeliness (BOOT) and compatibility (CLIQUE). Figures

below or to the left of connecting lines indicate percent likeliness of the preceding

knot by a bootstrap estimate (Boor).

100

ottomana

miegi

5 6——virgaureae

subalpina

4 7——tityrus

| 46

| bleusei

2 alciphron

| 33

1 phlaeas

Steps in each character :

ottomana

miegi

virgaureae

subalpina

tityrus

bleusei

alciphron

All of these taxa are characterized by unique genitalic features and all qualify as

separate morphospecies.

Author’s address : Istituto di Zoologia, Via Balbi 5, I-16126 Genova, Italy.

Nota lepid. 12 Supplement No. 1 : 26-27 : 30.VI.1989 ISSN 0342-7536

An inconsistency in the methodology of cladism

U. DALL’ASTA

Cladism is becoming a classic methodology for many lepidopterists in constructing

a classification. At the species level this methodology has now become well known

and can be considered a three stage process. First comes the study of the actual

specimens : as many characters as possible are scored, ordered or measured and

their polarity determined. All this information is put into a data matrix. The second

step is feeding all this data into a computer. This computer calculates the phyloge-

netic affinities and prints this information out as a series of cladograms. The choice

between these cladograms is performed by the way of a posteriori changing of

polarities or weighting of characters. This results in a new data matrix, which is again

submitted to the computer, this procedure being repeated until a satisfactory

classification is obtained. The third step is the description of the finally obtained

cladogram and the comments on the classification which can be inferred from it.

It is clear from the above analysis that the taxonomist has two stages in his own

hand : the first, being the study of the organisms and the preparation of the data

matrix, and the second, the description of the finally obtained cladogram and

classification. But what about the theory and the methodology that were the basis

for an algorithm used to make the computer program ? It is self-evident that before

using a methodology its internal consistency must be verified.

According to HENNIG (1981), considered the father of the cladistic methodology,

characters of organisms can be divided into two categories: the plesiomorphic

(ancestral characters) and the apomorphic (evolutionary novelties). According to

him, organisms should not be classified by using their plesiomorphic character

states, only by using their apomorphic ones. This poses a problem at the moment

of splitting into two sister taxa as outlined by him (loc. cit., p. 25). Between the

moment of splitting and the acquisition of its own apomorphic character later on,

there arises a problem with the classification of the sister taxon with the plesio-

morphic character due to the above mentioned principle (its only difference with the

sister taxon being a plesiomorphic character).

For this problem HENNIG (1981 : 25) proposes three solutions to classify the sister

taxon :

a. classifying it as belonging to the ancestral line

b. classifying it as a new taxon, the distinctive character being its sister group

relation and ;

c. considering it a structural type, which means that it is classified using other

characters as is done by typologists, without distinction of plesiomorphic or

apomorphic ones.

What surprises most is that Hennig does not propose a final solution, and that this

problem never arises elsewhere in his publications. The reason for this is to be found

in his graphical representations of phylogenetic groupings. If one only takes into

account his explanation of the phylogenetic process, the drawing of a last branching

of a cladogram could be represented as in fig. 1, an asymmetrical drawing. But

HENNIG’s (1981 : 7) representations on the other hand look like fig. 2, symmetrical.

Is classified Problems in Is classified Is classified

classifying

Apomorphic Plesiomorphic Apomorphic and Apomorphic and

character character only plesiomorphic plesiomorphic

character character

Taxon A’ Taxon A Taxon A’ Taxon A”’

Taxon A Taxon A

Fig. 1 Fig. 2

It is clear from both figures how the problems of classifying the taxa having as the

only difference with their sister taxon one plesiomorphic character has been solved :

in those taxa an apomorphic character is postulated at the same time. In other

words, according to this graphic representation, apomorphic characters always arise

in pairs, otherwise there would be a problem in classifying the taxon situated in time

between the origin of both apomorphic characters. But the fact that apomorphic

characters always arise in pairs goes obviously against the general accepted ideas of

phylogeny and particularly against the explanation of the phylogenetic process by

HENNIG himself.

The outline of this problem has been submitted to Dr. PLATNICK (Am. Mus. Nat.

Hist., New York) and his comments were that this analysis is completely irrelevant.

The methodology of cladism has to be considered from the point of view that

organisms should be classified on plusses (apomorphic characters) and not on

minuses (plesiomorphic ones) and that not doing it in this way (as the former

pheneticists) leads to less satisfactory classifications. But this does not solve the

problem outlined above. HENNIG himself found as the only solution for the problem

of not using plesiomorphic characters for classifying, joining apomorphic and

plesiomorphic characters in pairs. The programmers obviously do not consider the

fact that apomorphic characters arise in pairs a Hennigian principle, however, they

claim that his principles form the basis of their programs. Consequently the question

remains whether this logical deduction incorporated by HENNIG himself in his

graphical representations does not imply an inconsistency in his methodology.

Reference

HENNIG, W. (1981). Insect Phylogeny. John Wiley and Sons, New York.

Author’s address : Musée Royal de l’Afrique Centrale, B-1980 Tervuren, Belgium.

Nota lepid. 12 Supplement No. 1 : 28-31 ; 30.VI.1989 ISSN 0342-7536

Expériences d’hybridation intra- et interspécifiques

dans le genre Zerynthia (Papilionidae).

Relativité des critères mixiologiques de l’espece.

Henri DESCIMON et François MICHEL

Le genre circumméditerranéen Zerynthia comprend deux espèces. La première, Z.

rumina, possède une distribution atlanto-méditerranéenne : Maghreb, Péninsule

ibérique, Sud de la France. La seconde, Z. polyxena, ponto-méditerranéenne, s’étend

du Sud-Est de la France à l’Asie Mineure, avec des colonies allant jusqu’à l’ Autriche.

Elles sont largement sympatrides dans le Languedoc oriental et la Provence. Il existe

une très relative exclusion mutuelle au niveau phénologique et écologique, qui

n’empechent pas une cohabitation fréquente. On a signalé des accouplements

interspécifique et un seul cas précis d’hybride interspécifique naturel.

Chaque espèce possède des sous-espèces peu nombreuses mais prononcées. Les

populations maghrébines et andalouses de Z. rumina sont bien distinctes des

populations françaises (ssp. medesicaste), de même que les populations grecques de

Z. polyxena de celles de France (ssp. cassandra).

À l’aide d’expériences diversifiées de croisements, nous avons tenté de préciser la

nature et l'importance des barrières agissantes et potentielles entre les divers taxa,

subspécifiques et spécifiques.

A. Croisements entre taxa géographiquement éloignés de la même espèce (Z.

polyxena France x Z.p. Autriche ; Z.p. France x Z.p. Grèce ; Z. rumina France x

Z.r. Algérie, Maroc et Andalousie). Les résultats sont les suivants :

— l’attirance entre les sexes est toujours forte et, entre individus compétents (males

vigoureux, femelles très jeunes), l’accouplement se réalise spontanément sans

aucune barrière. Une seule exception a été observée (sur un nombre significatif

d'essais), entre des individus d’origine marocaine et provençale. Aucune des

tentatives acharnées des mâles n’a produit d’accouplement ; la disparité de taille

semble être la raison principale de l’échec (les individus marocains étaient trop

grands).

— les accouplements sont toujours féconds et les F1 bénéficient d’une vigueur

hybride spectaculaire et sont d’une grande homog£neite.

— les F2 (Fl x Fl) sont au contraire irrégulières. Dans le croisement Z. polyxena

France x Z.p. Autriche, la viabilité demeure excellente et se maintient dans les

générations suivantes. Au contraire, avec Z.p. France x Z.p. Grèce, une baisse

de viabilité sensible (50 a 75%) apparaît ; elle diminue sensiblement dans les

générations ultérieures. Dans le croisement Z. rumina France x Z.r. Andalousie,

la viabilité de la F2 était très faible (autour de 5%) ; même les rétrocroisements

avec les souches parentales montraient une viabilité faible. La mortalité frappe

tous les stades, alors qu'ailleurs elle se concentre sur les stades embryonnaires.

B. Croisements interspécifiques : nous avons effectué des tentatives entre tous les

taxa mentionnés plus haut et les souches françaises de chaque espèce, dans les deux

sens chaque fois que cela était possible. Voici nos résultats :

— il n’y a pas de barrière précopulatoire comportementale ; quels que soient les

insectes mis en présence (en particulier qu'ils proviennent de populations

cohabitant avec l’autre espèce ou non), les mâles sont vivement attirés visuelle-

ment par les femelles et tentent l’accouplement avec acharnement. Au contraire

il y a des barrières mécaniques importantes : l’intromission est difficile à réaliser

et échoue très souvent ; même obtenu, l’accouplement est souvent «boiteux» et

dure ou trop longtems (plus d’une heure) ou pas assez (moins de 25 mn).

— Une barrière physiologique existe aussi très probablement : même dans le cas

d’accouplements apparemment normaux, les pontes subséquentes ont été stériles,

à une exception près, dont les résultats vont être détaillés.

C. Le seul accouplement interspécifique fécond a suivi une double fécondation : une

puis par un 6 polyxena ; la descendance a comporté moitié d’hybrides et moitié de

polyxena.

À partir de là, une série de rétrocroisements a été effectuée sur 5 générations (voir

schema). Les tentatives non marquées sur ce schéma ont échoué ; pratiquement

toutes les combinaisons possibles ont été tentées. En F2, les deux rétrocroisements

avec les espèces parentales ont réussi ; en F3, non seulement les croisements avec

l'espèce parentale la plus proche ont réussi, mais aussi ceux avec l’espece la plus

éloignée. En F4, nous avons obtenu 12 accouplements entre les rétrocroisements

«5/8» symétriques ; un seul s’est montré viable, et faiblement (9 chenilles sorties de

l'œuf et 9 adultes) ; nous n'avons malheureusement pas pu continuer à suivre cette

lignée «médiane», trop peu nombreuse. De même, un croisement entre hybrides a

ete reussi en F5 (11/16 polyxena x 13/16 rumina), mais il n’a pu engendrer de

lignée ultérieure.

Chaque fois qu'un parent d'espèce pure était impliqué, la fécondité et la viabilité

étaient excellentes ; il semble donc qu'un stock haploide homogène soit suffisant

pour assurer celles-ci. Une dose même minoritaire du genöme d’une espèce suffit a

assurer la fécondité de l’accouplement avec un individu pur de cette espèce. L’echec

du rétrocroisement «5/8 polyxena» x rumina semble être dû, là encore, à une

incompatibilite de taille. Il n’a pas été observé d’asymetrie dans la fécondité des

sexes, ni de distortion du sex ratio, ni de déséquilibre sensible dans la régulation de

la diapause.

La viabilité des deux croisements mettant en jeu des hybrides des deux côtés est

beaucoup plus faible. Un «hybrid breakdown» important se manifeste au cours des

stades précoces du développement : beaucoup d’embryons sont retrouvés à l’inté-

rieur de l'œuf arrêtés à des stades divers. En revanche, la chenille éclose, la viabilité

devient normale.

PoLYxENA RUMINA

(F) (FxE)

(F) (F)

(6) A)

(©) pores ee do

(Fxe) |

32 14 \6 8 O

0 8 (6 24 32

Fig. 1. Cinq générations de croisements entre Zerynthia polyxena et Z. rumina. La position

des points représente la «distance» de chaque lignée obtenue par rapport aux espèces

parentales. F : lignée d’origine française, E, espagnole (Mälaga), G, Grecque (Delphes). En

pointille, le rétrocroisement «5/8 polyxena» x rumina qui, malgré un extraordinaire acharne-

ment des mâles, a échoué car les femelles étaient trop grosses.

NB : les croisements ont souvent eu lieu dans le sens femelle hybride x mâle sauvage ; ceci

n’est pas dû à une fécondité différentielle, mais à la plus grande efficacité sexuelle des mâles

de la nature.

Les Zerynthia sont des Papilionoides primitifs, ou les mécanismes d’isolement

semblent assez rudimentaires. Cependant, les résultats exposés ici soulignent a la

fois la multiplicité des barrières et leur relativité. Les facteurs précopulatoires jouent

un rôle essentiel dans la séparation des pools géniques (l’intromission non suivie de

fusion gamétique est, en dernière analyse, de nature précopulatoire). La stérilité des

hybrides Fl semble au contraire avoir peu d'importance ici. Les incompatibilites

génômiques, barrière ultime, agit fortement dès la F2, mais peut-être pas pour tous

les gènes, car elle n'empêche pas les rétrocroisements.

L'importance des critères mixiologiques dans la définition des espèces est indénia-

ble. Il nous paraît cependant abusif d'accorder une valeur absolue aux croisements

expérimentaux (a fortiori s’ils utilisent l’accouplement artificiel). Des populations

éloignées géographiquement de continuums spécifiques indiscutables montrent une

incompatibilité qui aurait pu autoriser, dans le cas de distributions discontinues, à

les séparer spécifiquement. Au contraire, une fois les barrières précopulatoires

enfoncées, des échanges géniques peuvent avoir lieu. Seules les situations naturelles

peuvent servir à la définition des taxa.

Adresse des auteurs : Lab. de Systématique Évolutive, Université de Provence, 3 pl. Victor

Hugo, 13331 Marseille cedex 3.

Nota lepid. 12 Supplement No. 1 : 32 ; 30.V1.1989 ISSN 0342-7536

Eucheira socialis WESTW. (Pieridae) —

Loss of genetic variation

as a consequence of the population biology

and anthropogenic range extension

H. J. GEIGER, A. M. SHAPIRO and J. LLORENTE

Eucheira socialis WESTW. is a pierid butterfly, recorded only from Mexico, which has

a bizarre population biology. The gregarious larvae construct silken nests on the

branches of the host plant, emerging only at night to feed. They pupate inside the

nest, and a substantial proportion of the adults remain there, mating, ovipositing,

and dying within. Flight ability of the adults is strongly limited. In fact, wing venation

of the females is reduced and laboratory observations show that the butterflies from

most localities can hardly glide. However, not all populations show the same degree

of reduced dispersal capacity. Individuals from populations in the north-west of

Central Mexico (Durango, Sinaloa) can fly, although weakly, and they also show

morphological variation (ssp. westwoodii). This is not true for the southern Mexican

populations (ssp. socialis). Moreover, our observations show that only very few

females, although mated, lay more than a few eggs. This population biology results

in extremely frequent sib-matings and reduced dispersal capacity.

Population genetics theory predicts a low degree of genetic variation for such a case

as inbreeding tends to reduce polymorphism. In fact, enzyme electrophoretic results

show that there is no genetic variation within and among all southern Mexican

populations (ssp. socialis) at 32 loci, except one locality in which at one locus a

different electromorph is fixed in all nests. In contrast, there is polymorphism in the

westwoodii populations at three loci. The electromorphs found in socialis are also

observed in westwoodii.

These observations can be explained by the following scenario : Eucheira socialis

originally lived in NW-Central Mexico. The species, represented by today’s ssp.

westwoodii, already had a biology that allowed only a reduced gene flow caused by

frequent sib-matings and limited flight abilities. In historic times the species became

spread anthropogenically into the southern Mexican states as an item of commerce

(the Aztecs used the nests as paper and the larvae and pupae are edible). This range

extension was accompanied by a bottleneck event which resulted in the total loss of

flight ability and polymorphism. The outcome is a taxon, ssp. socialis, that has no

known means of dispersal and is genetically extraordinarily depauperate. Its survival

is perhaps only guaranteed by the relatively stable environment the taxon is living

in and is maintaining by the construction of nests, and its management by the native

people of montane Mexico.

Author’s address : Zoological Institute, University of Berne, Switzerland.

Nota lepid. 12 Supplement No. 1: 33 ; 30.VI.1989 ISSN 0342-7536

Ghost moths and their primitive allies :

towards a groundplan reconstruction

for the suborder Exoporia

Niels P. KRISTENSEN

The “ghost” or “swift” moths, Hepialidae, familiar to European lepidopterists,

appear to be strangely isolated moths. However, some of their primitive allies, such

as some members of the Australian genus Fraus, have overall commonplace “mi-

crolepidopteran” facies (slender bodies, “normal size” antennae) and distinct

proboscis remnants. Recent anatomical studies on Fraus have helped in making

detailed inferences about the structure of ancestral hepialoids and have led to a new

interpretation of the enigmatic hepialid male genitalia, bringing these more in line

with conditions in other homoneurous moths. Ongoing anatomical work on the

endemic New Zealand superfamily Mnesarchaeoidea, the putative sistergroup of the

Hepialoidea, is yielding additional insight into the groundplan of the “next higher”

taxon, i.e. the superorder Exoporia.

Author’s address : Zoological Museum, Copenhagen, Denmark.

Nota lepid. 12 Supplement No. 1: 34-35 ; 30.VI.1989 ISSN 0342-7536

Experimental evidence for a specific distinction

between Colias hyale L. and C. alfacariensis RIBBE

(Pieridae)

Z. LORKOVIC

In response to occasional assertations that Colias alfacariensis RIBBE (= australis

VERITY) is no more than an ecological form of C. hyale L., the experimental evidence

for their genetical reproductive isolation is reported.

Material

Experimental crossings between both taxa were made with C. hyale from Zagreb,

Croatia, N.W. Yugoslavia, and alfacariensis from N.E. France (Vezelay, kindly

supplied by H. DESCIMON) as well as from the Istrian coast of Quarnero, during the

years 1978-1980.

Methods

Pairings were made in cages 25 x 25 x 25 cm or in green netting, without frame,

placed over naturally growing plants. The males were taken partly from the field

during their patrolling flight, when they were most disposed to mate.

Results

1. No natural pairing between five alfacariensis females and seven hyale males could

be achieved, even when three of the exhausted males were replaced by fresh ones

for 25 minutes. The same was the case with four hyale females and alfacariensis

males. In contrast, the females used in the experiments copulated almost at once

with the conspecific males. Therefore, the ethological sexual isolating mechanism

between both taxa is fully developed in both directions.

2. Despite resistance to pairing by the females, five crossings with alfacariensis

females and hyale males as well as two crossings of hyale females and alfacariensis

males were achieved through the gynanaesthetic pairing method of the author (with

anaesthetized immobilised females and conscious males) of normal mating duration.

After two or three days normal oviposition followed with 60 or more eggs daily.

3. The fertilisation was normal, as in the conspecific breeding experiments.

4. Development of the F, larvae was normal, without losses, and fine, large adults

emerged, three to four times more males than females. The hybrid males and females

paired freely, sometimes with hesitation if with males of the paternal species.

5. The F, hybrid females from five matings were entirely infertile, depositing a very

reduced number of mostly immature and deformed eggs. Such female sterility and

the corresponding failure of the F, generation, is a common trait of interspecific

hybridisation in butterflies. However, the F, hybrid females were highly fertile, and

in the backcrosses with hyale or alfacariensis females produced a fine and viable R,

generation. The ability for producing R, is a characteristic of closely related species.

Moreover, the males of R, were also fertile, while the eggs of the females began to

develop, but seldom reached the black head stage.

6. The uniform green colouring (without markings) of the hyale larvae is in the F,

generation dominant to the more bluish-green of the alfacariensis larvae as well as

to their sharply delimited dorso-ventral and suprastigmatal bright yellow lines, while

the segmentally arranged black patches between and below the lines appear very

reduced or in traces in only 4-5 percent of F, individuals. The dorsal yellowish lines

occur only seldom as undefined interrupted pale yellowish lines or stripes. One of

the genes for the dark spots is probably located on the Z (X) chromosome of

alfacariensis, and passes in the crossing to the female sex so that it can be expressed

in a single dose in spite of its recessivity.

7. As expected, the backcrosses give different phenotypes, depending on the

parental species used.

8. The unusually great larval variability in the F, can be attributed to the great

natural variability of the alfacariensis black colour, which varies from heavily black

quadrangular patches to minute rounded spots. The black patches and the yellow

lines are two independent genetic characters.

C. alfacariensis seems to be the only European Colias with such a prominent larval

colour pattern, and this seems to have had an important selective advantage in the

evolution of this species. Mimicry with the similarly brightly coloured and strongly

patterned unpalatable larvae of the Zygaenidae, living on the same Papilionaceous

plants, is proposed.

Author’s address : III Cvjetno naselje 25, YU-41000 Zagreb, Yugoslavia.

Nota lepid. 12 Supplement No. 1 : 36-37 ; 30.VI.1989 ISSN 0342-7536

Electrophoretic investigations

in the Polyommatus (Lysandra) albicans —

P. (L.) hispanus complex

(Lycaenidae)

Paola MENSI, Luigi CASSULO & Emilio BALLETTO

Among members of the genus Polyommatus, species of the subgenus Lysandra

represent another taxonomically rather complicated group, which has undergone a

number of changes. Members of the P. (L.) coridon (or the ‘blue’ complex), were

the subject of a recent paper (MENSI et al., 1988). We shall therefore examine here

the other W. Mediterranean taxa (the P. albicans, or ‘white complex’). Contrary to

the ‘blue complex’, the latter comprises both normal monovoltine and bivoltine

populations.

Pie Mora’ (+?

Bene Mel zen dern

Trsmazastilla (+)

„I“ Testana {##)

GE 7

(2%) Ainsa

(#2) Mortele

Fig. 1. Phylogenetic relationships within some populations of the Polyommatus (subgenus

Lysandra) albicans complex obtained through J. FELSENSTEIN’s (1985) CONTML program

based on CAVALLI-SFORZA’s chord measure. Branch lengths were set as to show a rough

correspondence with electrophoretic distances (figures). Distances not significantly different

from zero were set as zero (no figure reported). One or two asterisks indicate that the

population is mono- or bivoltine, respectively.

Polyommatus coridon (population from Pont d’Ael : N Italy) and P. caelestissimus (popula-

tion from Tragacete : C Spain) were tentatively enclosed as outgroups, to root the tree.

The karyology of the ‘white complex’ was studied by DE LESSE (1960, 1969).

Haploid chromosome numbers proved 82 for the monovoltine and 84 for the

bivoltine populations. Accordingly they were sorted into P. albicans and P. hispanus,

respectively. This solution has been followed by later authors ever since.

Genetic relationships were studied for two monovoltine ( Pro Mora : Sierra Nevada,

Tramacastilla : Teruel) and one bivoltine (Ainsa : Jaca) populations from Spain and

two bivoltine populations (Mortola : Imperia, Testana : Genova) from NW Italy.

Sixteen gene-enzyme systems (Ak, Est-1, Est-2, Est-3, Fh, Got-1, Got-2, G6pd, Hk,

Me, Mdh, Idh-1, Idh-2, Pk-1, Pk-2, 6Pgd) were analyzed on Cellogel by standard

electrophoretic procedures. Results are summarized in a cladogram (fig. 1).

Even though the number of populations so far investigated is rather low, results show

that bivoltinism probably evolved more than once, for instance in NW Spain and C

Liguria. A consequence of this finding is that either Polyommatus (Lysandra)

hispanus does not represent a homogeneous (single) taxon, or alternatively,

monovoltine and bivoltine populations might represent but one species.

Author’s address : Istituto di Zoologia della Universita, Via Balbi 5, I-16126 Genova, Italy.

Nota lepid. 12 Supplement No. 1 : 38-41 ; 30.VI.1989 ISSN 0342-7536

Structure génétique

des populations de Parnassius mnemosyne (L.)

dans le sud de la France.

Etude biométrique et électrophorétique.

(Papilionidae)

Michel NAPOLITANO

Une étude de la variabilité phénotypique et génotypique de 24 populations de

Parnassius mnemosyne (L.) a été réalisée dans le Sud de la France (fig. 1). La

plupart des colonies échantillonnées volent dans les Alpes, où l’espèce est répandue,

ou dans les massifs périphériques. Le papillon existe également dans le Massif

Central et les Pyrénées, où deux échantillons ont été prélevés.

L'étude biométrique a porté sur douze des paramètres les plus caractéristiques des

ailes, qui ont été mesurés au micrometre étalonné. Une électrophorèse sur gel

d’amidon a été pratiquée sur 23 locus enzymatiques dont 9 se sont révélés

polymorphes. Un traitement informatique des données a permis de calculer les

distances biométriques (x? euclidienne) et une distance génétique (I de NEI) entre

l’ensemble des 24 populations, d’effectuer des épreuves de classification automatique

et de réaliser des diagrammes d’analyse factorielle des correspondances.

La lecture du dendrogramme obtenu à partir de l’étude biométrique permet de

diviser l’ensemble des colonies en six groupes de taille inégale (fig. 2) ; la partition

réalisée rend compte de 55% de la variance totale. La plupart des regroupements

sont satisfaisants à un point de vue écogéographique. Ces résultats sont bien

visualisés sur le plan principal de l’AFC (fig. 3) ; celui-ci rend compte seulement de

46% de l’inertie totale, ce qui est assez peu. Cependant, on relève quelques aspects

paradoxaux, comme l’isolement dans le dendrogramme et sur le diagramme d’AFC

de la population très centrale de la forêt de Mélan et le regroupement de la vallée

de la Lance (haut Verdon) avec le Nord du Briançonnais.

Le dendrogramme électrophorétique suggère cinq groupements (fig. 4) dont la

cohérence géographique est évidente ; la partition rend compte de 81% de la

variance. L’AFC confirme la classification précédente, avec quatre groupes bien

individualisés selon les deux premiers axes (qui représentent 71,3% de l’inertie

totale) (fig. 5).

La comparaison entre le coefficient d’aplatissement moyen des mesures biométri-

ques, qui donne une idée de la variabilité absolue de celles-ci, et du taux d’hétérozy-

gotie, qui est tiré des données électrophorétiques et renseigne sur la diversité

génétique des populations, est particulièrement intéressante (fig. 6). Elle montre une

corrélation très significative entre les deux types de données.

‘

oe?

‚-

‘=,

‘

SEN

‘

APO

‘

G nn

\L—_-

‘

Vig

. ..

Ian «6

“

C Aix-en-P.

Marseille

10 km

a CE) Aa Toulon bem

D oT

Fig. 1. Localisation des prélèvements. 1. Sainte Baume Ouest ; 2. id., Est ; 3. Montagne de

Lure ; 4. Mgne de La Chens ; 5. Névache ; 6. forêt de Bonnefoy (Ardèche) ; 7. Mgne de

Chamouse : 8. la Foux d’Allos ; 9. gorges du Verdon ; 10. col de Vence ; 11. forêt de Mélan ;

12. les Dourbes ; 13. vallée de la Lance; 14. Mgne de Céuze ; 15. col de la Bataille ;

16. sommet de l’Autapie ; 17. Lus la Croix Haute ; 18. Puy Saint Vincent ; 19. les Infournas :

20. col de Gleize ; 21. Mgne de Chamatte ; 22. Montagnone ; 23. val de Galbe (Pyrénées

Orientales) ; 24. les Combes.

Biometrie Electrophorese

l 1

9 2

2 9

3 11

12 12

4 21

21 22

23 4

7 10

8 5

20 19

17 18

19 24

16 8

18 16

24 3

13 14

11 15

10 23

6 17

Fig. 3. Analyse factorielle des correspondances. Fig. 5. AFC.

Aplatissement y = -8,92x + 4,06

= -0,86

p < 0,01

0.15 Hétérozygotie

Fig. 6. Régression linéaire de l’aplatissement moyen

des mesures biométriques contre le taux d’hétérozygotie.

Une coincidence partielle peut être observée entre les deux classifications (en

particulier dans le regroupement de la Sainte Baume et du Verdon). La classification

électrophorétique permet de dégager des ensembles particulièrement cohérents. Les

données électrophorétiques «répondent» bien mieux aux méthodes d’analyses que les

données biométriques.

Particulièrement frappante nous paraît être la diminution corrélée des deux mesures,

phénotypique et génotypique, de la diversité. Elle touche les populations à la mesure

de leur isolement géographique.

Adresse de l’auteur : Lab. de Systématique Évolutive, Université de Provence, 3 Place Victor

Hugo, 13331 Marseille Cedex 3, France.

Nota lepid. 12 Supplement No. 1 : 42-43 ; 30.VI.1989 ISSN 0342-7536

An attempt at a numerical model

of the phylogenetical relationship

between the genera of the tribe Gnorimoschemini

(Gelechiidae)

D. POVOLNY

In view of the inherent difficulty in discerning apomorphic from plesiomorphic

characters on the specific and generic level of the gelechioid tribe Gnorimoschemini,

an attempt was made to interpret the phylogenetic relationships between 44 genera

of this tribe. For this purpose 127 characters of the male and 42 characters of the

female genitalia were analysed, and a five step gradient was elaborated to characte-

rize the forewing pattern. In such a way a primary matrix was constructed, whereby

the number of specific taxa belonging to the individual genera was also considered.

As similarity functions, the Jaccard-index for binary data and Wishart-index for

quantitative data were used. The above character complexes were classified both as

weighted and unweighted data. For the cluster method of the hierarchic classification

unweighted mean values were used and for non-hierarchic classification polar

ordination was applied. The most sucessful classification was then transformed into

a three dimensional idealized model of possible natural relationships of the treated

genera. Despite the obvious methodological difficulties of numerical taxonomy, the

proposed model of the relationships between the treated genera revealed a consi-

derable coincidence of results when compared with our purely empirical knowledge

of those relationships. This indicates that numerical taxonomy may positively

contribute to the phylogenetic interpretations of relationships between taxa in

situations where cladistic methods cannot be applied, due to the virtual impossibility

to recognize the quality of characters studied.

Author’s address : Konévova 66, CS-63900 Brno, Czechoslovakia.

Poco a

x @23

30 40 50 60 70 80 90

Fig. 1. Polarordination of gnorimoschemine genera (black dots with numbers from 1-44)

whereby the pairs of genera Euscrobipalpa-Caryocolum and Scrobipalpa-Keiferia were used as

ordination poles. (Results of the Wishart Index application with primary data standardized in

percent).

Fig. 2. Proposal of a tridimensional presentation of the phylogenetic relations within the tribe

Gnorimoschemini based on previous polarordination. For details see PovoLNY & SUSTEK in

‘Festschrift zum 85. Geburtstag von Dr. Josef KLIMESCH’, Linz, 1988 (Stapfia 16 : 209-247).

Nota lepid. 12 Supplement No. 1 : 44 ; 30.VI.1989 ISSN 0342-7536

Micropterigidae in fossil resins

with special emphasis on the past and present distribution

of this family

Andrzej W. SKALSKI

Micropterigidae constitute nearly 2% of all lepidopterous inclusions of fossil resins

ranging in age from the Cretaceous to the Tertiary. Remains of these moths fossilized

in other conditions are extremely rare. The majority of the micropterigid fossils have

been found in the Eocene Baltic amber.

The systematic status of the fossil Micropterigidae from the Mesozoic remains

unclear. In the Baltic amber there are representatives of both main phylogenetic

lineages of the family, the so-called Micropterix and Sabatinca groups of genera. The

first is represented by the recent genus Micropterix. The second by extinct genera,

and species similar in many aspects of morphology to the South American Hypomar-

tyria micropteroides and other members of the Sabatinca group occurring in the

Southern Hemisphere.

The genus Micropterix occurs primarily in the West Palaearctic where about 70

species have been described, whereas in the East Palaearctic only 1 or 2 species are

recorded. The Sabatinca group consisting of 8 genera, has a largely circum-Pacific

distribution and also occurs on the Cape of South Africa. Fossil records and present

distribution of the Micropterigidae support the theory that its main lineages

originated on the Laurasia paleaocontinent prior to the separation of several land

masses or during a geological period when the continents were still in close

proximity, a situation prevailing in early and mid-Mesozoic. The genus Micropterix

became well established in the West Palaearctic, whereas the ancestors of the

Sabatinca group which inhabited this region during the Tertiary became extinct

during the Pleistocene.

Author’s address : Museum Okregowe, Ratusz B, PL-42-200 Czestochowa, Poland.

Nota lepid. 12 Supplement No. 1 : 45-46 ; 30.VI.1989 ISSN 0342-7536

Faunistics and biogeography — Faunistik und Biogeographie — Faune et

biogéographie

The Tortricidae fauna of the nature reserve park

‘La Albufera’ (Spain)

Joaquin Baixeras ALMELA

The ‘La Albufera’ nature reserve park is one of the most interesting marshy areas

of the Iberian Peninsula. Recently protected by law, this park includes a littoral

forest, ‘El Saler’, and the lake of ‘La Albufera’ that gives the park its name.

This interesting area has unfortunately suffered from human activities ; the water has

become polluted and land was lost to urban developments in the 1960’s. These have

now been stopped, but their effects can still be observed.

The insect fauna is clearly one of the most important biological aspects of the area,

but unfortunately we cannot assess the impact of these environmental changes since,

perhaps with the exception of the Coleoptera and Hemiptera, there are very few old

records. Several reports have focused on the Lepidoptera and perhaps the best

known family may be the Noctuidae, of which 91 species have been recorded.

Several are very rare in the Iberian Peninsular, such as Brithys crini (F.), Mythimna

straminea (TR.), M. umbrigera (SAALM) and M. joannisi (BOURSIN & RUNGS).

Moreover the Lymantriid and Cossid moths Laelia coenosa (HB.) and Phragma-

taecia castaneae (HB.) are known to have large populations in the marshy areas of

the zone.

Very little data on the Microlepidoptera fauna is available, and the main aim of this

paper is to present the more interesting Tortricidae of the area. So far 32 species

have been recorded from the park, the majority coming from a sample of nearly 1300

specimens taken in a light trap run there in 1983 and 1984. The species are :

Trachysmia simoniana (STGR.) Lobesia bicinctana (DUP.)

Stenodes hilarana (H.-S.) Ancylis sparulana (STGR.)

Stenodes cultana (LED.) Crocidosema plebejana (ZELL.)

Phalonidia contractana (ZELL.) Epinotia thapsiana (ZELL.)

Aethes languidana (MN.) Acroclita subsequana (H.-S.)

Aethes bilbaensis (ROESSL. ) Gypsonoma minutana (HB.)

Cochylidia heydeniana (H.-S.) Gypsonomoides trochilanus (FROEL.)

Cochylis posterana (ZELL.) Eucosma expallidana (HAW.)

Xerocnephasia rigana (SODOFF. ) Eucosma maritima (WEST. & HUMPHR.)

Cacoecimorpha pronubana (HB.) Eucosma conterminana (H.-S.)

Lozotaenia cupidinana (STGR.) Rhyacionia buoliana (D. & S.)

Clepsis pallidana (F.) Rhyacionia maritimana (PROESE)

Clepsis consimilana (HB.) Clavigesta sylvestrana (CURT.)

Bactra venosana (ZELL.) Cydia ulicetana (HAW.)

Bactra bactrana (KENN.) Cydia fagiglandana (ZELL.)

Bactra robustana (CHRIS. ) Cydia amplana (HB.)

Some of these species, e.g. C. consimilana, B. venosana, C. plebejana and E.

conterminana probably originated from crops nearby. However, others are more

interesting, being characters of salt marshes and littoral zones : A. subsequana, E.

expallidana and E. maritima. T. simoniana and A. sparulana are both scarce Iberian

endemics, the latter with a large population at La Albufera. B. robustana is new to

the Iberian Peninsular, and the recently described R. maritima seems to be a rare

Mediterranean species.

Author’s address : Faculdad de Ciencias Biologicas, Departamento de Zoologia, Dr. Moliner

50, Burjasot (Valencia), Spain.

Nota lepid. 12 Supplement No. 1 : 47-48 ; 30.VI.1989 ISSN 0342-7536

Utilisation d’un inventaire cartographique

et de ses délimitations en régions entomofaunistiques.

Le cas des Hesperioidea et Papilionoidea

de la Bourgogne (France)

Cl. DUTREIX

La partie méthodologique est développée en détail dans une thèse, soutenue en 1986

et éditée en 1988. Signalons succinctement que l’atlas cartographique des espèces

est établi d’après un carré UTM — carroyage Universal Transverse Mercator — de

10 km de côté comme unité de situation opérationnelle. Sa mise à jour permanente

jusqu’en mars 1988 prend ainsi en compte l'intégralité des observations de R.

ESSAYAN et de l’auteur durant la période 1976-1987. D’autre part, la visualisation

de l’affinité entomofaunistique a été possible par un travail considérable d’analyse

statistique multidimensionnelle (analyse factorielle des correspondances et classifica-

tion automatique). Pour ces cartes synthétiques, deux sorties graphiques sont ainsi

proposées, grâce à l’utilisation des méthodes statistiques sans et avec la contrainte

de contiguite spatiale, pour définir des unites et des secteurs «entomogéographi-

ques».

Cet objectif atteint, nous bénéficions désormais d’un acquis appréciable pour

aborder certains aspects de la «biogéographie appliquée». Dans l’établissement de la

liste des «espèces menacées», il s’est avéré rapidement que la création d’un indice

spécial était superfétatoire. Nous avons donc commencé par effectuer l’inventaire des

espèces qui ne semblent pas menacées à court terme, puis le classement de celles qui

peuvent être directement menacées, sur la base des statuts de l’UICN. Ainsi, les

«espèces menacées» sont évaluées pour les 128 taxons à environ 23%, réparties de

la manière suivante :

* en danger d'extinction : 2 ( 1,56%)

** vulnérables : 8 ( 6,25%)

rares 19 (14,84%)

- statut indéterminé : 8 ( 6,25%)

(espèces acclimatées, signalées avant 1950, en

limite de leur aire de répartition)

- «hors danger» (6)

(législation nationale en vigueur pour la protection

partielle ou totale des espèces)

Il convient donc de s'interroger sur les raisons de la rareté de ces espèces afin de

distinguer des données objectives de leur déclin (raréfaction/disparition).

Nous envisageons différentes causes :

Île

Hyperlocalisation des plantes nourricières (biotopes restreints) :

** Satyrium w-album KNOCH, ** Cupido osiris MEIG., ** Maculinea (alcon)

alcon D. & S., *** Maculinea (alcon) rebeli HIRSCHKE, *** Polyommatus

thersites CANT., * Boloria aquilonaris STICH., ** Coenonympha tullia MULL.

. Facteurs — vraisemblablement — d’origine naturelle (modifications climati-

ques DE

*** Pontia daplidice L., * Coenonympha hero L., ** Hipparchia statilinus HEN.,

** Chazara briseis L.

. Facteurs anthropiques (circulation routière, essences non indigènes, ...) :

** Limenitis populi L.

. Espèces localisées qui ont toujours été probablement rares (sensibles aux

modifications de biotopes et aux récoltes abusives) :

*** Carcharodus flocciferus Z., *** Pyrgus alveus HB., *** Pyrgus (carlinae)

cirsii RBR., *** Pyrgus carthami HB., *** Euchloe (ausonia) crameri BUTLER,

*** Satyrium spini D. & S., *** Satyrium acaciae F., *** Heodes alciphron

RoTT., *** Palaeochrysophanus hippothoe L., *** Lampides boeticus L.,

*** Pseudophilotes baton Bergstr., *** Plebejus argus L., ** Polyommatus dory-

las D. & S., *** Fabriciana niobe L., *** Euphydryas maturna L., *** Mellicta

parthenoides KEF., *** Lopinga achine Scop.

Reference

DuTREIx, Claude, 1988. Le peuplement des Lépidoptères de la Bourgogne (Hesperioidea,

Papilionoidea). Société d'Histoire naturelle et des amis du Museum d’Autun, éd.,

277 pp.

Adresse de l’auteur : SHN Autun, 15 rue Saint-Antoine, F-71400 Autun, France.

Nota lepid. 12 Supplement No. 1: 49-51 ; 30.VI.1989 ISSN 0342-7536

Biogéographie de Graellsia isabelae GRAELLS

(Saturniidae)

Albert MASO I PLANAS et Pierre WILLIEN

Adaptation au milieu

G. isabelae est une espèce adaptée a un milieu très concret. Les conditions optimales

d’emergence de l’imago sont : de 20 a 25°C, de 70 a 80 p. 100 d’humidite. Celles-ci

se produisent au printemps dans les écosystèmes ou on la rencontre. L’imago vole

de la fin mars au début du mois de juillet, avec une densité optimale de vol en mai,

encore qu’au nord des Pyrénées elle puisse avoir lieu en juin. Les 2 émettent des

phéromones, mais les d se montrent lorsque la température est supérieure à 13°C

et l'humidité inférieure à 80 p. 100. Ce minimum thermique est inférieur à la

normale chez les insectes, ce qui lui permet de s’adapter aux milieux froids (durant

les nuits de printemps) ou croissent les forêts d’arbres dont se nourissent les

chenilles : Pinus sylvestris et P. nigra. La chrysalide hiberne (la température optimale

de mortalité minimale se situant entre 8 et 12°C).

Écologie

Contrairement à ce qui a été affirmé, l'altitude minimale où puisse vivre l'espèce

n’augmente pas à mesure que diminue la latitude. Cette confusion provient sans

doute de la rareté des citations la concernant. Maintenant que nous connaissons

mieux sa biogéographie, nous sommes en mesure d’affirmer qu’elle manifeste tout

simplement une nette préférence pour le climat continental et, surtout, qu’elle suit

les forêts des deux conifères mentionnés plus haut.

Il n’est pas plus exact, tel que cela a été publié, qu’elle ne puisse vivre en dessous

de 1000 m. S’il est des zones ou elle n’apparait pas, c’est uniquement du au fait que

ces dernières n’abritent aucun des deux pins en question, ou que l’espèce n’y est pas

encore arrivée. L’altitude et autres facteurs n’y sont donc pour rien, puisqu’en

Catalogne elle a été capturée a 215 m (Garrotxa), 200 m (Emporda), 170m

(Banyoles) et méme 95 m (Cornella del Terri, Gironés). Ce qui est certain, en

revanche, c’est qu’elle évite le littoral.

Repartition

Limitée à la péninsule ibérique et au sud-est de la France, elle constitue 8 popula-

tions au total :

2 en France :

— au nord du Massif central, il y a quelques références, mais on ne peut pas

considérer qu’il y existe une population.

— dans le Jura (Ain), presque touchant l’ouest de la Suisse.

— Hautes-Alpes, longeant la frontière franco-italienne. Il s’agit de la population la

mieux établie et la plus étendue de la France, parvenant jusque dans les

Alpes-Maritimes.

2 dans les Pyrénées :

— occidentales : nord-est du Pays basque (Navarre) et moitié septentrionale de la

province de Huesca.

— orientales : centre et nord de la Catalogne, jusqu’au versant français (Vallespir et

haute Cerdagne). C’est la zone la plus vaste et où l’espèce s’est le mieux adaptée :

elle a été rencontrée dans 86 localités.

4 dans la péninsule ibérique :

— cols de Caro, à proximité du delta de l’Ebre. C’est la population la moins

abondante de la péninsule.

— sierras de Albarracin, Javalambre, Gudar, Penyagolosa, montes Universales et

serrania de Cuenca (provinces de Teruel, Cuenca et Castellon).

— sierra de Guadarrama, à l’ouest de la province de Madrid et régions limitrophes.

C’est la seule population qui ne puisse se nourrir que de P. sylvestris.

— sierras de Cazorla et Segura, dans la province de Jaén, la seule ou il n’existe que

des foréts de P. nigra.

Isolement geographique

Les populations françaises sont nettement séparées les unes des autres, ce qui ne

semble pas être le cas de toutes celles de la péninsule ibérique. Cependant, le fait

qu’elles aient toujours été considérées comme telles a entrainé la description de

diverses sous-espèces, dont pas une seule, à nos yeux, n’est suffisamment prouvée.

En ce qui concerne les zones de Jaen et Guadarrama, la séparation est nette, même

s’il existe dans la province de Ségovie des forêts de P. nigra s'étendant jusqu’à

Teruel-Cuenca. À son tour, cette dernière population pourrait être rattachée à la

minuscule population des cols de Caro et ce, par les montagnes du Maestrat,

concrètement par les cols de Morella, où l’on rencontre des forêts de P. sylvestris

et même de P. nigra. Cette zone de Caro est incontestablement limité au nord par

le Bassin de l’Ebre, étant donné qu'il existe de part et d’autre du fleuve une vaste

étendue totalement dépourvue de pins.

La connexion la plus évidente à nos yeux est celle des Pyrénées. Traditionellement,

on supposait que la frange de séparation entre la population occidentale et la

population orientale occupait tout le nord de la province de Lérida, de Huesca à l’est

d’Andorre. Cependant, à l’heure qu’il est, grâce aux spécimens que nous avons

récoltés, nous pouvons prouver que la population orientale s’étend plus à l’ouest

(elle vit dans la région ouest de l’ Andorre) ; nous l’avons rencontrée, en particulier,

a Jou, au centre de la prétendue frange de séparation, ce qui nous entraine à affirmer

que cette dernière est circonscrite à l’espace transversal que détermine le val d’Aran.

De futures prospections confirmeront ou non cette hypothése selon laquelle les deux

populations des Pyrénées se confondent et ne forment qu’une seule aire très étendue.

Il faut tenir compte du fait que les deux conifères précités se rencontrent d’un bout

à l’autre du territoire.

Adresse des auteurs :

A. Maso i Planas : Guitard 49, 4, 2°, E-08014 Barcelona, Espagne.

P. Willien : 9, rue du Belvédère, F-05300 Laragne, France.

Nota lepid. 12 Supplement No. 1: 52-53 ; 30.VI.1989 ISSN 0342-7536

Past and present studies

on the Mongolian Lepidoptera fauna

L. PEREGOVITS

From the mid 19th century to the first three decades of the 20th century, collecting

in Mongolia was restricted mostly to expeditions which had as their main interest

China, Tibet or southern Siberia. These expeditions usually crossed the present

territory of Mongolia via the Great Lakes Basin or Ulaan-Baator (Urga).

Although the territory was poorly explored, some well-known collectors of this

period (e.g. LEDERER, AVINOV, GROUM-GRSHIMAILO) collected here. The material

collected was studied by STAUDINGER, ALPHERAKY and GROUM-GRSHIMAILO, and

several papers were published at the end of the 19th century. For a long period, these

papers had been the only source for scientists interested in the Lepidoptera of this

part of the Palaearctic region.

Entomological collecting activity increased again at the beginning of the 1960’s.

Most of these expeditions were organised and led by entomologists, although only

a few lepidopterists were involved. This meant that the collecting of Lepidoptera was

only of secondary interest, and was usually restricted to the butterflies. It should be

mentioned that the late Z. KASZAB, former General Director of the Hungarian

Natural History Museum, collected an enormous amount of insect material, inclu-

ding some 41,000 Lepidoptera. Though some papers were published in the series

“Insects of Mongolia” (Science Press, Leningrad), the Lepidoptera material col-

lected by the Mongol-Soviet joint biological expeditions has not yet been fully

investigated. As far as I know, the majority of the material is deposited between

layers of cotton-wool at the Zoological Institute in Leningrad awaiting pinning and

labelling. Of course there were several other less extensive collecting trips, most of

which received little attention, or the results of which were not published.

In 1986, 1987 and 1988, there were four Hungarian lepidopterological expeditions

to Mongolia. The participants, apart from the author and M. HREBLAY, were G.

FABIAN and G. RONKAY in 1986, A. Orosz and T. STEGER in 1987, and Z. VARGA

in 1988. The fourth expedition was undertaken by P. GYULAI and Z. VARGA in

1986. Their trip took place at about the same time as that mentioned above, but the

route was different (Fig. 1). The aim of these expeditions was to sample the

Lepidoptera fauna, with emphasis on the macrolepidoptera, using various methods.

More than 50,000 “macros” were collected, the majority of which have already been

identified. Further expeditions should concentrate on the rather poorly known desert

and high mountain (alpine) habitats, which cover nearly 20% of the country.

2 KI RR

ADORE

NY 236

Fig. 1. Vegetation map of Mongolia. 1. Alpine belt, 2. Montane taiga, 3. Montane forest

steppe, 4. Tall grass steppe, 5. Short grass steppe, 6. Desert. Above : the routes taken by the

various expeditions.

Although results on some groups (Diurna, Arctiidae and a few Noctuidae groups)

have been published or are in print, our final aim is to summarize the findings in

a book on the Mongolian Lepidoptera.

Author’s address : Zoological Department, Hungarian Natural History Museum, Baross u. 13,

H-1088 Budapest, Hungary.

Nota lepid. 12 Supplement No. 1 : 54-57 ; 30.VI.1989 ISSN 0342-7536

The Macrolepidoptera fauna

of the Eastern Carpathians :

a multivariate study

L. PEREGOVITS and J. PODANI

Our knowledge of the macrolepidoptera fauna of the Eastern Carpathians is still

insufficient. Only sparse data have been published and the localities investigated are

unevenly distributed. The objective of the present study is to evaluate available data

and materials by multivariate methods in order to show the influence of collecting

intensity on biogeographical classification.

Material and methods

The present study utilizes checklists compiled by the first author during field trips

to Transylvania from 1978-1984, published data, material deposited at the Zool.

Dept. of the Hung. Nat. Hist. Mus., and private collections. The faunistic records

were entered in a computer data base. A presence/absence matrix composed of 878

species and 137 localities was extracted from the data base. The number of species

per locality ranged from 1 to 449, reflecting an extreme imbalance of sampling.

Therefore, we decided to examine the effect of reducing the number of localities

upon the result. In the first step, localities with less than 23 species were omitted,

so that 54 localities and 869 species remained. In the subsequent steps the threshold

was set to 60 and then to 90 species, yielding 30 localities with 850 species, and

18 localities with 833 species (Fig. 1), respectively. The three data matrices were

subjected to clustering and principal co-ordinate analysis (PCoA), using programs

NCLAS2 and PRINCOOR of the SYN-TAX III package written by the second

author. The dissimilarity coefficient was the complement of Jaccard’s index ; single

and complete linkage methods were selected for clustering. PCoA was based on the

same dissimilarity measure.

Results and discussion

Results of single linkage clustering exhibit chaining (therefore not presented here),

an effect characterizing situations when no sharp clusters can be delimited. Only a

few pairs or small clusters could be recognized. Complete linkage forced a group

structure on the data (Fig. 2), and these groups are not always recognizable in single

linkage and PCoA results (Fig. 3). The eigen-values associated with PCoA axes are

very small and slowly increase, further suggesting that no clear-cut data structure

exists. However, it is worthwile to examine how the positions of the 18 localities are

influenced when additional localities are added to the analysis. Comparison of the

three ordinates show that increase in sample size does not change the relationships

among the objects of the basic set. Numbers of species are important in determining

these relationships, but closely related objects are often found together in the

diagrams despite the great differences in their species number. A conclusion is that

one must be very careful when interpreting biogeographical classifications, because

differences in collecting intensity may obscure similarities between localities.

Nevertheless, obvious biogeographical relationships remain visible even if differences

in species number are great.

Author’s address : Zool. Dept. Hungarian Nat. Hist. Mus., H-1088 Budapest, Baross u. 13,

Hungary.

Fig. 1. The distribution of the 137 collecting localities. The localities with less than 23

collected species are marked with dots, those with > 90 species with numbers 1-18, those with

60-89 species with numbers 19-30 and those with 23-59 species with numbers 31-54.

31 40 29 6 34 25 52 20 37 47 24 21 27 2 8 2 9 13 fl 22 41 43 44 48 49

36_ i

32 54 51 10 19 33 39 7 30 35 38 5 23 3 28 6 8 14 4 17 26 46 42 15 45 53 50

Fig. 2. The results of the complete linkage cluster analysis of 18, 30, and 54 localities,

respectively (for explanation see Fig. 1).

‘(I ‘SI 908 uoneurjdxs 107) Afaaıyoadsaı ‘

soneso] pS PUB OE ‘81 JO VOD OY} JO SNSaI ay, ‘€ “BLY

Nota lepid. 12 Supplement No. 1 : 58 ; 30.VI.1989 ISSN 0342-7536

Geographical distribution of Lepidoptera

in the Italian peninsula : A numerical analysis (*)

Tommaso RACHELI & Alberto ZILLI

An overall biogeographical survey of Italian Macrolepidoptera has never been

undertaken. None the less, our actual knowledge of taxonomy and distribution of

many Lepidopterous taxa is more than satisfactory.

The similarity index for binary data proposed by BARONI-URBANI & BUSER has been

used to ascertain the faunal relationships between areas on the basis of studies on

Papilionoidea, Hesperioidea and Noctuidae, comprising a total of 951 species.

A data matrix of the 951 taxa according to their presence/absence in 13 regions was

set down. The regions were arranged not as strictly political units, but lumped into

more “natural” regions. As faunistic data were poor for Campania, the presence of

many species likely to occur there were added. Corsica, Sardinia and Sicily have

been excluded from the analysis.

A single-link cluster analysis gave the following results :

(1) The cluster relative to Noctuidae + Papilionoidea + Hesperioidea exhibits a high

degree of similarity at 0.75, differentiating however three subclusters which

identify the Alps, the Apennines and Liguria ;

(2) The cluster relevant to Noctuidae (714 species) shows a difference for Toscana

due to a probable underestimation of the data, while Piemonte + Val d’Aosta

is significantly removed from the Alps :

(3) The Hesperioidea, being few species (30), give no general information, dis-

playing however a high homogeneity in the distribution due to the relatively

high incidence of euriecious species which are spread over large territorial

ZONES ;

(4) The cluster for Papilionoidea, comprising 207 species, exhibits four main

subclusters, one centred in Piemonte and the others representing the central-

eastern Alps, northern Apennines and central-southern Apennines.

The main result emerging from the present analysis is the high degree of faunistic

similarity between all the regions studied.

The data obtained with quantitative methods reflect the actual scenario without

considering the species qualitatively ; each have different population dynamics, and

are distributed according to their unique history.

The high number of species used in the present analysis is suggestive of a “true”

homogeneity of the Macrolepidoptera in the Italian peninsula, with small geographi-

cal differences from North to South where the Apennines have played and still play

a major role in faunistic balancing.

(*) The research has been supported by grants M.P.I. 40% and 60%.

Author’s address : Department of Human and Animal Biology, University of Rome, Italy.

Nota lepid. 12 Supplement No. 1 : 59-60 ; 30.VI.1989 ISSN 0342-7536

Les Lépidoptères et la végétation dans la zone sommitale

du massif du Crêt de la Neige (Ain, France)

P. REAL

Notre collègue J. F. Prost a inventorié environ 470 plantes supérieures dans la zone

sommitale du Cret de la Neige. Nous pouvons faire état d'environ 560 Lépidoptères

(dont 406 Macro»).

Plantes et Lépidoptères ont subi les mêmes vicissitudes dès avant l’ère tertiaire

jusqu’à aujourd’hui. Cependant le spectre biogéographique des deux ensembles est

très different. Notre communication ne portera que sur les «Macrolepidopteres».

Chez les plantes, 30% sont endémiques européennes, contre 2,2% chez les Lépido-

ptères. On pourrait admettre que la qualité «européenne» est une variante de

l’ensemble du fonds commun eurasiatique dont le total chez les plantes atteindrait

alors 57%. Chez les Lépidoptères, 63% des espèces sont de ce type.

Les grandes différences s’observent dans les proportions des sphères froides (alpine,

boréoalpine, hygroholarctique) et chaudes (diverses méditerranéennes, sarmatiques)

qui constituent respectivement chez les plantes 31 et 7% des espèces, et chez les

Lépidoptères 17 et 18%. Cette situation provient de ce que les Lépidoptères qui sont

mobiles ont abandonné le Crêt de la Neige lors du réchauffement postwürmien

tandis que les plantes tendaient à rester sur place, avec un faible apport méridional.

D'où une modification partielle de l’allure de la faune, et une adaptation progressive

aux plantes locales.

Il aurait été intéressant de s’attarder aux différences d’ordre systématique. On se

bornera à ce qui suit. Les Lépidoptères ont de grandes familles cosmopolites,

Noctuides (ici 22%), Géométrides (ici 26%) ; la plus grande famille botanique, les

Composées, est limitée à 12%, les Graminées à 9%, les Papilionacées à 5%, les

Rosacées à 4,5% etc. Là encore il est évident que le rôle des diverses familles comme

supports ne sera pas en rapport avec le % d’espèces.

Nous avons tenté, à partir d’un fichier plantes-hotes/Lépidopteres, d’evaluer la

liaison. Il en est sorti que la mobilité des chenilles dans l’intérieur d’une famille

botanique est l’apanage de 27% des espèces, et d’une famille à l’autre, de 30,5%, à

l'échelle française. Cependant sur le total de nos captures en zone altitudinale, plus

de 300 espèces dépendent d’une seule famille.

En considérant les espèces qui habiteraient les plantes rencontrées et les espèces

voisines sur lesquelles une adaptation est très probable, nous avons chiffré une faune

virtuelle d’environ 1000 espèces. Le massif supporterait donc 1550 espèces et un

gros travail reste a faire surtout chez les ex-«Micros».

Nous aboutissons enfin à classer les espèces en allant de la plus grande polyphagie

a la stricte monophagie. La zone sommitale restreint un peu les données et certaines

espèces y sont probablement contraintes à la monophagie, sauf migration. Ce

phénomène n’a pas une grande ampleur. 9% des espèces vivent sur au moins 4

familles botaniques : souvent on observe une pseudo-oligophagie de base, élargie

ensuite. 10% d’espèces, surtout des Géométrides, vivent sur 3 familles.

16% vivent sur seulement 2 familles : 1/5 est pseudo-oligophage ; 1/4 choisit deux

familles voisines du point de vue systématique, surtout Dialypétales ; 1/5 est centre

sur les Ericacées ; d’autres autour de Thymus serpyllum, de Composées et de

Dipsacacées.

315 «Macros» vivent sur une seule famille, sur un genre ou même une espèce (56

monophages). Nous ne pouvons, dans ce cadre, donner que quelques exemples :

Colias palaeno L. vit sur Vaccinium uliginosum, Eupithecia veratraria H.-S. sur

Veratrum album, Minoa murinata Scop. sur Euphorbia cyparissias, Zygaena fausta

L. sur Coronilla vaginalis, Apamea platinea TR. sur Hippocrepis comosa, Adela

fibulella D. & S. sur Veronica chamaedrys, Euphya frustata TR. sur Galium verum,

Pterophorus nephelodactylus EVERSM. sur Cirsium eriophorum etc. Nombreux sont

les exemples d’espéces ou de genres vivant sur un genre botanique.

Il parait plus important de souligner un fait qui ne semble pas avoir été remarqué,

tant a l’échelle générale (par ex. la France), que locale: il existe beaucoup plus

d’especes (25%) vivant sur des Composées, que l’importance numérique de cette

famille ne permet de le supposer (12%). À l’échelle française, on remarque de même

que des familles très évoluées se comportent ainsi : plus de 45% des Cochylidae, plus

de 42% des Pterophoridae. Le phénomène s’accentue avec le degré d'évolution du

groupe de Lépidoptères. On recherchera ce phénomène, ses modalités et ses causes

chez d’autres familles botaniques très évoluées.

Les relations des Lépidoptères avec leurs plantes-hôtes sont très complexes. Encore

n’a-t-on pas évoqué ce qui se passe chez les ex «Micros» et apparentés, ni les modes

de nutrition, dont celui des imagines.

Adresse de l’auteur : Loubassane T 1, F-13090 Aix-en-Provence, France.

Nota lepid. 12 Supplement No. 1 : 61-62 ; 30.VI.1989 ISSN 0342-7536

Les Lépidoptères alpins et méditerranéens

du massif du Crêt de la Neige (Ain, France)

P. RÉAL

Le Crêt de la Neige (1723 m) est le plus haut sommet du Jura, situé très au sud,

mais il n’a l'horizon barré que sur 135° d’angle, principalement au sud par le Vercors

et la Chartreuse (à env. 160 km) et dans le quadrant SE par les Alpes, Revard,

Bauges, monts d’Annecy (a env. 50 km) puis par les Alpes cristallines (Reposoir et

Dent du Misi, à 60 km). Il en résulte qu'il constitue un promontoire avec vue libre

sur 225%.

La flore et la faune qui l’habitent illustrent cette particularité. Nous avons fait une

série d’expeditions sur ce terrain difficile d’accés et avons par nos récoltes et

quelques complements de la littérature recensé plus de 550 espèces, dont 405

Macrolépidoptères dont la biogéographie est assez connue pour permettre des

conclusions assez sures. Il semble qu’anterieurement moins de 180 espèces aient été

signalées au dessus de la forêt, en général, de 1350 à 1450 m, jusqu’aux sommets.

Dans la littérature, surtout helvétique, les sphères biogéographiques sont peu ou pas

définies ; nous avons dû écarter, en principe, du sujet qui nous intéresse, de

nombreuses espèces qui ne sont que des eurasiatiques orophiles, et faire le départ

entre les méditerranéomontagnardes et les alpines ; en outre il faut distinguer entre

alpines, boréoalpines, hygroholarctiques d’une part, méditerranéoasiatiques, atlan-

toméditerranéennes et parfois tyrrhéniennes, ou pontosarmatiques d’autre part. Les

résultats sont les suivants.

1. Macrolépidoptères alpins, 20 dont 18 connus dans la littérature ; celle-ci contient

de plus 9 espèces dont 3 sont les célèbres douteuses, Oeneis glacialis MOLL.,

Parnassius phoebus F., Colias phicomone Esp. ; 11 autres ont été rayées à juste titre

par J. F. AUBERT.

2. Boréoalpins : 18 dont 8 connues dans la littérature qui mentionne 2 espèces à

rayer de la liste jurassienne.

3. Hygroholarctiques : 4 espèces dont 3 déjà citées.

4. Méditerranéoasiatiques : 54 espèces dont 10 citées dans la littérature plus 11

autres citées qui n’atteignent peut-être pas les sommets.

5. Atlantoméditerranéens : 4 espèces plus 2 citées dans la litterature.

6. Méditerranéomontagnards : 14 dont 6 connus dans la littérature qui en cite

encore deux autres.

7. Pontoméditerranéens : difficiles à définir, au moins 1 espèce.

8. Subtropicaux et plus ou moins cosmopolites : 3 (2 cités dans la littérature qui en

cite 3 autres).

Autres Lépidoptères («Micros» etc.) : nous avons (les n° renvoient aux sphères

ci-dessus) :

1 — 18 espèces dont 7 citées dans la littérature qui en indique 4 autres.

2 — 27 dont 10 dans la littérature où figurent 4 autres plus une à supprimer.

3 — 2 espèces, les autres holarctiques étant de zone tempérée (6 espèces).

4 — 28 espèces dont 2 dans la littérature ou en figurent 8 autres.

6 — 6 espèces dont 3 dans la littérature.

7 — 1 espèce possible mais non déterminée avec certitude.

8 — 1 seule espèce ( Plutella xylostella L.).

Un certain nombre d’espèces sont nouvelles pour le Jura :

Autographa aemula D. & S., alpin d’Eurasie, sur flancs E et W.

Entephria contestata VORBRDT., alpin, trouvé au Colomby de Gex.

Aricia artaxerxes F., très rare, au sommet du Crêt de la Neige.

Catoptria luctiferella HB., alpin, pris sous le Reculet.

Kessleria saxifragae STT., alpin, pris sous le Reculet.

Epinotia granitana H.-S., boréoalpin, dans les Conifères subsommitaux.

Rhyacia helvetina BsDv., méditerranéomontagnard pris sur le flanc E.

Scotopteryx vicinaria DUP., méditerranéomontagnard, pris sous le Reculet.

Diceratura roseofasciana MN., subsp. leucanthana CST. (S. du Reculet).

Nous devons signaler que quelques espèces mal connues, non encore retrouvées par

nous, ont été découvertes pour la première fois en France dans le massif du Crêt de

la Neige. Nous ne l’avons publié que pour Blastotere laevigatella H.-S. (trouvée

depuis dans les Hautes-Alpes) ; ce sont aussi Cataplectica silerinella Z., Caloptilia

loriolella FREY et Stenoptilia lutescens H.-S. (bona sp. ?).

Au total nous attirons l’attention sur 140 espèces, 46 appartenant aux sphères

biogéographiques froides, 94 aux chaudes, la littérature essentielle citant seulement

33 espèces de la première série, 36 de la seconde. À noter que 11 espèces

appartenant aux sphères froides, prétendument présentes dans le Jura, ont été rayées

de la liste. Mais notre travail ne nous a permis de récolter a ce jour, selon nos

évaluations, qu'environ 1/3 de ce qui peut exister dans ce massif, les Lépidoptères

autres que les «Macros» requérant une nouvelle prospection importante.

Adresse de l’auteur : Loubassane T1, F 13090 Aix-en-Provence, France.

Nota lepid. 12 Supplement No. 1 : 63-64 ; 30.VI.1989 ISSN 0342-7536

Zoographical survey of the Mongolian Noctuidae fauna

Z. VARGA, L. RONKAY and L. PEREGOVITS

The importance of investigating the Mongolian lepidopterous fauna is emphasized

by the following points : 1. The boundaries of some major faunal types with

antagonistic dynamics, some of which overlap, run through the country; 2. It

appears to be an important centre of diversification for some characteristic xeromon-

tane and eremic genera. Our investigations were based on material consisting of

more than 100,000 specimens collected mainly by Hungarian expeditions (see

PEREGOVITS, this Supplement, p. 00).

The present fauna has been determined by the extreme continental climate, the

varied orographical and edaphic conditions of the region, and historically by the

effect of the great climatic fluctuations during the Pleistocene. The S. Siberian taiga,

montane taiga, altoherbosa and the “arboreal derived tall grass” steppe faunas have

been displaced by the non-arboreal faunas of xeromontane and eremial types. The

contact zones of some W. and E. Palaearctic subspecies of some species (e.g. Polia

bombycina HUFNAGEL) are to be found here.

Fig. 1. The distribution of a selection of species typical of their faunal types : Manchurian

arboreal : Hydraecia mongoliensis URBAHN (large open triangle) ; Siberian arboreal : Xestia

sincera H.-S. (filled diamond), Polia vespertilio DRAUDT (tall open triangle) ; tundro-alpine

and alpine : Xestia laetabilis pergratiosa KovAcs and VARGA (filled circle), Lasionycta leucocy-

cla altaica STGR (crossed circle), Estimata herrichschaefferi ALPHERAKY (inverted filled

triangle).

Fig. 2. As Fig. 1. Xeromontane : Dichagyris ignara STGR (filled triangle), Dichagyris kaszabi

VARGA (filled circle), Rhyacia junonia schistochroa KovAcs and VARGA (crossed circle),

Haderonia sukharevae (inverted triangle) ; eremial : Aleucanitis mongoliensis WILTSHIRE (filled

square), Cardiestra gobideserti VARGA (barred filled circle), Hadula halodeserti (VARGA (open

square).

The two major groups of the oreal faunal types, the alpine s.l. (in this connection

as “S. Siberian alpine”), and the xeromontane intergrade here. The distribution of

the former has a clearly peripheric, scattered character, following the main ranges

of the Mongolian Altai, Changaj, Chentei and Sajan mountains. During the pluvial

phases of the Pleistocene, these mountains served as “stepping stone” corridors

and/or filters for the tundral and S. Siberian alpine and arboreal faunal types. The

xeromontane faunal elements of the Mongolian Noctuidae fauna have, on one hand,

a more or less autochtonous character manifested by the presence of endemic taxa

of some species-rich genera, e.g. Dichagyris, Euxoa, Haderonia, and on the other

they show connections with some central Asiatic regions, especially Kurdistan, by

the presence of numerous common, but stenochorous species, e.g. Pseudohadena,

Paleoagrotis, Dichagyris, Euxoa, Parexarnis.

The desert/semi-desert areas, which served in the interpluvial stages as the main

barriers for faunal movements of the region, presently provide habitats for many,

mostly endemic or stenochorous, eremic species and subspecies (see Figs. ).

Though physiognomically similar landscapes can be found not so far away (e.g.

Turkestan, Tibet), it is striking that in cases of some genera and species groups, the

number of vicariant taxa is high, especially compared with Turkestan.

Future studies will have to focus on the poorly known eremial and montane steppe

faunas, e.g. the island-like exclaves of the Gobi Altai chain and the Hangay

mountains.

Authors’ address: Department of Evolutionary Zoology, L. Kossuth University, H-4010

Debrecen, Hungary.

Nota lepid. 12 Supplement No. 1: 65 ; 30.VI.1989 ISSN 0342-7536

History of Lepidopterology — Geschichte der Lepidopterologie — Histoire

de la lepidopterologie

Soixante ans de lépidoptérologie italienne

Prof. Sergio BEER

Le rapporteur évoque les traits saillants du caractère et de l’activité des lépidopté-

rologues italiens disparus qu'il a connus personnellement : Emilio TURATI, Ruggiero

VERITY, Ubaldo Roccı, Attilio FIoRI, Orazio QUERCI, Federico HARTIG, etc.

Cet exposé est précédé d’une introduction historique concernant l’apport des

auteurs italiens au développement de la lépidoptérologie après la réforme linnéenne

(œuvres de Leonardo DE PRUNNER, Giuseppe GENE, Vittore GHILIANI, Pietro Rossi,

Orazio CosTA, Luigi FAILLA TEALDI, Antonio CURO, Fortunato ROSTAGNO, Renato

PERLINI, Mario MARIANI et autres); il est suivi d’un aperçu de l’activité des

lépidoptérologues actuels et des perspectives ouvertes par les méthodes nouvelles

d’etude et de vulgarisation (méthodes génétiques et biomoléculaires ; éco-ethologie

comparée, cinéma et télévision, etc.). Il se termine par le tableau encourageant des

liens étroits entre les membres de la «famille SEL», qui préfigure l’unité de l’Europe

au-delà des frontières, des langues et des systèmes politiques, unité soutenue par une

même passion pour les êtres les plus splendides et les moins bruyants de toute la

nature vivante.

Adresse de l’auteur : Cavalieri di Rodi 2, I-18014 Ospedaletti (Imperia), Italia.

The history of butterfly research in the Caucasus

Yuri P. NEKRUTENKO

The following entomologists have provided the greatest contribution to our know-

ledge of the butterfly fauna of the Caucasus. Full details will appear in my book “The

butterflies of the Caucasus” (Vol. 1) under the title “The history of research : people,

collections, publications”.

E. MENETRIES (1802-1861), A. VON NORDMANN (1803-1866), F. A. KOLENATI

(1812-1864), A. KINDERMANN (1810-1860), J. HABERHAUER (1828-1902), J.

LEDERER (1821-1870), O. STAUDINGER (1830-1900), S. ALPHERAKY (1850-1918),

H. CHRISTOPH (1831-1894), N. N. SHAVROV (1858-?), G. RADDE (1831-1903), L.

BRAMSON (1842-1909), E. BALLION (1816-1901), A. BECKER (1818-1901), N. M.

ROMANOFF (1859-1919), A. A. JACHONTOV (1879-1973), L. A. SHELJUZHKO

(1890-1969), V. V. Sovinsky (1881-1957), M. A. RıaBov (1890-1962), E. S.

MILJANOWSKI (1908-1976).

Author’s address : Institute of Zoology, Lenin Street 15, SU-252601 Kiev, Ukraine, U.S.S.R.

Nota lepid. 12 Supplement No. 1 : 66 ; 30.VI.1989 ISSN 0342-7536

Life Histories and Biology — Entwicklung und Biologie — Biologie

An attempt at the classification

of six species of Satyrus (s.l.)

based on morphological characters of the early stages

(Nymphalidae : Satyrinae) | |

Enrique GARCIA-BARROS and José-Luis VIEJO

The early stages of many European Satyrini have long been known, but no attempt

has been made to evaluate their importance in classification.

In a preliminary approach based on a small number of species, we attempt to assess

the results of including egg, larval and pupal characters together with adult features

(mainly those previously used in taxonomic arrangements of this group) when

calculating overall similarities among species.

The possible relevance of some morphological features of the immature stages of

Satyrus s.l. is briefly discussed.

Author’s address: Departamento de Biologia, Unidad de Zoologia C-XV, Universidad

Autonoma de Madrid, Cantoblanco, 28049 Madrid, Spain.

Nota lepid. 12 Supplement No. 1 : 67 ; 30.VI.1989 ISSN 0342-7536

Phenological synchronization and adaptation

in five satyrine butterflies from central Spain

Enrique GARCIA-BARROS

This communication summarizes the results of breeding experiments and field

observations of five satyrines from central Spain : Hipparchia alcyone D. & S., A.

semele L., H. statilinus HUFN., H. fidia L. and Maniola jurtina L. The phenology

and behaviour of these five species in the study area is stated and briefly compared

with the literature data.

The patterns of adult seasonal abundance differ among the five species, but the dates

of oviposition and the beginning of larval feeding periods are, as a general rule,

remarkably similar. This can be regarded as the result of a synchronization of the

larval feeding periods with the period when rains are expected and consequent

growth of the larval foodplants. As stated by previous workers on the subject, it

appears that the seasonal pattern of larval feeding of temperate monovoltine satyrines

has been strongly influenced by the seasonal distribution of rains in temperate areas.

Thus, it is suggested that some phenological adaptations known from temperate

satyrines (delayed ovarian maturation, first instar larval quiescence) might have

evolved as responses to the occupation of dry areas (or climatic changes) in certain

species.

Author’s address: Departamento de Biologia, Unidad de Zoologia C-XV, Universidad

Autonoma de Madrid, Cantoblanco E-28049 Madrid, Spain.

Nota lepid. 12 Supplement No. 1 : 68-69 ; 30.VI.1989 ISSN 0342-7536

Some biological and behavioural notes

on the Scythrididae

(Gelechioidea)

P. PASSERIN D’ENTREVES & C. FESSILE

Five larvae of Scythris flaviventrella (HERRICH-SCHAEFFER) were collected on Mount

Rocciamelone, at an elevation of about 1000 m (Valley of Susa : Prov. of Torino :

NW Italy). Two of them were found on Helianthemum apenninum (MILL.) [ Cista-

ceae], and three on Astragalus onobrychis (L.) [Papilionaceae]. This is the first

report of the occurrence of this species in Italy.

The caterpillars were raised using the same plant species as foodplant. In this

connection it is relevant to observe that Scythris flaviventrella is a member of the

strictly pea-family eating ‘aerariella group’ (PASSERIN D’ENTREVES 1982). The

species had previously only been known to feed on Vicia sp.

The mature larvae are marbled orange-grey in colour and measure 13 mm in length.

They weave a loose fabric of silk joining leaves of the foodplant together, shielding

a more closely knit silken tube. The latter is used as a shelter and is attached to the

plant’s stem. The imagines emerged 10-12 days after pupation.

Courtship took place in the upper part of the breeding cage where the two partners

flew separately (Fig. 1). The males probably discover females from their pheromone

emissions and start following them, walking about 10 cm behind. After a while, the

female continues to walk straight ahead, while the male follows a wide circular path,

leading him to face the female from a distance of 5-6 cm. At this moment the male

starts a series of three consecutive wing vibrations, each performed at a smaller

distance from the female. When the two partners reach to touch each other by the

tips of their antennae, they start vibrating their wings simultaneously, more quickly

than during the previous part of courtship. The following step consists of opening

their fore and middle legs until they reach a vertical position, and contact with the

substrate is kept by their wing-tips and metathoracic legs only.

Then the male reaches forward with its abdomen, making contact with the female’s

genital opening. Once copulation has begun the two partners make a quick lateral

rotation movement and assume a tail-to-tail position. The whole courtship lasts

several minutes. Copulation normally takes place in the late afternoon and lasts 6-7

hours. During this time the two partners remain immobile. An attempt to disturb

the pair made by an intruding male had no effect.

Each of our 2 females mated again, always with the same partner, about 48 h after

the first copulation.

Author’s address : Dipartimento di Biologia animale, Via Academia Albertina 17, I-10123

Torino, Italy.

Fig. 1. The courtship of Scythris flaviventrella (H.-S.).

Nota lepid. 12 Supplement No. 1 : 70 ; 30.VI.1989 ISSN 0342-7536

Factors affecting flower choice in butterflies

V. SARTO I MONTEYS, V. E. JONES, K. HARRISON & J. YLLA

Flower selection, for nectar feeding, by two species of tropical butterflies, Eurema

hecabe and Eurema brigitta (Pieridae : Coliadinae), has been studied.

The trials, using one butterfly at a time, were run inside 3 x 3 x 2 m tents which

contained flowering plants, on James Cook University Campus in Townsville,

Queensland, between December 1986 and January 1987. A total of 16 species of

flowering plants, belonging to 11 families, were offered to the butterflies ; 4 pots per

plant species were used.

The butterflies were obtained from eggs laid on their foodplants ; they were sexed,

tagged and released into the tents immediately after emergence. In this way the sex

and age of butterflies in each trial was known.

The most important data recorded per trial were the number of open flowers per

individual plant, number of initial flower visits and total settlings on each plant

performed by a particular individual butterfly and time spent nectaring on those

flowers. Other data were relative to the butterfly age, some weather parameters and

average height of the flowers from the ground.

To enable interpretation of results three partial indices of flower preference by the

butterflies have been defined as well as a total index. Such indices take into

consideration the probability a particular type of flower has of being used as a nectar

source according to its abundance in the tent when the trial was run.

The results are based on a recorded feeding time of 18565 sec and 20983 sec for

E. hecabe and E. brigitta respectively. Recorded flower visits were 1869 for E.

hecabe and 1108 for E. brigitta.

Results clearly support a non-randomized flower selection by the butterflies, the very

likely existence of a search image at an individual level and significant differences

in flower selection between species and sexes within the species.

The factors that might be responsible for such a selection, such as nectar compo-

nents, colour of the flowers within the insect’s visual spectrum, morphological

features affecting the flower, such as shape, corolla width and length, nectar location,

butterfly proboscis lengths, and others, are presently being measured and will be

discussed.

Author’s address : Carrer Doctor Fleming, 74-2do-I, Mollet del Valles (Barcelona), Spain.

Nota lepid. 12 Supplement No. 1: 71 ; 30.VI.1989 ISSN 0342-7536

Some faunistic and ecological aspects

of the autumn and winter noctuid moths

of a locality in Central Spain

(Noctuidae)

José Luis YELA GARCIA

Noctuid moths (Lepidoptera : Noctuidae) were caught between early April 1983

and late May 1985 in Trillo, Guadalajara (Central Spain). This locality is 732 m

above sea level in the Tagus Valley. Its climate is continental-mediterranean. The

dominant type of vegetation is evergreen oak forest (Quercetum rotundifoliae),

although other plant communities of some importance exist. Among these are the

gall oak forest (Cephalanthero-Quercetum fagineae) and riparian forests ( Populion

albae). During the sampling period 250 watt mercury-vapour light traps were placed

every 15 days in three locations : one in an evergreen oak forest, another in a gall

oak forest and a third one in a small valley with riparian forest and orchards, so that

we have generally taken two samples per month in each location (in some cases three

samples per month). In this study we consider and discuss only the results obtained

in the months between November and March, giving special attention to the

supposed ecological preferences of the species for each plant community considered.

Author’s address : c/ Vegafria 1, L-3, 28035 Madrid, Spain.

Nota lepid. 12 Supplement No. 1: 72 ; 30.V1.1989 ISSN 0342-7536

Spatial partitioning of Heterogynis penella HB. cocoons :

Evidence for sexual selection on larval behaviour (* )

Alberto ZILLI & Tommaso RACHELI

Heterogynis penella (HUBNER, 1819) is a species with a west Mediterranean range.

It is strongly sexually dimorphic. The males are normally winged and with plumed

antennae. The females lack all cephalic and thoracic appendages and spend their life

inside their cocoons, except when they protrude outside to attract the males for

mating. After copula, the females return inside the pupal exuvia, eggs are laid and

subsequently the young larvae devour their mothers. After this period of cannibalism

the larvae change diet and move on to their foodplants.

In the central Apennines it has been observed that the female cocoons and hence

the adult females are found on stems at higher levels than those of the males. This

phenomenon can be explained as the result of intra-sexual selection in the females,

in that female larvae need to climb up higher to be better exposed at mating time.

The male larvae do not need to spin cocoons in prominent sites because the adults

can fly.

The proposal of parental specialisation as the underlying factor which affects and

regulates the intensity of sexual selection was examined. With a 1 : 1 sex ratio,

members of the less specialised sex would need to compete more, because the

reproductive success of one sex strongly depends on the meeting occasions with the

other.

Because of the remarkable behaviour of the females, all their life being devoted to

increasing their offsprings’ chances of survival, intrasexual competition for mates

should be expected to occur in the male sex. The unique life cycle affects the relevant

population densities of both sexes: the females are more aggregated than males,

which are scattered all over their habitat. For such reasons, males can be viewed also

as a limiting resource to females, which attain their reproductive success only if they

succeed in attracting the flying males. It is a selective advantage for the female to find

a conspicuous position for releasing her sex pheromone and to succeed in attracting

a male to her, rather than to one of the nearby females. The successful arrival of a

male is likely to be influenced by visual cues, as the females retain the black and

yellow-striped larval pattern.

(*) The research has been supported by grants M.P.l. 40% and 60%.

Author’s address : Department of Human and Animal Biology, University of Rome, Rome,

Italy.

Nota lepid. 12 Supplement No. 1: 73 ; 30.VI.1989 ISSN 0342-7536

Nomenclature and taxonomy — Nomenklatur und Taxonomie — Nomen-

clature et taxonomie

Confusion around Kessleria zimmermanni (NOWICKI)

(Y ponomeutidae)

P. HUEMER and G. TARMANN

The genus Kess/eria is distributed in the Holarctic Region, Papua, New Guinea,

Madagascar and New Zealand. Numerous species live in mountainous or even high

alpine areas. The larvae feed mainly on various species of Saxifragaceae ; only a few

taxa are able to exploit other host-plants.

Nowicki described Kessleria zimmermanni from a large number of specimens

collected in the Tatra mountains. In the original description almost no differences

were noted between the sexes. In the early years of this century HAUDER collected

a number of Kess/eria in Styria and Upper Austria including two flightless females.

Nevertheless, he identified this material as zimmermanni, as also did FRIESE with the

population from Tyrol, believing that zimmermanni occurs in the Tatra and the

Eastern Alps.

In 1960 FRIESE revised the Palaearctic Yponomeutidae including Kessleria. Al-

though he did not examine any material of zimmermanni from the type-locality

(Tatra), he described a new species, fatrica, from a single male collected in the Tatra.

FRIESE’s Zimmermanni included males from Eastern Austria and specimens of both

sexes from Tyrol. However, he obviously never dissected males from Tyrol nor

females from Styria. Therefore, when the authors started a revisional work on

Kessleria it was really surprising that zimmermanni sensu FRIESE is a mixture of two

different species, one restricted to Eastern Austria, the other to Tyrol and both with

flightless females. The species are easily distinguishable by their forewing markings

and the genitalia of both sexes.

As a preliminary result of the previous revisional work on Kessleria the following

proposals are stated : |

(1) Kessleria zimmermanni is a species either restricted to the Tatra mountains or

distributed in the Tatra and Eastern Austria.

(2) Kessleria tatrica is possibly a junior synonym of zimmermanni.

(3) The population from eastern Austria is either zimmermanni or, more likely, a

distinct species.

(4) The population from Tyrol does not belong to zimmermanni and is possibly an

undescribed species.

The confusion around Kessleria zimmermanni demonstrates the problems of

modern taxonomy. The authors will try to examine all the original material and

undertake additional field studies.

Authors’ address : Tiroler Landesmuseum Ferdinandeum, Museumstr. 15, A-6020 Innsbruck,

Austria.

Nota lepid. 12 Supplement No. 1 : 74-76 ; 30.VI.1989 ISSN 0342-7536

Les espèces ibériques du genre Conistra

(Lepidoptères : Noctuidae).

Critères pour l'identification des femelles

par les genitalia.

Ibon DE OLANO

L'auteur a fait l’etude du genre Conistra HUEBNER (1821) dans la Péninsule ibérique,

genre dont les espèces ont une phénologie hivernale, un cycle biologique univoltin,

et dont les imagos ont une période de repos pendant la période la plus froide.

Il se base sur la «Lista Sistematica de los Noctuidae de la Peninsula» publiée au

volume V de l’ouvrage «Mariposas de la Peninsula iberica» (GOMEZ BUSTILLO,

ARROYO VARELA et YELA GARCIA, 1986), et sur la liste mise a jour des Noctuidae

d’Alava (OLANO, MARCOS et SALAZAR, 1987). Le genre Conistra compte 11 espèces

dans la Peninsule, groupées en deux sous-genres.

L’auteur fournit les données nécessaires pour l'identification génitale des femelles et

des dessins schématiques des genitalia femelles.

C. (Conistra) vaccinii (LINNAEUS, 1761)

Deux signums larges et petits (Fig. 1).

C. (C.) ligula (ESPER, 1791)

Un signum large (Fig. 2).

C. (C.) alicia (LAJONQUIERE, 1939)

Un signum arrondi (Fig. 3).

C. (C.) veronicae (HUEBNER, 1813)

Deux rangées de signums arrondis qui se rejoignent en formant un V à l’envers

(Fig. 4).

C. (C.) rubiginosa (SCoPOLI, 1763)

Bursa non arrondie, plaque chitineuse occupant le milieu du cervix (ostium

bursae ?) ; deux rangées longitudinales de signums doubles de quatre faces et

deux signums doubles à la base. (Fig. 5).

C. (C.) gallica (LEDERER, 1857)

Bursa arrondie, plaque chitineuse occupant un tiers du cervix ; trois rangées

longitudinales de signums doubles (Fig. 6).

C. (C.) daubei (DUPONCHEL, 1838)

Plaque chitineuse caractéristique en forme de bec dans le cervix bursae

(Fig. 7).

C. (C.) torrida (LEDERER, 1857)

Trois signums arrondis : deux grands à la base et un autre petit en haut et dans

la face (Fig. 8).

Fig. 1

Cr (€.)

vaccinii

Fig. 4

CC)

veronicae

Fig. 5

ECC.)

rubiginosa

Fig. 6

CAC)

gallica

Fig. 7

C. (C.)

daubei

Fig. 8

C. (C.)

torrida

WE SN |

I \

Fig. 10

CAD)

staudingeri

C.D)

erythrocephala

C. (Dasycampa) rubiginea (DENIS & SCHIFFERMUELLER, 1775)

Trois signums longitudinaux larges, avec plaque chitineuse du ductus plus

courte que dans l’espéce suivante (Fig. 9).

C. (D.) staudingeri (GRASLIN, 1863)

Quatre signums longitudinaux larges (Fig. 10).

C. (D.) erythrocephala (DENIS & SCHIFFERMUELLER, 1775)

Quatre signums longitudinaux larges, l’un plus séparé et plus épais ; grand

cervix bursae (Fig. 11).

Adresse de l’auteur : Instituto Alaves de la Naturaleza, Arabako Natur Institutoa, Siervas de

Jesus, 24 (Torre de Dona Ochanda), E-01001 Vitoria-Gasteiz, Apartado 2092, Espagne.

SEL SOCIETAS EUROPAEA LEPIDOPTEROLOGICA e.V.

- COUNCIL:

President : Emilio Balletto Vice-President : Barry Goater

General Secretary : Hansjürg Geiger Treasurer : Sigbert Wagener

Membership Secretary : Willy De Prins Editor : Emmanuel de Bros

Ordinary Council Members : Henri Descimon, Niels P. Kristensen, Kauri Mikkola,

Andras M. Vojnits, Steven E. Whitebread.

COMMITTEES:

Literature : Pamela Gilbert

Habitat and Species Protection : Michael G. Morris

MEMBERSHIP:

Applications for membership, changes of address and orders for Nota lepidoptero-

logica and other literature should be sent to:

Societas Europaea Lepidopterologica

Hemdener Weg 19, D-4290 Bocholt (Westf. )

Annual subscription fees :

Ordinary members DM 50,-

Corporate members DM 55,-

Admission fee DM 5,-

Overseas air mail charges DM 15,-

BACK VOLUMES OF NOTA LEPIDOPTEROLOGICA :

vol. 2-5, each members DM 24,-

non-members DM 48,-

vol. 6-9, each members DM 32,-

non-members DM 64,-

vol. 10 : members DM 40,-

non-members DM 80,-

PAYMENTS :

All payments should be addressed to :

: Societas Europaea Lepidopterologica

Hemdener Weg 19, D-4290 Bocholt (Westf.)

and can be made by:

Postal Giro Office Cologne — Postgiroamt Koln — C.C.P. Cologne

Nr. 1956 50-507

or by:

“Mandat de poste international”.

Nur fiir Mitglieder in der Bundesrepublik Deutschland kann die Uberweisung auch

auf das Konto Nr. 130500 bei der Stadtsparkasse Bocholt (BLZ 428 500 35)

erfolgen.

United Kingdom members : Due to the unstable state of the pound at present, it is

not possible to quote the subscription rate in this currency. Members should pay the

current sterling equivalent. Cheques and bankers orders should be made payable to

. “Societas Europaea Lepidopterologica U.K. A/c” and sent to Barry Goater, 22

_ Reddings Avenue, Bushey, Herts. WD2 3BP.

All other matters to :

SEL Office, General Secretary Dr. Hansjurg Geiger

Zoologisches Institut Universitat Bern

BaltzerstraBe 3, CH-3012 Bern, Switzerland

Handelsgesellschaft

eo) À OO r m Schweiger & Meiser GmbH & Co. KG

Bittimairstrasse 4

8070 INGOLSTADT/DO.

Telefon (0841) 75583

IHR SPEZIALIST FÜRENTOMOLOGIEBEDARF!

Wir liefern seit vielen Jahren zu günstigen Preisen eine große Auswabl von

Utensilien für den Fach- und Hobbyentomologen.

Für die Zucht:

Zuchtkästen, Puppenkästen, Infrarotstrahler, Zuchtbehälter etc.

Für den Tag- und Nachtfang:

Netze, Gläser, Stromaggregate, Transportkästen, Lampen und Leucht-

röhren etc.

Für das Präparieren:

Insektennadeln, Spannbretter, Präparierbesteck, Kopflupen, Chemika-

lien etc.

Für die Sammlung:

Insektenkästen in allen Größen mit der bewährten Moll- oder Schaum- a

stoffeinlage, Insektenschranke aller Art +

Ein umfangreiches Angebot an neuer und antiquarischer Literatur ist vorhanden.

Schreiben Sie uns oder rufen Sie uns an, wir beraten Sie gern. Unser Katalog steht

Ihnen kostenlos zur Verfügung. Als SEL-Mitglied erhalten Sie bei uns auf sämtliche

Artikel (außer Bücher) 5 % Rabatt.

ich - —

sisferm

Nota lepid. Suppl. No. 2.

Due to circumstances beyond the control of the editors, the following errors could

not be corrected before printing.

Durch Umstände ausserhalb der Kontrolle der Redaktion, konnten die folgenden

Fehler nicht mehr rechtzeitig vor dem Druck korrigiert werden.

A la suite d’un malheureux concours de circonstances, les erreurs suivantes n’ont pas

pus être corrigé à temps.

Errata

P. 2 line 12 : for “interntional” read “international”

P. 6 line 44: for “LINAEUS” read “LINNAEUS”

P. 17 line 36 : for “BSD” read “Bsp”

P. 22 line 9: Add comma after “In 1986”, and remove comma after “population”

P. 23 line 2 : for “EHRHARDT” read “ERHARDT”

P. 30 References : for “EHRHARDT” read “ERHARDT”

P. 31 line 2: for “Cane-Wright” read “Vane-Wright”

P. 43 line 1: for “Treatened” read “Threatened”

P. 43 line 21 : for “Auchenorhynca” read “Auchenorhyncha”

P. 43 line 27 : for “Veroffentlichung” read “ Veröffentlichung”

P. 61 line 39 : for “repealled” read “repealed”

P. 62 lines 2 } 19 : for “lepidoptera” read “Lepidoptera”

P. 63 line 9: for “Tosxiro” read “Toshiro”

P. 68 line 2: for “lepidoptera” read “Lepidoptera”

P. 71 line 26 : for “I means” read “I mean”

P. 78 line 28 : for “forsts” read “forests”

P. 79 References, line 1 : for “scholor” read “scholar”

P. 84 line 15 : for “adress” read “address”

Inside back cover, line 4: for “Prof. Hansjürg Geiger” read “Dr. Hansjürg Geiger”

Inside back cover, line 10 : for “Michael G. Morris” read “Dr. Michael G. Morris”

lepidopterologica

Conservation of Lepidoptera

Schmetterlingsschutz

Protection des papillons

Supplement No.2 1991 ISSN 0342-7536

as a Bene the editor: Sea ae 5 Cine = = mi |

eR Gin i 4312 Magden, Switzerland.

Instructions to authors

ae: ‘ound: is eae for short communications dot me |

terology. Manuscripts should not exceed 15 typed pages (including tab e

All manuscripts should be typed with double spacing and wide

submitted together with at least one copy. All pages should be numb

the author’s name at the top right-hand corner. Do not hyphe

right-hand margin. Current issues of the journal should be ch

format. |

Legends for figures and plates should be typed on a separate sheet and

the list of references. Line drawings should be about twice their fine

waterproof ink should be used. Photographs should be glossy posit

slides can only be accepted for colour plates and ae can only be =

author’s expense. |

an ould be nage to carry out major linguistic corrections rn subn |

manuscript, otherwise considerable delays can be expected. 5

All manuscripts exceeding three typed pages must include a summary en no more

than 100 words. It is strongly recommended to add a translation of the summary

at least one of the other publication languages.

- The first mention of any organism should include the full scientific name with the

author and year of oe New De must conform with the Re

Additional copies may Le ordered at = cost.

electronic or mechanical including de lan I a or a “a information a

system, without permission in writing from the Publisher. rn are Be for the cont n

articles. ie

Nota lepidopterologica

Supplement No.2 1991 Basel, 31.1.1991 ISSN 0342-7536

Editor : Steven E. Whitebread, Maispracherstrasse 51,

CH-4312 Magden, Switzerland

Assistant Editors : Emmanuel de Bros (Binningen, CH)

Dr. Andreas Erhardt (Binningen, CH)

Dr. Hansjiirg Geiger (Bern, CH)

Contents — Inhalt — Sommaire

ROC OR codeur ed TE one 2

Baz, A. : Ranking species and sites for butterfly conservation using

peesenee absence datayim Centhal Spall 2... oscrerbesrecoons 4

ERHARDT, A.: Zum Schutz der Schmetterlinge in der Schweiz: Die

Notwendigkeit eines grösseren, wissenschaftlich fundierten Engage-

ENTE MPPs rte Oe Ce ra ON Be RER 13

LoERTSCHER, M. : Population biology of two satyrine butterflies, Erebia

meolans (DE PRUNNER, 1798) and Erebia aethiops (ESPER, 1777)

(emIGOMlCT Aa SATA) RER ARE EE Een 22

Morris, M. G. & Thomas, J. A. : Progress in the conservation of

GULEENDES sos ee EE nee 32

MunGuIRA, M. L., MARTIN, J. & Rey, J. M.: Use of UTM maps

to detect endangered lycaenid species in the Iberian Peninsula .......... 45

SIBATANI, A. : Memoir on the scientific cooperation between Japan and

the People’s Republic of China for research on Lepidoptera ............. 56

CCIE TTT TET CAEN ON ies cosines nenn 84

Nota lepid. Suppl. No. 2: 2-3 ; 31.1.1991 ISSN 0342-7536

Introduction

In recent years, the importance of Lepidoptera as indicators for the ever

increasing destruction of our environment has achieved more recognition.

Campaigns by several national and international nature protection organi-

sations have publicised the dramatic decline in our butterfly fauna. Although

several SEL members have been involved in these campaigns, SEL as a whole

has not yet been as active as it could be. The Council of SEL has been

seeking ways of improving this situation, especially in view of the rapidly

uniting Europe, and in this respect it was supported by the members at the

last General Meeting. Considering our limited finances, the Council believes

that SEL can best contribute to butterfly protection by providing national

and interntional organisations with advice, based on the wealth of knowledge

within its membership, and by publishing new findings and information on

all aspects of butterfly protection. This special issue of Nota lepidopterologica

should be seen as a first step in this direction. However, SEL can only actively

contribute to butterfly protection if our members are prepared to help. In

this connection, the Council is looking for members in the various countries

of Europe who are prepared to write short reports on butterfly protection

matters in their country (Please contact the editor).

Die Bedeutung der Schmetterlinge als Indikatororganismen ftir die fortschrei-

tende Umweltzerstörung ist in den letzten Jahren verstärkt erkannt worden.

Zahlreiche nationale und internationale Naturschutz-Verbände haben aus

diesem Grunde in oft vielbeachteten Aktionen die Bevölkerung auf die drama-

tische Verarmung unserer Schmetterlingsfauna hingewiesen. Obwohl zahlreiche

SEL-Mitglieder bei diesen Unternehmungen mitgearbeitet haben, hat sich SEL

als Organisation bisher noch nicht im möglichen Ausmasse mit eigenen

Aktivitäten hervorgetan. Der Vorstand von SEL möchte dies in Zukunft

ändern, insbesondere auch vor dem Hintergrund eines sich rasch vereinigenden

Europas, und ist in dieser Absicht durch Vorstösse von Seiten der Mitglieder

an der letzten Generalversammlung unterstützt worden. In Anbetracht der

begrenzten finanziellen Möglichkeiten unserer Gesellschaft erachtet es der Vor-

stand als am sinnvollsten, wenn SEL durch Beratung nationaler und inter-

nationaler Körperschaften das Wissen der Mitglieder bei Schutzbemühungen

einbringt und neue Erkenntnisse und Meldungen über den Schmetterlingsschutz

betreffende Ereignisse sammelt und publiziert. Die vorliegende Sondernummer

soll in dieser Hinsicht einen ersten Schritt darstellen. SEL kann allerdings

nur im Schmetterlingsschutz tätig werden, wenn unsere Mitglieder sich aktiv

beteiligen. Der Vorstand sucht in diesem Zusammenhang noch immer

Mitarbeiter in den verschiedenen europäischen Ländern, die bereit sind,

Kurzberichte über die Geschehnisse in ihrem Land zur Verfügung zu stellen

(Bitte sich beim Redaktor melden).

Ces dernières années, l’importance des Lépidoptères comme indicateurs de

la destruction sans cesse croissante de notre environnement a été enfin re-

connue. Les campagnes lancées par de nombreuses organisations, nationales

et internationales, de protection de la nature ont sensibilisé le public à l’ap-

pauvrissement dramatique de notre faune en ce qui concerne les papillons.

Alors même que plusieurs de nos membres étaient engagés dans ces campagnes,

la SEL en tant qu’organisation ne s’est pas encore lancée dans ce domaine

autant qu’elle aurait pu le faire. Le Conseil de notre société a donc cherché

les voies et moyens pour remédier à cette situation, surtout dans le cadre

d’une Europe en voie d’unification rapide. Tous les membres réunis lors de

la dernière assemblée générale se sont déclarés d’accord de soutenir cet effort.

Tenant compte des possibilités financières réduites de la SEL, le Conseil estime

que le meilleur moyen pour notre société de contribuer à la protection des

papillons consiste à mettre au service des organisations nationales et inter-

nationales le savoir de ses membres pour les conseiller en matière de protection,

et à rassembler et publier les observations et renseignements d’actualité sur

tous les aspects de la protection des papillons. Le présent numéro spécial

de Nota lepidopterologica doit être considéré comme un premier pas dans

ce sens. La SEL ne peut toutefois contribuer concrètement à la protection

des papillons que si ses membres s'engagent activement à participer. Le Conseil

de la SEL recherche donc encore à cet effet des collaborateurs dans les

différents pays d'Europe qui seraient disposés à publier de brefs exposés sur

ce qui se fait dans leur pays en matière de protection des papillons : Prière

de s’annoncer au Rédacteur !

Nota lepid. Suppl. No. 2 : 4-12 ; 31.1.1991 ISSN 0342-7536

Ranking species and sites for butterfly conservation

using presence-absence data in Central Spain

Arturo BAz

Dpt. de Biologia Animal., Universidad de Alcala de Henares, 28871 Alcala de Henares,

adrid, SPAIN

Summary

Rareness or percerit occurrences of species is derived from presence-absence

matrices (sites x species) and used to calculate a set of indices for ranking

sites and species. The indices are designed to weight for sites with greater

species richness and presence of rare species. UTM-grid squares with high

index values are identified. The advantages and disadvantages of the method

are discussed.

Introduction

Conservation efforts are often focussed on species that are rare numerically

or have limited distributions, and/or sites that contain a high species richness

in a relatively undisturbed state.

These two criteria (species richness and rarity) are the most used in wildlife

conservation evaluation (MARGULES & USHER, 1981) and it is often only

possible to obtain species presence-absence data for a series of potential

conservation sites. The biotic data may be augmented with data on site

characteristics such as area, superficial geology, vegetation, etc. Reserve

planners and others must then decide which sites, if protected, would most

achieve their conservation objectives.

Here I present an application of the numerical method of ranking species

and sites (using species presence-absence data) used by Dony & DENHOLM

(1985) and, more recently, by Mmns (1987). The method is applied to the

assemblage of native butterflies in Madrid province (Central Spain). Many

native butterflies have limited distributions that have doubtless been reduced

by human colonisation. There is a need to recognise species and sites requiring

protection to conserve the native assemblage.

Methods

For ranking, the species assemblage and the total set of sites must first be

defined.

In the application presented, the species assemblage is all the native butterflies

in Madrid province (140 species) and the set of sites is the 109 UTM 100 km?

squares of the same province (Fig. 1). The distributional data of the butterfly

species in the UTM squares are extracted from the work of GOMEZ DE

AIZPURUA (1987).

26 27": "28 29 30 31 "zog

ee aS rn» > + +

34"35"36 737 38 39 COX 741 42

‘

h Ab 4

4 4

M5 2225 26 47 28 49 50 5152 53 Il

| AN 556,57 58 59 60 96162569, 64)

r_ an | All| Allin ied à 4

65 66,67 68.6 69 70, m 72 73. 74, 75 ‚76,

re wy

77 78 79 80 ‘81 82 83 84 85, (86, 87, 88 89, 90,

Ab ak

Fig. 1. Map representing the 109 UTM Km? squares of the Madrid province.

The required input data may be described as follows (see Minns, 1987).

Sites Species assemblage

i 1 2 3:01, | m

I Si Da Se Sim

2 Spi 922-923 S2m

3 S31 932 933 S3m

SE on

where n = number of sites; m = number of species and S;, presence (1)/

absence (0) of species j at site 7.

The proportional occurrence (Pj) of species j across n sites is:

Pj = > Si/n

i=1

the conservation priority (Qj) of each species is assumed to be the complement

of its rareness, PJ.

QE =P |

Species which occur at all sites have a priority (Qj) of zero while species

only occurring at one site have a Qj = (n — 1)/n. As the distribution of

a species diminishes, so its conservation priority increases. The species in the

assemblage can be ranked by their Qj values (see Table I).

Table I. Species with priorities values (Qj) 2 mean + SD

Carcharodus flocciferus (ZELLER, 1847)

Agrodiaetus amanda (SCHNEIDER, 1791)

Charaxes jasius (LINNAEUS, 1766)

Carcharodus lavatherae (ESPER, 1780)

Pyrgus fritillarius (Popa, 1761)

Aphantopus hyperantus (LINNAEUS, 1758)

Clossiana euphrosyne (LINNAEUS, 1758)

Clossiana dia (LiNNAEUSs, 1767)

Brenthis ino (ROTTEMBURG, 1775)

Pyrgus cirsii (RAMBUR, 1839

Aricia morronensis (R1BBE, 1910)

Cupido osiris (MEIGEN, 1829)

Hamearis lucina (LINNAEUS, 1758)

Plebicula nivescens (KEFERSTEIN, 1851)

Euchloe belemia (ESPER, 1799)

Artogeia mannii (MAYER, 1851)

Erynnis tages (LINNAEUS, 1758)

Tolana iolas (ÖCHSENHEIMER, 1816)

Chazara prieuri (PIERRET, 1837)

Apatura iris (LINNAEUS, 1758)

Lycaeides idas (LINNAEUS, 1761)

Gegenes nostrodamus (FABRICIUS, 1793)

Plebicula dorylas (D. & S., 1775)

Coenonympha glycerion (BORKHAUSEN, 1788)

Erebia meolans (PRUNNER, 1798)

Pyrgus serratulae (RAMBUR, 1839)

Pyrgus armoricanus (OBERTHUR, 1910)

Pyrgus alveus (HUBNER, 1810)

Aricia agestis (D. & S., 1775)

Satyrium acaciae (FABRICIUS, 1787)

Brenthis hecate (D. & S., 1775)

Libythea celtis (LAICHARTING, 1782)

Pseudophilotes abencerragus (PIERRET, 1837)

Zizeeria knysna (TRIMEN, 1862)

Nymphalis antiopa (LINAEus, 1758)

The relative importance (/i) of a site is defined as the sum of priorities of

species present divided by the sum of priorities for all assemblage species.

i= IS Qj/2Q

i=! i=!

Of course this index is sensitive to the richness of the site. To compensate

for that, a second site index is calculated which is the average priority (Oi)

of species present.

Qi = DSi Qj/ DSi

je! i=!

The importance index (/i) can vary between 0 and 1 whereas the average

priority (Qi) can vary in the range of species priorities (Qj) roughly between

0 and 1. Sites with a large portion of assemblage species present will tend

to have high / and intermediate Q values. Sites with a few rare species will

have intermediate / and high Q values. Sites with a few common species

will have low / and Q values, or if both species richness and rarity are to

be ranked the indices can be combined (J+ Q)/2.

Results

The values of J, Qi, 1 + Q/2 and the number of species for each UTM square

are summarized in Table II.

These values cover similar ranges and have similar means and standard

deviations (Table III). Squares with index values greater than the mean plus

standard deviation were selected (Figs. 2-5).

Fig. 6 represents the squares selected by all four indices and represents the

definitive square selection for conservation.

The areas selected are the Central part of the Guadarrama mountains, the

Ayllon massif, the Casa de Campo and monte del Pardo near Madrid, and

the localities of Loeches and Campo Real in the south-eastern Plateau. Each

zone is included in some of the faunistic units recognized by VIEJO et al.

(1988) using the same data.

Discussion

The importance (/) and average priority (Q) indices offer an objective means

of ranking sites for identifying areas with greater species richness and

concentration of rare species.

Rankings obtained with the numerical method were compared with selections

made by experts (1.e. GOMEZ BusTILLO & FERNANDEZ RuBio, 1974 ; VIEDMA

et al., 1985). There is a very good correlation between the UTM squares

selected by experts and those with (J + Q)/2 values greater than x + s. These

results suggest that the indices J and Q reasonably approximate the subjective

selection process.

Table II. Values of Z, Qi, (J + Q)/2 and number of species for each UTM square

Fig. 2. UTM squares with /= mean + SD.

Pt eee 7)

| | eee | TR |

NEE: ee

Jones DE Ske

ELESEENENE BEE

sh 71 |

MRRMRE Soe a

agua ae

Fa Sa

ge ERE

BERAENE Sou Se

PTA | | diel) | l'E

Le SR

RR ek

rin | | DIRES

Fig. 5:

Fig. 3. UTM squares with Qi = mean + SD.

Fig. 4. UTM squares with (7 + Q)/2 = mean + SD.

Fig. 5. UTM squares with no. of species = mean + SD.

The method is based on the recognition that conservation is a relative process

with arbitrary bounds on the sites and species to be considered. The use of

such a method decreases reliance of reserve planners on limited expertise.

Used in conjunction with an extensive database, species and sites can be ranked

in terms of national importance.

Table III. Minimum, maximum, mean, standard deviation (SD)

and mean + SD of date presented in Table II

Mean + SD n

Index Minimum Maximum | Mean SD

I 0.03

Q 0.18

(I+ Q)/2 0.10

species

| number

Fig. 6. UTM squares common to the four selection indices.

This method can be used more specifically. For instance, as VIEIO & VIEDMA

(1988) pointed out, the Quercus forests are the most important biotopes with

regard to butterfly conservation. This method can be applied to the detection

of forests which have a greater conservation priority in terms of national

importance.

Basic presence-absence data for a particular site is often the only information

readily available and in despite of its disadvantages (i.e. all species are not

equally vulnerable to detection, all squares are not equally surveyed) this data

must be utilised. Such methods must play an increasingly important role as

the need for conservation grows.

References

Dony, J. G. & DENHOLM, IL, 1985. Some quantitative methods of assessing the

conservation value of ecologically similar sites. Journal of Applied Ecology 22 :

229-238.

GoMEZ BusTILLO, M. R. & FERNANDEZ Rusio, F., 1974. Mariposas de la Peninsula

Iberica. Vol. I, Ropalöceros. ICONA. Madrid, 180 pp.

Gomez DE AizPURUA, C., 1987. Atlas provisional de los lepidôpteros de Madrid

(Papilionoidea, Hesperioidea y Zygaenoidea). Comunidad de Madrid, 101 pp.

MARGULES, C. & USHER, M. B., 1981. Criteria used in assessing wildlife conservation

potential : A review. Biological Conservation 21 : 79-109.

Minns, C. K., 1987. A method of ranking species and sites for conservation using

presence-absence data and its application to native freshwater fish in New

Zealand. New Zealand Journal of Zoology 14 : 43-49. .

VIEDMA, M. G., ESCRIBANO, R., GOMEZ BusTILLo, M. R. & Matron, R. H. T.,

1985. The first attempt to establish a Nature Reserve for the conservation of

Lepidoptera in Spain. Biological Conservation 32 : 255-276.

VIEJO, J. L., MARTIN, J. & Si vA, C., 1988. Patrones de distribuciön de las Mariposas

de Madrid (Insecta, Lepidoptera, Papilionoidea et Hesperioidea). Ecologia 2:

359-368.

VigeJo, J. L. & VieDMA, M. G., 1988. Los bosques y la conservaciön de las mariposas

en el centro de la Peninsula Ibérica (Lep : Papilionoidea et Hesperioidea). Boletin

de la Real Sociedad Espanola de Historia Natural (Biologia) 84 (1-2): 153-

164.

Nota lepid. Suppl. No. 2 : 13-21 ; 31.1.1991 ISSN 0342-7536

Zum Schutz der Schmetterlinge in der Schweiz :

Die Notwendigkeit eines grösseren,

wissenschaftlich fundierten Engagements

Andreas ERHARDT

Botanisches Institut, Schönbeinstrasse 6, CH-4056 Basel, Switzerland.

Summary

This paper describes problems of butterfly conservation in Switzerland, which

may also apply to other countries in Central Europe. The problem of the

dependence of many of the remaining butterfly species on secondary anthro-

pogenic habitats is raised with the example of Maculinea arion. Lack of

knowledge on the ecology of European Lepidoptera is emphasized (e.g.

description of larvae, larval hosts and adult resources, minimum areas of

populations, influence of different types of management on Lepidoptera as

well as on other animals and plants in nature reserves) as well as the value

of Lepidoptera as indicators of structure and changes of the vegetation.

In Switzerland, stronger efforts for the conservation of Lepidoptera are urgent-

ly needed. The engagement of professional conservationists is a prerequisite

for a more efficient and successful conservation of Lepidoptera. Amateurs

are strongly encouraged to join these efforts but cannot be left to be fully

responsible for the conservation of Lepidoptera.

Einleitung

Der Rückgang unserer einheimischen Schmetterlinge hat in den letzten zwei

bis drei Jahrzehnten derart massive Ausmasse angenommen, dass er nicht

nur von Fachleuten beklagt, sondern auch von wenig naturverbundenen

Menschen registriert und bedauert wird. Sogar früher allgemein häufige Arten

sind selten geworden. Aus „Roten Listen“ geht hervor, dass in der BRD 40-

50% aller Lepidopterenarten in ihrem Vorkommen als gefährdet oder bereits

ausgestorben oder verschollen angesehen werden müssen (EBERT 1978,

WAGENER et al. 1979, PRETSCHER 1984). In der Schweiz sind zwar noch keine

Arten ausgestorben, gesamtschweizerisch sind aber ebenfalls 39% aller Tag-

falterarten gefährdet (GONSETH 1987). Dieser Prozentsatz liegt in einzelnen

Regionen sogar noch wesentlich höher ; so sind im Seeland bereits 80% !!

der dort ursprünglich vorkommenden Tagfalterarten gefährdet oder bereits

ausgestorben (BRYNER 1987). Für die Nachtfalter liegt momentan noch keine

„Rote Liste“ vor, doch dürfte ihr Gefährdungsgrad etwa demjenigen der

Tagfalter entsprechen. Die Ursachen für diesen Rückgang sind vielfältig und

in vielen Fällen offensichtlich, vor allem, wenn Habitate von Schmetterlings-

arten einfach zerstört wurden (Überbauungen, „Melioration“ von Feuchtge-

bieten, Gewässerkorrekturen, etc., vgl. PRETSCHER 1977, BLAB & KUDRNA

1982). Ein wesentlicher Faktor liegt zweifellos in der Industrialisierung der

landwirtschaftlichen Bewirtschaftungsmethoden (ERHARDT, 1985a, b, c) ; die

blumenreiche Magerwiese mit den bunten Schmetterlingen gehört für viele

in den Bereich unwiederbringlich verlorengegangener Nostalgie. Ausser diesen

klar liegenden Fällen sind Schmetterlinge aber auch weltweit aus Gebieten

verschwunden, welche zumindest bei oberflächlicher Beurteilung keine wesent-

lichen Veränderungen erfahren haben (THomAs 1984). Vor allem Verluste aus

Naturschutzgebieten sind schmerzhaft und leider oft (noch) nicht erklärt.

Nun sind aber Schmetterlinge wegen ihrer Schönheit und Buntheit auch bei

Laien besonders beliebt, sie sind wegen ihrer eindrücklichen Metamorphose

auch als Symbolträger psychologisch bedeutsam. Bei den Griechen in der

Antike waren Schmetterlinge Symbol für die Seelen der Verstorbenen. Man

mag sich in diesem Zusammenhang fragen, inwiefern der Rückgang unserer

Schmetterlinge nicht auch Symbol für eine seelische Verarmung unserer Zeit

ist.

Parallel zu diesem Riickgang erfolgte aber auch eine Sensibilisierung und

Bewusstwerdung der Offentlichkeit. Wahrend beispielsweise noch vor zwei

Jahrzehnten der Ausdruck ,,Magerwiese“ nur vegetationskundlich tätigen

Wissenschaftlern und allenfalls einigen engagierten Naturfreunden vertraut

war, wird dieser Ausdruck heute allgemein verstanden und in der Tagespresse

verwendet, wobei allerdings offenbleiben muss, was sich der Durchschnittsleser

unter Magerwiesen vorstellt.

Das erhöhte Bewusstsein um die Gefährdung unserer Schmetterlinge hat auch

in der Schweiz ein vermehrtes Interesse an diesen Insekten geweckt. In der

Folge sind ein Verbreitungsatlas der Tagfalter der Schweiz (GoNSETH 1987)

und ein prachtvoller Bildband über die Schweizer Tagfalter erschienen

(SCHWEIZ. BUND FÜR NATURSCHUTZ 1987). Der relativ reichen populärwis-

senschaftlichen Literatur (z.B. HEDIGER 1984, KAPPELER 1987, BLAB et al.

1987, SCHWEIZ. BUND FÜR NATURSCHUTZ 1987) steht für Mitteleuropa und

speziell für die Schweiz aber ein ausgesprochener Mangel an fundierten

wissenschaftlichen Untersuchungen zu Ökologie und Populationsbiologie von

Schmetterlingen gegenüber. (Ausnahmen : GEIGER & SCHOLL 1981, RUETSCHI

1985a, b, ERHARDT 1985a, b, c, DESCIMON & GEIGER 1988, NAPOLITANO

et al. 1988, LORTSCHER 1988). So gibt es bisher beispielsweise nur für die

subalpine Stufe eine Vergleichsuntersuchung der Lepidopterenfauna von Fett-

und Magerwiesen (ERHARD 1985a, b, c) ; für die montane Stufe fehlt eine

solche Untersuchung noch immer, obschon sich zahlreiche generalisierende

Behauptungen nicht nur in der populärwissenschaftlichen Literatur finden (z.B.

DE MARMELS 1978, KAPPELER 1987, SCHWEIZ. BUND F. NATURSCHUTZ 1987).

Ein warnendes Beispiel : Maculinea arion

Die englischen Untersuchungen zur Okologie von Maculinea arion L. sind

ein eindrtickliches Beispiel, welches die Notwendigkeit voll engagierter, pro-

fessioneller Untersuchungen zum Schutz von Schmetterlingen aufzeigt. Erste

Anstrengungen, Maculinea arion in England zu schiitzen, wurden schon vor

100 (!) Jahren unternommen (THoMAs 1984, Morris in press). Trotz inten-

siver Bestrebungen und trotz der Mitarbeit mehrerer qualifizierter Wissen-

schaftler konnte der komplizierte Lebenszyklus dieser Bläulingsart aber erst

1976 restlos aufgeklärt, die Schlüsselfaktoren bestimmt und die zum Überleben

von Maculinea arion notwendigen Massnahmen ergriffen werden (THOMAS

1980). Tragischerweise kamen diese Massnahmen zu spät und konnten das

Aussterben der englischen Rasse von Maculinea arion nicht mehr verhindern.

Der dramatische Kampf um das Überleben der letzten englischen Population

dieses Bläulings hat zweifellos seine Popularität verstärkt ; sein faszinierender

Lebenszyklus ist heute zu einem Lehrbuchbeispiel geworden (z.B. KAPPELER

1987).

Dieses Beispiel weist noch auf einen weiteren Umstand hin, der bisher kaum

beachtet wurde, der mir aber ausserordentlich wichtig erscheint. Der einzige

verbleibende Lebensraum für Maculinea arion in England waren Extensiv-

weiden, also Sekundärhabitate anthropogenen Ursprungs. Ursprünglich muss

Maculinea arion in England aber auch andere, vom Menschen nicht beeinflusste

primäre Habitate besiedelt haben, von welchen sich diese Art in die anthro-

pogenen Weiden ausgebreitet hat. Als Primärstandorte kommen möglicherweise

Sanddünen in Küstengebieten in Frage. Diese Primärbiotope sind in der

Zwischenzeit höchst wahrscheinlich ebenfalls durch menschlichen Einfluss

(Überbauung, Zerstörung, Übernutzung) für Maculinea arion nicht mehr

bewohnbar geworden, so dass diese Art in England schliesslich vollständig

auf anthropogene Sekundärstandorte angewiesen war. Dass anthropogene

Habitate extrem anfällig auf Veränderungen sind, liegt auf der Hand : eine

Veränderung der Bewirtschaftungsform oder Aufgabe der Bewirtschaftung

haben massive Veränderungen dieser Habitate zur Folge und können in

kürzester Zeit grösste Teile der Flora und Fauna dieser Standorte zum

Verschwinden bringen. Das Beispiel von Maculinea arion warnt aufs eindring-

lichste : von wievielen Arten unserer Magerwiesen wissen wir, wo ihre Primär-

standorte sind ? Viele unserer Schmetterlingsarten, welche heute noch auf den

verbleibenden Sekundärstandorten, vor allem Magerwiesen, Extensivweiden

und frühen Brachestadien zu finden sind (ERHARDT 1985c), dürften aus grossen

Gebieten gänzlich verschwinden, wenn diese anthropogenen Sekundärstandorte

noch weiter dezimiert werden.

Wissenslücken

Obschon Schmetterlinge im Vergleich zu anderen Insektengruppen gut un-

tersucht sind, darf dies nicht darüber hinwegtäuschen, dass in der Autökologie,

Synökologie und Populationsbiologie auch bei unseren einheimischen Schmet-

terlingen noch immer massive Wissenslücken bestehen. Noch immer gibt es

vor allem bei den Nachtfaltern Arten, von denen nicht einmal die ersten Stande

(Ei, Raupe, Puppe) beschrieben sind, oft sind auch die Larvalfutterpflanzen

nur mangelhaft oder gar nicht bekannt oder beschränken sich auf die Be-

zeichnung ,,Niedere Pflanzen“, als ob die Raupen der jeweiligen Arten wahllos

alle niederwüchsigen Pflanzen als Nahrung annehmen würden (FORSTER &

WOHLFAHRT, 1954-1981).

Noch viel weniger als tiber die Larvalfutterpflanzen ist tiber die Bedeutung

des Blumen-, resp. Nektarangebots fiir die Imagines der einzelnen Arten be-

kannt, obschon grundsätzlich unbestritten ist, dass die Ernährung der Imagines

im Lebenszyklus von Schmetterlingen eine entscheidende Rolle spielen kann.

So wurde nachgewiesen, dass die Nahrung der Imagines einen Einfluss auf

ihre Lebensdauer, die Populationsdichte und die Eiproduktion der Weibchen

haben kann (GILBERT 1972, 1984, DUNLAP-PIANKA et al. 1977, Murpuy et

al. 1983), dass das Blumenangebot die Wahl der Eiablageplätze von Weibchen

beeinflussen kann (Murpny et al. 1984) und dass verschiedene Schmetter-

lingsarten zum Teil sogar artspezifische Blumenpräferenzen haben (WATT et

al. 1974, Murpuy 1984, ERHARDT, in Vorbereitung).

Eine weitere empfindliche Wissenslticke betrifft die Kenntnis der Minimalareale,

welche notwendig sind, damit sich eine Schmetterlingspopulation tiber langere

Zeiträume in einem Habitat halten kann. Während das Minimalareal von

Lycaeniden unter Umständen wenige m? betragen kann (WARNECKE 1951),

liegt es für den Segelfalter nördlich der Alpen vermutlich in der Grössenordnung

von Hektaren wenn nicht gar km?. Die berühmt gewordene Untersuchung

von REMMERT (1979) an Feldgrillen zeigt, dass jährliche Populationsschwank-

ungen sehr gross sein können und dass die Populationsdichte in schlechten

Jahren auf weniger als einen Hundertstel (!) der Populationsdichte eines guten

Jahres sinken kann. Das Minimalareal muss aber auch in schlechten Jahren

das Überleben einer Population garantieren ; für die von REMMERT (1979)

untersuchten Feldgrillen beträgt dieses Minimalareal 3 Hektaren. THOMAS

(1984) gibt für eine Reihe von Tagfaltern Minimalareale von England. Die

Grösse dieser Minimalareale reicht von 0.5-1 ha (einige Lycaeniden, Hespe-

riiden, u.a.) bis über 50 ha (Apatura iris), doch ist fraglich, ob diese Angaben

wegen des stark unterschiedlichen Klimas auf Mitteleuropa übertragbar sind :

über Minimalareale von Populationen mitteleuropäischer Schmetterlingsarten

ist mir keine Untersuchung bekannt.

Im weiteren fehlen in Naturschutzgebieten der Schweiz Erfahrungen von

Management-Einflüssen nicht nur auf die Schmetterlingsfauna fast vollständig.

Dass Naturschutzgebiete nicht einfach sich selbst überlassen werden dürfen,

ist mittlerweile eine bekannte Tatsache, welche sich nicht zuletzt wegen der

schlechten Erfahrungen mit Maculinea arion in England durchgesetzt hat.

THomAas (1984) berichtet über weitere Arten, welche aus englischen Natur-

schutzgebieten verschwunden sind und deren Verschwinden vermutlich auf

inadäquate oder fehlende Pflegemassnahmen zurückzuführen sind. Die in

England gewonnenen Erfahrungen sind sicher eine wertvolle Hilfe, doch

dürften sie sich ebenfalls oft nicht direkt auf Naturschutzgebiete in Mitteleuropa

und speziell in der Schweiz übertragen lassen. Die momentan in Naturschutz-

gebieten der Schweiz getroffenen Massnahmen sind sicher in den meisten

Fallen sorgfaltig tiberlegt, man ist jedoch oft allein auf die Erfahrung und

die gute Intuition von Fachleuten angewiesen, wie ich es persönlich wiederholt

erfahren habe, da eine solide, wissenschaftliche Basıs für Pflegemassnahmen

fehlt. Als erschwerend kommt hinzu, dass jedes Gebiet seine Individualität

und damit seine eigenen ökologischen Bedingungen aufweist, welche bei Pflege-

massnahmen ebenfalls berücksichtigt werden müssen.

Den grössten Arbeitsaufwand erfordert zweifellos die Ermittlung der Schlüs-

selfaktoren, derjenigen Faktoren also, welche von entscheidender Bedeutung

für die Existenz einer Schmetterlingspopulation sind. Darüber können nur

fundierte autökologische Untersuchungen Aufschluss geben. Intensive autö-

kologische Untersuchungen müssen wegen des grossen Arbeitsaufwandes

vorderhand wohl auf die am meisten gefährdeten Arten beschränkt werden,

obschon THoMAS (1984) mit Recht darauf hinweist, dass autökologische

Untersuchungen von Schmetterlingsarten weit kostspieliger und arbeitsaufwen-

diger sind, wenn sie als Notmassnahme an wenigen überlebenden und höchst

gefährdeten Populationen einer Art durchgeführt werden müssen, als wenn

eine Art noch nicht akut gefährdet ist.

Der Indikatorwert von Schmetterlingen

In erster Linie sind Schmetterlinge um ihrer selbst willen schützenswert. Zudem

haben sie aber auch eine grosse Bedeutung als Indikatoren, da sie ausgesprochen

empfindlich auf Veränderungen ihrer Umwelt reagieren (REICHHOLF 1973, :

UtscHik 1977, THOMAS 1984, ERHARDT 1985a, b, c, WARREN 1985, 1989).

Sie können dabei weit empfindlicher als Pflanzen reagieren ; es sei nur daran

erinnert, dass ein einmaliger Ausfall einer erfolgreichen Reproduktion, vielleicht

in einem klimatisch besonders ungünstigen Jahr, schon genügen kann, dass

eine Schmetterlingspopulation an einem bestimmten Standort ausstirbt ; die

meisten Schmetterlingsarten verhalten sich also wie einjährige Pflanzen, deren

Samen höchstens eine einjährige Samenruhe haben. Im Gegensatz zu Schmet-

terlingen haben Pflanzen aber die Möglichkeit, mit vegetativem Wachstum

oder mit langer Samenruhe ungünstige Zeiträume zu überbrücken. Diese

Möglichkeit entfällt für Schmetterlinge fast vollständig. Einzig die Puppen

von verhältnismässig wenigen Arten können zuweilen mehrmals überliegen

(z.B. kleines Nachtpfauenauge, Eudia pavonia L., und Euchloe simplonia BSD).

Die empfindliche Reaktion von Schmetterlingen auf Struktur und Verände-

rungen der Vegetation macht sie auch zu besonders günstigen Organismen

bei der Evaluation von Naturschutzgebieten. Ausserdem lassen sich Schmet-

terlinge im Gegensatz zu den meisten anderen Insektengruppen im Feld relativ

leicht auf ihre Artzugehörigkeit ansprechen, vorausgesetzt, die Untersuchungs-

person verfügt über die nötige Artenkenntnis, und schliesslich sind Schmet-

terlinge auch bei Laien besonders beliebt.

Als Beispiel sei eine Untersuchung aus der subalpinen Stufe der Schweizer

Zentralalpen erwähnt (ERHARDT 1985c), in welcher gezeigt werden konnte,

dass die Erfassung der Schmetterlingsfauna bezüglich des Naturschutzes zu

anderen Schlüssen als eine rein botanische Beurteilung führen kann. So sind

verschiedene Brachestadien von Magerwiesen floristisch nicht von grösserem

Interesse, beherbergen aber Schmetterlinge, fiir welche diese Sukzessionsstadien

wichtige Refugien darstellen und welche in Magerwiesen fehlen. Als Beispiele

seien nur gerade Colias palaeno europome Esp. oder Vacciniina optilete

KNocH erwähnt, welche beide stenotop in Zwergstrauchbrachen mit Vaccinium

uliginosum L. auftreten, oder die Geometride Epione vespertaria D. & S.,

welche nur gerade in einem südexponierten Birkenaufwuchs zu finden war.

Als weitere Konsequenz dieser Untersuchung ergab sich, dass viele Schmet-

terlingsarten auch in der subalpinen Stufe als zumindest mittelbar gefährdet

angesehen werden müssen, obschon die subalpine Stufe z.B. bei BLAB &

KUDRNA (1982) als ein fiir Schmetterlinge wenig gefährdeter Lebensraum gilt.

Konsequenzen

Aus dem Dargelegten geht eindeutig hervor, dass in der Schweiz ein grösseres,

wissenschaftlich fundierteres Engagement fiir Naturschutz im allgemeinen und

für den Schutz von Schmetterlingen im besonderen dringend nôtig ist. Die

„Berne Convention“ (FERNANDEZ-GALIANO 1989) und die „Resolutions of the

International Congress : Future of Butterflies in Europe: Strategies for

Survival, Wageningen (Netherlands), 14. April 1989“ bestätigen diese Dring-

lichkeit. Wie rückständig noch immer der Schutz von Schmetterlingen beim

Gesetzgeber in der Schweiz verankert ist, geht schon daraus hervor, dass nur

einige wenige Schmetterlingsarten in einigen wenigen Kantonen überhaupt

geschützt sind. Unter diesen befinden sich neben wirklich schützenswerten

Arten erst noch zwar populäre aber keineswegs gefährdete Arten (z.B. Vanessa

io L., in Schaffhausen, BURCKHARDT et al. 1980, oder sogar Wanderfalter

(z.B. Vanessa atalanta L., ebenfalls in Schaffhausen, BURCKHARD ef al. 1980),

welche alljährlich aus dem Mittelmeergebiet nach Mitteleuropa einfliegen,

nördlich der Alpen aber gar nicht bodenständig sind. Ein Biotopschutz für

Schmetterlinge existiert beim Gesetzgeber in der Schweiz noch überhaupt

nicht.

Bei allem Respekt und aller Hochachtung für die vielen wertvollen Beiträge

von engagierten Laien darf und kann Natuschutz nicht einfach ehrenamtlich

tätigen Laien und Laienorganisationen überlassen werden, wie das heute in

der Schweiz noch immer weitgehend der Fall ist. Die Schaffung eines Institutes

mit wissenschaftlichen Stellen für die Bearbeitung von Naturschutzproblemen

und Pflegemassnahmen in Naturschutzgebieten in der Schweiz mag momentan

etwas utopisch klingen, wäre meines Erachtens aber ein dringendes Anliegen.

Dass die Schaffung eines solchen Institutes nicht notwendigerweise utopisch

ist, haben die Engländer bewiesen, welche schon seit längerer Zeit eine

entsprechende Forschungsstation (Institute of Terrestial Ecology, Furzebrook

Research Station, Wareham) betreiben. Es ist ausserordentlich bedauerlich,

dass unter der momentanen englischen Regierung die Mittel für diese For-

schungsstation empfindlich gekürzt werden (Morris, pers. Mitteilung). Die

Mitarbeiter dieser Forschungsstation haben schon viele wertvolle Resultate

erarbeitet, von welchen wir teilweise auch in der Schweiz profitieren. So

stammt beispielsweise der Beitrag über die Gattung Maculinea im Buch ,,Tag-

falter und ihre Lebensräume“ (SCHWEIZERISCHER BUND FÜR NATURSCHUTZ,

1987) von J. A. THoMAs, einem Mitarbeiter dieser englischen Forschungs-

station.

Gleichzeitig môchte ich die vielen Laien und Hobby-Schmetterlingsliebhaber

ermuntern, weiterhin und noch vermehrt an offenen 6kologischen Fragen und

an Naturschutzproblemen mitzuarbeiten ; diese Arbeit ist letztlich viel loh-

nender und befriedigender als die Komplettierung der eigenen Sammlung mit

Raritäten.

Das essentielle Motiv für Naturschutz und damit auch für den Schutz des

Menschen selbst (PORTMANN 1971) bleibt sich letzlich immer gleich, ohne

dabei an Aktualität oder Kraft zu verlieren : Wir tragen die Verantwortung,

die Vielfalt an Lebensformen und damit auch die Vielfalt unserer Schmetterlinge

zu erhalten, so dass sich auch nachfolgende Generationen an dieser Vielfalt

und Buntheit unserer Schmetterlinge freuen und die Symbolkraft dieser so

leicht verletzlichen Wesen empfinden können.

Der Rückgang unserer Schmetterlinge ist zu massiv, als dass er noch weiter-

gehen darf. Wenn dieser Aufsatz dazu beitragen kann, dass in der Schweiz

und vielleicht auch in anderen Ländern Mitteleuropas die Anstrengungen für

einen wirksameren und wissenschaftlich fundierten Schutz unserer Schmet-

terlinge intensiviert werden, dann wäre sein höchstes Ziel erreicht.

Referenzen

Bias, J. & KuDRNA, O., 1982. Hilfsprogramm für Schmetterlinge. Naturschutz Aktuell

6 : 135 p.

BLAB, J. RucKSTUHL, Th., ESCHE, T., HOLZBERGER, R., 1987. Aktion Schmetterling :

so können wir sie retten. Otto Maier, Ravensburg : 192 p.

BRYNER, R., 1987. Dokumentation über den Rückgang der Schmetterlingsfauna in

der Region Biel — Seeland — Chasseral. Beitr. Naturschutz Schweiz, SBN 9:

92 p.

BURCKHARDT, D., GFELLER, W., MULLER H. U., 1980. Geschützte Tiere der Schweiz.

Schweizerischer Bund fiir Naturschutz (SBN), Basel : 224 p.

DE MARMELS, J., 1978. Die Insektenfauna der Streuwiesen und Moore. In : Frauen-

winkel, Altmatt, Lauerzesee. Geobotanisch, ornithologische und entomologische

Studien (Red. A. BETTSCHART), Ber. Schwyzerischen Naturforsch. Ges. 7 : 16-20.

Descımon, H. & GEIGER, H., 1988. Electrophoretic detection of hybrids in Parnassius

(Lepidoptera, Papilionidae). Génét. Sél. Evol. 20 : 435-440.

DuNLAP-PIANKA, H., Boccs, C. L., GILBERT, L. E., 1977. Ovarian dynamics in

Heliconiine butterflies : Programmed senescence versus eternal youth. Science

197 : 487-490.

EBERT, G., FALKNER, F., 1978. Rote Liste der in Baden-Württemberg gefährdeten

Schmetterlingsarten (Macrolepidoptera) 1. Fassung, Stand 1.11.77. Beih. Verôff.

Naturschutz Landschaftspflege, Baden- Württemberg 11 : 323-365.

ERHARDT, A., 1985a. Lepidopterafauna in cultivated and abandoned grassland in the

sub-alpine region of Central Switzerland.. Proc. 3rd Congr. eur. Lepid.,

Cambridge 1982 : 63-73.

ERHARDT, A., 1985b. Diurnal Lepidoptera: sensitive indicators of cultivated and

abandoned grassland. J. appl. Ecol. 22 : 849-861.

ERHARDT, A., 1985c. Wiesen und Brachland als Lebensraum fiir Schmetterlinge : eine

Feldstudie im Tavetsch. Denksch. Schweiz. Naturforsch. Ges. 98 : 154 p.

FERNANDEZ-GALIANO, E., 1989. Conservation of butterflies in the Berne Convention.

Abstracts of International Congress, Future of Butterflies in Europe : Strategies

for Survival. International Agricultural Centre Wageningen, Netherlands 12-15

April 1989.

FORSTER, W., WOHLFAHRT, Th. A., 1954-1981. Die Schmetterlinge Mitteleuropas, Bd.

I-V. Frank’sche Verlagshandlung, Stuttgart.

GEIGER, H. J. & ScHOLL, E., 1981. Wiederfangversuche an markierten Alpengelblingen

(Colias phicomone Esp., Lep. Pieridae). Mitt. Naturforsch. Ges. Bern 38 :

145-156.

GILBERT, L. E., 1972. Pollen feeding and reproductive biology of Heliconius butterflies.

Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. USA 69 : 1403-1407.

GILBERT, L. E., 1984. The biology of butterfly communities. In : R. I. VANE-WRIGHT,

P. R. Ackery (ed.). The Biology of Butterflies. Academic Press London

pp. 41-45.

GonseETH, Y., 1987. Verbreitungsatlas der Tagfalter der Schweiz (Lepidoptera Rho-

palocera). Documenta Faunistica Helvetiae, Centre Suisse de cartographie de

la faune, Schweizerischer Bund für Naturschutz 242 p.

HEDINGER, C., 1984. Lebensraum Trockenrasen. Schweizer Naturschutz, SBN 4 : 25 p.

KAPPELER, M., 1987. Schmetterlinge. Schweizer Naturschutz 3 : 233 p.

LÖRTSCHER, M., 1988. Populationsbiologische und systematische Untersuchungen an

Schmetterlingsarten der Gattung Erebia (Lepidoptera, Satyridae). Lizentiatsarbeit,

Zool. Inst. Univ. Bern unpubl.

Morais, M., in press. Europe’s butterflies : conserving a cultural and scientific resource.

International Congress, Future of Butterflies in Europe : Strategies for Survival,

Wageningen, Netherlands 12-15 April 1989.

Murphy, D. D., 1984. Butterflies and their nectar plants : the role of the checkerspot

butterfly Euphydryas editha as a pollen vector. Oikos. 43 : 113-117.

Murpuy D. D., LAUNER A. E., EHRLICH P. R., 1983. The role of adult feeding in

egg production and population dynamics of the checkerspot butterfly Zuphydryas

editha. Oecologia (Berlin) 56 : 257-263.

Murpuy, D. D., MENNINGER, M. S., EHRLICH, P. R., 1984. Nectar source distribution

as a determinant of oviposition host species in Euphydryas chalcedona.

Oecologia (Berlin) 62 : 269-271.

NAPOLITANO, M., GEIGER, H., Descımon, H., 1988. Structure démographique et

génétique de quatre populations provençales de Parnassius mnemosyne (L.)

(Lepidoptera, Papilionidae) : isolement et polymorphisme dans des populations

menacées“. Génét. Sél. Evol. 20 : 51-62.

PORTMANN, A., 1974. Naturschutz wird Menschenschutz. Arche.

PRETSCHER, P., 1984. Rote Liste der Grosschmetterlinge (Macrolepidoptera). In: J.

Bias, E. Nowak, W. TRAUTMANN (ed.). Rote Liste der gefährdeten Tiere und

Pflanzen in der BRD. Natuschutz Aktuell 1 : 4. Aufl., 53-66.

PRETSCHER, P., 1977. Rote Liste der in der BRD gefährdeten Tierarten. Natur und

Landschaft 52 : 164-168.

REICHHOLF, J., 1973. Die Bedeutung nicht bewirtschafteter Wiesen für unsere Tagfalter.

Natur und Landschaft 48 : 3, 80-81.

REMMERT, H., 1979. Grillen — oder wie gross miissen Naturschutzgebiete sein ?

Nationalpark 22 : 6-9.

Ruetscul, J., 1985a. Habitatnutzung von Anthocharis cardamines L. und Colias

palaeno europome Esper (Lepidoptera, Pieridae). Lizentiatsarbeit, Univ. Bern,

unpubl., 73 p.

RueEtscul, J., & ScHOLL, A., 1985b. Mobilität individuell markierter Colias palaeno

europome (Lepidoptera, Pieridae) in einem inselartig zersplitterten Areal. Revue

suisse Zool. 92 : 803-810.

SCHWEIZERISCHER BUND FÜR NATURSCHUTZ (Hsg.), 1987. Tagfalter und ihre Lebens-

räume. Arten, Gefährdung, Schutz, 516 p.

THoMAs, J. A., 1980. Why did the large Blue become extinct in Britain? Oryx 15,

3 : 243-247.

Tuomas, J. A., 1984. The conservation of butterflies in temperate countries : past

efforts and lessons for the future. In: R. I. VAnE-WRIGHT & P. R. ACKERY

(ed.). The Biology of Butterflies. Symp. R. Ent. Soc. London 11 : 333-353.

Utscuik, H., 1977. Tagfalter als Bioindikatoren im Flussauenwald. Nachrichtenblatt

Bayer. Entomol. 26, 6 : 119-127.

WAGENER, P. S., KINKLER, H., Löser, S., REHNELT, K., 1979. Rote Liste der in

Nordrhein-Westfalen gefährdeten Grossschmetterlinge (Macrolepidoptera), 2.

Fassung (Stand 1.9.1978). Schrift. Landt. Okol. Landschaft Forstpl. Nordrhein-

Westfalen 4 : 51-64.

WARNECKE, G., 1950/51. Wie stark kann die Einschränkung eines Lebensraumes für

eine bestimmte Schmetterlingsart ohne Gefährdung ihres Bestandes werden ? Ent.

Zeitschr. Stuttgart 60 : 9-13 und 18-21.

WARREN, M. S., 1985. The influence of shade on butterfly numbers in woodland

rides, with special reference to the Wood White Leptidea sinapis. Biol. Cons.

33 : 147-164.

WARREN, M. S., 1989. Conservation research on Mellicta athalia, an endangered species

in the UK. Abstracts of International Congress : Future of Butterflies in Europe :

Strategies for Survival, Wageningen, Netherlands, 12-15 April 1989.

WATT, W. B., Hocx, P. C., Mitts, S. G., 1974. Nectar resources use by Colias butter-

flies : Chemical and visual aspects. Oecologia (Berlin) 24 : 353-374.

Dal

Nota lepid. Suppl. No. 2 : 22-31 ; 31.1.1991 ISSN 0342-7536

Population biology of two satyrine butterflies,

Erebia meolans (DE PRUNNER, 1798)

and Erebia aethiops (ESPER, 1777)

(Lepidoptera : Satyridae)

Mathias LOERTSCHER

Abteilung Populationsbiologie, Zoologisches Institut der Uni Bern, Baltzerstrasse 3,

CH-3012 Bern, Switzerland

Summary

In 1986 population dynamics and size of one population, each of Erebia

meolans and Erebia aethiops were investigated in Grindelwald (Switzerland)

with the capture-recapture method. Both species flew over a period of about

three weeks, meolans in July and aethiops in August. Maximum estimate

by the Lincoln-Index was 66 males for meolans and 458 for aethiops. Females

appeared in both species only in the second half of the flight period in smaller

numbers. Analysis of habitat use of the aethiops males showed a preference

for a steep meadow with tall grass at the edge of a wood interspersed with

bushes and small trees.

Zusammenfassung

Im Sommer 1986 wurden in Grindelwald (Schweiz) je die Dynamik und Grôsse

einer Population von Erebia meolans und E. aethiops mit der Fang-

Wiederfang-Methode untersucht. Die Dauer der Flugzeit betrug fiir beide

Arten ca. drei Wochen, meolans im Juli und aethiops im August. Bei beiden

Arten traten die Weibchen erst in der zweiten Hälfte der Fangperiode in

geringerer Zahl auf. Für die Männchen von meolans wurde mit dem Lincoln-

Index ein maximaler Wert von 66 Tieren geschätzt, fiir aethiops hingegen

458 Tiere. Es konnte gezeigt werden, dass die aethiops Mannchen im Unter-

suchungsgebiet eine deutliche Präferenz fiir ein von Wald begrenztes und mit

Gebüsch und jungen Bäumen durchsetztes Stück Wiese zeigten.

Introduction

Major factors contributing to the disappearance of butterflies are agricultural

intensivation (BLAB & KuprNA, 1982: 45-46; SBN, 1987: 82-85) and

abandonment of agricultural use, both with profound effects on vegetation.

In the long term, both lead to impoverishment of botanical and zoological

diversity (EHRHARDT, 1982 ; BRIEMLE et al., 1987). Another factor is the lack

of knowledge on the compatibility of environmental changes 1.e. human

interventions and the ecology of invertebrates. How determinant such knowl-

edge can be, was shown clearly in the case of the Large Blue (Maculinea

arion), whose extinction in Great Britain was caused, among other factors,

by lack of knowledge of the intrinsic relationship between the butterfly, its

ant-host and sheep grazing on their habitats (THomas, 1980). The same fate

could be reserved for a number of our butterflies if ecological research on

their biology and the influence of environmental changes on them is not

undertaken immediately.

The aim of the present study was to investigate and compare the population

dynamics and size of two species of the satyrid genus Erebia: E. meolans

(DE PRUNNER, 1798) and E. aethiops (Esper, 1777). E. aethiops is found

mainly in man-made environments, prone to intensivation or abandonment,

while meolans lives in more natural habitats, but also in man-made habitats

such as road verges. Thus both species are good examples of butterflies

influenced by recent changes in alpine regions. The importance and value

of the obtained results for nature conservation are discussed.

Material and methods

Location and species

The study was conducted at Grindelwald, Switzerland, in the summer of 1986.

E. meolans is on the wing from May until the end of July and prefers short-

turfed, rocky and rather dry hillsides. The population investigated was found

at the “Grosse Scheidegg” at an altitude of about 1450 m along a steep, dry

bank bordering a road interspersed with rocks, bare ground and short-turf

vegetation.

Erebia aethiops is a species that appears later and flies from July until

September. It can be found in a wide variety of man-made habitats, such

as dry meadows, pastures with tall grass above the timberline and light

woodland interspersed with clearings. The investigated population was found

in an extensively used pasture at “Bachhalten” at an altitude of about 1450 m

(Fig. 1).

Mark-recapture

Both populations were visited on 6 days over a period of three weeks, E.

meolans between July 1 and July 21 and E. aethiops between July 28 and

August 21. Towards the end of July after a period of adverse weather no

more meolans individuals were found at that site. At the end of August,

field observations were stopped and therefore the end of the flying period

of E. aethiops was not followed.

Path ; Small Circles = Single trees ; Big empty circles

Fig. 1. Study site of the aethiops population at Bachhalten (Grindelwald). Dotted

Subsites A-F.

area = Wood ; Dotted line

Butterflies were netted by hand and marked individually by descaling the

discoidal cell of the left hindwing underside and painting a number on the

bare cuticle with an acryl cloth paint and a fine paint brush. Paint was preferred

over the commonly used felt tip pen (GALL, 1985), because on the darkly

coloured wings of Erebias such markings were not readable. Only three out

of 280 marked specimens lost their markings. They were not included in the

analysis. The butterflies were kept in a cool-box for several minutes after

marking before being released in order to prevent an eventual “netting trauma”

(WATT et al., 1977). In the meolans-population, butterflies were caught by

waiting at a particular site, where they had been observed patrolling during

the preceeding year, and catching all individuals passing by. At the aethiops

site, six subsites were defined according to previous observations and were

visited regularly. The subsites were denoted with letters A-F according to

the order of appearance of butterflies at those sites (Fig. 1).

One of the basic assumptions that has to be made with all mark-release-

recapture-(MRR)-methods is the non-influence of marking on subsequent

catchability. Morton (1982) however, shows that in some species marking

does influence subsequent catchability. This was not tested in either meolans

or aethiops, so it cannot be excluded to have played a role in the results.

To analyse the MRR-data, both Jolly’s stochastic method (JoLLy, 1965) and

the Lincoln Index (LincoLn, 1930) were used. Jolly’s stochastic model allows

direct estimation of N; only for days 2 through i-1. The M;, estimation used

by Warr et al. (1977) was used to estimate N; on the last sampling date.

Capture data for the two initial days of sampling were pooled and used as

first estimate in both populations. Data were tallied on a pocket calculator

(HP-41) using a program by M. Zimmermann (University of Berne). For

the detailed aethiops MRR-data, proportions of recaptured individuals, at

sites of marking and at other sites were calculated for all six sites in order

to show an eventual preference for a site within the pasture.

Dispersal in aethiops

To analyse dispersal behaviour in aethiops, distances flown between capture

points were measured as straight lines between the centres of the subsites.

Then the following per individual dispersal statistics were calculated according

to GALL (1984) :

n = number of individuals recaptured

r = number of recapture events

d = distance between successive recaptures

R = individual range (d between two most distant recaptures)

The following statistics were determined on a population basis :

d = mean distance between recaptures (%;-| %;-| d;/r)

R = mean range (2;—, R/n)

D = mean total distance (2;=, Z;-ı dj)

Results

E. meolans

The MRR-data are presented in Tab. 1. During the three week period 56

butterflies, 42 males and 14 females were caught and marked. Sex ratio was

biased towards males by 3: 1 (X2= 7.5, p < 0.05). 40% of the males were

recaptured at least once, whereas 27% or three female butterflies were caught

a second time. Their flight activity was chiefly confined to the second half

of the observation period while male captures were distributed evenly over

the investigation period.

Tab. 1. Mark-recapture-data of the E. meolans-population at “Grosse Scheidegg”

1. 10.7 14.7 17.7 ALT

a onan Pity PE NE PP

accra hee eee 1. "AT Sees

captured on day i "| 121 1010180 1mildbas RD SRE

Gé captured on day i 1 18 10 11 14 10

already marked 1 2 8 5 6

3 — 3 6 5

— — — 1 2

[= marked individuals | 121 29 ni 11035 9 RENOM

Q° captured on day i —

already marked —

& marked individuals pial 2b ui 235 RE A

Population size estimates were only computed for males (Fig. 2) as there

were too few female recaptures to yield satisfactory results. Except for the

estimate on July 10 of 66 males, estimated numbers remained rather stable

around 35 individuals. In meolans, both males and females, patrol along well

defined paths, using rocky short-turf ridges (personal observation).

100

172 27 107 14.7 177 217 t

Fig. 2. Population size estimates for the male meolans-population at “Grosse Scheidegg”

(Grindelwald) in 1986. A = Jolly estimates, @ = Lincoln estimates.

E. aethiops

MRR-data are presented in Tab. 2. 284 butterflies, 241 males and 43 females

were caught and marked. The sex ratio in aethiops with 5.6: 1 is strongly

biased towards males (X2 = 79, p < 0.01). The sex ratio is even more strongly

skewed than in meolans (X2= 3.26, p < 0.1). 30% of the male butterflies

were recaptured at least once, whereas only one female was caught a second

time. Female butterflies were caught mainly in the second half of the study

period, that is 10 days after the first males had been marked. The population

size estimates of the male population augmented steadily during the observation

period and reached a maximum by August 21 of 338 (£116) by Jolly’s

stochastic method and 458 (+ 114) by the Lincoln-Index. This maximum has

to be considered with care, as at the end of the investigation period, population

size was still augmenting (see Fig. 3), so that it cannot be excluded that

population size increased even further after that date. However on the occasion

of a visit at the site ten days later, only very few aethiops were observed.

Tab. 2. Mark-recapture-data of the E. aethiops population at “Bachhalten”

ons Gel 87 307 68: ON RUN re

captured on day 1 10 13 13) 91 100 85

Gé captured on day i 10 13 71 86 86 62

already marked — 1

13 27 28 2)

Q° captured on day i — 2 5 14 23

= = — — 1

2 82 146 218 281

already marked

& marked individuals

287. 307. 6.8. 98. 15.8. 218.

Fig. 3. Population size estimates for the male aethiops population at Bachhalten

(Grindelwald) in 1986. & = Jolly estimates. @ = Lincoln estimates.

Habitat use and dispersal in E. aethiops

Detailed MRR-data for the aethiops males are shown in Tab. 3. The same

number of males was marked at subsite A as in the other five subsites together.

30% of the marked males at site A were recaptured at that same site, whereas

only 14% were recaptured at another site. On the other hand at least as many

recaptures at site A as on the original site of marking were made. Site A

thus appears to be the very centre of activity of that male population. It

is a fairly steep slope in the vicinity of a wood interspersed with bushes and

small trees. Its size is about 15 by 30 meters.

Tab. 3. Detailed mark-recapture-data for the male aethiops-population at “Bachhalten”

in 1986. Rows left of the double bar: number of individuals caught and marked

at the sites. Rows to the right of the double bar : Individuals recaptured at the sites

in %.

epee On A8y.§ Recapture at Site X in %

Marked at Site X Site A Site B Site C Site D Site E

9% 1% 5% 1200

The dispersal values for aethiops males yielded a mean distance between

recaptures (d) of 101 meters, a mean range (R) of 108 meters and a mean

total distance (D) of 136 meters. Maximum distance flown by an individual

over the whole investigation period was ca. 520 meters. Maximum distance

flown on one particular day was ca. 260 meters. The size of the whole

investigation area was 5 ha. Outside this area no aethiops were observed nearer

than 1.5 km. There, another population was found, of which 270 individuals

were marked in the same period. However, no exchange of individuals between

the two populations was observed.

Comparison of population size of aethiops and meolans

To compare the sizes of the two populations, their maximum estimates were

tested according to Wire et al. (1982) with the two tailed Z-Test. The result

(Z= 22.7, p < 0.01) confirms the impression that the meolans population in

1986 was much smaller than the aethiops population.‘

Comparison of Jolly’s stochastic method and the Lincoln-Index

One of the essential assumptions of the Lincoln-Index is that neither birth

or immigration nor death or emigration influence the population investigated

(BEGon, 1979). If such events occur, the Lincoln-Index yields systematic

overestimations for both the first and the second capture event (SEBER, 1982).

If there are only immigration and birth, the estimate concerns the second

capture event and if there are only death and emigration it concerns both

events (BEGON, 1979). Therefore at the beginning of the investigation period

the estimates should be pictured at the second capture date and in between

towards the end. For a comparison of the Lincoln-Index and Jolly’s stochastic

model however, they were all pictured at the second capture date (Figs. 2

& 3). On all but one date the Lincoln-estimate was significantly higher than

the Jolly-estimate (Z, < 0.05).

Discussion

As all results concern one investigation period only, generalisations are difficult

to make. Especially concerning population size estimates, one-year studies on

population dynamics neglect possible yearly fluctuations in population size,

a phenomenon usual in the Genus Erebia (WARREN, 1936). Furthermore, as

was pointed out by EHRLICH (1984), within-species diversity in ecological

features such as population size, dispersal or larval foodplants can be rather

great. However, there are some results that deserve further discussion. The

present study shows that E. aethiops is confined to a rather limited well defined

area which it rarely leaves. For E. meolans, from the population size and

other observations one could presume the same. E. aethiops males showed

a clear preference for a small area of tall-grass pasture surrounded by woodland

and interspersed with bushes and small trees between which they patrolled,

while meolans was mainly observed patrolling along well defined habitat

structures such as rocky ridges at the border of meadows or roads. Sex ratios

were more biased towards the male side in the aethiops population. From

personal observations the author concludes that the main reasons for this

are behavioural differences between the sexes in the two species. Males were

mainly observed patrolling, but females on the other hand mostly resting or

basking on flowers or in the vegetation. Consequently males were much more

prone to capture, as only butterflies passing by were caught and marked.

These behavioural differences were less pronounced in meolans, thus possibly

accounting for the less skewed sex ratio.

Population size estimates differ greatly among the two species. The maximum

estimate for the male aethiops population counted 458 individuals in 1986

whilst the male meolans population reached only 66 individuals. The small

size in meolans raises the question whether this population is part of a

metapopulation in the Grindelwald region as was shown for the checkerspot

butterfly Euphydryas editha bayensis in the San Francisco Bay area (HARRISON

et al., 1988). Through its small size it is constantly prone to extinction by

chance events but may be recolonized by large, constant “mother”-populations.

The Grindelwald region contains several other meolans populations (SCHIEss,

1988), so that this hypothesis would be worth further examination.

The observed population features, i.e. rather small size, restricted area, little

dispersal (for aethiops), compare rather well with several other studies of

different butterfly species (GALL, 1984; BrussaRD et al., 1974; EHRLICH,

1984). The only other study dealing with a representative of this genus by

BRUSSARD & EHRLICH (1970) on Erebia epipsodea showed that it occurred

in vast, effectively panmictic populations which may cover hundreds of square

kilometers. On the limits of its distribution however, it apparently shows a

more colonial population structure as a consequence of a patchy distribution

of a resource, possibly a specific larval host (EHRLICH, 1984). This example

shows that it would be very risky to draw conclusions about the population

structure of meolans and aethiops from the small insight this study yields.

Furthermore Murpny et al. (1986) suggested that standard mark-recapture

Statistics alone are insufficient to reveal adult population features that

distinguish species susceptible to extinction from those that are comparatively

more secure. Much more should be known and that knowledge can only

be obtained through long term studies over a large area of the species

distribution. BERRY (1989) put these needs into words for his presidential

address at the British Ecological Society by saying: “Ecology is concerned

with dynamic interactions. These may lead to change or stability, but they

can be recognized only by collecting observations over a period of time. Long-

term data series are not fashionable ; they appear to funding agencies as an

open-ended commitment. We must defend them, because they are our only

way of actually determining what is going on in the real world around us”.

Acknowledgements

I wish to express my thanks towards Dr. H. J. GEIGER and Prof. A. SCHOLL

who made this investigation possible. I also wish to thank Dr. M. ZIMMERMANN

and Dr. H. J. GEIGER for looking through the manuskript and for their

constructive criticism.

References

BEGON, M., 1979. Investigating Animal Abundance. Edward Arnold Publ.

BERRY, R. J., 1989. Ecology : Where Genes and Geography Meet. J. Anim. Ecol.

58 : 733-759.

Bias, J. & KuDRNA, O., 1982. Hilfsprogramm für Schmetterlinge. Naturschutz aktuell

Nr. 6, Kilda Verlag, pp. 45-46.

BRIEMLE, G., H. G. Kunz & A. MUELLER, 1987. Zur Mindestpflege der Kulturland-

schaft insbesondere von Brachflächen aus ökologischer und ökonomischer Sicht.

Veröff. Naturschutz Landschaftspflege Bad.- Württ. 62 : 141-160.

BRUSSARD, P. F. & P. R. EnrLich, 1970. The Population Structure of Erebia epipsodea

(Lepidoptera, Satyridae). Ecology, 51 : 119-129.

BRUSSARD, P. FE, P. R. EnrLich & M. C. SINGER, 1974. Adult Movements and

Population Structure in Euphydryas editha. Evolution 28 : 408-415.

EHRHARDT, A. 1982. Lepidoptera fauna in cultivated and abandoned grassland in

the subalpine region of Central Switzerland. Proc. 3rd. Congr. eur. Lepid., Cam-

bridge : 63-73.

EHRLICH, P. R., 1984. The Structure and Dynamics of Butterfly Populations. In

R. I. Cane-Wright & P. R. Ackery (Eds.) : “The Biology of Butterflies”. Academic

Press, London, pp. 25-40.

GALL, L. F., 1985. Measuring the Size of Lepidopteran Populations. J. Res. Lep.

24 (2) : 97-116.

GALL, L. F., 1984. Population Structure and Recommendations for Conservation of

the Narrowly Endemic Alpine Butterfly, Boloria acrocnema (Lepidoptera :

Nymphalidae). Biol. Conserv. 28 : 111-138.

Harrison, S., D. D. Murpuy & P. R. EHRLICH, 1988. Distribution of the Bay

Checkerspot Butterfly, Euphydryas editha bayensis : Evidence for a Metapop-

ulation Model. Am. Nat. 132 (3) : 360-382.

JoLıy, G. M., 1965. Explicit estimates from capture-recapture data with both death

and immigration — stochastic model. Biometrika 52 : 225-247.

LINCOLN, F. C., 1930. Calculating waterfowl abundance on the basis of banding returns.

U.S. Dept. Agric. Circ., 118 : 1-4.

MurPHY, D. D., M. S. MENNINGER, P. R. EHRLICH & B. A. Wırcox, 1986. Local

Population Dynamics of Adult Butterflies and the Conservation Status of Two

Closely Related Species. Biol. Conserv. 37 : 201-223.

SBN, 1987. Tagfalter und ihre Lebensräume. Schweizerischer Bund für Naturschutz,

Basel. pp. 82-85.

SCHIESS, H., 1988. Wildtiere in der Kulturlandschaft Grindelwalds. Schlussbericht zum

schweizerischen MAB-Programm Nr. 35. Bundesamt fiir Umweltschutz, Bern.

SEBER, G. A. F. 1982. Estimation of Animal Abundance. 2nd Edition. Charles Griffin

& Co., pp. 72.

THomas, J. A., 1980. Why did the large blue become extinct in Britain? Oryx 15:

243-247.

WARREN, B. C. S., 1936. Monograph of the Genus Erebia. The Oxford University

Press, pp. 32-33.

WATT, W. B., F. S. CHEW, L. G. Snyper, A. G. WATT & D. E. ROTHSCHILD, 1977.

Population structure of pierid butterflies, I. Numbers and movements of some

montane Colias species. Oecologia, 27 : 1-22.

WHITE, G. C., D. R. ANDERSON, K. P. BURNHAM & D. L. Oris, 1982. Capture-

Recapture and Removal Methods for Sampling Closed Populations. Los Alamos

National Library, UC-11, pp. 139.

Nota lepid. Suppl. No. 2 : 32-44 ; 31.1.1991 ISSN 0342-7536

Progress in the conservation of butterflies

M. G. Morris and J. A. THOMAS

Furzebrook Research Station (Institute of Terrestrial Ecology), Wareham, Dorset,

BH20 5AS, UK ;

Introduction

The better conservation of butterflies in Europe depends on a complex

combination of factors, of which scientific research is only one, though a

very important one. In particular, we stress the point that, however good

the research is, only its acceptance by an informed and aware body of public

opinion and conservation decision-makers can ensure, through implementation

of its findings, that it is properly used. In recent years there have been

encouraging signs that research has begun to be applied to conservation

problems in the field more readily than has previously been the case.

One aspect of the complex nature of the factors affecting the conservation

of Lepidoptera populations is the different perceptions that are current about

what is important for practical conservation. Despite strong evidence that

the primary cause of most declines in butterfly populations is habitat

destruction, or what amounts to the same thing, habitat change, much

attention continues to be focused on other issues. These may either be

themselves relatively unimportant, or may place a wrong emphasis on a

particular matter, or may fail to take it far enough. Thus, legislation often

tends to be negative, concentrating on the prevention of “over-collecting” or

disturbance rather than habitat protection, management and re-creation.

Use of insecticides has assumed an importance in the decline of butterfly

populations which is not merited by a critical examination of the evidence

available. The acquisition of nature reserves has been given its right prominence,

but in some cases without sufficient attention being given to their management.

It is not our intention in this paper to dwell on past failures but to point

out some of the successful ways in which the scientific problems associated

with the conservation of Lepidoptera have been solved. Many of the

suggestions made by THomas (1984b) have already been put into effect or

started. The importance of survey and monitoring continues to be recognised

in many European countries and the results are being used in practical

conservation. The proposed emphasis on research, reserves and re-introductions

(Morris 1981c) is still valid. However, a comprehensive review of progress

during the last 9 years is not appropriate or possible, largely because of the

great activity which there has been in this field. In this paper we therefore

concentrate almost exclusively on the problems posed by the conservation

of butterflies which inhabit grassland, referring only briefly to the species of

other biotopes. We draw heavily on experience in the United Kingdom, though

many of the problems and their solutions are equally valid elsewhere in Europe.

The historical background

In most parts of Europe, grasslands are communities of plants and animals

which have been created by man for the nourishment and breeding of the

domestic animals on which he has depended for much of his food, power,

transport and clothing. These communities were established by the clearance

of the climax forest vegetation (the wildwood) which developed after the end

of the last ice age. Grasslands were created by the interaction of available

plant species with grazing animals, often sheep and cattle. The agricultural

technology in use up to the beginning of the 20th century could be complex,

but was not highly developed, and as a consequence utilisation of potential

photosynthetic production was inefficient in terms of energy transfer. This

allowed for considerable diversity of both plants and animals in the community,

although such diversity was produced unintentionally and unconsciously.

There was also diversity in the types of grassland created. Partly this was

mediated through soil type, but water régime was also an important influence.

So also was the use made of the grassland vegetation, whether directly by

grazing animals (pasture) or indirectly by growing a crop of hay (meadows).

In many cases, of course, direct and indirect use on any one site were combined

in seasonal or sequential use. Whatever the exact use, grasslands were

established as plagioclimax communities in which succession of the vegetation

was opposed by its removal to feed sheep and cattle.

There were few obvious competitors for grassland production in Britain until

the rise of the rabbit (SHEAIL 1971). From being an introduced and valued

domestic animal kept in managed warrens, rabbits became a feral species

and a major agricultural pest. Despite competing with sheep, in particular,

rabbits contributed to the maintenance of grasslands by grazing and scratching

the sward.

About 1950, two major changes started to become apparent on British lowland

grasslands. One was relatively gradual and only dramatic in its most intensive,

recent phase ; this was the decline of pastoral farming and the rapid conversion

of most level or gently-sloping land to arable for the production of cereals

by the heavy use of nitrogenous fertilisers. The other change, sudden and

very obvious, was the great reduction of rabbit populations by the Myxoma

virus in the years following 1954.

Current grassland problems

Species-rich lowland grasslands in Britain have been greatly reduced in extent.

It is estimated that only c. 4000 ha of semi-natural chalk grassland, for instance,

remain in Britain. Those areas which are left have been either under-managed

or managed with difficulty. Nature conservation bodies are not often equipped

to keep sheep or cattle just for management of nature reserves. Consequently,

even reserves especially established to conserve species and communities

dependent on grazing have been neglected. In many cases, other methods

of management, such as mowing, have been tried, often without a complete

monitoring of the effects on plants, animals and communities.

The association of a wide range of diurnal Lepidoptera with different types

of grassland in subalpine Switzerland has recently been demonstrated

(ERHARDT 1985). Species-richness was high under traditional, non-intensive

management and in the early stages of abandonment after intensive use. But

few species persisted under intensive agricultural management, nor in areas

where trees and shrubs began to be established.

Even where it has been possible to re-impose grazing management, there has

often been a lack of appreciation of the complexities and subtleties of the

interaction between the vegetation, the grazing animals and the invertebrate

fauna. Possibly because of over-reaction to the need to re-introduce grazing,

it has tended to be too intensive or too continuous in some cases. The

distinction between reclamation management, imposed to bring a real

grassland character back to a neglected site, and maintenance management,

designed to keep that character, has not always been recognised.

There has also been little appreciation of the differences in objectives between

agricultural and conservation management. The desire to maximise, or

increase, agricultural production has been the reason for many of the changes

which have destroyed large numbers of sites once rich in grassland Lepidoptera.

A realisation that wildlife conservation was an unconscious production of

agricultural management is long overdue. The corollary is that conservation

management has the potential to be far more responsive to the needs of

particular species of plants and animals and the communities of which they

are part.

A major problem arising from the destruction of so many sites is that those

which are left have become extremely isolated. In these areas, Lepidoptera

which become extinct, often through lack of management, do not have the

ability, as they once did, to re-colonise from nearby sites. The management

of these species requires in many cases the re-establishment of populations

by artificial means (Morris 198lc, THomaAs 1984b). We discuss some

examples below.

Grassland Lepidoptera — some case histories

Several studies of individual species have recently been undertaken in Britain

which demonstrate some of the problems which confront butterfly conser-

vationists. These studies also suggest ways in which populations of each species

may be enhanced and managed on protected sites, particularly nature reserves.

The species concerned are not great rarities, nor are they especially endangered

in Europe as a whole. There is some evidence to suggest that the problems

encountered by species on the edge of their range where the climatic environ-

ment is generally colder and wetter than elsewhere in Europe may not be

widespread. For example, at least 3 of the species described below as needing

short or sparse turf to survive in Britain can occupy taller or denser swards

further south in Europe where the microclimate is warmer at ground level.

Nevertheless, the detailed investigations of the ecology of these species are

of interest to most lepidopterists.

C. D. THomas (1985a, b) studied the iycaenid butterfly Plebejus argus at

a number of sites in Britain. This species apparently inhabits a broad range

of biotopes in England and Wales, where it is widely distributed (HEATH et

al. 1984), but local. It is locally common on limestone grassland in North

Wales, but has disappeared from many grassland, and other sites elsewhere.

THomaAs (1985b) showed that, despite the wide range of biotopes inhabited

and foodplants utilised, P argus is actually very restricted in its occurrence.

The eggs are laid where short vegetation and bare ground meet, and only

where the microclimate is warm. The larvae feed only on the youngest and

most succulent terminal shoots of the foodplants. And the adult butterfly

is sedentary, so that the rate of colonisation of new ground is also slow.

It is this combination of characteristics which has restricted the butterfly’s

habitat and ensured that many former sites for it have become unsuitable

through growth of coarse grasses following myxomatosis and the decline in

sheep farming.

Rather similar habitat conditions were required by another lycaenid in Britain,

Maculinea arion. Historically, this species was much more restricted in the

British Isles (SPOONER 1963), and colonies were lost throughout the 19th and

20th centuries, though most rapidly in the period from about 1950 to 1979,

when the last-known colony became extinct (THoMAS 1980). The early stages

of M. arion are dependent on short grassland vegetation, but in this case

because the preferred ant host, Myrmica sabuleti, occurs abundantly only

on very short turf (THoMAs 1984b). On former sites for the butterfly, surveys

have shown that although the foodplant of the first 3 instars (Thymus drucei)

may remain abundant, growth of coarse vegetation has nearly always brought

about extinction of M. sabuleti. The grassland management necessary to retain

populations of M. arion is particularly intensive. Now that this is understood,

a protected site where it is hoped to re-establish the butterfly is being grazed

at an appropriate intensity.

Another lycaenid butterfly of high conservation importance in Britain is

Lysandra bellargus. Its ecology has several features of interest (THOMAS

(1983a). The butterfly is restricted to the south of England and adults are

relatively sedentary. The larvae feed on the leguminous herb Hippocrepis

comosa, which in Britain grows only on calcareous soils. Ovipositing female

butterflies lay almost exclusively on plants growing in turf only 1-4 cm high.

The daily temperature in spring and summer is much higher here than it

is in taller vegetation. Larvae of L. bellargus are almost invariably attended

by ants, which are attracted to the honeydew secreted from pores distributed

over the body and also from a Newcomer’s gland. At night and during moults,

ants bury or wall-up larvae in cells constructed of soil particles. Pupae are

also attractive to ants and have been found in ants’ nests. Several species

of ant attend L. bellargus larvae ; those recorded at the sites where THOMAS

worked were Myrmica sabuleti, which occurs only in very short turf, and

Lasius alienus, which is generally a species of dry, warm soils.

Between the years c. 1950 and 1983, numbers of colonies of L. bellargus

halved every 12 years as a result of lack of grazing making many sites

unsuitable for the early stages of the butterfly. Since 1983, grazing has increased

on many sites and colonies are being lost at a slower rate. However, because

of the butterfly’s poor powers of dispersal and the increasing isolation of sites,

artificial re-establishment must be used in the conservation of the species ;

this is discussed later in this paper.

The “skipper” butterfly Hesperia comma also inhabits chalk grassland hills

in Britain and has a similar range to L. bellargus. Before 1940, it occurred

in other parts of England (HEATH et al. 1984). Only about 49 populations

still survive (THoMAs et al. 1986). The larval foodplant is the grass Festuca

ovina, which is widely distributed in Britain and is not confined to the chalk

hills of the south. The key feature of the ecology and behaviour of the species

is the extreme fussiness of the ovipositing female in choosing egg-laying sites.

The small F ovina plants must be largely surrounded by bare ground or

chalk scree and they must be growing in sheltered sun-spots. It is clear that

myxomatosis has caused a drastic decline in the butterfly ; reduced numbers

of rabbits have allowed the vegetation on many former sites to grow up and

swamp the open habitat of the larvae of the butterflies. There is some evidence

that recently-increased grazing by sheep and rabbits has begun to reverse this

trend. However, like L. bellargus, H. comma is a poor colonist and improved

sites are mostly only potential, rather than actual, habitats for the butterfly.

The 4 examples so far given — Plebejus argus, Maculinea arion, Lysandra

bellargus and Hesperia comma — are all dependent on short grassland and

hot microclimatic conditions near the ground. However, not all species of

butterfly respond to grassland which is intensively managed so as to produce

a short sward. Thymelicus acteon (Hesperidae) is a common European species

which is very restricted in its distribution in Britain, being confined to only

a small part of the coast of southern Britain, particularly the county of Dorset

(HEATH et al. 1984). The butterfly is thus on the edge of its range in Britain,

where its larval foodplant is the coarse grass Brachypodium pinnatum

(THomas 1983b). This is a tall-growing species which has flourished in the

absence of grazing by domestic stock and rabbits, and has spread in the

unimproved calcareous pastures typical of this part of England. As a

consequence, populations of 7: acteon are now very numerous. In 1978, 83

colonies were found in the county of Dorset, only 36 (43%) of which had

been recorded previously. Several of these colonies were very large : one was

synpe Ayıge

SUISTUO[OT)

JUON

JAeIn9e I

Sımaads

9 9891140

SAT}ETNI]

syue UJIM

diysuoneyay

Ayotpoods

jue[dpoo/

aselloy

288I[0

sedndaud ‘sqn1s

‘s339 Jue ‘ spng

SJOOUS Juno‘

Ayıyenb

pue PooJ

SOA

yuey1odun

SSYT

SOX

yuswannbaıl

punois seg

LAB

JIOUS NO

ous

yous ÂI9A

JIOUS-UINIPOJA]

JuSreu ‘301

SUIP99J [EAICT

uOTJISOdTIAO

SUIP99J [VAIL]

uOT}ISOdTAO

Zuıp32J [PAIL]

UOT}ISOdIAG

syue Aq

uondope [eAIeT

SUIP99J [EAICT

UOHISOdTAO

S252]S

9ATJISUIS

SaI[9nQ puejsseIs ysnug PAIPNIS-ÂTSAISUQIUI Ç Jo syuawaımbaı yeIIQeY SU L ‘I 2IQUL

U0919D SNIYAUAY J,

punuo9 Didadsay]

SNBIDIJAG DAPUDSAT

UOLID DAULINIDW

snsiv snlagajd

Sa199dS

estimated to have over 100,000 individuals on the peak day of emergence

and 4 had over 10,000 (THomMas 1983b). It is thought that T: acteon is now

more abundant in its English haunts than it has ever been since it was

discovered in Britain in 1832.

In summary, 4 of the 5 species which have been studied intensively require

short turf, hot microclimatic conditions, and, in most cases, bare ground

adjacent to the foodplants chosen for oviposition. These conditions are most

usually produced by intensive management. But one species requires a

minimum of grassland management and flourishes in the absence of grazing.

The main habitat features necessary for the survival of each species are

summarised in Table 1.

Other grassland insects

The effects of grassland management, or cessation of management, on a variety

of other insects have been studied in Britain. Because most of these species

do not have the conservation importance of butterflies, many of the studies

have examined the effects of management on the species-richness and diversity

of the fauna. Investigation of intensive grazing has emphasised the importance

of vertical structure of both individual plant species and the vegetation for

the diversity of a range of insects, particularly Auchenorhyncha (Hemiptera)

(Morris 1967, 1971a, b). Under cutting management as well as grazing, some

species are characteristic of short turf, although more species are associated

with tall vegetation (Morris 1981a, b). Burning, as a method of grassland

management, has similar effects (Morris 1975), while human trampling of

grassland produces very severe reductions in the insects present, for instance

Coleoptera (DuFFEY 1975). Various species of Coleoptera are characteristic

of short and tall vegetation (Morris & Rispin 1987) and cutting reduces

species-abundance and diversity while changing the proportions of phytopha-

gous as against fungivorous, saprophagous and detritivorous species (MORRIS

& RispiN 1988). The rejuvenating effect of reimposing management on a

neglected or uncut grassland is important (Morris & PLANT 1983). The

problem of maintaining short and tall vegetation simultaneously, for the

conservation of butterflies like L. bellargus and H. comma, on the one hand,

and T. acteon, on the other, together with numerous counterparts in other

insect groups, can be solved by rotational management. For most sites,

particularly where the aims of management specify the maintenance and

enchancement of diversity, rotational management, especially grazing, is to

be preferred to uniform intensive treatment.

Colonisation and re-establishment

Some very successful research has been done in both Europe and North

America on the population dynamics of butterflies. However, a major problem

often exists in studying the adult population, because immigration and

emigration cannot be quantified in studies of particular populations. Species

of butterfly vary very considerably in their normal mobility and “strategy”

of habitat utilisation. Many species exist as closed colonies, or may be assumed

to do so. This can be tested by successive estimates of abundance using the

frequency of capture method on marked individuals (CRAIG 1953, EBERHARDT

1967). If population estimates stabilise over time, and provided mortality and

emergences are small, then the population may be considered to be a closed

one (POLLARD 1977, THOMAS 1983a). However, open populations still present

a problem, as it is important that immigration rates be known. A recent

approach has been to examine the possibility that “natural markers” can be

used to identify the origins of individuals in the populations. DEMPSTER et

al. (1986) studied differences in the elemental composition of individuals of

the common pierid butterfly Gonepteryx rhamni. This is a very mobile species

and adults are believed to migrate between hibernating and breeding sites

(POLLARD & HALL 1980). The chemical composition of individual butterflies

was examined by wavelength dispersive X-ray fluorescence spectrometry.

Considerable differences were found between the sexes of G. rhamni, and

between individuals taken on different sites and in different years and seasons.

The elements which mostly discriminate between individual butterflies were

potassium, calcium, phosphorus, zinc, chlorine and sulphur. Variation in these

and other elements studied appears to result from differences in the composition

of the soil at the breeding sites and the plants on which the larvae fed. However,

despite the promise of this technique, its use seems to be limited because

the specific “locality imprint” is soon destroyed as the butterflies feed and

age.

More recently, a similar approach has been made to studying movements

of individuals and their significance for populations in another mobile pierid,

Anthocaris cardamines. The larvae of this species feed on a variety of

Cruciferae, but mainly in southern England on Cardamine pratensis, a plant

of wet meadows and woodland rides, and Alliaria petiolata, a hedgerow species

of mostly drier soils. Analysis of mustard oils present in individual butterflies

may help to determine their origin, as these chemicals are highly distinctive

of the different larval foodplants (DEMPSTER pers. comm.).

The mobility of individual butterflies and the ability of species to found new

colonies is an important aspect of their conservation. The examples of

Lysandra bellargus and Hesperia comma emphasise that, under present-day

conditions, natural re-colonisation of “vacant” sites is an increasingly infrequent

and unlikely event. Even when previously unmanaged areas of grassland are

brought back to a suitable condition for butterfly species which required a

short turf, the sites are often isolated and surrounded by crops or other

biotopes across which the insects do not fly. In these circumstances the

conservationist must take on the rôle played by nature in earlier times.

Opposition to the artificial re-establishment of species is becoming increasingly

muted as the case for controlled and responsible re-establishments becomes

more urgent and obvious (Morris & THoMAs 1989). A code of practice

has recently been produced which sets out the desirable steps which should

be taken before, during and after an attempt at re-establishment is made (Joint

Committee for the Conservation of British Insects 1986).

Numerous successful re-establishments of different species have been made

in the past, though few have been adequately recorded. One exception is a

re-establishment of Lysandra bellargus made on Old Winchester Hill, a chalk

grassland National Nature Reserve in southern England. The butterfly became

extinct on the site before 1960, as a result of cessation of grazing. Management

re-started after a period of years, and in particular a rotational grazing system

was imposed on the south-facing slope of the reserve in 1980. The site is

almost completely surrounded by arable land, and it was calculated that the

nearest colony of L. bellargus was 25 miles (40 km) distant. The re-establish-

ment, which was made in 1981, was an instant success and the new colony

is flourishing, though, like all populations of this species, it has fluctuated

considerably in numbers.

This example illustrates a number of important aspects of the re-establishment

of butterfly populations. As well as some very successful attempts at re-

establishments there have been a few failures. Many of these have occurred

because the correct ecological conditions, though well understood, could not

be reproduced. A well-documented example is the attempt to re-introduce

the English Swallowtail Papilio machaon britannicus to Wicken Fen, where

it became extinct in 1952. A well-planned release of imagines was made, but

the fen is too dry to support an adequate population of the larval foodplant

(DEMPTER & HALL 1980).

Butterflies of other biotopes

In this paper we have concentrated on grassland butterflies, emphasising the

importance of biotope management and the changes which are produced when

it ceases. These are phenomena of more general application. British woodlands,

in particular, are very far from being similar to the primeval “wildwood”.

It is becoming increasingly evident that management, especially to produce

small timber products by the practice of coppicing, has been essential to the

maintenance and survival of woodland butterflies. Widespread neglect of

coppice woodlands, mostly because of economic forces, together with con-

siderable replacement of deciduous mixed woodlands by single-species plan-

tations of exotic conifers, has resulted in many local extinctions of several

species. Some of these are insects which were regarded as common only a

few decades ago. Work on the ecology and conservation of these species is

continuing. One recent example of such work, and the prescriptions which

have been formulated for management and conservation, is the detailed study

of the butterfly which was thought to be most at risk of extinction in Britain

after Maculinea arion, the small nymphalid Mellicta athalia (WARREN 1985).

This is another species which is rare and local in Britain though abundant

and widespread in continental Europe. Its habitats need to be carefully and

intensively managed if it is to survive in the British Isles.

A group of species which are rare, declining in numbers of colonies, and

thus threatened in continental Europe, is the 4 or 5 species of Maculinea.

Work on the ecology and habitat requirements of these butterflies was begun

by THomas (1984a) and is continuing. The 2 species M. teleius and M. nausi-

thous often inhabit the same small, mesotropic bogs and have the same larval

foodplant (Sanguisorba officinalis). Eggs of both species are frequently laid

on the same Sanguisorba plants, but the larvae of M. nausithous survive

only in the nests of the ant Myrmica rubra, which lives in scrubby, submarginal

areas, whereas M. teleius parasitises Myrmica scabrinodis, which lives in the

more open, central region of the bog. The larvae of Maculinea rebeli (which,

ecologically at least, appears to be specifically distinct from M. alcon) survive

in the nests of another species of Myrmica, M. schencki, whilst Maculinea

alcon uses Myrmica ruginodis. With Maculinea arion associated particularly

with Myrmica sabuleti, it is becoming clear that each species of Maculinea

butterfly characteristically parasitises a different species of Myrmica ant.

The conservation of tropical species

The problems of conserving tropical butterflies are often very different from

those which beset conservationists in Europe, although in both cases the

destruction of habitats is the main threat to populations, and ultimately to

species. Western attitudes towards conservation are often highly inappropriate

in the Third World, where increasing living standards and the quality of life,

particularly for the rural poor, are important and laudable goals. Consequently,

development is an overriding objective in most Third World countries and

conservation has to be implemented within that context. This is the reason

for the emphasis on “Conservation for Development” in the World Conser-

vation Strategy. One aspect of this approach is to consider wildlife, including

butterflies and other insects, as a resource to be utilised. The farming of

butterflies for the decorative-, and more especially the specialist trades, is

already successfully in progress in Papua New Guinea (National Research

Council 1983), appears to be spreading to other parts of the tropics. With

the rise in popularity of “butterfly houses” in Europe, especially in the United

Kingdom and North America, the live trade, too, is well situated to help

the Third World utilise its butterfly resource.

Even in Europe it is often difficult to obtain precise information on the status

of a particular species, especially for the whole of its range. Accurate data

on status may often not be adequate to determine causes of decline, and

research will usually be necessary to elucidate these problems. However,

documentation is also important. Thus, the report produced by HEATH (1981)

has been invaluable in determining priorities for the conservation of Europe’s

butterflies and in indicating where gaps in our knowledge lie. HEATH’s report

was built on the various national conservation efforts, particularly the Red

Data Books. International RDBs for more popular groups such as mammals

and birds have been in existence for some time. A selection of the threatened

invertebrates of the world was made by WeEııs et al. (1983), but the first

comprehensive Red Data Book for an insect group is CoLLıns & Morris

(1985) for the Papilionidae of the world. Naturally, this is only a means to

an end: the information published in the RDB needs to be corrected, up-

dated and elaborated. The book can be used to designate an action plan

for papilionid conservation, but this in turn will be ineffectual unless practical

action can be taken. European lepidopterists and conservationists can contribute

to this programme. Closer to home, Papilio hospiton is categorised as an

Endangered species, yet information on the species and its conservation has

been difficult to obtain.

Epilogue

Conservationists often appear to be fighting a lost cause, or at least to be

losing in a rearguard action to preserve species, populations and habitats.

While it remains true that many of our Lepidoptera species continue to be

under threat, we are also beginning to understand the ecology of some of

them much better and to see where the priorities for conservation action lie.

Economy of effort and means is an important consideration in the promotion

of effective action. Future emphasis must be to focus on actual problems

and real solutions. Conservation has added a new and important aspect to

the study of Lepidoptera, and this may be expected to continue to grow and

develop.

Acknowledgements

We thank all those conservationists, lepidopterists and research.workers, too

numerous to acknowledge by name, who have contributed to this paper

through discussion and exploration of ideas. We are grateful to Dr J. P.

DEMPSTER for permission to mention his work on mustard oils.

References

Coins, N. M. & Morris, M. G., 1985. Threatened Swallowtail Butterflies of the

World, IUCN, Gland and Cambridge.

CRAIG, C. C., 1953. On the utilisation of marked specimens in estimating populations

of flying insects. Biometrika 40 : 170-176.

Dempster, J. P. & HALL, M. L., 1980. An attempt at re-establishing the swallowtail

butterfly at Wicken Fen. Ecological Entomology 5 : 327-334.

Dempster, J. P., LAKHANI, K. H. & Cowarp, P. A., 1986. The use of chemical

composition as a population marker in insects: a study of the Brimstone

butterfly. Ecological Entomology 11 : 51-65.

Durrey, E., 1975. The effects of human trampling on the fauna of grassland litter.

Biological Conservation 7 : 255-274.

EBERHARDT, L. L., 1967. Population estimates from recapture frequencies. Journal

of Wildlife Management 33 : 28-39.

ERHARDT, A., 1985. Diurnal Lepidoptera: sensitive indicators of cultivated and

abandoned grassland. Journal of Applied Ecology 22 : 849-861.

HEATH, J., 1981. Treatened Rhopalocera (Butterflies) in Europe. Council of Europe

(Nature and Environment Series No. 23), Strasbourg.

HEATH, J., POLLARD, E. & THomas, J. A., 1984. Atlas of Butterflies in Britain and

Ireland, Viking, Harmondsworth.

Joint Committee for the Conservation of British Insects, 1986. Insect re-establishment

— a code of conservation practice. Antenna 10 (1) : 13-18.

Morris, M. G., 1967. Differences between the invertebrate faunas of grazed and

ungrazed chalk grassland. I. Responses of some phytophagous insects to

cessation of grazing. Journal of Applied Ecology 4 : 459-474.

Morris, M. G., 1971a. Differences between the invertebrate faunas of grazed and

ungrazed chalk grassland. IV. Abundance and diversity of Homoptera-Auche-

norchyncha. Journal of Applied Ecology 8 : 37-52.

Morris, M. G., 1971b. The management of grassland for the conservation of

invertebrate animals. In: The Scientific Management of Animal and Plant

Communities for Conservation (Ed. E. Duffey & A. S. Watt), pp. 527-552. 11th

Symposium of the British Ecological Society.

Morris, M. G., 1975. Preliminary observations on the effects of burning on the

Hemiptera (Heteroptera and Auchenorhyncha) of limestone grassland. Biological

Conservation 7 : 312-319.

Morris, M. G., 1981a. Responses of grassland invertebrates to management by cutting.

III. Adverse effects on Auchenorhynca. Journal of Applied Ecology 18: 107-

123.

Morris, M. G., 1981b. Responses of grassland invertebrates to management by cutting.

IV. Positive responses of Auchenorhyncha. Journal of Applied Ecology 18 : 763-

771.

Morris, M. G., 1981c. Conservation of butterflies in the United Kingdom. Beiheft

Veroffentlichung Naturschutz Landschaftspflege Baden-Wurttemburg 21 : 35-47.

Morris, M. G. & PLANT, R., 1983. Responses of grassland invertebrates to

management by cutting. V. Changes in Hemiptera following cessation of

management. Journal of Applied Ecology 20 : 157-177.

Morris, M. G. & Rispin, W. E., 1987. Abundance and diversity of the coleopterous

fauna of a calcareous grassland under different cutting régimes. Journal of

Applied Ecology 24 : 451-465.

Morais, M. G. & Rispin, W. E., 1988. A beetle fauna of oolithic limestone grassland,

and the responses of species to conservation management by different cutting

régimes. Biological Conservation 43 : 87-105.

Morris, M. G. & THomas, J. A., 1989. Re-establishment of insect populations, with

special reference to butterflies (chapter 2, Moths and Butterflies of Great Britain

and Ireland, 7 (1), ed. by J. Heath & A. M. Emmet), 22-36.

National Research Council, 1983. Butterfly Farming in Papua New Guinea 30 pp.,

National Academy Press (Managing Tropical Animal Resources Series), Wash-

ington, D.C.

POLLARD, E., 1977. A method of assessing changes in the abundance of butterflies.

Biological Conservation 12 : 114-134.

PoLLARD, E. & Hari, M. L., 1980. Possible movement of Gonepteryx rhamni

(Lepidoptera : Pieridae) between hibernating and breeding areas. Entomologist’s

Gazette 31 : 217-220.

SHEAIL, J., 1971. Rabbits and Their History, David & Charles, Newton Abbot.

SPOONER, G. M., 1963. On causes of the decline of Maculinea arion L. (Lep.,

Lycaenidae) in Britain. Entomologist 96 : 199-210.

Tuomas, C. D., 1985a. The status and conservation of the butterfly Plebejus argus

L. (Lepidoptera : Lycaenidae) in north-west Britain. Biological Conservation 33 :

29-S1.

Tuomas, C. D., 1985b. Specialisations and polyphagy of Plebejus argus (Lepidoptera :

Lycaenidae) in North Wales. Ecological Entomology 10 : 325-340.

Tuomas, J. A., 1980. Why did the Large Blue become extinct in Britain ? Oryx 15:

243-247.

THomas, J. A., 1983a. The ecology and conservation of Lysandra bellargus (Lepi-

doptera : Lycaenidae) in Britain. Journal of Applied Ecology 20 : 59-83.

Tuomas, J. A., 1983b. The ecology and status of Thymelicus acteon (Lepidoptera :

Hesperiidae) in Britain. Ecological Entomology 8 : 427-435. |

THoMAs, J. A., 1984a. The behaviour and habitat requirements of Maculinea

nausithous (the Dusky Large Blue Butterfly) and M. teleius (the Scarce Large

Blue) in France. Biological Conservation 28 : 325-347.

Tuomas, J. A., 1984b. The conservation of butterflies in temperate countries : past

efforts and lessons for the future. In: The Biology of Butterflies (Ed. R. I.

Vane-Wright & P. R. Ackery), pp. 333-353. 11th Symposium of the Royal

Entomological Society of London.

Tuomas, J. A., THomas, C. D., Sımcox, D. J. & CLARKE, R. T., 1986. Ecology

and declining status of the Silver-spotted Skipper butterfly (Hesperia comma)

in Britain. Journal of Applied Ecology 23 : 365-380.

WARREN, M. S., 1985. The ecology and conservation of the Heath Fritillary butterfly,

Mellicta athalia. Confidential report to Nature Conservancy Council and

Institute of Terrestrial Ecology.

WELLS, S. M., PyLE, R. M. & Coıınms, N. M. 1983. The IUCN Invertebrate Red

Data Book. IUCN, Cambridge and Gland.

Nota lepid. Suppl. No. 2 : 45-55 ; 31.1.1991 ISSN 0342-7536

Use of UTM maps to detect endangered lycaenid species

in the Iberian Peninsula

(*) Dto. Biologia, Facultad de Ciencias, Universidad Autonoma de Madrid, Cantob-

lanco 28049 Madrid, Spain. '

(*) Instituto de Edafoiogia, CSIC, C/ Serrano n° 115 dupl. 28006 Madrid, Spain.

Summary

UTM distribution maps of 20 species of Iberian Lycaenidae included in Red

Data Books or Lists have been prepared. Maps are presented for 10 species

with a severely restricted distribution, that are present or have been recorded

from less than thirty 10 km UTM squares (0.5% of the squares in the Iberian

Peninsula). These species are considered to be endangered. Species recorded

from 30 to 50 UTM squares are considered to be vulnerable, and those present

in more than 50 squares and widely distributed in the Peninsula are treated

here as not endangered. The validity of this classification of status is discussed

and the importance of conserving some areas in which two or more endangered

species are present is emphasized, especially in the case of the Sierra Nevada

in southern Spain.

Introduction

Although Spain was the first country for which a concern for insect

conservation was documented (PYLE et al, 1981), real efforts towards the

conservation of insects did not take place until recent times.

The first step towards the conservation of Lepidoptera in Spain was the

publication of the “Libro Rojo de los Lepidöpteros Ibéricos” (Iberian

Lepidoptera Red Data Book, VIEDMA & Gomez BustTILLo, 1976) in which

the criteria to select rare or endangered species is a subjective one, but based

on the authors’ good general knowledge of the status of the Iberian species.

The book was revised in 1985, new species were added, others were excluded,

and some distribution of species and selection criteria updated. Nevertheless

the criteria to select species remained a subjective one.

HEATH (1981), dealing with European endangered species, used the same

selection criteria, at least as far as Iberian species is concerned. Another

milestone in insect conservation, including Iberian data, is the book of CoLLins

& WELLS (1987) dealing with particularly endangered species. Some Iberian

endemics are considered in this book, and it has been used as a basis for

the insects listed in the appendices of the Bern Convention.

Real conservation measures in Spain include declaration of National Parks

and Nature Reserves by the Spanish Government. These protected areas were

created mainly to conserve vertebrates or places of “outstanding beauty”. Some

management usually takes place in such areas, but the goal is always to save

endangered mammals or birds. Priority has never been given to invertebrate

conservation ; insect populations have been assumed to be unaffected by the

changing environment.

A proposal to protect an area of central Spain possessing a rich butterfly

fauna has recently been made (VIEDMA & al., 1985). Several studies were

carried out in the area, but despite all the efforts of lepidopterists and

conservation authorities, a motorway actually runs through the very centre

of the area.

Nevertheless, some work with a conservation background is being undertaken

in Spain. We would like to mention as examples some important mapping

research in northern Spain (GOMEZ DE AIZPURUA, 1988) and several papers

from ViEJo and co-authors (e.g.: ViEJo & al., 1989) dealing with the value

of different kinds of forests from the conservation point of view.

In this paper we use the number of 10 km UTM squares in which each species

has been cited to select endangered lycaenid species in the Iberian Peninsula.

The resulting list of species and their status is very similar to those obtained

with more subjective methods, but we think our method is more acceptable

from the scientific point of view, because it allows some quantification of

the vulnerability of rare species.

Materials and methods

We have selected for our study 20 Iberian lycaenid species, taken mainly from

the list of VIEDMA & Gomez BusTILLo (1976), but with the addition of some

rare species from other lists and from our own experience.

Data for the distribution maps were gathered using bibliographic citations

(open circles in the maps) and also data compiled by us (closed circles) from

the following public or private collections : Museo Nacional Ciencias Naturales,

Museo Zoologia Barcelona, Sociedad Ciencias Naturales Aranzadi, Museo

Ciencias Naturales Vitoria, Departamento Biologia Animal Universidad

Complutense Madrid, Departamento Biologia Universidad Autönoma Madrid,

Fidel Fernandez-Rubio, Arcadi Cervellé, Luis Nufiez. For some very rare

species we have included data from personal communications of experienced

collectors. The complete list of localities and UTM coordinates with the

bibliographic or collection references are given elsewhere (MuUNGUIRA, 1989).

Distribution data were processed using a HP 85 computer and an automatic

cartography program for the Iberian Peninsula & Balearic Islands (Rey, 1984).

The maps were printed by a plotter attached to the computer.

Results

We consider a species “endangered” when it is present in the Iberian Peninsula

in less than thirty 10 km UTM squares, “vulnerable” when present in 30 to

50 squares and “out of danger” when it has been found in more than 50

squares.

In this study we present maps of the 10 endangered Iberian lycaenids (Figs 1-9 ;

Maculinea alcon and M. rebeli are included on the same map to show the

geographical segregation of these two close species). We also include an

example of a vulnerable species (Fig. 10) and of a previously listed species

which we consider out of danger (Fig. 11). Table 1 is a comparison of all

the Red Lists referring to the Iberian Peninsula with our own data (status

and number of UTM squares in which each species has been cited).

The analysis of the maps shows the importance of several areas for the

conservation of endangered lycaenids. The areas in which at least two

endangered species are present are as follows :

— Sierra Nevada (Granada Province): two endangered and a vulnerable

species. The endangered species (Agriades zullichi and Lysandra golgus) are

restricted to this Sierra and therefore the conservation of the area should

be held as a priority.

— Abejar and Sotillo del Rincon (Soria Province) where two endangered

species of Maculinea are present.

— Sierra de Aralar (Navarra Province), from where Strymonidia pruni and

Maculinea alcon have been recorded.

— Fuente De (Santander Province) : a locality with Agriades pyrenaicus and

Maculinea alcon.

— Viella in the Valle de Aran (Lérida Province), La Molina (Gerona Province)

and Encamp Cortals (Andorra) where Aricia nicias and Maculinea rebeli

occur.

Discussion

Several authors have used the number of UTM squares in which a species

is present to pinpoint endangered species. Thus GoMEZ DE AIzPuRUA (1988)

in Northern Spain follows LECLERCQ et al. (1980) and considers a species

as “rare” when present in less than 20 (10 km) squares out of a total of 500

(4%). The same criteria was used by the latter authors for Belgium & Luxem-

bourg (rare when present in less than 4% of a total of 400 squares). When

dealing with larger areas the 4% criteria produces too many squares and

therefore USHER (1986) suggests a smaller percentage for the British Isles,

considering a species as rare when cited in less than 15 squares (0.5% of

the roughly 3200 squares of the Isles). We have adopted this last criteria with

the 30 squares (0.5% of the roughly 6000 squares of the Peninsula).

[

ee ia

Psy

RES

re alone

t [A

SEA

an a à

zea EU

DA Strymonidia pruni L.

a=]

Fig. 1. Distribution of Strymonidia pruni in the Iberian Peninsula. Closed circles are

citations confirmed by the authors and open circles are bibliographic citations.

Lyoaena helle D. y Schiff.

Fig. 2. Distribution of Lycaena helle in the Iberian Peninsula. Closed circles are citations

confirmed by the authors and open circles are bibliographic citations.

> Tarucue theophraetus F.

Fig. 3. Distribution of Tarucus theophrastus in the Iberian Peninsula. Closed circles

are citations confirmed by the authors and open circles are bibliographic citations.

Maculinea alcon D. y Schiff., M rebeli Hirechke

Fig. 4. Distribution of Maculinea alcon and Maculinea rebeli. Asterisks (*) and triangles

(A) are respectively confirmed and bibliographic citations of M. alcon. Closed circles

and open circles are respectively confirmed and bibliographic citations of M. rebeli.

Question marks (?) are erroneous citations.

> Maculinea nausithous Bergstr

Fig. 5. Distribution of Maculinea nausithous in the Iberian Peninsula. Closed circles

are citations confirmed by the authors, open circles are bibliographic citations and

question marks (?) are erroneous citations.

Fig. 6. Distribution of Aricia nicias in the Iberian Peninsula. Closed circles are citations

confirmed by the authors and open circles are bibliographic citations.

Fig. 7. Distribution of Lysandra golgus in the Iberian Peninsula. Closed circles are

citations confirmed by the authors and open circles are bibliographic citations.

I Agriades zullichi Hemming

Fig. 8. Distribution of Agriades zullichi in the Iberian Peninsula. Closed circles are

citations confirmed by the authors and open circles are bibliographic citations.

ne Agriades pyrenaicue Boieduva

Fig. 9. Distribution of Agriades pyrenaicus in the Iberian Peninsula. Closed circles

are citations confirmed by the authors and open circles are bibliographic citations.

eS Cupido lorquinii H. -S.

Fig. 10. Distribution of Cupido lorquini in the Iberian Peninsula. Closed circles are

citations confirmed by the authors, open circles are bibliographic citations and question

marks (?) are erroneous citations.

> Aricia morronensis Ribbe

Fig. 11. Distribution of Aricia morronensis in the Iberian Peninsula. Closed circles

are citations confirmed by the authors, open circles are bibliographic citations and

question marks (?) are erroneous citations.

Our method is far from perfect, because a species present in more than 30

squares that are concentrated in the same area, may be endangered. Major

developments such as urbanisation may represent a real threat to the species

in this particular case. The reverse may also happen, and a species present

in less than 30 squares that is widely distributed, may not in fact be seriously

endangered.

A similar problem arises when considering habitat vulnerability, because an

“out of danger” species like Maculinea arion may become endangered if

changes such as those that occurred in England (THomas, 1980) would ever

take place. In the Iberian Peninsula we can say that, based on our own

experience high altitude localities are at present less endangered than lowland

habitats, where human pressure is more severe. Again this must not be

considered absolute, as the situation may change very quickly in certain

mountain areas in the future.

Another problem is that of the age of records. Many records are very old,

and have not been confirmed recently. Therefore certain butterfly species may

have since vanished from some recorded localities. The knowledge in the

Iberian Peninsula is still far from that of the British Isles where records can

be monitored through time (HEATH, 1974).

Table 1. E : endangered, R : rare, O : out of danger,

V : vulnerable, L : endemic, ? : undetermined

VIEDMA VIEDMA HEATH, Status No. UTM

& al., 1976 | & al., 1985 1981 squares

Maculinea teleius 2

M. arion 124

Tolana iolas 33

Cupido lorquinii V 31

Aricia nicias

Plebejus pylaon

Agriades glandon 36

Lysandra nivescens 101

L. golgus

L. caelestissima

Agrodiaetus ainsae

A. fabressei

A. ripartii

Aricia morronensis

| Lycaenahelle | Lycaenahelle

Agrodiaetus violetae

Agriades zullichi

Maculinea alcon 23

M. rebeli 27

| M. nausithous

Agriades pyrenaicus

Aricia eumedon 36

Tarucus theophrastus 12

Strymonidia pruni 10

Polyommatus eros 34

Strymonidia acaciae

Callophrys avis

Scolitantides orion

Agrodiaetus damon

It may also be possible that some species are under represented on our maps.

This may be the case with Tarucus theophrastus, Maculinea alcon, Cupido

lorquinii and Jolana iolas, species for which suitable habitats are more

abundant than the recorded distribution of the butterflies.

Alm

DER:

SI»

eel elie

OnF|Om

| m

pee

ses

alas!

<< =

= 7

Limited as it is we think that our method is a useful tool to select rare species.

At least it calls our attention towards some species overlooked in other lists

due to their abundance in some collections. Our data suggest that species

like 7: theophrastus and Strymonidia pruni, together with others included

in previous lists, should be considered endangered, because their limited

distribution will make them extremely vulnerable to habitat changes.

Acknowledgements

The following gave facilities for access to either public or private collections :

Ramon AGEnJo, Isabel IZQUIERDO, Albert Maso, Ibôn DE OLANO, José Luis

ViEJ0, Jesus ALDABA, Fidel FERNANDEZ-RUBIO, Arcadi CERVELLO and Luis

NUNEz.

References

Coins, N. M. & Weııs, S. M., 1987. Invertebrates in need of special protection

in Europe. Council of Europe, Strasbourg.

GOMEZ DE AIZPURUA, C., 1988. Atlas provisional de los lepidöpteros de la zona norte.

T. UI. Serv. Publ. Gobierno Vasco, Vitoria.

HEATH, J., 1974. A century of change in the Lepidoptera. In HAwKswoRrTH, D. L.

(ed.) The changing flora and fauna of Britain. London. pp. 275-292.

HEATH, J., 1981. Threatened Rhopalocera (Butterflies) of Europe. Council of Europe,

Strasbourg.

LECLERCQ, J., GASPAR, C., MARCHAL, J. L., VERSTRAETEN, C. & WONVILLE, C.,

1980. Analyse des 1600 premières cartes de latlas provisoire des insectes de

Belgique, et premiere liste rouge d'insectes menacés dans la faune Belge. Note

Faunistique de Gembloux n° 4. Faculté des Sciences Agronomiques de l’État,

Gembloux.

MuNGuIRA, M. L., 1989. Biologia y biogeografia de los licénidos ibéricos en peligro

de extinction. (Lepidoptera : Lycaenidae). Tésis Doctoral. Serv. Publ. Univ.

Autonoma de Madrid, Madrid.

Pye, R. M., BENTZIEN, H. & Oper, P., 1981. Insect conservation. Ann. Rev.

Entomol. 26 : 233-258.

Rey, J. M., 1984. Cartografia automätica y sistema CUTM. Fontqueria 6: 31-32.

Tuomas, J. A., 1980. Why did the large blue become extinct in Britain? Oryx 15

(3) : 243-247.

USHER, M. B., 1986. Insect conservation : the relevance of population and community

ecology and of biogeography. Proc. 34 Europ. Congr. entomol. 3 : 387-398.

H. H. Velthuis, Amsterdam.

VIEDMA, M. G. & Gomez BustiLLo, M. R., 1976. Libro Rojo de los lepidopteros

Ibéricos. ICONA, Madrid.

VIEDMA, M. G. & Gomez BustiıL1o, M. R., 1985. Revision del Libro Rojo de los

lepidopteros Ibéricos. ICONA, Madrid.

VIEDMA, M. G., ESCRIBANO, R., Gomez BusTILLO, M. R. & MaATTonI, R. H. T.

1985. The first attempt to establish a Nature Reserve for the conservation of

Lepidoptera in Spain. Biol. Conserv. 32(3) : 255-276.

VIEJO, J. L., VIEDMA, M. G. & MARTINEZ, E., 1989. The importance of woodlands

in the conservation of butterflies (Lep., Papilionoidea and Hesperioidea) in the

Centre of the Iberian Peninsula. Biol. Conserv. 48 (2) : 101-114.

Nota lepid. Suppl. No. 2 : 56-83 : 31.1.1991 ISSN 0342-7536

Memoir on the scientific cooperation between Japan

and the People’s Republic of China

for research on Lepidoptera

Atuhiro SIBATANI

31 Kamotutityoo, Hinooka, Yamasina-ku, Kyoto 607, Japan.

Summary

I attempt to identify the reason for the current frustrations felt by the Japanese

lepidopterists about their isolation from the Chinese butterfly fauna. It may

be due to the absence of an on-going systematic and comprehensive research

program comprising many locally oriented concrete projects, which may be

proposed for a better understanding of butterfly lives in China, within the

existing framework promoting bilateral scientific research cooperation aiming

at mutual benefits between the two countries. This does not necessarily mean

discovery of new taxa in remote areas where several joint expeditions have

so far gone, presumably owing to an awareness on the part of the People’s

Republic of China of the possible existence of unexplored resources. As an

alternative approach, a deeper understanding of the butterfly lifecycle in

various ecosystems, especially at the interface between deciduous broadleaf

forests and laurel forests in the southern half of China may be thought to

be of great significance with respect to the planning of nature conservation

compatible with ecology-oriented human development of resources in these

areas. A comparison between Japan and China with respect to human-nature

interactions would be of particular interest and benefit to both Japan and

China.

Contents

Abbreviations ic... sche ck eessaes cnn. RO ARRT DR ER eee ee 57

F Introduction +2..2..8..M at 2m ee ee of

2. Current void of background knowledge about Chinese Lepidoptera,

butterflies in ParticulanT NEE eee ee een eee SOS 58

3MAttitudes ofapaneslepidopterists ALMA Sa ee eee 61

4. The current policy of the People’s Republic for collection of butterflies

in, China, 2 A Er Mae ad RL na Re teet ee eeeeee 65

5. Policy for publishing on Chinese materials in Japan. .......................... 69

6. Butterfly studies as the basis of understanding interactions of human

society and nature, and of conservation of nature ............................. 72

7. Suggestions on research programs for future cooperation in scientific

BESCHEID ER das ek fautes frs 15

A. Sale of a set of Chinese butterfly specimens to a museum in Japan 75

B. Possibility of commercial butterfly farms in China ........................ 76

GPublication;ofullustrated books invcoloun Kremer 76

a0 mEhineseibutierfliesenn dt ut ee mar SR ane 7/7

b. On the butterflies of the East Asian continent and some ancillety

SANS items nt Papin none ena. 12 I tt et. 77

D. Elucidation of life histories of practically all the species of Eine

fliessoceurrinsum China Seas nz ner an tete 77

E. Studies on human-nature interactions at the interface of deciduous

and laurel forests in the southern half of China, using life-cycles

obbutteriliesasetiectivendicatons 15% ns m7 nee. enfer ee. 78

SAC KMONVI CU OEMS ie eos. tend ee ete eu euen Poeme oem e anna Una Leu dec cor ee 79

SF), RO RE a ean earn Neti ma RE 79

STTETIR een 82

Note added inet 83

Abbreviations

AJCSTE Association for Japan-China Science and Technology Exchange

AS Academia Sinica or the Chinese Academy of Science

BIZ Beijing Institute of Zoology, Academia Sinica

BMNH British Museum (Natural History), London

COAP Council of the Old Age Problems

IFTA Insect Farming and Trading Agency, Bulolo, Papua New Guinea

KAJCSE Kyoto Association for Japan/China Scientific Exchange

KIZ Kunming Institute of Zoology, Academia Sinica

KM Museum Alexander König

LSJ Lepidopterological Society of Japan

PRC People’s Republic of China

1. Introduction

During 15-24 May 1988 I visited the People’s Republic of China (PRC) on

an invitation from Academia Sinica (AS) arranged by the Association for

Japan-China Science and Technology Exchange (AJCSTE, or Nittyuu Kagaku

Gizyutu Kooryuu Kyookai) to meet scientists at the AS Beijing and Kunming

Institutes of Zoology (BIZ and KIZ, respectively). This report is the outcome

of that visit, including an analysis of the current situation and the results

of deliberations on desirable directions for cooperation between the lepid-

opterists of the two countries in the future. My trip coincided with the widely

publicized event (1) in which a butterfly dealer/collector from Japan, stationed

in Osaka, was arrested with a fine and deportation in Yunnan Province while

poaching (an offence against the provincial laws for protection of natural

resources) for the purpose of smuggling out Chinese butterflies, including

highly prized species, an operation that involved some local assistants. It also

coincided with an uproar by both amateur and professional members of the

editorial committee of Yadoriga, the non-specialist magazine published by the

Lepidopterological Society of Japan (LSJ), against a proposal of introducing

a stringent editorial policy not to accept the parts of a submitted manuscript

which described new taxa based on materials apparently exported from the

PRC without approval of the authorities there. (The manuscript was unsuitable

anyway to that magazine which is not intended for original papers, there

being Tyo to Ga published by the same society for more formal scientific

papers). The board of the LSJ has thus decided to urgently consider whether

to announce an official view concerning the policy of the society which will

decline to accept for publication manuscripts describing any new taxa based

on specimens from China, the export of which has not been authorized by

the relevant controlling body operating in PRC, which sets some clear-cut

conditions and rules for research and publication on organisms collected in

the PRC.

This series of events has prompted me to analyse the current situation about

the collecting and export of Lepidoptera in China, as well as research, publish-

ing, and cooperation among scientists from different countries on the subject,

in order to determine desirable directions to be taken in the future by the

communities of professional and amateur lepidopterists in Japan. This is being

done in my own personal capacity, and does not necessarily represent or reflect

the official view of LSJ. It is rather meant to serve as a basis for discussion

and decisions through an exchange of opinions between the Japanese and

Chinese scientists (in a broad sense). I will translate this document into

Japanese and will send either or both versions to relevant authorities in the

PRC and AJCSTE, and also circulate them among Japanese lepidopterists.

Later I may or may not seek their publication, upon appropriate revisions,

in Yadoriga (in Japanese) and/or Tyo to Ga (in English). In so doing, I feel

that it would be essential to be frank about the realities in the two countries

in order to overcome the obstacles, difficulties and perhaps also any animosities

which might develop in certain quarters. In this sense, this document is not

meant to be a final verdict but only intended to serve as a starter for further

discussion, analysis, and deliberation, and I am willing to withdraw any of

my arguments and judgements as premature, mistaken, or misguided if

countered and refuted on reasonable evidence or challenged with attractive

or persuasive alternatives as advanced by any parties involved.

2. Current void of background knowledge about Chinese Lepidoptera, butter-

flies in particular

In recent years, the means of international travel and other facilities have

expanded the range of collecting trips undertaken by professional as well as

amateur collectors of developed countries to various corners of the world.

Keeping pace with this, a large number of extensive iconographs in colour

of butterflies from various faunistic regions of the world as well as individual

countries have been published. This trend now enables lepidopoterists to gain

an integral view of butterflies of the world, and, in addition to a host of

classical works (e.g., 2-4), a riot of monographs and taxonomic revisions of

various higher taxa has now been published (e.g., 5-13), or can be undertaken,

on a world-wide basis. Thus, butterfly faunas of some remote countries such

as Papua New Guinea/ West Irian of Indonesia (14) and Afghanistan (15),

as well as the entire Aethiopian and Neotropical Regions (16, 17), have come

to be known fairly well, removing some lacunae in our contemporary

knowledge about the butterflies of the world.

Into this picture now comes the present deficiency in the global whole of

background knowledge (up to the currently accepted standard) about Chinese

butterflies, considered as something regrettable, to be remedied as soon as

possible, or even irritating to some. To give an example, I published, on the

occasion of describing new taxa of Lycaenini (sensu lato) or copper butterflies

(Lycaeninae) in Papua New Guinea, a tentative scheme of higher classification

for Lycaenini of the world in 1974 (8). At that time I felt that more should

be known about some taxa for completion of the study on this tribe. Since

then a number of important contributions have been made to studies on some

difficult or interesting groups of the tribe: from New Zealand, resurrection

of a species hitherto unrecognized (18) and designation of a new genus (19) ;

from North America, subdivision of the new-world genera (20) and life

history (21) ; and from the USSR, extensive revisions of all the genera, with

a few new species, endemic to Central Asia and Caucasus (22, 23).

Meanwhile, after publication of my own paper, I came to notice that a little

known but very interesting taxon — Lycaena irmae (BAILEY, 1932) — had

been described from Tibet, a series of specimens being in the British Museum

(Natural History), London (BMNH), and the American Museum of Natural

History, New York. However, this taxon is not mentioned in the relevant

section of the recently published extensive monograph on Tibetan insects (24),

a memorable achievement of the Chinese entomologists under the aegis of AS.

In the course of that work on coppers of the world, I stumbled on a certain

interesting problem about a correlation between butterfly patterning and

lifestyle with its bearings on evolution (8). I have been waiting, albeit in vain,

since 1974 for more knowledge on the biological aspects of five species

belonging to one particular group of Lycaenini endemic to south-west China

including Tibet (see Appendix). These events indicate that the void of

knowledge, being gradually reduced for butterflies in many other parts of

the world, still largely remains to be filled for Chinese butterflies.

The above story is relevant to the current status of our knowledge on butterflies

in the world-wide perspective. I will now specifically consider the state in

which Japanese lepidopterists find themselves with respect to their subject

— above all, Japanese butterflies and their relationship to allied butterfly taxa

from the Asian Continent, especially their ecological, biogeographic, and

evolutionary aspects, as well as their significance in the conservation of natural

environments and policy for national development. At certain major centres

of butterfly collection abroad, there are some substantial materials of Chinese

butterflies, such as the Leech and Oberthür Collections in BMNH, or the

Hone Collection in the Museum Alexander König, Bonn (KM). The difficulty

involved in referring to the specimens contained in those overseas collections,

which must be acutely felt by our Chinese colleagues, and which we know

is quite real, is thus also shared by Japanese lepidopterists. Scientists in the

PRC can, however, domestically find equivalent specimens, but for Japanese

lepidopterists, the export regulations currently imposed on insects by the PRC,

appears to be a formidable barrier, indeed almost unsurmountable for some.

It might thus be understandable that many Japanese lepidopterists would feel

that the current situation particularly and singularly disadvantages Japanese

scientists. This is because even though lepidopterists in Japan, Europe, and

North America are mainly working on Palaearctic or Holarctic species, the

Chinese fauna would not be so directly involved in the work of the American

or European lepidopterists, whereas this is not the case with the Japanese,

who would then surely find themselves somehow handicapped. A comparable

situation for British and U.S. workers would be one in which the import

of specimens from the European continent and Mexico is strictly regulated

by the governments of those regions. For example, suppose we find that a

species, so far assumed to be widely distributed in the eastern part of the

Palaearctic region including Japan, actually falls into two or more distinct

species — as in the case of a nymphalid taxon Fabriciana adippe (DENIS

& SCHIFFERMUELLER) and its allies (25). The absence or scarcity in Japan

of relevant reference specimens from the continent would make it hard to

solve the problem. It would follow that a taxon or taxa native to Japan

could not be properly identified without collaboration with competent workers

on the continent : a desirable situation but one which may of necessity consume

an unreasonably long time.

In fact, such circumstances are felt especially painful and frustrating at a time

when Japanese lepidopterists have already explored, fairly exhaustively, their

domestic fauna for life histories and other ecological as well as taxonomic

aspects, and now wish to solve remaining difficult problems concerning some

Japanese taxa by comparison with materials from the Continent, and assisting,

if necessary, our overseas colleagues in this respect by applying their expertise

to these problems. These points can be verified by the fairly well understood

status of butterflies in Taiwan (26), where Japanese workers have so far had

relatively good access to the native fauna and have been allowed to freely

contribute ; and also by the recent success in the elucidation of life histories

of some of the rare, spectacular, and taxonomically crucial papilionid species

occurring in Northern India, Bhutan and West Malaysia by Suguru IGARASHI (27).

The frustration of the Japanese lepidopterists may thus be summarized like

this ; they feel that they are competent enough and more knowledgeable about

butterflies in East and South-East Asia at large than any other national groups

of the world, and thus would be able to significantly contribute towards

elucidating many aspects of Chinese butterflies. Paradoxically, however, they

are excluded from contributing in this way by a situation which is the product

of ramified and often regrettable historical processes. This seems now to have

led some of the Japanese to the (wrong — I believe, see below) ideas that

their Chinese colleagues and the PRC government are virtually throwing away

the opportunity to advance and extend our scientific knowledge, a conduct

which must be regarded as reactionary and should be resisted by Japanese

workers in whatever possible ways : and also that the policy taken by the

PRC is based on socialist or totalitarian ideology and would not be valid

or generally acceptable in more liberal countries such as Japan.

3. Attitudes of Japanese lepidopterists

The last two decades have witnessed that scientific research cannot claim

primacy over other human activities, but should be regarded as only one

of many, competing each other for their significance and contributions to

human and global ecological welfare. There are areas and subjects in which

scientific research must be restricted and/or regulated rather strictly, and many

guidelines (28) have been issued, or even laws promulgated, to contain scientific

research within reasonable limits to obviate conflicts between it and other

human values. These areas now include genetic engineering, human embryology

and reproductive science, experimentation on human subjects, and some

biomedical and psychological experiments using higher primates.

Regulation of the collection and export of, and the research and publication

on, organisms occurring in China as imposed by the PRC, when viewed in

this context, looks quite reasonable. Moreover, the PRC is not alone in

implementing a policy of this type. Australia has long promulgated a law

disallowing export of their insects except under certain conditions, and Papua

New Guinea and the Solomon Islands have largely declined issuing permits

for collecting in their territories. In these latter cases, the reason for the

reluctance to open their countries for overseas collectors seems to be twofold :

the undesirable influences of modern personnel on the native community,

unilaterally upsetting the economic, cultural and social balances by abruptly

introducing a value system which may be valid only in industrially developed

countries ; and protection of their natural resources which should be developed

for economic activities of the native people as against the commercial

exploitation by foreign agents. The reason why the Australians erected barriers

for free export of their native insects is due to the inconvenience of most

of the holotypes of their insect fauna being housed in remote overseas

institutions not easily accessible for domestic workers. Some of the Australian

entomologists responded with an outcry against the promulgation of such

a law, but eventually the law went into effect and has since remained un-

repealled, although some of the Australian entomologists are still cynical about it.

It would therefore be quite inappropriate that some Japanese lepidopterists

tend to view the barrier erected by the PRC against free access to Chinese

insects by overseas workers as a threat to the freedom of scientific research

and the advancement of science. In particular, Japanese lepidopterists would

have us believe that, even though they are late-comers with respect to the

collection of Chinese materials, the national standard of research on lepidoptera

is now quite high in Japan, and indeed much higher than that in the PRC,

so that the free access to Chinese materials for Japanese lepidopterists would

in the long run contribute more to the sciences and the use of natural resources

in the PRC. Such a way of thinking, however, is alarmingly similar to the

ideology held in Japan during the twenties and thirties (and which certain

quarters of the Japanese wish to resurrect without a body of historical evidence

acceptable to the international learned community). Actually, that ideology

allowed, on the one hand, the view that the late-coming Japan could help

the then “backward” China through Japanese interferences on the Continent,

first by a number of dubious self-appointed asiaist activists followed by

outright military devastation, and on the other hand led to the failure by

the Japanese to help Chinese revolutionaries such as Sun WEN and others

who sought asylum in Japan. Moreover, the conditions of international

cooperation for research on Chinese insects as spelt out by the authorities

in the PRC (29) do not seem to be known, let alone well understood, among

most lepidopterists in Japan, who have been baffled in the past by stringent

conditions which have reduced the authorized import of Chinese lepidoptera

into Japan down to a mere trickle.

As far as I understand from the written material (29) as well as from

consultations with our colleagues in both BIZ and KIZ, the conditions imposed

by the PRC for the export of insects are as follows : every application for

the collection and export of Chinese insects by foreign bodies is judged by

the Department of Insect Classification at BIZ on the criterion as to whether

such activities are for the mutual benefit of the sciences in both China and

the applicants’ home countries. In order to satisfy this criterion, any project

which involves collecting and research must initially be clearly defined, and

an agreement is made that description of new taxa emerging from the project

must be written under the joint authorship of both Chinese and overseas

scientists. Also, the designated holotypes must be deposited in one of the

museums in the PRC, but some paratypes may be retained by institutions

abroad. If there are no competent scientists present in the PRC for particular

taxonomic groups included in the proposed project, overseas scientists may

initially take away the entire series of collected material for study, but for

publication the name of a Chinese scientist should still formally be included

in the joint authorship. Many laboratories in a number of institutions in the

PRC are now open for overseas scientists to visit and stay for research work,

and many more will become open in the near future. One of the limiting

factors may be the shortage of supporting funds available within the PRC,

because housing overseas scientists in any laboratory would require some costs

affecting what would otherwise be available for other projects going on in

the same laboratory.

Examples in Japan of the cooperative research on Chinese insects in the past

and present, conforming to the above conditions, are as follows. SAIGUSA

& Li (30) on the rare and rediscovered papilionid Bhutanitis mansfieldi

(RILEY) with a description of a new subspecies; Prof. Chikahiko Narro

of Kobe University visited north-east Xizang (Tibet) as a member of an

AS/Kobe University joint expedition and collected ca. 400 specimens of the

Tenthredinidae (Hymenoptera), all of which he brought back to Japan, and

recognized some 130 species that are still under study under his direction ;

Dr Gentaro IMADATE of Tokyo has been working on Chinese proturans at

the Shanghai Institute of Entomology in collaboration with Prof. Wenying

Yun ; at the University of Osaka Prefecture, Sakai, Prof. TosHIRO YASUDA

has been in contact with BIZ on a long-standing basis, exchanging information

and insect specimens including microlepidoptera ; and quite recently, a joint

exploration of the insect fauna in Yunnan Province has been launched under

the general leadership of Prof. Toshitaka HIDAKA, as a joint project with AS

and the Kyoto Association for Japan/China Scientific Exchange (KAJCSE)/

Mountaineering Club of Kyoto University Graduates (Kyoodai Gakusi

Sangaku Kai).

This last-mentioned venture is apparently a sequel or the result of some past

mountaineering expeditions, which has apparently come to be appreciated

as a form of scientific exploration in remote areas of China. A request allegedly

came from the Council of Old Age Problems (COAP) of China, some members

of which, as meritorious survivors of past revolutionary struggles, seem to

be in charge of administering the outback of the PRC, the area which is

a very likely and desirable target for scientific expeditions. This apparently

seems to be a backdoor or detour, an alternative to the ordinary pathway

of filing official applications for joint research projects between Japan and

the PRC. I have been told, from both sides of the negotiations, that this

application has been a tortuous and difficult process for both parties. For

instance, KIZ observed that a direct initial contact with them made by

KAJCSE would have made the negotiations much simpler and easier, because

it was this institute which was in charge of making the final decision in this

kind of matter.

On the side of the Japanese, however, this might not sound as straightforward

as is said, because they are aware of the fact that in the past most of such

applications have been turned down, and the KAJCSE’s initial commitment

to COAP might have helped secure the virtually unprecedented breakthrough

in the negotiation. Nevertheless, it might simply be the merit of the project

which won final approval from KIZ. In relation to the experience of this

latest joint venture, many Japanese lepidopterists would feel, on the basis

of their past experiences, that what they are told by the Chinese authorities

was a willingness to cooperate in general principle, but when it comes to

individual projects the responses have simply turned out, almost invariably,

to be eventual rejections. However, our colleagues in BIZ might say that they

were reluctantly forced to say “No” simply because the proposed project had

hardly gone beyond a simple collecting plan without showing any obvious

benefit for the PRC.

However, as explained in the preceding section, for Japanese lepidopterists,

any concrete project aiming at a deeper understanding of the known fauna

of butterflies in China (not necessarily aimed at discovery and description

of new taxa, and hence not involving designation of types) should require,

as the prerequisite, familiarity with, and hence, personal and intimate

involvement in general collecting, identifying, and/or observation of, the local

fauna (see Appendix). This should be so because research projects would need

some good insights into reality, as helped very often by inspirations, which

may very well be generated by frequent direct contacts with nature, then and

there, involving representative specimens in reasonable quantities (revealing

“variations”) of the taxa occurring locally.

Another point of frustration felt by the Japanese workers on butterflies is

the following: apparently nobody has ever had access to the core of the

national collection of butterflies allegedly stored in BIZ. The responsible

curator of this part of the PRC National Collection seems to have evaded

the visitors from Japan having appointments by his simple being away from

the institute on appointment days. Various stories based only on guesswork

are aired in Japan about this fact, often becoming libellous to the responsible

scientist involved. Unfortunately, my own experience does not help in this

respect. Owing to some unexpected way of processing, on the side of AS,

of their invitation to the PRC extended to me, I happened to arrive at BIZ

and KIZ without having directly notified the people at these institutes of the

purpose of my visit, and without knowing the dates of my visits until I actually

arrived at the respective cities of Beijing and Kunming. I was surprised to

find, upon my arrival, that they had not received any information from AS

about the purpose of my visit either. To my disappointment, the curators

responsible for the butterfly collections were away at both institutes on the

days of my visit and I missed the chance to inspect the core of their collections

and also the chance to have an in-depth discussion on the subject I describe

in the Appendix with the competent specialist in BIZ. In comparison with

the museums in Western Europe and the USA which I had visited, however,

the butterfly collections of the Chinese institutes seem to be less accessible,

even to official visitors. I am therefore not in a position to confirm or to

refute some of the rumours going around in Japan that the policy of the

PRC for stringent regulation of the export of Chinese butterflies cannot be

trusted at face value, but is simply a window-dressing. I can, of course, counter

such an argument using a number of positive incidences enumerated above.

Future planning for cooperation between Japanese and Chinese workers on

butterflies must take into account the circumstances just described, however.

Another relevant point here is that in Japan, research activities on butterflies

have been made by very strong initiatives and venturing spirits on the part

of amateurs. Their vigour seems to reflect the innovative drives of Japanese

corporations and trade companies which have been often overactive abroad,

especially in recent years, causing much consternation and antagonism overseas

through their overt slant towards the head-on plunge into sheer economic

and cultural imperialism. There is hence no denying that the attitudes of some

Japanese butterfly collectors, and also research workers, could have had that

stigma of “economic animal”, disregarding all other human values in the

pursuit of their own set target. However, in entomology, especially with

Lepidoptera and Coleoptera, professional specialists in any country cannot

afford to completely disregard or antagonize the activities of amateurs because

of the mutual benefits in conducting research on many fronts.

In this respect, the representative body of Japanese specialists on butterflies

and moths should not automatically be sought among official authorities in

the public institutions like university departments and museums, but probably

among specialists’ associations as exemplified by the LSJ, which however now

finds itself in a quandary. This is because overt expressions by some LSJ

members of their feelings against the uncooperative stances they think they

have perceived among the authorities of PRC, which they think is tantamount

to suppressing the progress of science, are now undermining the standing of

the LSJ executives who hope to maintain good relationships with all the related

bodies overseas for the obvious mutual benefits to be cultivated over a long

period of time to come.

4. The current policy of the People’s Republic of China for collection of

butterflies in China

Written material (29) as well as first hand experience during my visit to the

PRC indicates that in the PRC the fauna and flora are regarded as national

(and provincial) resources, and that it was mainly the biologists in the PRC

who condemned the initial inclination of the government to use rare biological

resources for economic gain through export. They apparently did so primarily

lest no more specimens of would-be new taxa, including prospective holotypes,

should all end up overseas, which would inconvenience and affect classification

and identification of economically relevant organisms in China. However, this

process may have accentuated their consciousness of the importance of the

extremely rich biological resources in China. In conformity to the latest global

trend of pursuing rapid economic return from investment for research, the

PRC also making various ingeneous uses of the biological resources occurring

in China, and more are under intensive investigation and development. This

is especially conspicuous with the traditional herb-medicinal materials, but

it is also true with animals. In this sense, the butterfly fauna in China may

be regarded and protected primarily as resources or possible subjects of

economic exploration in the future.

Apparently, the ideas of nature conservation and the management of

development compatible with “ecology” have extended the consciousness of

the people in the PRC relatively recently, only during the eighties say, despite

the euphemistic stories we used to hear of the PRC having allegedly not

been spoilt by the capitalist sin of nature exploitation for a short-term profit.

But that was before the advent of the current relaxation of the socialist policies

for the benefit of competition-oriented liberal economic activities.

The current Chinese scene is in a way reminiscent of the one I saw around

1980 in Australia, where, as pointed out above, the export (but not general

collecting) of domestic insect specimens came to be strictly regulated by the

then newly promulgated law. The Australian solution to the problem of

“holotype drain” took the form, initially at least, of “holotype declaration”

by recipients of exported specimens, usually public bodies, which some

museums overseas, such as the BMNH, refused to make, however. In any

event, that was meant to be the necessary condition for the granting of a

permit of export. The holotype declaration is designed to warrant a return

of any holotypes which will be designated by scientists in institutions overseas

receiving the exported specimens. However, the Australians were already

conscious of their duty to the rest of the world as the “immigrant custodians”

of the country’s unique fauna and flora, and conservation of nature was on

the agenda from the very outset. The Australian biological resources are thus

conceived as part of the world heritage, and along with their conservation,

the necessity of access to them for appreciation and inspiration, spiritual or

scientific, by the world populace at large was in the mind of the Australians,

who had undergone a painful soul-searching to make compatible, with any

good modern standards, both the domestic and international research activities

on Australian insects.

A comparison with the situation in Australia shows that apparently missing

in China is an acute consciousness that its insect fauna is also an important

part of the world’s common heritage as well, especially in its south-west.

Histories of the establishment of this fauna would by far surpass the length

of the occupancy by the Han people of the area in which the fauna exists.

However, their history in its turn has been as long as that of any human

society, and their settlement in mainland China has never been interrupted,

even though the course of Chinese history has not been uneventful as to

the rise and fall of various dynasties belonging to different ethnic groups.

Moreover, we are aware that in the recent past, the Chinese people have

been brutally alienated from their resources under an imperialist devastation

of which Japan regrettably played the worst part. It is therefore quite

understandable that in the consciousness of the Chinese people, biological

resources in China would unquestionably fall in their proud and just hands

quite naturally. However, foreigners might imagine that they were having a

touch of traditional sinocentrism in this form of thinking. In any event, the

flora and fauna of China are inseparable from the rest of the world, and

the world scientific community should respect the fact that they are under

the trusteeship of the Chinese scientists. What is missing here is, therefore,

certain positive statements coming out of the PRC as to their provisional

plan for the course of feasible investigations to be made internationally on

their unique biological existences. In its absence, any positive proposals on

the subject to be submitted by outsiders may occupy the mind of the

international body of specialists, superseding or even making obsolete, by dint

of the inherent attractiveness of the subject, the national claim to it by the

PRC scientists and the government alike. The only plausible plans which have

so far been visible were joint expeditions to remote areas in China, which

may collect information on the occurrence of so far unexplored national

resources and hence welcome to the nation-state.

A further comment on the policy for national dependence on natural resources

may be pertinent. Brazil, Mexico, Argentina, and more recently, Australia

have shown the danger of depending too heavily on their very rich natural

resources for international economic gain, because these countries are now

grappling with stimulating their economies in the absence of powerful

secondary or tertiary industries. Dependence on primary industries, however

rich the extant resources may be, has finally proved to be quite precarious.

Meanwhile, the continuous Japanese success in the world economy during

the past several decades has been noted in good contrast to (or exactly in

association with) the almost total absence of natural resources (except water

and diligent people which at least the southern half of the PRC shares with

Japan — Guangzhou’s economic success may be quite relevant here !). Like-

wise, the recent economic rise of what are generally called NIES (Newly

Industrialized East-Asian States) — those smallish nations and communities

like South Korea, Taiwan, Hongkong and Singapore — are all virtually with-

out resources, so that economic prowess without resources now seems to be

the rule rather than the exception.

Of course, at the beginning of its modernization, Japan had to rely heavily

on practically sole natural resources — silk, which is of course completely

obsolete now. It is also a lamentable fact that the atrocious Japanese invasion

into China or the Asian Continent at large was motivated by the fear of

its non-possession of natural resources that appeared to be essential to the

survival of a nation, a myth which has since been spectacularly broken by

a few Asian nations including Japan itself.

Of course, the situation surrounding the PRC may have factors of a different

nature. It is saddled with a huge population, enormous space to defend, and

the existence of quite a number of ethnic minorities. It has brilliantly succeeded

in feeding its immense number of people rather well — meat now seems

to be part of their staple food (allegedly at the expense of some endangered

species ? — see ref. 46). Their economy is now conspicuously rising, its annual

GNP increment being close to those of the highly successful NIES countries,

probably thanks to the recent change in the policy of the PRC government

even if with a price to pay. The rise of a middle class, if I am allowed to

use such a capitalist expression, may be almost imminent in the PRC. Soon,

I expect, there will be a cohort of competent amateur lepidopterists in the

PRC, who will, if guided properly, contribute enormously towards entomology

in China. I understand that there is already a private association of some

200 lepidopterists in China, based in Shanghai. Also there seems to be a

privately owned butterfly museum in the same city (31). It is probably time

to define, and to design a future path for, the desirable relationship between

amateurs and specialists in lepidoptera studies within the PRC, as well as

that between amateurs in the PRC and abroad.

Even though it could not be admitted officially in the PRC as once was true

of its relation to Taiwan, indeed there has been an extensive poaching and

smuggling of butterflies in China since around 1980, undertaken not only

out of commercial drive, but perhaps primarily from the love of or longing

for the butterfly fauna in China. This is not limited to Japan but shared

by some of the European countries, which all belong to the same Palaearctic

Region faunistically. In the absence of a major drive towards understanding

or further research on the Chinese butterfly fauna coming out of the PRC

(which is understandable given the political and economic troubles PRC was

in), the existing void has been partly filled by the scientific fruits of such

illegal conduct. Like some Russian artists and scientists in exile who have

been accepted without question in Western countries, not only smuggled

specimens but also relatively large bodies of novel scientific data recently

obtained privately about Chinese butterflies have now started infiltrating

lepidopterist communities outside China and being publicized only partially (32,

33), in Japan at least, and it is now becoming impossible to talk about aspects

of Palaearctic butterflies without these data (47). Are we to regard them as

a necessary evil produced by the course of historical contingencies, just like

our current appreciation and utilization of the scientific and technological

achievements for which war-time research work conducted with the objective

of destroying the people of other nations was largely responsible ? With good

and adequate planning to-day, the seeds of future evils may be eliminated

— possibly. But what to do now with the products of past evil ? Should

Australians all exit their island continent in the south leaving the country

to the Aboriginals’ autonomy ? Or should even the latter, who are now known

to have driven a majority of marsupial fauna there to extinction, also desert

the country for its original non-human occupation ? Should Euramericans

evacuate the new world leaving behind Amerindians alone ? Is what we are

trying to do now not to remedy as much as possible the damages perpetrated

by the past mistakes of our ancestors, and to work, as equitably as possible,

for the welfare of the surviving people, an enormous struggle as it may be?

Before concluding this section, I would like to point out that local natural

resources have multiple potential uses, with possible conflicts between different

modes of their utilization. In particular, the contradiction between development

and conservation should be carefully assessed for their short- and long-term

effects. In this sense, butterfly resources, to be considered further below

(section 6, p. 72) as useful indicators of local ecosystems, may always be in

danger of eradication through various types of local development for a quick

economic return. Therefore, we need to be constantly vigilant of butterfly

resource, as convenient warning indicators of environmental deterioration. We

need to monitor the soundness of butterfly resources by a cohort of competent

collectors, who would quickly sense the vulnerability of the ecosystem under

current courses of development. A group of Japanese observers (32), using

year-to-year variation of the local butterfly population at a locality in the

PRC, has recently been led to infer extinction of a rare local butterfly,

Bhutanitis mansfieldi mansfieldi (RıLry), and has correlated it with an al-

most total destruction of primary forests in the relevant habitat within the

autonomous region of a minority at South Lijiang, North Yunnan. In this

sense, it would not be simply declaring the possession of a local biological

resource and prohibiting its collection, but rather the effective monitoring

through continued collections (allowing an exact identification) which will give

the best information about the status of that resource. In the case of biological

resources, one has to take into account their dynamic nature, and should

not easily apply the criteria effective for non-animate resources which do not

proliferate.

5. Policy for publication in Japan on Chinese materials

The poaching and smuggling of Chinese lepidoptera are by no means a

monopoly of the Japanese, but the attitude of the Japanese lepidopterists

seems to be more aggressive than the other nationals. Usually secret collectors

overseas seem to be content with having had first-hand experience with

(particularly live) insects in China, getting familiar with the biotopes in which

individual species thrive. However, they seem to be aware of the danger

incurred by publishing papers based on the material with dates which would

immediately expose the fact that the specimens used must have been collected

without authorization. This will smear the good name of the writer, from

which one would usually shy away. However, there have been open pub-

lications, in Japan, of some new taxa described from obviously smuggled

material which may or may not be associated with commercial activities (33).

The holotypes of the taxa thus designated have not been deposited in any

public institutions, let alone Chinese ones, which is in the first place not in

accord with the recommendation of the International Code of Zoological

Nomenclature, not to speak of the policy of the PRC. Such privatization

of holotypes may sound like a horror story in the English-speaking countries,

where national collections are well centralized in a few authoritative museums.

However, in Japan as well as in West Germany, there are many smallish

local museums and apparently no single centralized authority has a national

collection for reference, which may seem to give individual workers second

thoughts about depositing holotypes in public institutions. In fact, the strong

activities of non-governmental institutions in Japan are now well known as

some of the main contributors to Japan’s recent economic success.

In this connection, the achievements of Prof. Siuiti MURAYAMA of Aichi

Gakuin University near Nagoya would deserve a special mention. He has

been long committed to Palaearctic butterflies and has had good personal

contacts with lepidopterists in China even since the time preceding the

liberation in 1949, and has from time to time contributed towards knowledge

of Chinese butterflies, so much so that in recent years his help and advice

are being sought by a few Chinese lepidopterists working in several local

institutions. In recent years he has contributed, however, a few papers

containing quite a few new taxa from various localities in China, based on

specimens of unknown status (with respect to export) collected during 1980

and 1982, to a taxonomic journal published in the PRC (34). Moreover, he

published these papers alone, i.e. not jointly with colleagues in the PRC, and

all the type specimens including all the holotypes are apparently kept in his

possession. i.e. not deposited in a public museum in the PRC. It is all the

more surprising that these papers by MURAYAMA were accepted and printed

in an academic journal published in the PRC. Hence it might be argued that,

despite the policy insisted on throughout our formal negotiations, the rule

has not been stringently implemented in practice even in the PRC. The

arbitrariness involved may very well be used for justifying publication on

unauthorized material elsewhere, and would threaten to nullify the signicance

of my effort in writing this memoir, trying to work out a desirable course

for LSJ to publish articles on Chinese materials. Moreover, as MURAYAMA

himself told me, his papers have often become subject to intensive criticism

in Japan. Although it is true that MURAYAMA is one of the most knowledgeable

lepidopterists of Chinese and Palaearctic butterflies in Japan, uncritical

acceptance of MURAYAMA alone by lepidopterists in the PRC may pave the

way for academic criticism directed at taxonomic works done in the PRC

by Japanese colleagues. It would be a pity for science if the current situation

in the PRC would lead to more alienation toward the best Japanese

lepidopterists.

In any event, the aggressive attitudes by some would encourage others to

behave likewise, because obviously there is motivation for competition in

Japan. If left uncontained and unreserved, this trend would infect many other

workers, and the entire nation may eventually be regarded as perpetrators

of illegal activities (in the PRC) because they failed to respect the policy of

a friendly nation.

The most straightforward policy to be taken under these circumstances by

a responsible association of lepidopterists in Japan such as LSJ would be

to refrain from publishing any accounts containing references to Chinese

materials with no evidence for their authorized export from China. However,

such an attitude will reduce the popularity of the association and its

publications among Japanese lepidopterists, thus undermining the association’s

sound economic basis, and consequently leading to a decline of orthodox

scientific activities. It would be easier for a purely professional association

of entomologists to implement a stringent editing policy in this respect. The

Entomological Society of Japan defined, in 1982, their policy about new taxa

described on the basis of specimens from the PRC etc. thus: the authors

describing new species-group taxa should settle the question of depositing

the type specimens with responsible people of the country from which the

specimens originate.

A compromise may be effected by a policy according to which, upon receiving

manuscripts containing descriptions of new taxa based upon unauthorized

Chinese materials, a consultation is held with the authority at BIZ as to

whether the manuscript may be published if the author(s) could be persuaded

to revise it in such a way that as to meet the set criterion for bilateral

collaboration in entomology : inclusion of at least one Chinese author and

desposition of the holotypes and appropriate numbers (usually around 50%)

of the paratypes in museums in the PRC. In fact, such a rule of handling

has already had a precedent (30) for a series of specimens the collection of

which actually violated either the provincial laws or the authorized principle

of collecting by foreigners (29). It would indeed be a pity to suppress any

publication resulting from it if a rare or unusual material stemming from

smuggled material turned up in the laboratories of some researchers, and

proved to be of obviously high scientific value. This is because, even if rejected

here, the paper would only find its way to publication somewhere else, a

matter for which no overt social punishment would be made. It would thus

serve well the purpose of the Chinese scientific community to have half of

the material including the holotypes returned to China. However, it would

certainly be a dilemma for the authority in the PRC to go happily all the

way with this policy, because that is tantamount to a de facto authorization

of smuggling, certainly a contradiction of the good intention of erecting the

export barrier. Judgement might therefore be made only on case-by-case basis.

Suppose that the PRC authorities are agreeable to this policy in principle,

even if they handle the case negatively for the most part. There might then

sometimes be articles on the material from China but originating from a time

when the official export barrier had not been erected yet. I means that one

might work on material out of the HONE collection say, and name new taxa,

of which a classical example is not unknown (35). Certainly such a paper

can be published freely without violating the rules set by the PRC. However,

it would always be a gesture of goodwill to notify the Chinese of the existence

of such a manuscript, generating a chance that the PRC could receive some

of the types returned. What would happen if the new taxa were based on

a single holotype? The argument may then be raised that it would be

premature to describe a new taxon; and that it would not conform to the

good usage of publishing a new taxon based on a single holotype, although

this has been done often by some Chinese authors (36). The procedure may

encourage a joint effort to secure more material by international cooperation.

In this connection I should like to point out that a rumour is going around

in Japan that in the PRC taxonomists are encouraged to name new taxa

because they would be rewarded on a per-taxon basis. This point needs to

be clarified in order for us to launch any collaborative work, because we

have to understand how things are done so that we can adjust our attitude,

within a certain limit of course, towards naming new taxa in collaboration

with out Chinese colleagues, simply in consideration of making academic life

easier for them whether or not we would approve that type of policy for

the long-term soundness of taxonomy.

To summarize, then, there would be three alternatives for us to recommend

as an official policy for a publishing body in Japan.

1) To decline publishing any accounts dealing with the designation of new

taxa on the basis of material exported from China without authorization.

2) To negotiate with authorities in the PRC whether or not they would agree

to such publications as given in 1), provided the author(s) could be persuaded

to meet the currently set conditions regarding the authorship and the

deposition of type materials. 3

3) To follow the same format as in 2) for all the accounts involving materials

originating from China regardless of the time of their collection and export,

but to leave the matter to the discretion of the author(s) if they are not

immediately agreeable to such a procedure. The author’s decision would

include their insistence on the submission of the paper, the acceptance of

which should then be judged only on its scientific merit.

6. Butterfly studies as the basis of understanding interactions between human

society and nature, and of conservation of nature

Consciousness of the necessity of nature conservation in industralized countries

has often resulted in banning butterfly collections, but it is already apparent

that such actions are in most cases making collecting activity a scapegoat (37),

in order to divert the attention of the people from the real cause of

environmental disruption due to development with little concern for nature

conservation. Rather, butterfly collecting with restraints and careful scientific

observations by a body of keen amateurs has proved to function as a sensitive

detector of the first sign of environmental deterioration. This is because

butterfly fauna may serve as an indicator of ecosystem integrity for about

80% of the latter’s diverse members (38).

Owing to its species diversity and beauty, the whole butterfly group (Papi-

lionoidea and Hesperioidea) may readily become the subject of attention even

for those who have not had professional training in biology. Exactly this

property of butterflies renders them capable of mediating our cognition of

various terrestrial ecosystems even including littoral ones. The reproductive

mechanisms of most insects, including butterflies, are radically different from

those of higher animals. Only a very small fraction of the offspring can usually

survive until reproductively mature adulthood, so that collecting with restraint

or the breeding or rearing of butterflies does not significantly affect their

natural population. It is usually the destruction or modification of habitats

which leads to eradication of individual, sometimes even unique, colonies of

butterfly species.

Interest in butterflies taken by a small fraction of the population will help

clarify diverse aspects of their lives including the mostly herbivorous, but

sometimes also the carnivorous early stages. Information about the way each

butterfly species depends on local flora (and also some part of the fauna)

may be used effectively to deduce the cause of a decline of butterfly fauna

in a given area, which in turn is an adequate indicator of environmental

deterioration of one sort or another.

Moreover, Hiroshi MortyAma (39) has succeeded in his recent work in delving

deeper into the reality of human-nature interaction, using, as a tool, aspects

of butterfly distribution, reproduction, and local extinction. MORIYAMA argues

as follows : It is generally believed that the south-west half of the prehistoric

Japan was once (around 2000 BC) covered by laurel forests comprising laurels,

camelias, evergreen Quercus species, etc. This was because the laurel forest

was able to gradually advance to the north-east following the end of the last

ice age about 12,000 years ago and after the general warming up of the

Japanese Archipelago 7,000 years ago. However, the laurel forest was almost

totally destroyed, in the plains in particular, on its way to the north-east

by the prehistoric/ historic agri-/silvicultural practices in the Japanese islands,

except for their southernmost aspects, over a period of several millennia, with

its tiny remnants surviving like sacred symbols within the enclosures of old

shrines and temples. The inhabitants of the islands opened up the forest cover

by field burning, and the area thus opened allowed the regeneration of the

deciduous broadleaf forests then on their retreat to the north-east, either by

artificial planting or as a part of natural succession. Such deciduous forests

in the laurel forest zone contributed, according to MoRIYAMA (39), to the

recycling of natural resources by the inhabitants, and hence would have been

actively maintained by them. At the same time, the initial patches of the

deciduous forests provided a variety of ecological habitats comprising such

man-made deciduous forests at the interface between human habitation and

nature as well as between laurel forests and deciduous forests. MORIYAMA

estimates the rate of dispersal of individual plant species by taking into account

the behaviours of various animals that helped to disperse the seeds of the

plants, a calculation which altogether indicates that with some plants the

dispersal must have been extremely slow. MoRIYAMA thus concludes that the

contemporary flora of the deciduous forest zones, with their characteristic

butterfly faunas, could not have emigrated all the way from the north-east

long after the preliminary establishment of a homogenous laurel forest, at

the time when this came to be extensively opened later by intensive human

activities and gave away to the invasion, if temporary, of quickly growing

deciduous forests. Rather, he suggests that such deciduous flora and its

accompanying fauna, would represent the local ecosystem which managed

to survive, thanks to the human interventions, there at the time when it was

being encroached upon for the first time by the advancing laurel forest.

Now MorryaMa notes, along with others, that natural environments of south-

western Japan are now once again changing into laurel forest, which in fact

represents the natural (or climax) vegetation conforming to the climatic

conditions of the area. This change is prompted, as is widely acknowledged,

by the recent change in the mode of agricultural production. The advent of

modern, mechanized, energy-intensive (petroleum/electricity) agriculture has

changed the pattern of rural life in Japan : many processes involved in the

traditional agriculture both on rice fields and around nearby copswoods,

yielding harvests which mediated the quite effective recycling of elements

through soil and water circulation, are now being abandoned and replaced

by the technological products such as pesticides, herbicides, fertilizers, plastic

hothouse and indoor cultivation, etc. MorryAMa identifies several species of

butterflies as indicators of such a traditional ecosystem undergoing human

interferences, although the ecosystems comprising deciduous forests have

hitherto been generally regarded as wilderness. In reality, such interferences

are integral parts of the local culture of human society.

Nowadays, both butterfly species and traditional human culture are vanishing

hand in hand with the local mixed vegetation of copswoods. MORIYAMA

mentions that larvae of some species of thecline genera (Lycaenidae) of

butterflies feed on the young growth of Quercus-species, which used to be

planted in rural areas or constantly rejuvenated through rotational felling of

the copswood for charcoal production, but that they have now long vanished

from overgrown “conserved” areas, where once they were well established.

Apparently a similar situation has also occurred at one of the reserves in

southern England (37). For another example, Luehdorfia japonica LEECH (a

popular papilionid species endemic to Japan) depends on blooming plants

in deciduous forests required for feeding of the adults in the early spring

and on plants (Aristolochia species), confined in laurel forests, which are

essential for larval food ; therefore L. japonica can thrive only along the

interface of the two kinds of forest, once quite prolific in Japan, and hence

intimately bound to traditional human settlements in south-western Japan.

Thus, Morıyama’s work has posed the question as to the real meaning of

nature conservation. In such areas as Japan (and also China) where human

communities have flourished long without major disruption or catastrophe,

the concept of nature should mean ecosystems integrating human activities,

and any policy for nature conservation must take this point well into account.

This conclusion reached by MorIYAMA with respect to the Japanese scene

finds its parallels in other parts of the world, indicating its rather universal

validity. I wish to mention two examples : First, in England, the endangered

butterfly species Maculinea arion (LinnAEus) (Lycaenidae) became finally

extinct only very recently, because, in an attempt to keep their remaining

unique habitat as undisturbed as possible, conservationists removed the local

herds of sheep which had been there all the time. The sheep, however, were

apparently an indispensable part of the local ecosystem supporting the life

of this butterfly, the grazing sheep (or numerous rabbits) keeping the sward

of turf very short, a condition that was needed for a particular kind of ant

which was an essential factor of this myrmecophilous butterfly’s complicated

lifecycle (37). Some other endangered butterflies species are known to require

similar short turf (37). Secondly, in the highlands of Papua New Guinea,

around 2500-3000 m, I found some new taxa (8) of Lycaeninae (Melanolycaena

spp.), which were quite remarkable for their occurrence in that country in

relation to the global distribution of their allies. In all likelihood they fed

on a polygonacean creeper that grew well in the areas where forests had once

been burnt by local people for highland agriculture of sweet potatoes, but

which had turned into secondary forests after being abandoned for a long-

term recycling land use. These incidences also suggest that stopping of

traditional human activities would simplify the natural habitat and would

lead to eradication of some of the local ecosystems.

7. Suggestions concerning projects for future cooperation in scientific research

As explained above, butterflies now occupy an exceptional position among

insects for the following reasons. Their group is fairly large, nearly 1,200 or

eventually more species may occur in China alone (40). This warrants that

they are diversified enough to occupy very divergent niches, so that they could

be used as markers of general terrestrial ecosystems. Moreover, butterflies

are conspicuous and often very beautiful creatures, and most of the existing

taxa are already named and classified to a reasonable degree. They thus may

easily serve as the subject of amateur interests. For insects in general, the

main task of entomologists in the PRC would be to catalogue the vast number

of taxa native to China, though with butterflies that stage must now be over.

It is time to go deeper into their biology ; in the PRC as well as in any

other countries of the world.

Given this fact, it would now be imperative to devise a large number of

attractive research projects to be jointly undertaken by lepidopterists of the

two countries in order to effectively suppress, supersede, or at least compete

with the lure of new scientific information based upon unauthorized material

from China, and instead to obtain the consent of competent lepidopterists

in Japan for fruitful research cooperation on the butterflies of China with

research workers of the PRC, including amateurs. Here I wish to suggest

a few candidates for such projects.

A. Sale of a set of Chinese butterfly specimens to a museum in Japan

As a drain of holotypes to foreign countries from China makes identification

of Chinese insects difficult for entomologists in the PRC, the absence from

Japan of systematic representative collections of Chinese butterflies makes

it likewise difficult for Japanese lepidopterists to gain deeper insights into

taxonomy and hence higher degrees of sophistication in identifying Japanese

butterflies. In order to remedy this fact, a reasonably good set of representative

specimens of Chinese butterflies (5 specimens of each taxa say) may be sold

to a responsible Japanese museum, which should be willing to sign a contract

guaranteeing a permanent curatorship of this collection and the eventual return

of holotypes as well as the coauthorship with Chinese scientists for publications

materializing therefrom.

Relatively small as it may be, this will represent an economic gain for research

work in the PRC.

B. The possibility of commercial butterfly farms in China

Since demands of Chinese butterflies exist in the world market of Lepidoptera

specimens for aesthetic as well as reference materials, some forms of butterfly

industry may be set up in the PRC. In some habitats, the intensive collection

of adult butterfly specimens would not endanger the local population, as has

amply been demonstrated in Taiwan. However, for some species, it would

be wise to breed or rear butterflies from eggs to be obtained from natural

or artificial pairings. Such activities have been envisaged in Papua New Guinea,

not only for the endangered birdwing butterfly, Ornithoptera alexandrae

ROTHSCHILD (only after firmly establishing the protective measures for its

survival in the field), but also for other commoner species with which the

method has proven to be practicable (41). For the latter taxa, in addition

to many others, the Insect Farming and Trading Agency (IFTA, see ref. 42),

has been established for some time in Bulolo by the government of Papua

New Guinea. Rearing butterflies ex ova will save a large number of individuals

which would otherwise perish without surviving to adulthood, and which

eventually would be employed as mounted specimens. It does make compatible

both the provision of specimens for commercial purposes and the protection

of the natural population, and would thus help local economy based on the

native resource at hand. With some extra paperwork, setting aside a few

reference specimens for adults emerging from each clutch, and labels inviting

the return of the specimens or enquiries about more reference specimens in

the event that new taxa are named using the specimens thus labelled —

probably with some reward and a proposal of a joint authorship — the possible

holotype drain (if any) through this channel would be considerably reduced.

Japanese lepidopterists would be able to assist the Chinese personnel with

a business with highly sophisticated techniques of breeding and preparing

immaculate specimens of high commercial value. Both sales of specimens of

good value and dealing in commoner specimens en masse for ornamental

purposes may be considered.

C. Publication of illustrated books in colour

Given the current relative scarcity of information about Chinese butterflies,

publication of a book or books on Chinese butterflies would serve as a

stimulant to the populace which will support some good numbers of amateur

lepidopterists. Such books should simply be regarded as a stimulant for, or

a starter of, intensive research works rather than as the culmination of a

long, dedicated scholarly or academic life. Hence duplication of books written

by different authors on the same subject need not be avoided.

It is a common experience for many countries that a relatively inexpensive,

colour book on the national butterflies would boost sudden enthusiasm among

large number of amateur collectors and would interest some more dedicated

entomologists, whose activities would then produce, for the first time, a solid

body of really useful and important information about the subject. Such books

are badly needed for Chinese butterflies.

a. On Chinese butterflies

This may be planned at various levels of academic sophistication, but should

mainly be planned and written by our Chinese colleagues, with the role of

Japanese workers perhaps being consultation and providing the skill for colour

reproduction with relatively low costs. Some of the editions should be of

small size with reduced-size illustrations in colour but without necessarily

reducing the quality of the text. Such books with lower prices would be needed

to ensure good circulation among amateurs in the PRC. The field-guide for

the Japanese butterflies by Hmaka er al. (43) might offer a good model.

b. On the butterflies of the East Asian Continent and some ancillary islands

Except for the Japanese islands and Taiwan, the butterflies of which have

already been the subject of a number of excellent books, a rather ambitious,

extensive book on East Asian butterflies is badly needed. This will include

the Soviet Far East and Korean Peninsula as well as China, probably omitting

Central Asian Elements. Such a book should be published with texts in several

languages, and would enable lepidopterists of different countries to view their

domestic faunas against a general background. Materials for illustration may

be sought among collections from all corners of the world, including the good

collections housed in the BMNH and KM and numerous private collections

in Japan and Europe.

Incidentally, I recently took part in a bilateral consultation with the Russian

scientists working at the institutions of the Far East Branch of the USSR

Academy of Sciences, on the possible means of collaboration in biological

research on the resources in the Far East. This was quite successful, primarily

in the sense that both sides found very coingenial partners sharing the same

enthusiasm about their subjects. We witnessed, with fascination, that the

Russians first presented a very relevant, attractive, and comprehensive research

program on the evolution of the biosphere in the Far East, and that they

are now consciously very flexible in implementing the collaborative research

programs. | was also pleased to find that they all highly appreciated the earlier

text of this memoir and give their approval of the framework in which I

tried to put the research programs with the PRC. It was also envisaged then

that we would eventually expand the scope of this collaborative research to

embrace Chinese and Korean scientists and their biological resources.

The book will need a tremendous amount of work, but we shall have to

be satisfied with a rather modest achievement at the beginning, mainly trying

to induce an improvement and completion of the work in the future. Input

from our Chinese colleagues would of course be welcome and would surely

be very helpful.

D. Elucidation of life histories of practically all the species of butterflies

occurring in China

This might sound as too gradiloquent a project. However, we should recall

the fact that Dr Susumu IGARASHI, who has been concentrating, out of his

personal funds, on rearing Teinopalpus imperialis and other extraordinary

papilionids in Asia, has been able to clarify, as a by-product of his long search

over 25 years, life histories (hitherto unknown), of 300 Southeast Asian

butterfly species in addition to his success in the target group of the Papi-

lionidae (27). If a large number of enthusiastic and competent Japanese

lepidopterists were allowed to work in China in collaboration with some newly

rising entomologists in the PRC, the project might help spread sophisticated

techniques for life history studies possessed by the Japanese lepidopterists,

which would exert two obvious beneficial effects on the PRC. The project

would contribute towards educating and training a large number of potentially

competent young people for looking into the ecological aspects of insects,

and it would also elucidate various ecological problems associated with the

ecosystems endemic to China. This project must be based on the progress

of projects A-C, and obviously serve as the basic studies for project E.

Fortunately, the first step along this line has been made recently as a part

of the research cooperation between Japan and PRC, a very welcome event

indeed.

There is already some body of information in Japan on the life histories of

Chinese butterflies (32) indicating that efforts have recently been made, with

some success, in elucidating many so far unknown life histories of butterflies

in the PRC.

During the course of the project, some video recordings would be made by

the mass media from either country, and these would be used for educational

and entertainment programs to be released all over the world. Publication

of several volumes in colour of the early stages of Chinese butterflies should

follow.

E. Studies on human-nature interactions at the interface between the deciduous

and laurel forsts in the southern half of China, using life-cycles of butterflies

as effective indicators

This is the logical extension of the studies made by Mortyama (39) for

Japanese ecosystems and butterfly faunas, which I described above (pp. 73-74).

In Japan, the origin of the Japanese fauna and flora as well as agriculture

and social institutions (i.e., general human cultures) are usually assumed to

be intimately associated with the laurel forest zone, and these institutions may

have originated in south-west China (Yunnan, in particular) (44). Originally,

it was believed that the human culture further south in the tropical forests

had given rise to the cultures in the laurel forest zone, which extends from

north-east India eastwards across the Southern part of the Asian Continent,

including the southern half of China, then extending to Taiwan, the western

half of Japan and the southern tip of the Korean peninsula (44). The general

theory then changed to assume (45), rather that the culture of the laurel forest

zone was of primary importance, giving rise southwards to the cultures in

the tropics and interacting with the latter. Now MoriyAMA (39) has drawn

our attention to the interface between the laurel forest and its neighbouring

zones to the north and higher above, the deciduous broadleaf forest.

This is rather a new insight, and a lot of things may be learned by this novel

approach about the origin of postglacial agricultural exploration in the

temperate climatic zone in Eastern Asia and its interaction with the local

vegetation.

We generally believe that the vegetation of vast areas of China has been largely

destroyed (sometimes, to the extinction of some rare butterfly taxa — ref. 32),

artificially modified, and exploited throughout its very long history, except

for a few sanctuaries. It would be important to prevent further environmental

deterioration and protect the integral human/nature complexes with their

highly characteristic ecosystems in most parts of China, its southern half and

south-western part such as Yunnan in particular. We believe that information

about butterfly life in these areas would greatly contribute to our understanding

of such a cardinal aspect of nature conservation and social development. This

will be a multidisciplinary project including agricultural sciences, history,

archaeology, cultural anthropology, ethnology, climatology, and palaeontology,

as well as botany and biology in both countries, but preliminary elucidation

of butterfly life histories may be prevented by their diversity and the scarcity

of competent professionals. Hence there is a particular significance and impor-

tance in the intimate collaboration of professional scientists and amateurs

in the two countries.

8. Acknowledgements

I am, of course, very much indebted to our colleagues in the PRC for giving

me some first-hand ideas about the possibilities of launching cooperative

research on Chinese butterflies between Japanese and Chinese specialists.

Many colleagues in Japan also gave me their opinions and a large amount

of material for deliberation. In order to make it clear that all the opinions

expressed here are mine, and that I am solely responsibly to them, I refrain

from giving individual names of those esteemed colleagues of mine, only

expressing herewith my hearty thanks to their assistance and goodwill.

However, I wish to thank Prof. Ryukichi HAsHicucui, the President of the

Association of Japan/China Scientific and Technological Exchange, and the

Chinese Academy of Sciences for enabling me to make a trip to the PRC,

and Mr Rick Davies for his painstaking linguistic corrections of the text.

References

I. Uy & Fang, 1988. “(Openly touring as a scholor around famous mountains and

good rivers but clandestinely smuggling rare butterflies)”. Yunnan Ribao (20 May

1988), in Chinese; Anonymous, “Tyuugoku de tyoo mitusaisyuu (Poaching

butterflies in China)”. Asahi Sinbun (27 May 1988), in Japanese ; “Japanese

man charged with butterfly smuggling”. Japan Times (30 May 1988).

2. STICHEL, H., 1928. “Lepidoptera Nemeobiinae”. Das Tierreich 51, Walter de

Gruyter, Berlin, 330 pp.

. TALBOT, G., 1932-1935. Pieridae I-III. Lepidopterorum Catalogus (STRANS, E.,

ed.) (53), 1-697.

TALBOT, G., 1928-1937. A Monograph of the Pierine Genus Delias. Part I-VI,

British Museum, London, 656 pp.

Evans, W. H., 1937. A Catalogue of the African Hesperiidae in the British Museum

(Natural History), British Museum, London, 212 pp., 30 pls.

Evans, W. H., 1949. A Catalogue of the Hesperiidae from Europe, Asia and

Australia in the British Museum (Natural History), Ditto (1949), 502 pp., 53

pls.

Evans, W. H., 1951-1955. A Catalogue of the American Hesperiidae in the British

Museum (Natural History), Part I-IV. Ditto (1951, 1952, 1953 and 1955), 92 &

178 & 246 + 499 pp., 88 pls.

SHIROZU, T. & YAMAMOTO, H., 1956. “A generic revision and the phylogeny of

the tribe Theclini (Lepidoptera : Lycaenidae).” Sieboldia 1 : 329-421.

MiLLER, L. D., 1968. “The higher classification, phylogeny and zoogeography of

the Satyridae (Lepidoptera)”. Mem. Am. Entom. Soc. 24 : 1-174.

EuLiot, J. N., 1973. “The higher classification of the Lycaenidae (Lepidoptera) :

a tentative arrangement”. Bull. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. Entom. 28: 373-506,

pls. 1-6.

. SIBATANI, A., 1974. “A new genus for two new species of Lycaeninae (s. str.)

(Lepidoptera: Lycaenidae) from Papua New Guinea”, with Appendix: “A

tentative scheme of higher classification of Lycaeninae (s. str.) of the world”.

J. Aust. Entom. Soc. 13, 95-110.

Hicains, L. G., 1981. “A revision of Phyciodes HUEBNER and related genera,

with a review of the classification of the Melitaeinae (Lepidoptera : Nympha-

lidae)”. Bull. Brit. Mus. Nat. Hist. Entom. 43, 77-243.

. ELIOT, J. N. & Kawazoe, A., 1983. Blue Butterflies of the Lycaenopsis Group.

British Museum (Natural History), London, 309 pp.

. IGARASHI, S., 1984. “The classification of the Papilionidae, mainly based on the

morphology of their immature stages”. Tyo to Ga 34, 41-96.

. SANDS, D. P. A., 1986. A Review of the Genus Hypochrysops C. & R. Felder

(Lepidoptera : Lycaenidae). Entomonograph (Lyneborg, L., ed.), E. J. Brill/

Scandinavian Science Press, Leiden, 116 pp.

. D’ABRERA, B., 1986. Sphingidae Mundi. E. W. Classey, Faringdon (U.K.), 226 pp.

. D’ABRERA, B., 1978. Butterflies of the Australian Region, 2nd. ed., Lansdowne,

Melbourne, 415 pp.

. SAKAI, S., 1981. Butterflies of Afghanistan. Kodansya, Tokyo, 272 pp., in Japanese.

. D’ABRERA, B., 1980. Butterflies of the Afrotropical Region. Lansdowne, Melbourne,

593 pp.

. D’ABRERA, B., 1981-1987. Butterflies of the Neotropical Region. Part 1, Lansdowne,

Melbourne (1981), Parts 2-4, Hill House, Ferny Creek, Victoria, Australia (1984,

1987, 1987), 678 pp.

. G1BBS, G. W., 1980. Reinstatement of a New Zealand copper butterfly, Lycaena

rauparaha (FEREDAY, 1877). New Zealand J. Zool. 7 : 105-114.

. SMART, P., 1975. The International Butterfly Book. Thomas Y. Crowell, New York.

Appendix 18, p. 274.

. Miter, L. D. & Brown, F. M., 1979. Studies on the Lycaeninae (Lycaenidae)

4. The higher classification of the American Coppers. Bull. Allyn Mus. 51:

1-30.

. WRIGHT, D. M., 1983. Life history and morphology of the immature stages of

the Bog Copper butterfly, Lycaena epixanthe (Bsd. & Le C.) (Lepidoptera :

Lycaenidae). J. Res. Lep. 22 : 47-100.

22}

24.

25.

26.

Die

28.

29:

30.

31.

32.

33:

ZHDANKO, A. B., 1983. A key to the lycaenid genera (Lepidoptera, Lycaenidae)

of the USSR, based on the characters of the male genitalia. Rev. Ent. USRS,

62 : 131-152.

NEKRUTENKO, Yu. P., 1983. A revision of the genus Hyrcanana (Lepidoptera,

Lycaenidae). Vestn. Zool. 3 : 7-16.

NEKRUTENKO, Yu. P. & EFFENDI, R. M. E., 1983. A revision of the blue butterflies

of Lycaena phoenicurus group (Lepidoptera, Lycaenidae), with description of

a new species from Azerbaijan. Vestn. Zool. 4 : 8-15.

NEKRUTENKO, Yu. P., 1984, 1985. “A revision of the type specimens of Lycaena

phoenicurus group (Lepidoptera, Lycaenidae)”. Vestn. Zool. 6: 43-49 ; “New

blue butterfly taxa (Lepidoptera, Lycaenidae) from Transcaucasia and Middle

Asia”. Vestn. Zool. 1985, 29-35 ; all in Russian with English summaries.

Cuao, C.-B., FAN, X.-M., eds., 1982. Insects of Xizang. The Series of the Scientific

Expedition to the Qinhai-Xizang Plateau. Vol. 2., Kexue Chubanshe, Beijing,

in Chinese, 508 pp.

Kurosawa, Y., OwADA, M. & INOMATA, T., “Tooa no uraginhyoomon rui no

bunrui (Classification of Fabriciana adippe complex in East Asia)”. Referred

to by KOGURE, M., YADORIGA 132 : 21-23 (1988), in Japanese.

SHIROZU, T., Butterflies of Formosa in Colour. Hoikusya, Osaka (1960), 481 pp.,

in Japanese.

HAMANO, E., 1986. Ecological Encyclopedia of Taiwanese Butterflies. Kodansya,

Tokyo, 468 pp., in Japanese.

UcHIDA, H., 1988. Rantana no Hanasaku Naka o Yuku (Walking through lanatana

blossoms). Author’s edition, Numazu, 184 pp., in Japanese.

IGARASHI, S., 1987, 1988. “On the life history of Teinopalpus imperialis Hope

in northern India and its phylogenetic position in the Papilionidae”. Tyo to

Ga 38: 115-151 (1987); “Sekai 3 kihootyoo seikatusi kaimei (Life histories

of the 3 most extraordinary papilionids in the world have now been clarified.

1. Teinopalpus imperialis himalaicus, 2. Bhutanitis lidderdalei lidderdalei,

3. Meandrusa payeni ciminus)”. Yadoriga (132), 21-23 ; (133), 14-20 ; (134), 13-

17 (1988), in Japanese.

YONEMOTO, S., 1988. Sentan Iryoo Kakumei (Revolution in frontiers of medical

practice). Tyuukoo Sinsyo 874, Tyuuoo Kooron Sya, Tokyo, 184 pp., in

Japanese.

Zhongguo Toushang Huonghue, 1980. “(Some rules for scientific work during

moutaineering activities by foreigners in China”). (November 1980), in Chinese.

Anonymous, 1981, 1987. “(Appeal to stop draining of animal researches at the

enlarged congress of ‘Chinese Fauna’)”. Entomotaxonomia Auxilliary Series (2)

2 (1981), in Chinese ; “Yasei doobutu no hogo ni zissai koodoo o (Need of

actual practise for protection of wild animals)”. Pekin Syuuhoo (Beijing) 39 :

10-11 (1987), in Japanese.

SAIGUSA, T. & Li, C. [C.-L.], 1982. A rare papilionid butterfly Bhutanitis mansfieldi

(RILEY), its rediscovery, new subspecies and phylogenetic position. Tyo to Ga

33, 1-24.

Li, H.-M., 1986. (A home butterfly museum). Tyuugoku Gahoo (Zhongguo

Huabao) (4 March), 34-35, in Japanese.

Oorwa, D., 1987. Saisin tyuugoku zyoohoo (China : the latest news). The Weekly

Butterfly’s Tsu-I-So 531 : 1-9, in Japanese.

Onya, A., 1987. Description of a new subspecies of the genus Parnassius LATREILLE

from Mt. Sigunning, China. Gekkan-Mushi Insect Monthly) (193), 2, 8-9.

KorwayA, S., 1987. A new species of the genus Parnassius from Kunlun Mts.,

China. Gekkan-Mushi (201), 3-6.

MURAYAMA, S., 1987. Some new butterflies from Far East Asia. Kontyuu to Sizen

(Insects and Nature) 22 (12), 41-43, in Japanese.

Ouya, A., 1988. Description of a new subspecies of the genus Parnassius

LATREILLE from Qinghai. Gekkan-Mushi (207), 22-23.

Hara, A. & NARUSE, H., 1988. Geographical and individual variations of the

genus Parnassius LATREILLE, 1804 (2) Parnassius nomion FISHER DE WALDHEIM,

1823. Illustrations of Selected Insects in the World, Ser. AA Lepidoptera (2),

Mushi Sha, Tokyo.

34. MURAYAMA, S., 1983. Some new Rhopalocera from Southwest and Northwest

China (Lepidoptera : Rhopalocera). Entomotaxonomia 5, 281-288.

MURAYAMA, S., 1986. Remarks and corrections of Rhopalocera from Far East

Asia with description of two new species and four new subspecies (Lepidoptera).

Entomotaxonomia, 8, 59-62.

35. WAGENER, S., 1959-1961. Monographie der ostasiatischen Formen der Gattung

Melanargia MEIGEN (Lepidoptera, Satyridae). Zoologica 39 108 : 1-222, pls. 1-56,

maps 1-7, legs. 1-30.

36. Lee [Li] C.-L., 1979. Some new species of Rhopalocera in China V. Acta

Zootaxonomia Sinica 4 (1) : 35-38.

37. THomas, J. A., 1984. The conservation of butterflies in temperate countries : past

efforts and lessons for the future. Jn The Biology of Butterflies (VANE-WRIGHT,

R. I. & ACKERY, P. R., eds.), Academic Press, London, pp. 333-353.

38. KuDRNA, O., 1986. Aspects of the Conservation of Butterflies in Europe:

Butterflies of Europe, Vol. 8, AULA Verlag, Wiesbaden, 323pp.

39. MorryAMA, H., 1988. Sizen o Mamoru towa Dooiu Koto ka (What is the meaning

of nature conservation ?) Noobunkyoo, Tokyo, 260 pp., in Japanese.

40. MURAYAMA, S., 1979. Tyuugoku no Tyoo (Butterflies of China). Guriin Bukkusu

(Green Books) 54, Nyuu Saiensu Sya, Tokyo, 93 pp. In Japanese.

41. Parsons, M. J., 1984. The biology and conservation of Ornithoptera alexandrae.

In The Biology of Butterflies (VANE-WRIGHT, R. I. & Ackery, P. R., eds.).

Academic Press, London, pp. 327-331.

42. Orr, A. G. & SIBATANI, A., 1986. A revision of the Delias aroae-complex

[Lepidoptera, Pieridae) 2. The D. cuningputi group. Tyo to Ga 37: 1-14.

43. HipAKA, T., Fusn, T., UNNo, K., IMAMoRi, M., 1984. Tyoo (Butterflies), Tookai

Daigaku Syuppan, Tokyo, 222 pp., in Japanese.

44. UEYAMA, S. ed., 1969. Syooyoo Zyurin Bunka (The laurel forest culture) Tyuukoo

Sinsyo 201, Tyuuoo Kooron Sya, Tokyo, 208 pp., in Japanese.

45. UEYAMA, S., SASAKI, T., & NAKAO, S., 1976. Zoku Syooyoo Zyurin Bunka (The

laurel forest culture revisited). Tyuukoo Sinsyo 438, Tyuuoo Kooron Sya, Tokyo,

238 pp., in Japanese.

46. GREANVILLE, P., ed., 1988. Chinese riddle : contradictory attitudes towards animals.

The Animals’ Agenda (7-8), 30-31.

47. Matsuno, H., 1988. The ultraviolet refrectance pattern of the genus Gonepteryx

(Lepidoptera, Pieridae) and its adaptive significance. Tyo to Ga 39, 149-165.

Appendix

In China, besides the ordinary copper butterflies including Lycaena standfussi

(GRUM-GRUSHMAILO) (Lycaenidae, s. lato: Lycaeninae, s. lato : Lycaenini,

s. lato including the subtribes Lycaeniti or coppers of ordinary appearance

and Heliopholiti), there occurs a group of five rather unusual-looking species

belonging to Lycaeniti endemic to the South-west of China : Lycaena ouang

(OBERTHÜR), L. li (OBERTHUR), L. tseng (OBERTHÜR), L. pang (OBERTHÜR)

and L. irmae (BAILEY). They might eventually prove to represent a good genus

of their own (Group of Five), showing among them a very interesting transition

from a hairstreak-type wing shape and patterning (ouang and /i) to those

of the ordinary copper-type (irmae). I found that the subtribes Lycaeniti and

Heliophoriti which were distinguished by some solid morphological differences,

also differed from each other largely in their external look : the thecline or

hairstreak-type appearance predominated only in Heliophoriti (8). I therefore

wondered whether the two species ouang and /i in West China would behave

like thecline species, living among or on trees and shrubs rather than in

meadows and other open spaces. I also wished to ascertain foodplants of

all the five species mentioned above, to find out the extent of “adaptive

radiation” in this compact group of Lycaenidae, as well as to examine whether

the accepted differences between Lycaeniti and Heliophoriti were also actually

due to the adaptive or functional rather than structural differences. Needless

to say, this point is of some importance in assessing the meaning and nature

of individual characters used in the taxonomy of this group, which might

possibly demand a reappraisal of the taxonomic methodology currently used

for this group.

Note added in press

S. KorwayA, in Yadoriga (141), 13-22 (1990), has recently pointed out that,

although foreign travellers, scientists or otherwise, are not allowed to catch

and take away (export) any butterflies of China without permission of the

Academia Sinica, Chinese citizens may freely collect and sell them as a part

of foreign trade. Butterfly materials thus obtained by foreign collectors and

scientists could be used without the restrictions which would be imposed on

them if they themselves collected those insects. I mistakenly interpreted that

such trades by Chinese subjects were also illegal, thus stating that descriptions

of the new taxa by some Japanese authors in reference 33, published without

disclosing the route by which specimens of the new taxa were obtained, must

have been based on poached (by whomever) materials. Apparently this need

not be so. According to what Korwaya has elucidated, probably 99% of the

butterfly specimens from China now in the possession of Japanese collectors

and dealers were exported to Japan quite legally, with the assistance of many,

presumably trained Chinese collaborators for economic gain. The question

arises, then, as to why Chinese scientists at the Institutes of Academia Sinica

have not mentioned these points to Japanese scientists, not least because new

taxa from China based on such legally exported materials may be named,

with neither the holotypes returned to Chinese public institutions nor Chinese

scientists being invited to joint-authorship.

Nota lepid. Suppl. No. 2 : 84 ; 31.1.1991 ISSN 0342-7536

Giraz - Zygaena

CARTOGRAPHIE DES ZYGAENIDAE DE FRANCE

Nous souhaitons réaliser la cartographie des Zygaenidae de France et nous

avons un réel besoin des données qui sont actuellement dans votre collection,

qu’elle soit privée, d’un Museum, d’un laboratoire ou d’un Institut. Nous vous

demandons de nous contacter afin que nous vous fournissions les documents

de collecte qui aideront à recenser vos données. L’adresse de notre secrétaire

est Giraz-Zygaena, 12, rue Polonaise, F-72200 La Flèche, France. Nous

assurons la détermination des espèces du genre Zygaena ‘si vous le désirez.

Merci de votre aide et à bientôt.

ATLAS OF THE ERENCH ZYGAENIDAE

We are trying to create distribution maps of the French Zygaenidae. We have

a real need for your data, whether they belong to your private collection

or to the collection of your museum, laboratory or institute. Please contact

us at the following adress and our secretary will send you all the details :

Giraz-Zygaena, 12, rue Polonaise, F-72200 La Flèche, France. We are also

willing to identify your French Zygaena. Thank you for your help — we

are waiting for your first letter.

KARTOGRAPHIE DER ZYGAENIDEN FRANKREICHS

Wir versuchen eine kartographische Aufnahme der Zygaeniden Frankreichs

durchzuführen. Dazu benötigen wir so viele Einzeldaten wie möglich. Wenn

Sie die Möglichkeit haben, uns private Sammeldaten oder Daten aus Instituts-

sammlungen zur Verfügung zu stellen, nehmen Sie bitte mit uns Kontakt auf:

Giraz-Zygaena, 12, rue Polonaise, F-72200 La Fleche, France. Wenn Sie

möchten, bestimmen wir Ihnen gerne Ihr Zygaena-Material aus Frankreich.

Wir danken Ihnen für Ihre Hilfe.

SEL SOCIETAS EUROPAEA LEPIDOPTEROLOGICA e.V.

COUNCIL:

_ President : Prof. Emilio Balletto Vice-President : Dr. Kauri Mikkola

General Secretary : Prof. Hansjürg Geiger Treasurer : Dr. Sigbert Wagener

Membership Secretary : Willy De Prins Editor : Steven E. Whitebread

Ordinary Council Members : Prof. Henri Descimon, Michael Fibiger, Barry Goater,

Dr. Victor Sarto i Monteys, Dr. Gerhard Tarmann.

COMMITTEE S:

Literature : Pamela Gilbert

Habitat and Species Protection : Michael G. Morris

“MEMBERSHIP:

Applications for membership, changes of address and orders for Nota lepidoptero-

oes and other literature should be sent to:

Societas Europaea Lepidopterologica

Hemdener Weg 19, D-4290 Bocholt (Westf.)

Annual subscription fees :

Ordinary members DM 50,-

Corporate members : DM 55,-

Admission fee DM 5,-

_ Overseas air mail charges DM 15,-

BACK VOLUMES OF NOTA LEPIDOPTEROLOGICA :

vol. 2-5, each members DM 24,-

non-members DM 48,-

vol. 6-9, each members DM 32,-

| | non-members DM 64,-

vol. 10-12, each members DM 40,-

oy non-members DM 80,-

PAYMENTS :

All payments should be addressed to :

Societas Europaea Lepidopterologica

Hemdener Weg 19, D-4290 Bocholt (Westf.)

and can be made by:

Postal Giro Office Cologne — Postgiroamt Koln — C.C.P. Cologne

Nr. 1956 50-507

or by:

“Mandat de poste international”.

Nur fiir Mitglieder in der Bundesrepublik Deutschland kann die Uberweisung auch

auf das Konto Nr. 130500 bei der Stadtsparkasse Bocholt (BLZ 428 500 35)

erfolgen.

United Kingdom members : Due to the unstable state of the pound at present, it is

not possible to quote the subscription rate in this currency. Members should pay the

current sterling equivalent. Cheques and bankers orders should be made payable to

“Societas Europaea Lepidopterologica U.K. A/c” and sent to Barry Goater, 27

Hiltingbury Road, Chandlers Ford, Hampshire SOS 1SR.

All other matters to :

SEL Office, General Secretary Dr. Hansjiirg Geiger

Zoologisches Institut Universitat Bern

BaltzerstraBe 3, CH-3012 Bern, Switzerland

Wir liefern seit vielen Jahren zu günstigen Preisen eine gro h

Dan für den Fach- und 20 le |

Für die Zucht: oS |

Für den rie und Nachtfang:

Netze, Glaser, Stromaggregate, Transportkästen, Tiaraipp

röhren etc.

Für das Präparieren:

Insektennadeln, Spannbretter, Präparierbesteck, Kop! u

lien etc. :

Für die Sammlung:

Insektenkasten in allen Größen mit der bewährten Moll-

stoffeinlage, Insektenschranke aller Art

Ein umfangreiches Angebot an neuer und antiquarischer dia

Schreiben Sie uns oder rufen Sie uns an, wir beraten Sie gern. Unser K:

Ihnen kostenlos zur Verfugung. Als Sn erhalten Sie bei uns a |

Artikel (außer en 5% Rabatt. a

NS. 2 > pa | = — FA

DNIAN INSTITUTION NOIINIIISNI NVINOSHLINS S31#V4911 LIBRARIES SMITHS

à = site = = z 110

g — œ — o bet

Lo oa Er X = = m

Yi > = > = > ra

HE a = = > po) =

m m N m uF ©.

D = uw ee D =

LINS S3I1YVH4I1 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN NOILNLILSNI NVINOS

un zu un = 102) Z

= < | = < = <

= = Ho z \ ar >

m 2 \ D S NN = 9

= = z = AS =. E

= =e se = Ces

= ou) 3 2 (72) à = ap)

NIAN INSTITUTION NOILMLILSNI_ NVINOSHLINS S3IYVNGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONI

3 2 Z ‘e = 5 a

a He = ea < ye

ur zu a) ns

5 = O = 5 ia

= si = = = 2

ILINS S318V49I11 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI

= = Z z rm

O = © e) =

Se 7 = = 7

SE . => E =p

= = m m >

2 m =& 2 m

N = w =a soa on

)NIAN S3149V491I1 LIBRARIES

NVINOSHLINS S3IUVYg17T

SMITHSONIAN

NVINOSHLIWS

SMITHSONIAN

PL,

Ww)

= aS ‘A à.

LINS S31YVYGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN_INSTITUTION NOILOLILSNI

ee = or 2 fr 2

\ En = ES Lo ta me

noue a = = = a

32 Cc ene (Ge X (es

Be ker = N > 5 2

Sey ay

INIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3I1YVUY811 LIBRARIES

Im = EN A rs =

GE (ae) — ow sa w =

My, 2 5 7 = 7% =

C3 = : = > a

= — on = |

LINS S3!UVUEI1 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLI

2 x + on !

my = < = = 0 = sh,

~~ = Wf

à = 3 = : > &

ER: 2 VSN 8 2 8 fh,

De 2 kam = Er =, 7 # m

- > = N = = i. D.

2 (Te) 2 172) = =

ONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI_NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYEIT LIBRARIES

TAN AL

LINS S31YVU911 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLIN

Im!

LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN

NOILNLILSNI

LIBRARIES

NOILNLILSNI

Z Z M Zz m x

a O REN aig PSE oO an VEN O SEEN dE QE

N = (Sap OD (Seti — 7, y AD (SQV) = an U NE

ee ee ONE Te A ne ae

| z 3 2. = Zz Pts aa

ITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS _S31UVYA11 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _INST

Z eee = Er = 3 er

O = BF r

= ow Tu 16 8) — ME. w

= 3 = 7 = Gy 2

= > = > ra L? L/ >

= = = a ea Ho

= m N eh m n° m

= D me D & D

SMITHSONIAN

Hvugll LIBRARIES INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHIINS S31?

= on Ze on = w

< = < = Wy < u

2 z ie > Wy? EN.

2 8 2 8 ly li? 3d

2 = = = TP IE ZF

= > = N >’ = >

a = = 77 RER 7 an >

ITUTION NOILMLILSNI_NVINOSHLINS S3IYVYEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _INST

wn IMS = 7 : =

uJ un Lu u U

2 a = 2 = Yim,”

< =) a = z Da =

= ° 2 5 nm” 5

ag = = Zz 3 zZ

uUV4glIl LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS 531

w = ome?) = ow oO

Es Yo 8 3 . =)

> = A Î > ras > * =

2 AZ, 7 = 2 =

w = w = 7) ne

NOILNLILSNI NWINOSHLINS S3!1YVYEIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INS’

un Pa n Zz 2 un >

= = = EE = ae

= = — ers = Fat ON

= = = E Z =

> 7 = > = > =

iz 2 on = u) Are nN

eee PES SMITREONENTNSTÉEUTION "NON LELSN NVINOSHLINS S31

= ” = u 2 TE a

on rot aD = ao KO a

= = = 2 = N Si:

= < = < pa B& <

er ac ar œ = WA, oc

5 a G 5 sa 5 NX =

2 —) gr | Zz SS =

ITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S314Vug911 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INS)

z por = ® = de =

= w \ = = w

= De) N es > = a

= N = =)

= = NN = = iS

> — N N = a = . —

n m N N 2) wn

= 7) N = cn = D

HNVYgI1 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS S3l

; = x a = x an Z ”

| < = < = < =

= = a = z a4

O Bis Oo os fH) SE

m AC an Tr * HU on

> O IE oO ges oO €

= z = = 4 = 2 4

= N > = > = >

n SA Ps an vs = w” =

ITUTION NOILNLILSNI_ NYINOSHLINS S3TUVH81T LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INS?

% zZ = an =

E = 2 = > À

< oa Wan a < Dh =

. as X = x : hey =

em. = : HT a

oO = MD. =

oO nes O as oO

Ze ay z= ey za

“TI _IBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31

: = = wwe =

8 17

917

ION

dg SO EE

ua Oren eae

yoga NEL ! CAE IRAN

CENT VAL NE

ann

Li)

rene

PPT REPOS

DEEP

numero

“a s ï psp OND

wre gate

“i

eng

ehe

m ET. vaut

arte nee

a re EEE

Moss

EPP ES DL rar er yea an

me nn er

PFERDE ER ar

en ane

BETZ

Vena

WOOLEN ins OF Petey pig :

Pe nee nee te

wu "i # P À DEC Caras

A wa . E £ Ben. nr

nes ON x 2 u N tee ie

Ekg parure à 2 ee

near

ac ser

PETE ER Vs

LAS Ren Fer wate y rein rn

AL EPA YA par NOR EPP RER ) en 3 PPT PAT POLO CH

EE RTE

SEC

ONCE

SANTA 2 ‚ à NANTAIS

werten

na he ge WIN RWSL TR ET PPAR ON y

RCE

nee

Baron ete

voue

Be RT

PAP MODO ie RER OT x PEP OAD ep ENE ER

cre

eS aps . Hee ied Ses gee ns

“rare sen

Te RE ann

YE My Ty ANE reg uecne gt

SAI STU En ze

DEI EEE

vty 7 . CRT TUE PTE en enero

ns NENNEN Te

ann

du) Teh va

DATES

ACCES

ee Ne aw

wagte

gene PER Er Peer

DEP

3 ne

COLE EEE ORNE TESTER

een os jura gene

CORRE

De er eS

ee ab deed We ING

3 WY soe cle

won etn à , PAT EPP LETTRES ; ais N wigs a

earners RON ETES PEU AU SAS Le ake

DE roux VITRE TE i un DOTE EE Sia 3 : Perey ange y

Br ma mann, ere ose REDE No ASE 6 ge

7 rue Je DES ELE + AV 4 CUT PORTANT 3 : usés OPA ET À - fave gear

poets oa

Seta Np hay

ante ber

DER SEV sim

“net

we tiens was zen

nn ige get, N ann an ‘

NOTE) LITE CR A De

an Me de

IH AE en Car « ee Te Var ne a ex Vey EZ 7 tn EI en Re N N

TE cat x BERN = À Ove ates 5 rien“ n

ee . bid OL Do Us, CRE PETER RCE NE LUI ee ES ; PEN een ET Une ri LCL er en 2 2 SAP NOCHE EN Par Me rs

Me NSHP HOE Nae nn 4 7

PELLE \ CITES . ep EASE UPD PE PARTE Pe N

YA AL TS RS PNM DNDN ag EES SIGNE ESS WiDr meg

COTON ETS IE na NIN vi 1 TEN?

DRECTET

AUTO RA PANO tap

PRIRENT NEN

PAU Ae * à

a NT

NIE Au HS

nn be ERS engen ge Narr Amy

EDR 0 U 2 N'a

Sah TWh TEEN

Pg epee ! : EEE ERRErEnE

ANDRES EES EWE OSV CEN Ot PALIN ET RT Bs

RN BUDE RT EN TEN TED"

HAN PUPS UE BR DEE Ze LET gy Sees ae s rar N e “ > +

# a PREG REAR CT CET EEE ET RETTEN GORGE YI UPA Fae BIH gh aya MAN DUME INT MA

SPRITE Say ra ON yy WENO een tere Na

BEE EL Se SANE DEE RE RN TEEN

a gern

ve rene ae PONTS NER trate ane ER TELLE

nern

PER > ER N N AN

13 aeg PAR CENTER EEE TE een reg

a NE TEE RE Ve CAP A pr LA ru mann

er ALS “ ES a ay ener NU ca eee 4 VERN END

2 Sugai Ny LCR Oo 5 ur at V Ua pee CA

ee Dn em a ig SP ONO Pee)

RC TOUTE a hs Edo VO J SABIE ieee Vy yeas oar ne " EEE RENTE CET LOC PP ES CE) QT LES

CLONE an ET ae % DE sa RENTE TEEN TOUT LORIE nn pepe

CHE LUE CES vous N BEEN EL ID DE er ET Dar men PAPA Mt is on

2 ‘ à CE an a wur EN Ad WY OGY Oe

7 PN ES LE ELEC EE Pope ws FRAC RE DEC BL ZRONTER ENT EUR NER TRENSRE COOL

waren neuen urn va © 2 SV Con tien ea RE ET OT EURE Ta DOTE TES PANNE gr dre TAN ET IE OURO AE OU ETES ET PP OP ET EC ER EN | Bun

LI MOL RK nl, LLC ES WR he OT DUR 2 i wre RER ENDE ar Ay pipe A reer LEE RP EE NET) SIDE AAA NAT ESR EAN TEN AVE ER NE MON DRE BP LT

vba uk ne TE PAUSE en anne va VE EE no 2 Pd ek FE TEE

AS RO QUES Bee fly j BAUS WERE? wg the E CES TE EEE ET EE ET SEEN" casey ars x i i IVR ey ad

DETTE ET ENTRE NES a TS Pa ee a rd RE OND Nes ET june NRA RER FRS Sat PDO NN ATE EE LC ee ALO DUE"

bo Wag imp ey We RE 4 Oth TT EERE EN QIK a EE Aare NED RE 3 3 Pan ANS RTE TEEN D mn ORAS NET UE Tee A RO SET AL A panies BOOED HERES KL QD NT NS HARAS NOM GNARL GENT ESET ACTES

Age MINS SEM De Ca von eg er are 1 DM RAR RETTET NETTE TEEN nd RÄT ET BAPTA ANRT LR ETF VAN a CLSC LE ECS

Pee pute

EC TE wy

NESSES TE ge Gye GES METTENT

PAU Net DETDZPER ER Mae Er ER RENTEN GG AMD EN A TA

tard;

Sar ry rer

a in top eg YG ca Tihany Oy, LRU Le DAS ay REN UP GE IRAE GER MT or NEAR) TEA 09 ’ ys EVV SG were pr yt eee soe RÉ Remy re" « ACT . KERNE ART GA TINS ON A RER EI EN ANNE SL A EN GGT NTF

ee ty Si Ry EU TS CIE EE a eee RE TE Oe hen se EN Lt TEEN MS N en rade > v en een TORTE ARTE TRETEN pe NE

LATE NE FINA CNR OY SAMI pee UE

eee DE ty pW

DONC EOE STS BET CCE ANT TRE SEIEN

RES BEE ee

DL IT AE SET SER RESET

RS JOT STEER et ote a LCD UT

RER ELI GEER gis COU RUNTER

DALE SUES QAR TC HRT neh AN TE

ARS AEN ER RE D DRIED Ag At

FT AMINES ish Ed de AED ORR CE OER NTO OTE MES age URS PTET SER SUSE EEE DENT EFRERN

à ann a DE PEAR OE LEE EE EEE SRE CRC EE CURE CSC MER OF CRUE TETE TRAY

À; ’ VPs a PEIN PMLA A EN RENE ESS ALON GR TR AD ORISSA OM TWO NETO CON ENT eye got reg EU LCL E PTS

MURAT AGS BES AS UE EN ae LS BY AE SUA AU re EE pa PMSF NT AA FES ATT yA A HEME NT AT GEER Ag CH

DÉTECTE CET

een

D'ART eS PRTERG,

RS OTE as Poppet ET)

WORN Se CMG ig ie Ny COLLE

CETTE EE TE CET

ee ewe bee,

at a

yee nT

WEE UF V EEE

PEE MEU tee

AA AR Gr PE

NEO PUENTE

Ce Re EEE ETES Pye yy EU

D Be Re Doe

DEC PTT)

dust g

POU ee NE Ir à à à gay» |

Pa eee WO yt :

PERT EEE ETES ESC PETER TES ETES TE

DORE EEE DIET ET LOC EPA OR ET ECTS CCS OMe DS

NEE N,

ET N

DRE

AVEC EEE

a Nr

BEZ TEN

re ANE haley . CEMETDEETENE TS

FU ET

CPR EA UI PE TENUE

AH par vu wh US

Peer TR A

u NT AD MV a CET ECO

es Ca ene ee

REE NONI A CONTE

WD ETES ETES OT MOS WEY Mier be TE

GEO rR er

We age

gtr ee

US php

supe tf

DCE TT

DR YEA PRETO EC OT PTE

ALT EEE ENT

VEE ag em

LU A

HOPUP LE ELE À

wayyy

CHEN Lay BEN RP I VRR VER LAND nn ET wen 4 .

OLA EC PET ET UC reg ARE HORUS HN GG Pm Rs COL LE BE NOLO NR ERA NERV TETE HES HART NOTE Er WPA Kyl me OP GET EN Wed w DRE TETE) A “ VS 29450 À 2 IT SALAM BOLIC BAT RIAD ED ENE BSE N N js Se eed DELETE Derg

Ad! x \ h J LL CHE TT wi i 2 x N IR “ OT EN pr aa TEEN ae 2 SO D dl

WN NME EN M A UN NN LET DE AN DA HS RD AUDE NA A Cig EE © CORRE RENTE CALE TC Cou tn qed DANS PS PRO ENT A sg RS ME na aay dat ed ns x Shi TEE D QE AE VE A GT AN

DELLE EC PE TENTE TT EE ET Rh WA Var ir ow u wu rule OR panel MATIN en a a pe D M A9 AU SE TRE LT 24 OST, Tann St v NE A A rer ob

ow DOTE SDR EEE + Meat We PETITS PVR enna EE ON er PER TP SIT È ese si Lan D WITTEN PARSE Pr

u gens Kae ge p à D is EDS TEES SF RT ee CWS Rts zu. “Hinues

NUE Fes 3 cs N naar L [URLS CCE COPA ATEN SES wre US in re Ve EDEN IN ON D ae ED NS CA AD EBENE A i ey rasa GANS! M : st et ea eg UP RA heist ye A Sao AR Ne aL

Lg Ag Siar ny à SAS GR Wry ge ale OA RD VEE CO AE AAA GPU «CARTE eb FE ba YEG, (rk a TR ce eT N ERE y AA Ee DNS WE NY, DEU ere ey a in ae a wat ath " OO a VP EL IgUNGY PATH SU Ten WS ER AY SLI GE RELATES QU aoe WIRED XD ger itty

NETTE ULES STW ON RET TFT FEN ASS Lew

: PRAM RR aoe au onthe pn

ER NS INEM BER EMDR TITRE GREEN GER INP BONS TRIE AI TARO I GW ANE

BE TSH INT A CS SIE BM Ee DM QE GD FD QED HEM RE EN DR NET KO IA PEGI

Hop OU gst a ER RD EOL PA AG GS Md ie Te a

EEE ee Te A ir TR EME A WAT

NEN GE Wr NE AN rate

POELE TUTO Va LIRE DRE

PA A ah ha MAR AU qe Hi

CUP AOE MONE HY Bi gute

Hh MED GUE PTE

"bre

DEVANT EU ET COMENT ETES

ET AND un

RT EE TTETA a

ROSES a ngs gad cane

eA MOB EUR

NINE RENT TE

nr eS yee

DOIN n

Meng

OES GM IE BEM EN) CAC iy GT EG HHH AL ET TE ite Gia SUERTE IML PET en ea On ETS TE ALI OS TETE TE VOS CORRE SES PET 7 ALT EU | CORTE OCT Er RTE VE UE i) * N

Nae + ou pal pe Lu we ten 6 get ! > u) Y gun d ON HT er i LOTO IE EI ZEV CET IE Bi AL ‘ oat wes ee PERS EEE PLU Rage Dany EU RUE DEE LES LDC FTSE ECONENEEPTS I avr,

ENGER MIO EIN EAU D RAL PANS YAR a ae RON DU AAA Ne PAT LG Re QUE Ore LN" Wem A QE ANS ALERT APS UAT AR ge WE ERE VL BRUNE BP QE HY REI GA NEE ESN VU QUE RY A AD Wey Pe A HANDS YD OF aed à I ETE TTV RR APS GT D SRE ES ra DS QD AN EF ERA QE NERD ND ALT QO Neu RIF VTAINY DIDO NOME MHERRE NUTT CNN Yaron

WD YP Wary mI Hs Hey BR HELL OE IY Ge ATE YAN ILI Ni DRE CCI CE RP U CE ES Bea VE Tee TENTE ae D RATTE NE D'ÉTAT STUTTGARTER S a ger rene EV AGERE ANT NEA OTR

AA ANT RUN NE ot EIS SIR EI E ee Ee inl Sh Re rly fare nr Tet nnl

N A DULV nt Gal à

CENT LUS SV DR TE CEE PES SES AE SA GET RE QT GE OE FTIR Gate Qe AU AA

ME NAR AU MD ME OL OS Maree BAK Oe AA WATE A QG CETTE

RU LA Le

PAY AT UAT MQ ty y Ne

aden

Ste ray oe vn up

aye voter WA

Cr CL eT er

vor dan

Pa see eye

ahora atin

air ee

DURE DE

CPP Ph ed ETAT)

ENE RIO ee gaa ely

SPP

“titré À

eo Len’

Wl. wiih